2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

The information published in this Graduate Calendar outlines the rules, regulations, curricula, programs and fees for the 2010-2011 academic years,
including the Fall Semester 2010, the Winter Semester 2011 and the Summer Semester 2011.
For your convenience the Graduate Calendar is available in PDF format.
If you wish to link to the Graduate Calendar please refer to the Linking Guidelines.
The University is a full member of:
• The Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada
Contact Information:
University of Guelph
Guelph, Ontario, Canada
N1G 2W1
519-824-4120

Revision Information:
July 2, 2010 Initial Publication
November 2, 2010 Revision
Disclaimer
The Office of Graduate Studies has attempted to ensure the accuracy of this on-line Graduate Calendar. However, the publication of information in this document does not bind the
university to the provision of courses, programs, schedules of studies, fees, or facilities as listed herein.
Limitations
The University of Guelph reserves the right to change without notice any information contained in this calendar, including any rule or regulation pertaining to the standards for
admission to, the requirements for the continuation of study in, and the requirements for the granting of degrees or diplomas in any or all of its programs.
The university will not be liable for any interruption in, or cancellation of, any academic activities as set forth in this calendar and related information where such interruption is
caused by fire, strike, lock-out, inability to procure materials or trades, restrictive laws or governmental regulations, actions taken by the faculty, staff or students of the university or
by others, civil unrest or disobedience, Public Health Emergencies, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of the university.
The University of Guelph reaffirms section 1 of the Ontario Human Rights Code, 1981, which prohibits discrimination on the grounds of race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic
origin, citizenship, creed, sex, sexual orientation, handicap, age, marital status or family status.
The university encourages applications from women, aboriginal peoples, visible minorities, persons with disabilities, and members of other under-represented groups.
Introduction
Collection, Use and Disclosure of Personal Information
Personal information is collected under the authority of the University of Guelph Act (1964), and in accordance with Ontario's Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act
(FIPPA) http://www.e-laws.gov.on.ca/DBLaws/Statutes/English/90f31_e.htm. This information is used by University officials in order to carry out their authorized academic and
administrative responsibilities and also to establish a relationship for alumni and development purposes. Certain personal information is disclosed to external agencies, including the
Ontario Universities Application Centre, the Ministry of Training, Colleges and Universities, and Statistics Canada, for statistical and planning purposes, and is disclosed to other
individuals or organizations in accordance with the Office of Registrarial Services Departmental Policy on the Release of Student Information. For details on the use and disclosure
of this information call the Office of Registrarial Services at the University at (519) 824-4120 or see http://www.uoguelph.ca/registrar/registrar/index.cfm?index.
Statistics Canada - Notification of Disclosure
For further information, please see Statistics Canada's web site at http://www.statcan.gc.ca and Section XIV Statistics Canada.
Address for University Communication
Depending on the nature and timing of the communication, the University may use one of these addresses to communicate with students. Students are, therefore, responsible for
checking all of the following on a regular basis:
Email Address
The University issued email address is considered an official means of communication with the student and will be used for correspondence from the University. Students are
responsible for monitoring their University-issued email account regularly.
Home Address
Students are responsible for maintaining a current mailing address with the University. Address changes can be made, in writing, through the Office of Graduate Studies.
Name Changes
The University of Guelph is committed to the integrity of its student records, therefore, each student is required to provide either on application for admission or on personal data
forms required for registration, his/her complete, legal name. Any requests to change a name, by means of alteration, deletion, substitution or addition, must be accompanied by
appropriate supporting documentation.
Student Confidentiality and Release of Student Information Policy Excerpt
The University undertakes to protect the privacy of each student and the confidentiality of his or her record. To this end the University shall refuse to disclose personal information
to any person other than the individual to whom the information relates where disclosure would constitute an unjustified invasion of the personal privacy of that person or of any
other individual. All members of the University community must respect the confidential nature of the student information which they acquire in the course of their work.
Complete policy at http://www.uoguelph.ca/policies.
Table of Contents i

Courses ................................................................................................................ 56
Table of Contents Computer Science .................................................................................................. 58
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 58
IX. Graduate Programs .................................................................. 30 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 58
Degree Programs listed by College ...................................................................... 30 MSc in Computer Science Program .................................................................... 58
Degree Programs listed by Division ...................................................................... 30 PhD in Computer Science Program .................................................................... 59
Animal and Poultry Science .................................................................................. 32 Courses ................................................................................................................ 60
General Admission Requirements ...................................................................... 32 Creative Writing .................................................................................................... 62
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 32 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 62
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 32 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 62
Faculty at Kemptville College ............................................................................ 32 MFA Program ...................................................................................................... 62
Faculty at Campus D'Alfred ................................................................................ 32 Courses ................................................................................................................ 62
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 32 Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy ............................................................ 64
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 32 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 64
Interdepartmental Programs ................................................................................ 33 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 64
Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 33 MA Program ........................................................................................................ 64
Courses ................................................................................................................ 33 Courses ................................................................................................................ 64
Aquaculture ............................................................................................................ 35 Economics .............................................................................................................. 65
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 35 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 65
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 35 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 65
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 35 MA Program ........................................................................................................ 65
Courses ................................................................................................................ 35 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 65
Art and Visual Culture .......................................................................................... 37 Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 66
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 37 Courses ................................................................................................................ 66
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 37 Engineering ............................................................................................................ 68
MA Program ........................................................................................................ 37 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 68
Courses ................................................................................................................ 37 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 68
Bioinformatics ........................................................................................................ 38 MASc and MEng Programs ................................................................................ 69
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 38 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 69
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 38 Diploma Program ................................................................................................ 69
Master of Bioinformatics Program ...................................................................... 38 Interdepartmental Programs ................................................................................ 70
Master of Science Program .................................................................................. 38 Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 70
Graduate Diploma in Bioinformatics Program .................................................... 39 Courses ................................................................................................................ 70
Courses ................................................................................................................ 39 English .................................................................................................................... 73
Biomedical Sciences .............................................................................................. 40 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 73
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 40 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 73
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 40 MA Program ........................................................................................................ 73
MBS program ...................................................................................................... 40 Courses ................................................................................................................ 73
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 40 Environmental Biology .......................................................................................... 75
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 41 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 75
DVSc Program .................................................................................................... 41 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 75
Interdepartmental Programs ................................................................................ 41 MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 75
Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 41 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 75
Courses ................................................................................................................ 41 Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 76
Biophysics ................................................................................................................ 43 Courses ................................................................................................................ 76
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 43 European Studies .................................................................................................. 77
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 43 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 77
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 43 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 77
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 43 MA Program ........................................................................................................ 77
Courses ................................................................................................................ 44 Courses ................................................................................................................ 77
Business Administration ........................................................................................ 45 Family Relations and Applied Nutrition .............................................................. 79
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 45 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 79
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 45 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 79
MBA Program .................................................................................................... 45 MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 79
Courses ................................................................................................................ 46 MAN Program .................................................................................................... 80
Capacity Development and Extension .................................................................. 49 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 81
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 49 Courses ................................................................................................................ 81
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 49 Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics ...................................................... 84
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 49 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 84
Interdepartmental Programs ................................................................................ 49 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 84
Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 49 MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 84
Courses ................................................................................................................ 49 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 84
Chemistry ................................................................................................................ 51 Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 84
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 51 Courses ................................................................................................................ 85
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 51 Food Safety and Quality Assurance .................................................................... 86
Graduate Faculty from University of Waterloo .................................................. 51 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 86
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 52 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 86
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 52 MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 86
Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 52 Graduate Diploma ................................................................................................ 86
Courses ................................................................................................................ 52 Courses ................................................................................................................ 86
Clinical Studies ...................................................................................................... 55 Food Science .......................................................................................................... 88
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 55 Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 88
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 55 Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 88
MSc Thesis Program .......................................................................................... 55 MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 88
MSc Course-work Program ................................................................................ 55 PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 88
DVSc Program .................................................................................................... 55 Courses ................................................................................................................ 88
Graduate Diploma Program ................................................................................ 56 French ...................................................................................................................... 90
Collaborative Program ........................................................................................ 56
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
ii Table of Contents

Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 90 Courses .............................................................................................................. 119

Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 90 Mathematics and Statistics .................................................................................. 120
MA Program ........................................................................................................ 90 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 120
Courses ................................................................................................................ 90 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 120
Geography .............................................................................................................. 91 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 120
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 91 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 121
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 91 Graduate Diploma Applied Statistics ................................................................ 121
MA and MSc Programs ...................................................................................... 91 Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 121
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 91 Courses .............................................................................................................. 121
Collaborative Programs ...................................................................................... 91 Molecular and Cellular Biology .......................................................................... 123
Courses ................................................................................................................ 91 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 123
History - Tri-University Program ........................................................................ 93 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 123
Administrative Staff - Tri-University Program .................................................. 93 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 123
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 93 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 124
Graduate Faculty from Wilfrid Laurier University ............................................ 93 Courses .............................................................................................................. 124
Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo ............................................ 94 Neuroscience ........................................................................................................ 125
MA Program ........................................................................................................ 94 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 125
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 94 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 125
Courses - MA ...................................................................................................... 95 MA/MSc Program ............................................................................................ 125
Courses - PhD ...................................................................................................... 96 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 125
Human Health and Nutritional Sciences .............................................................. 97 Courses .............................................................................................................. 125
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 97 Pathobiology ........................................................................................................ 126
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 97 Fields of Study .................................................................................................. 126
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 97 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 126
PhD Program ...................................................................................................... 98 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 126
Courses ................................................................................................................ 98 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 126
Integrative Biology ................................................................................................ 99 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 126
Administrative Staff ............................................................................................ 99 DVSc Program .................................................................................................. 127
Graduate Faculty .................................................................................................. 99 Graduate Diploma Program .............................................................................. 127
MSc Program ...................................................................................................... 99 Courses .............................................................................................................. 127
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 100 Philosophy ............................................................................................................ 129
Courses .............................................................................................................. 100 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 129
International Development Studies .................................................................... 102 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 129
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 102 MA Program ...................................................................................................... 129
Collaborative Master's Program ........................................................................ 102 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 129
Collaborative PhD Program .............................................................................. 104 Courses .............................................................................................................. 129
Courses .............................................................................................................. 104 Physics .................................................................................................................. 131
Land Resource Science ........................................................................................ 105 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 131
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 105 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 131
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 105 Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo .......................................... 131
MSc Program .................................................................................................... 105 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 132
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 106 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 132
Collaborative Programs .................................................................................... 106 Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 133
Courses .............................................................................................................. 106 Courses .............................................................................................................. 133
Landscape Architecture ...................................................................................... 108 Plant Agriculture .................................................................................................. 136
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 108 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 136
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 108 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 136
MLA Program .................................................................................................... 108 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 136
Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 108 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 136
Courses .............................................................................................................. 108 Collaborative Programs .................................................................................... 137
Latin American and Caribbean Studies ............................................................ 110 Courses .............................................................................................................. 137
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 110 Political Science .................................................................................................... 139
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 110 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 139
MA Program ...................................................................................................... 110 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 139
Collaborative Programs .................................................................................... 110 MA Program ...................................................................................................... 139
Courses .............................................................................................................. 110 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 140
Leadership ............................................................................................................ 112 Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 140
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 112 Courses .............................................................................................................. 141
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 112 Population Medicine ............................................................................................ 142
MA Leadership .................................................................................................. 112 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 142
Graduate Diploma in Leadership ...................................................................... 112 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 142
Courses .............................................................................................................. 112 MSc Program .................................................................................................... 142
Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English ...................................................... 114 PhD Program .................................................................................................... 142
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 114 DVSc Program .................................................................................................. 143
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 114 Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 143
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 114 Collaborative Programs .................................................................................... 143
Courses .............................................................................................................. 115 Courses .............................................................................................................. 143
Management ........................................................................................................ 116 Psychology ............................................................................................................ 145
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 116 Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 145
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 116 Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 145
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 116 Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science .................................................. 145
Courses .............................................................................................................. 117 Applied Social Psychology ................................................................................ 145
Marketing and Consumer Studies ...................................................................... 118 Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis .................................. 145
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 118 Industrial/Organizational Psychology .............................................................. 146
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 118 General Admission and Program Requirements .............................................. 146
MSc Program .................................................................................................... 118 Collaborative Program ...................................................................................... 147
Graduate Diploma in Market Research ............................................................ 118 Courses .............................................................................................................. 147

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

Table of Contents iii

Public Health ........................................................................................................ 150

Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 150
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 150
MPH Program .................................................................................................... 150
Graduate Diploma .............................................................................................. 150
Courses .............................................................................................................. 150
Public Issues Anthropology ................................................................................ 151
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 151
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 151
Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo .......................................... 151
MA Program ...................................................................................................... 151
Interdepartmental Program ................................................................................ 151
Courses .............................................................................................................. 151
Rural Planning and Development ...................................................................... 152
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 152
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 152
MSc (Planning) Program .................................................................................. 152
MPLAN Program .............................................................................................. 152
Interdepartmental Programs .............................................................................. 153
Courses .............................................................................................................. 153
Rural Studies ........................................................................................................ 155
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 155
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 155
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 155
Courses .............................................................................................................. 155
Sociology ................................................................................................................ 156
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 156
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 156
MA Program ...................................................................................................... 156
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 156
Interdepartmental Program ................................................................................ 157
Courses .............................................................................................................. 157
Studio Art .............................................................................................................. 159
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 159
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 159
Additional Faculty in the School of Fine Art and Music .................................. 159
MFA Program .................................................................................................... 159
Courses .............................................................................................................. 160
Theatre Studies .................................................................................................... 161
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 161
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 161
MA Program ...................................................................................................... 161
Courses .............................................................................................................. 161
Toxicology ............................................................................................................ 162
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 162
Graduate Faculty ................................................................................................ 162
MSc Program .................................................................................................... 162
PhD Program .................................................................................................... 162
Courses .............................................................................................................. 162
Other courses .................................................................................................... 162
Veterinary Science .............................................................................................. 163
Administrative Staff .......................................................................................... 163
Program Committee .......................................................................................... 163
DVSc Program .................................................................................................. 163
Other Departments .............................................................................................. 164
School of Languages and Literatures ................................................................ 164
Music ................................................................................................................ 164

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

30 IX. Graduate Programs

IX. Graduate Programs

This is where you'll find academic information on our graduate programs, including program-specific admission and degree regulations, course offerings and a listing of the faculty.
Degree Programs listed by College
College of Arts College of Biological Science
Art and Visual Culture Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Creative Writing Integrative Biology
English Molecular and Cellular Biology
European Studies
French
History - Tri-University Program
Latin American and Caribbean Studies
Philosophy
Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English
Studio Art
Theatre Studies
College of Management and Economics College of Physical and Engineering Science
Business Administration Chemistry
• Food and Agribusiness Manangement Computer Science
• Hospitality and Tourism Engineering
Economics Mathematics and Statistics
Leadership Physics
Management
Marketing and Consumer Studies
College of Social and Applied Human Sciences Ontario Agricultural College
Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy Animal and Poultry Science
Family Relations and Applied Nutrition Capacity Development and Extension
Geography Environmental Biology
Political Science Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics
Psychology Food Science
Public Issues Anthropology Land Resource Science
Sociology Landscape Architecture
Plant Agriculture
Rural Planning and Development
Ontario Veterinary College Interdepartmental Programs
Biomedical Sciences Interdepartmental programs involve faculty members across departments.
Clinical Studies Aquaculture
Pathobiology Bioinformatics
Population Medicine Biophysics
Public Health Food Safety and Quality Assurance
Veterinary Science Rural Studies
Collaborative Programs
Collaborative programs are intended to provide an additional multidisciplinary experience
for students. Students complete the requirements of their home program plus those of the
collaborative program.
International Development Studies
Neuroscience
Toxicology

Degree Programs listed by Division

Humanities Social Sciences
Art and Visual Culture Business Administration
Creative Writing Capacity Development and Extension
English Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy
European Studies Economics
French Family Relations and Applied Nutrition
History - Tri-University Program Geography
Latin American and Caribbean Studies International Development Studies
Philosophy Landscape Architecture
Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English Marketing and Consumer Studies
Studio Art Political Science
Theatre Studies Psychology
Public Issues Anthropology
Sociology
Rural Planning and Development

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Degree Programs listed by Division 31

Human and Animal Sciences Plant Sciences

Animal and Poultry Science Environmental Biology
Biomedical Sciences Integrative Biology
Biophysics Land Resource Science
Clinical Studies Molecular and Cellular Biology
Environmental Biology Plant Agriculture
Family Relations and Applied Nutrition
Food Science
Food Safety and Quality Assurance
Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Molecular and Cellular Biology
Neuroscience
Pathobiology
Population Medicine
Psychology
Public Health
Physical and Engineering Sciences
Biophysics
Chemistry
Computer Science
Engineering
Geography
Land Resource Science
Mathematics and Statistics
Physics

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

32 IX. Graduate Programs, Animal and Poultry Science

Animal and Poultry Science BBA, BSc, and MSc Brazil, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
Trevor K. Smith
The Department of Animal and Poultry Science offers programs of study leading to MSc BSc British Columbia, MSc Manitoba, PhD Cornell - Professor
and PhD degrees. Animals of significance in food production are the department's major
E. James Squires
interest and research emphasis. The graduate program encompasses four fields and the
BSc, MSc, PhD Memorial - Professor
major expertise of individual faculty associated with those areas are:
Kendall C. Swanson
• Animal Breeding and Genetics (quantitative or molecular) -- Bureau, Karrow,
BS, MS North Dakota State, PhD Kentucky - Assistant Professor
Robinson, Schaeffer, Schenkel
John S. Walton
• Animal Nutrition (monogastric or ruminant) -- Atkinson, Cant, de Lange, France,
BSc, PhD Reading - Professor
Leeson, Mandell, McBride, Osborne, Smith, Swanson
Tina M. Widowski
• Animal Physiology (environmental and reproductive) -- Bedecarrats, Fan, Li, Moccia,
BS, MS, PhD Illinois - Professor
Squires, Walton
• Animal Behaviour and Welfare -- Mason, Widowski Faculty at Kemptville College
General Admission Requirements Katrina Merkies
BSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
Research in animal science is enriched by the interaction of scientists from diverse
Trevor DeVries
academic disciplines. Accordingly, there are no specific prerequisite courses expected of
BSc, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor
applicants to the graduate programs in the department. Each applicant will be considered
on an individual basis, taking into account the applicant's academic background and Faculty at Campus D'Alfred
relevant experience. Renee Bergeron
Administrative Staff BSc, MSc Laval, PhD Illinois - Associate Professor
Chair MSc Program
Andy Robinson (146 ANNU, Ext. 53679) The MSc program involves advanced courses and the completion of a research project.
[email protected] These are means of developing the skills and intellectual curiosity that may further qualify
Graduate Coordinator the student for a leadership role within the animal industry or serve as a prerequisite for
John Cant (236 ANNU, Ext. 56222) doctoral studies. The MSc degree may be completed via two routes: by thesis or by course
[email protected]> work and major paper. The MSc by course work and major paper is offered in two areas
Graduate Secretary of specialization: animal breeding and genetics and animal nutrition and metabolism.
Wendy McGrattan (144 ANNU, Ext. 56215) Admission Requirements
[email protected]
An honours baccalaureate, with a minimum average grade of `B' during the last 2 years
Graduate Faculty of full-time equivalent study. For Canadian degrees, we interpret this as the last 20 semester
*Please see the Department's webpage at www.aps.uoguelph.ca for a complete listing of courses, however we do not split a semester and we will not consider any less than 16
faculty. courses.
James L. Atkinson Degree Requirements
BSc UMIST, Manchester, MSc London, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor MSc by Thesis
Gregoy Bedecarrats Candidates for the thesis-based MSc degree must successfully complete a prescribed
Licence de Biochimie, MSc, Dipl. Rennes (France), PhD McGill - Associate Professor series of courses, conduct a research project, prepare a thesis based on their results and
Dominique P. Bureau defend this in a final examination. The number of course credits required in this option
BASc, MSc Laval, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor will be decided by the student's advisory committee in consultation with the student, and
John P. Cant may exceed the minimum 1.5 credits required by the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
BSc (Agr) Nova Scotia, MS, PhD California - Professor and Graduate Coordinator Generally, 4 or 5 courses (1.5-2.0 credits) will be taken, including the mandatory Seminar
Cornelius F.M. de Lange course, ANSC*6600 (0.0 credit).
BSc, MSc Wageningen, PhD Alberta - Professor MSc by Course Work and Major Paper
Ming Z. Fan Candidates for the MSc degree by course work and major paper option must complete a
BS Xinjiang, MS Harbin, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor minimum of 4.0 credits (9 courses). Of these courses, one will be the departmental Seminar
James France course, ANSC*6600 (0.0 credit), and another will be Major Paper in Animal and Poultry
BSc Wales, MSc, PhD, DSc Hull (United Kingdom), CMath, FIMA - Professor and Science, ANSC*6900 (1.0 credit). The major paper will be a detailed, critical review of
Canada Research Chair an area of study related to the specialization chosen by the student and should include
Niel A. Karrow analyses and interpretations of relevant data. The content of the major paper will be
BSc Guelph, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor presented to the department in the Seminar course.
Steven Leeson At the beginning of the program, the student and student's advisory committee will design
MPhil, PhD Nottingham - Professor the course-work program according to the program guidelines and the aspirations and
background of the student. Students will normally choose a minimum of 4 courses in the
Julang Li
area of specialization, one of which will be ANSC*6900, Major Paper in Animal and
MSc Changchun Veterinary College (China), PhD Ottawa - Associate Professor
Poultry Science, and a minimum of two courses outside the area of specialization. These
Ira B. Mandell latter courses can be offered by departments other than Animal and Poultry Science.
BS, MS Ohio State, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor
A maximum of one approved senior-level undergraduate course can be included in the
Georgia Mason list of prescribed courses. Recommended graduate courses in the two areas of specialization
BA, PhD Cambridge - Professor are as follows: Animal Breeding and Genetics (ANSC*6900, ANSC*6210, ANSC*6240,
Brian W. McBride ANSC*6370, ANSC*6390, ANSC*6450); Animal Nutrition and Metabolism (ANSC*6900,
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Alberta - Professor ANSC*6010, ANSC*6020, ANSC*6030, ANSC*6250, ANSC*6360, ANSC*6450);
Stephen P. Miller Animal Behaviour and Welfare (ANSC*6700, ANSC*6730, ANSC*6440, ANSC*6710
BSc (Agr), PhD Guelph - Associate Professor and ANSC*6740.
Richard D. Moccia The MSc by course work and major paper degree will require a minimum of three semesters
BSc, MSc Guelph - Professor of full-time study (or the equivalent).
Vern R. Osborne PhD Program
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
The PhD program is research oriented and provides instruction and experiences that
J. Andrew B. Robinson develop the student's ability to independently formulate hypotheses and design and execute
BSc (Agr), MSc Guelph, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor and Chair experiments or conduct observational studies to reach definitive conclusions.
Larry R. Schaeffer
BS Purdue, MS, PhD Cornell - Professor
Admission Requirements
Flavio S. Schenkel Students entering a PhD program should show potential for independent, productive, and
original research. A PhD program can be entered by three routes: following completion
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Animal and Poultry Science 33

of an MSc program; following transfer prior to completion of an MSc program; and ANSC*6020 Poultry and Swine Nutrition W [0.50]
directly from a bachelor degree.
A discussion of current topics in the feeding and nutrition of domestic fowl and swine
In general, a minimum average grade of `B' for a completed MSc program plus strong based on the critical appraisal of selected journal readings.
letters of reference are required. Students wishing to be considered for transfer to a PhD
program prior to completion of the MSc program must request the transfer before the end ANSC*6030 Modelling Metabolic Processes F [0.50]
of the fourth semester and have an excellent academic record as well as a strong aptitude Building and testing of mathematical models of metabolic processes using continuous
for research. simulation software to assist in weekly assignments. Choice of model based on students'
Direct admission to the PhD program may be permitted for applicants who hold a bachelor's research interests (e.g. protein synthesis, nutrient uptake, rumen fermentation). Term
degree and have an excellent academic history and strong indications of research potential. project to reproduce model from scientific knowledge.
Degree Requirements ANSC*6360 Techniques in Animal Nutrition Research F [0.50]
Satisfactory completion of a PhD program requires a comprehensive knowledge of the Theory and/or practices of techniques to evaluate feedstuffs and determine nutrient
area of emphasis and the ability to conduct original research in this area, plus a sound utilization in poultry, swine and ruminants is covered through lectures, short laboratories
general background in two related areas of study. This competence is demonstrated in a and a major project.
qualifying examination and through the design and execution of a substantial and original
research project. Based on this research, a thesis is prepared and defended in a final ANSC*6470 Advanced Animal Nutrition and Metabolism I F [0.50]
examination. A systematic review of key aspects of energy, protein, amino acid and carbohydrate
The number of courses required for a PhD program will be decided by the student's utilization and metabolism in farm animals.
advisory committee in consultation with the student. The minimum requirement is the ANSC*6480 Advanced Animal Nutrition and Metabolism II W [0.50]
Seminar course, ANSC*6600.
A systematic review of key aspects of lipid, vitamin and mineral utilization and
Interdepartmental Programs metabolism in farm animals.
Aquaculture MSc Prerequisite(s): ANSC*6470
The Department of Animal and Poultry Science participates in the master of science in Animal Physiology
aquaculture program. Professors Atkinson, Cho, McMillan and Moccia are members of ANSC*6400 Mammalian Reproduction W [0.50]
the Aquaculture Interdepartmental Group. These faculty members' expertise includes
aspects of aquaculture; they may serve as advisors for MSc (Aquaculture) students. Please Discussions and applications of methodology for collection and examination of gametes
consult the Aquaculture listing for a detailed description of the MSc (Aquaculture) and embryos and for measurements of hormones in biological fluids. (Odd years only.)
interdepartmental program. ANSC*6440 Advanced Critical Analysis in Applied Ethology F [0.50]
Collaborative Programs Students explore the process of scientific inquiry and experimental design within the
context of applied ethology research. Discussions include the peer review process, critical
Neuroscience MA/MSc/PhD
analyses and applications of methods for applied animal behaviour research.
The Department of Animal and Poultry Science partipates in the MA/MSc/PhD program
in neuroscience. Professor Mason is a member of the Neuroscience Interdepartmental ANSC*6460 Lactation Biology F [0.50]
Group. Please consult the Neuroscience. listing for a detailed description of the An in-depth systems analysis of lactation,comparing the cow, pig, rat, human and seal.
MA/MSc/PhD collaborative program. Mammary development from conception through to lactogenesis, lactation and involution
Toxicology MSc/PhD will be covered. Hypotheses of regulation of the biochemical pathways of milk synthesis
will be tested in relation to experimental observations.
The Department of Animal and Poultry Science participates in the MSc/PhD program in
toxicology. Professor Karrow, Smith, and Squires are members of the Toxicology ANSC*6250 Growth and Metabolism W [0.50]
Interdepartmental Group. The research and teaching expertise of these faculty include Animal growth and metabolism are considered at the cellular level in a manner that
aspects of toxicology; they may serve as advisors for MSc and PhD students in Toxicology. extends beyond the basic disciplines of biometrics and biochemistry with attention focused
Students choosing this option must meet the requirements of the Toxicology Collaborative on the main carcass components — muscle, fat and bone.
Program, as well as those of their home department. Please consult the Toxicology listing
for a detailed description of the MSc/PhD collaborative program. UNIV*6030 [0.50] Seminars and Analysis in Animal Behaviour and Welfare
Animal Behaviour and Welfare
Courses
ANSC*6700 Animals in Society: Historical and Global Perspectives on Animal
Although the courses offered are listed by field, several are relevant to more than one Welfare F [0.50]
field. Some courses are only offered when there is a certain minimum enrolment.
A seminar course covering society's duties to animals. Students will learn about the major
Animal Breeding and Genetics ethical theories that deal with society's duties towards animals, the main scientific
ANSC*6210 Principles of Selection in Animal Breeding W [0.50] approaches to animal welfare, and the relationship of science to ethics. A brief history
Definition of selection goals, prediction of genetic progress and breeding values, and the of human-animal relationships will be covered and cultural differences described. Students
comparison of selection programs. will use this to analyze some current issues.

ANSC*6240 Topics in Animal Genetics and Genomics F [0.50] ANSC*6710 Assessing Animal Welfare in Practice W,S [0.50]

Current literature and classical papers pertaining to quantitative genetics, animal breeding A lecture/seminar course covering the principles of applied animal welfare assessment.
and animal genomics are reviewed in detail through presentation, discussion and critical Students will learn what influences an animal welfare assessment and will understand
analysis. the components necessary to create an effective and targeted animal welfare program for
industry or regulatory application.
ANSC*6370 Quantitative Genetics and Animal Models F [0.50] Prerequisite(s): ANSC*6700
The course covers quantitative genetics theory associated with animal models; linear External Course Code(s): Winter offering on-campus, Summer offering Distance
models applied to genetic evaluation of animals; estimation of genetic parameters for Education.
animal models; and computing algorithms for large datasets.
ANSC*6730 Applied Environmental Physiology: Applications to Animal Care
ANSC*6390 QTL and Markers W [0.50] Standards W [0.50]
Advanced training in QTL mapping and selection assisted by genetic markers. A lecture/seminar course covering the principles of applied environmental physiology
including temperature regulation, space requirements, animal responses to light and other
ANSC*6450 Topics in Animal Biotechnology W [0.50]
aspects of the physical environment. Students pursue a topic in depth to develop or update
The impact of recombinant DNA techniques on present and future research in animal recommended codes of practice and resource-based standards.
science and on the livestock industry is critically appraised.
ANSC*6740 Special Topics in Applied Animal Welfare Science F,W,S [0.25]
Animal Nutrition A lecture/seminar course covering in depth topics in applied animal welfare science. The
ANSC*6010 Topics in Comparative Animal Nutrition F [0.50] course will review the scientific research into the welfare of a specific animal species or
Current topics in the feeding and nutrition of agricultural, companion and captive animal a specific animal welfare problem common across species, focusing on the main threats
species. Emphasis is placed on the influence of nutrients on metabolic integration at to and indicators of welfare in the species or context, along with possible solutions to
tissue, organ and whole-animal levels. these welfare issues.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

34 IX. Graduate Programs, Animal and Poultry Science

General
ANSC*6050 Biometry for Animal Sciences F [0.50]
For students involved in animal research. The course will provide outlines of appropriate
presentation and analysis of experimental data with emphasis on different analytical
techniques.
ANSC*6100 Special Project F,W,S [0.50]
Supervised program of study in some aspect of animal and poultry science that can involve
an experimental project and/or detailed analysis of the literature.
ANSC*6600 Seminar F,W [0.00]
This course is required for successful completion of MSc and PhD programs. The major
findings of the thesis or major paper are presented to the department.
ANSC*6900 Major Paper in Animal and Poultry Science F,W,S [1.00]
A detailed, critical review of an area of study related to the specialization of students in
the MSc by course work and major paper option that includes analysis and interpretation
of relevant data.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Aquaculture 35

Aquaculture completed in the student's undergraduate program. The total duration of the program is
expected to be 3-4 full-time semesters, or longer if part-time study is undertaken. Detailed
The university offers an interdepartmental program of study leading to the degree of schedules of studies are available from the program coordinator or from any member of
master of science in aquaculture [MSc (Aquaculture)]. The participating units are the the graduate faculty in the program. The student's advisor will provide leadership in
Departments of Food, Agricultural and Resoure Econonmics, Animal and Poultry Science, making arrangements for, and providing advice on, the student's overall program, including
Biomedical Sciences, Food Science, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences, Integrative the special project. Students in the program will be under the guidance of the Aquaculture
Biology, Marketing and Consumer Studies, Molecular and Cellular Biology, Pathobiology, Interdepartmental Group, and will register both in the interdepartmental program and in
Philosophy, and Population Medicine. the department of their advisor. The Aquaculture Interdepartmental Group consists of
Administrative Staff members of the graduate faculty whose teaching or research interests are wholly or partly
related to aquaculture.
Chair and Graduate Co-ordinator
Richard D. Moccia (135 Animal & Poultry Science, Ext. 56216) Courses
[email protected] AQUA*6000 Special Project in Aquaculture F,S,W [1.00]
Graduate Faculty An intensive learning opportunity focusing on an applied problem in the aquaculture
James L. Atkinson industry. Completion of a literature review and project, in concert with hands-on
Associate Professor, Animal and Poultry Science experience with live animals, either in a research or commercial setting, form the basis
of a final report and oral presentation to be made to a committee of the Aquaculture
James S. Ballantyne
Inter\departmental Group. Practical experience is also gained through on-site training at
Professor, Integrative Biology
the Alma Aquaculture Research Station.
Dominique Bureau
Associate Professor, Animal and Poultry Science AQUA*6100 Science and Technology in Aquaculture F [0.50]
Roy Danzmann A formal lecture, student seminar and essay course designed to examine the role of science
Professor, Integrative Biology and technology in the aquaculture industry. Latest advances in the scientific community
Moira M. Ferguson are explored, with special attention to those developments having promise for
Professor, Integrative Biology commercialization and technology transfer to the private sector. The course will explore
Yukio Kakuda the relationships between basic and applied science, and the development of new
Professor, Food Science technology for the industry.
John Lumsden AQUA*6200 Practicum in Aquaculture: Culture of Salmonids S [0.50]
Associate Professor, Pathobiology Using a problem-solving approach, students will complete a series of modules at the
Richard D. Moccia Alma Aquaculture Research Station covering topics in water management, hatchery
Professor, Animal and Poultry Science operations, propagation techniques, feeding and nutrition, health and disease, economics
Wayne C. Pfeiffer and regulatory issues. Students will solve practical problems from both a theoretical and
Associate Professor, Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics applied perspective.
Roselynn M.W. Stevenson ZOO*6550 Aquaculture U [0.50]
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Examination of the history, practice and future of aquaculture with special reference to
Margaret Thorburn the application of biological principles and knowledge to the production of aquatic
Associate Professor, Population Medicine organisms for food and other uses.
Glen Van Der Kraak
Professor, Integrative Biology Graduate Courses Eligible for Credit in the MSc (Aquaculture)
Patricia A. Wright Program:
Professor, Integrative Biology Animal and Poultry Science
Rickey Y. Yada ANSC*3050 [0.50] Aquaculture: Advanced Issues
Professor, Food Science ANSC*6450 [0.50] Topics in Animal Biotechnology
MSc Program Capacity Development and Extension
Aquaculture is the production of biomass of any aquatic plant or animal, including algae, CDE*6190 [0.50] Fundamentals of Interpersonal and Intercultural
molluscan, crustacean, and fish species, through artificial cultivation techniques. The MSc Communication
(Aquaculture) program is a non-thesis degree consisting of courses and a special project CDE*6311 [0.50] Capacity Development and Extension Methods
related primarily to the production of cool water and cold water fin-fish species. The Economics
objective of the degree is to provide an intensive, multidisciplinary program of study, ECON*6750 [0.50] Managerial Economics
without areas of sub-specialization. Graduates will obtain an integrated, technical ECON*6770 [0.50] Financial Management
knowledge of the concepts of animal production, agribusiness and state-of-the-art Food Safety and Quality Assurance
technology as they relate to aquaculture. The program includes a wide range of courses, FSQA*6600 [0.50] Principles of Food Safety and Quality Assurance
a special project requirement and a practicum intended to provide essential experience in Geography
applied fish-production systems.
GEOG*6281 [0.50] Environmental Management and Governance
Admission Requirements Hospitality and Tourism Management
Students may be admitted to the MSc (Aquaculture) program from a variety of HTM*6110 [0.50] Foundations of Leadership
undergraduate backgrounds, including honours degree programs in animal or agricultural Food Safety and Quality Assurance
science, environmental biology, fisheries biology, marine biology, microbiology, nutritional
FSQA*6150 [0.50] Food Quality Assurance Management
sciences, wildlife biology, and zoology. The adequacy of a student's background and
experience will be assessed by an admissions committee before a student is permitted to Integrative Biology
enter the program. All applicants must meet the university minimum criteria for admission ZOO*6550 [0.50] Aquaculture
to graduate studies. In addition, the admissions committee will look for relevant work Rural Planning and Development
experience or recognized educational training in agrifood systems and aquatic or fisheries RPD*6310 [0.50] Environmental Impact Assessment
science. Undergraduate Courses Eligible for Graduate Credit
Applications must be accompanied by a letter of intent expressing the student's reasons
(Students must not have received credit for these courses as part of their undergraduate
for wanting to enter the program. Prior completion of introductory basic science courses
programs):
will be expected. All applicants will require an academic program advisor prior to an offer
of admission. Agricultural Economics
AGEC*4220 [0.50] Advanced Farm Management
Degree Requirements
Animal Science
The program requires the completion of a minimum of 6.5 course credits. Students will
be permitted to take additional, elective course credits if desired. At least 4.5 of the course ANSC*3120 [0.50 Introduction to Animal Nutrition
credits will be at the graduate level and all undergraduate courses must be eligible for ANSC*3170 [0.50] Nutrition of Fish and Crustacea
graduate credit. The selection of the courses will be dependent, in part, on the courses ANSC*3210 [0.50] Principles of Animal Care and Welfare
ANSC*4050 [0.50] Biotechnology in Animal Science
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
36 IX. Graduate Programs, Aquaculture

Biology
BIOL*3450 [0.50] Introduction to Aquatic Environments
BIOL*4350 [0.50] Biology of Polluted Waters
Environmental Biology
ENVB*4020 [0.50] Water Quality and Environmental Management
Food Science
FOOD*4700 [0.50] Food Product Development
Marketing and Consumer Studies
MCS*3010 [0.50] Quality Management
Pathology
PATH*3610 [0.50] Principles of Disease
PATH*4100 [0.50] Diseases of Aquatic Animals
Zoology
ZOO*4110 [0.50] Principles of Fish and Wildlife Management
ZOO*4330 [0.50] Biology of Fishes

Note
Other relevant graduate and undergraduate courses may be taken for credit subject to
the approval of the student's advisory committee.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Art and Visual Culture 37

Art and Visual Culture Degree Requirements

The program is a five semester MA in Art and Visual Culture for students with a four-year
The MA program is intended to provide students with core knowledge about Art History
undergraduate honours degree in the arts or social sciences. The MA program has a 2.0
and Visual Culture within an interdisciplinary research context beneficial for transition
credit course requirement, as well as a thesis for the completion of the program. The thesis
to higher levels of Art History-related education and research and/or for careers in a variety
consists of an extensive piece of research and an oral examination (defence).
of Art History-related fields, for instance in art publishing, museums and galleries, or
government agencies. Each degree candidate is required to complete the course work, colloquium oral
presentation, and a thesis, which consists of an extended piece of research, and an oral
The MA in Art and Visual Culture is the first M.A. in this country which will provide a
examination. The three components represent a significant body of research and production,
much-needed critical perspective fundamentally engaged with the history, politics,
and demonstrate a thoroughly engaged investigation into the historical and conceptual
ideology, theory, and discourse not only of art, but, more significantly, the critical practices
considerations of the thesis topic. The thesis topic is subject to the approval of the MA
which inform how art's history is taught, marketed, and disseminated. What makes the
Examination Committee, which includes an examiner from the profession. The thesis is
program unique, dynamic, and exciting is its self-reflexivity, that is, its investigation of
a project of publishable quality. In essay form, it discusses the critical, historical, and
the discipline itself. By critically exploring a wider purview of objects, the program will
theoretical aspects of the student's subject of research. Students are expected to present
be structured so as to provide maximum flexibility, introducing students to interdisciplinary
and defend their work orally in a manner appropriate to a professional art historian's public
inquiry and holistically engaging with objects in their multidimensionality. In other words,
presentation.
students will learn to discuss and critically write about objects in their material, critical,
theoretical, and contextual totalities. Students will also explore the concept of identity, A total of 2.0 credits are required for the completion of this program. In addition to
the power of visual rhetoric, and the shifting power dynamics inherent in art and its individually oriented Critical Methods I and II courses, students are required to complete
disciplines both in historical and contemporary contexts. two MA seminars. A maximum of one course outside Art History may be substituted for
courses in Art and Visual Culture graduate offerings. The courses selected must be
Administrative Staff acceptable to the school and the Board of Graduate Studies for graduate credit. There are
John Kissick 4 ‘substantive’ courses that comprise the candidate's prescribed studies, and in which the
Director of SOFAM (Zavitz Hall 203, Ext. 56930) student must obtain an overall average grade of at least 'B-' standing.
[email protected] Courses
Sally Hickson
Graduate Coordinator (Johnston Hall 113, Ext. 58234) AVC*6100 Proseminar: Critical Methods I F [0.50]
[email protected] This proseminar explores the histories, theories, and methodologies of the fields of art
Barb Merill history, visual culture, and material culture.
Graduate Secretary (Zavitz Hall 201, Ext. 54671) AVC*6200 Proseminar: Critical Methods II W [0.50]
[email protected]
This seminar is a multi-disciplinary survey of critical theory. The aim is to consider which
Graduate Faculty bodies of theory have been—and continue to be—lively options for the practice of critical
Susan J. Douglas thought in relation to visual culture, especially post-1968. The course explores issues
BA Western Ontario, MA Carleton, PhD Concordia - Assistant Professor which also possess cultural, social and political relevance, theories which affected all the
Sally Hickson humanities and social sciences, and themes that are also deeply relevant outside the
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Queen’s - Assistant Professor academy. These include: the institutions and networks of knowledge, identity politics,
race, sexuality, gender and class, amongst others.
Dominic J. Marner
BA Regina, MA Victoria, PhD East Anglia (UK) - Associate Professor Prerequisite(s): AVC*6100
Alla Myzelev AVC*6300 Special Topics in Art and Visual Culture F [0.50]
BEd, BA Hebrew (Jerusalem), MA York, PhD Queen’s - Assistant Professor This seminar explores issues of historical and crtical method by focusing them through
John Potvin the lens of a particular area of concern within the fields of art history, visual culture,
BA Alberta, MA Carleton, PhD Queen’s - Assistant Professor and/or material culture.
MA Program AVC*6400 Practicum: Art Institutions W [0.50]
The MA in Art and Visual Culture examines the production and consumption of images, The practicum provides students with an opportunity to gain practical experience through
objects, and spaces from varied cultures. It challenges many ideas about cognition and work with an artist, curator, or other museum or arts professional.
perception, and includes the study of the ocular. Because the visual is crucial to our
understandings of cultural difference, Art and Visual Culture Studies is vitally concerned AVC*6500 Directed Reading U [0.50]
with the manner in which the interdependent elements of race, ethnicity, gender, sexuality, Each student establishes, in consultation with the faculty member chosen, the content of
and class construct identity. It demands that we think across cultures and national this special study within the instructor's area of expertise. Faculty varies.
boundaries, and within a global context. Intercultural visual analysis necessarily questions
conceptions of "high" and "low" culture and requires that we substantially change the
ways in which we practice the discipline of Art History.
Towards this end, the objectives of the MA program are:
1. To enable students to gain a command of visual literacy through global and critical
understandings of art and its cultures and histories;
2. To combine art historical methodology and visual and material culture perspectives
in the study of objects—both past and present;
3. To explore critically the assumptions underpinning writing about art and visual culture.
Admission Requirements
Admission to the M.A. program in Art and Visual Culture may be granted on the
recommendation of the School of Fine Art and Music to:
• the holder of a BA degree (honours equivalent), or an honours BA (or its equivalent
in art history) with a minimum of a 75% average; or
• in exceptional cases, the holder of a degree in another field who has completed a
minimum of six one-semester courses in art history; or
• a student who has satisfied the requirements for transfer from the provisional-student
category.
It is highly recommended that applicants complete at least eight semesters of courses in
art history, cultural studies, or related areas prior to applying. Serious interest in, and
substantial familiarity with, historical and contemporary issues in Art and Visual Culture
is expected.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

38 IX. Graduate Programs, Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics Master of Bioinformatics Program

The organization and administration of the graduate program in bioinformatics are the Admission Requirements
responsibility of the Bioinformatics Graduate Faculty. Bioinformatics is the development Students may be admitted to the Master of Bioinformatics program from a range of
and application of computational, mathematical and statistical techniques in order to solve undergraduate programs, including biology, statistics, mathematics, engineering or
problems in molecular biology. computer science. To be considered for admission, applicants should meet the minimum
requirements of a four-year degree from a recognized post-secondary institution with a
Note minimum 75% average over the last two years of full-time equivalent study and students
Herein, a ‘bioinformatician’ is a member of graduate faculty from CPES and a ‘user must have taken at least one course in three or more of the following areas:
of bioinformatics’ is a member of graduate faculty from a College other than CPES. • Statistics
• Computer Programming
Administrative Staff • Biology
Director and Graduate Coordinator • Mathematics
Stefan C. Kremer (Department of Computing and Information Science, Reynolds 106, Applicants should briefly indicate their research interests and, if possible their preferred
Ext. 58913) advisors.
[email protected] There is no application deadline, but space in the program is limited. Most spaces are
Graduate Secretary filled in March for entry the following September. Prospective students should check the
Sheryl Beauchamp (Department of Computing and Information Science, Reynolds 223, program website for admission procedures and apply as early as possible.
Ext. 56402) English Proficiency
[email protected]
Students whose first language is not English must provide certification of English
Graduate Faculty proficiency as explained in the Graduate Calendar, Section II. General Regulations,
Sarah J. Adamowicz Subsection: Application for Admission.
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology Degree Requirements
R. Ayesha Ali A total of 4.0 credits are required, which must include:
Assistant Professor, Mathematics and Statistics BINF*6110 [0.50] Lab Methods for Bioinformatics
Emma Allen-Vercoe BINF*6210 [0.50] Software Tools for Biological Data Analysis and
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Organization
Daniel Ashlock BINF*6999 [1.00] Bioinformatics Master's Project
Professor, Mathematics and Statistics The advisory committee may require additional courses. An average of 70% or better
Elizabeth Boulding must be obtained in the prescribed courses. Further information may be obtained from
Associate Professor, Integrative Biology the Director.
David Chiu Advisory Committee
Professor, Computing and Information Science Students registered in the Master of Bioinformatics will have two advisors: one
Michael J. Emes bioinformatician and one user of bioinformatics.
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology and Dean of the College of Biological Science Duration of the Program
Zeny Feng Students normally take 3 courses per term for two terms (3.0 credits) and complete the
Assistant Professor, Mathematics and Statistics Bioinformatics Master’s Project (1.0 credit) in a third term. The program typically takes
T. Ryan Gregory 12 months of full-time study.
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology
Master of Science Program
Cortland K. Griswold
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology Admission Requirements
Mehrdad Hajibabaei Students may be admitted to the MSc in Bioinformatics program from a range of
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology undergraduate programs, including biology, statistics, mathematics, engineering or
George Harauz computer science. To be considered for admission, applicants should meet the minimum
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology requirements of a four-year degree from a recognized post-secondary institution with a
minimum 75% average over the last two years of full-time equivalent study and students
Andreas Heyland
must have taken at least one course in three or more of the following areas:
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology
• Statistics
Niel A. Karrow
Assistant Professor, Animal and Poultry Science • Computer Programming
Stefan C. Kremer • Biology
Associate Professor, Computing and Information Science • Mathematics
Lewis Lukens Applicants should briefly indicate their research interests and, if possible, their preferred
Associate Professor, Plant Agriculture advisors.
Janet I. MacInnes There is no application deadline, but space in the program is limited. Most spaces are
Professor, Pathobiology filled in March for entry the following September. Prospective students should check the
Paul D. McNicholas program website for admission procedures and apply as early as possible.
Assistant Professor, Mathematics and Statistics English Proficiency
Rod Merrill Students whose first language is not English must provide certification of English
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology proficiency as explained in the Graduate Calendar, Section II. General Regulations,
Annette Nassuth Subsection: Application for Admission.
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Degree Requirements
K. Peter Pauls A total of 2.0 credits are required, which must include:
Professor, Plant Agriculture
BINF*6110 [0.50] Lab Methods for Bioinformatics
J. Andrew B. Robinson BINF*6210 [0.50] Software Tools for Biological Data Analysis and
Associate Professor and Chair, Animal and Poultry Science Organization
Steven Rothstein The advisory committee may require additional courses. An average of 70% or better
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology must be obtained in the prescribed courses. When the course work is satisfactorily
Larry R. Schaeffer completed, the submission and successful defence of an appropriate thesis on an approved
Professor, Animal and Poultry Science topic completes the requirements for the MSc in Bioinformatics. Further information may
George van der Merwe be obtained from the Director.
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Bioinformatics 39

Advisory Committee Bioinformatics

Students registered in the MSc in Bioinformatics will either: BINF*6110 Lab Methods for Bioinformatics F [0.50]
a. Have two advisors: one bioinformatician and one user of bioinformatics; or This course provides a hands-on introduction to the lab methods used to generate the
b. Have one advisor: a bioinformatician. kinds of data commonly analyzed in bioinformatics. This may include DNA extraction,
Duration of the Program PCR, DNA sequencing, plasmid cloning, gene expression, microarrays, and protein
Students normally take 2 courses per term for two terms (2.0 credits) while developing identification. The objective of the course is to develop an appreciation for the challenges
their thesis topic. Then they complete the Bioinformatics Master’s Thesis subsequent and pitfalls in producing data. A general overview of genetic and genomic concepts and
terms. The program typically takes 12-20 months of full-time study. theory will be provided.

Graduate Diploma in Bioinformatics Program Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent

BINF*6210 Software Tools for Biological Data Analysis and Organization F [0.50]
Admission Requirements
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with the tools for the computational
Students may be admitted to the Graduate Diploma in Bioinformatics program from a
acquisition and analysis of molecular biological data. Lectures will focus on key software
range of undergraduate programs, including biology, statistics, mathematics, engineering
for gene expression analyses, biological sequence analysis, and data acquisition and
or computer science. To be considered for admission, applicants should meet the minimum
management. Laboratory exercises will guide students through application of tools
requirements of a four-year degree from a recognized post-secondary institution with a
relevant to topics discussed in lecture.
minimum 70% average over the last two years of full-time equivalent study and students
must have taken at least one course in three or more of the following areas: Prerequisite(s): Introductory molecular biology or genetics course, undergraduate
statistics course
• Statistics
Restriction(s): Instuctor's Consent
• Computer Programming
• Biology BINF*6410 Algorithms and Programming in Bioinformatics F [0.50]
• Mathematics This course will teach students to develop and use programming tools for bioinformatics.
The topics covered present a recourse for bioinformaticians who find that existing software
Applicants should briefly indicate their research interests and, if possible, their preferred
does not satisfy their needs.
advisors.
There is no application deadline, but space in the program is limited. Most spaces are Prerequisite(s): BINF*6210
filled in March for entry the following September. Prospective students should check the BINF*6420 Biosequence Pattern Analysis W [0.50]
program website for admission procedures and apply as early as possible. This course is an overview course on different approaches to analyze biological sequences.
English Proficiency Basic concepts are introduced, as well as related algorithms.
Students whose first language is not English must provide certification of English Prerequisite(s): BINF*6210
proficiency as explained in the Graduate Calendar, Section II. General Regulations, BINF*6970 Statistical Bioinformatics W [0.50]
Subsection: Application for Admission.
This course presents a selection of advanced approaches for the statistical analysis of
Diploma Requirements data that arise in bioinformatics, especially genomic data. A central theme to this course
A total of 2.0 credits are required, which must include: is the modelling of complex, often high-dimensional, data structures.
BINF*6110 [0.50] Lab Methods for Bioinformatics Prerequisite(s): STAT*3240 or STAT*6950 or a similar statistics course
BINF*6210 [0.50] Software Tools for Biological Data Analysis and
Organization BINF*6998 Bioinformatics Diploma Project F,W,S [0.50]
BINF*6998 [0.50] Bioinformatics Diploma Project A research paper is completed by students taking the Graduate Diploma in Bioinformatics
The advisory committee may require additional courses. An average of 70% or better program.
must be obtained in the prescribed courses. Further information may be obtained from Prerequisite(s): BINF*6110, BINF*6210
the Director. Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent
Advisory Committee BINF*6999 Bioinformatics Master's Project F,W,S [1.00]
Students registered in the Graduate Diploma in Bioinformatics will have two advisors: A major research paper is completed by students in the MBINF program.
a. one bioinformatician
Prerequisite(s): BINF*6110, BINF*6210
b. and one user of bioinformatics. Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent
Duration of the Program
Students normally take 2 courses per term for two terms (2.0 credits). The program typically Note
takes 8 months of full-time study.
Some courses may not be offered every year. Students planning to take a course from
Courses the above list should consult with the Graduate Secretary for availability and scheduling.
Biological Sciences
ANSC*6370 [0.50] Quantitative Genetics and Animal Models
IBIO*6100 [0.50] Molecular Evolution
PLNT*6160 [0.25] Quantitative Genetic Variation in Crop Populations
PLNT*6500 [0.50] Applied Bioinformatics
Computing and Information Science
CIS*6060 [0.50] Bioinformatics
CIS*6080 [0.50] Genetic Algorithms
CIS*6120 [0.50] Uncertainty Reasoning in Knowledge Representation
CIS*6420 [0.50] Soft Computing
Mathematics and Statistics
MATH*6071 [0.50] Biomathematics
STAT*6801 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis I
STAT*6950 [0.50] Statistical Methods for the Life Sciences
STAT*6960 [0.50] Design of Experiments and Data Analysis for the Life
Sciences

Note
Some courses may not be offered in every semester. Students planning to take a course
from the above list should consult with the department offering the course to check
for availability and scheduling.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

40 IX. Graduate Programs, Biomedical Sciences

Biomedical Sciences MBS program

The Department specializes in scientific disciplines which are basic to human and Students may focus their Master of Biomedical Sciences in one of the three major fields:
veterinary medicine. Within this context, the research activities of the faculty are focused Reproductive Biology, Developmental, Cell and Tissue Morphology, and Biomedical
under the general umbrella of biomedical science and biotechnology. The MBS, MSc and Toxicology/Pharmacology. The research project may involve: molecular, cellular or
PhD programs provide emphasis in one of the department's three major fields: Reproductive developmental aspects of tissue or animal differentiation and growth, physiological,
Biology, Developmental, Cell and Tissue Morphology, and Biomedical morphological or biomechanical investigations of normal function or disease processes
Toxicology/Pharmacology. The department also participates in the Doctor of Veterinary in a variety of organs and tissues, or pharmacological mechanisms related to therapy and
Science (DVSc) program, co-ordinated by an interdepartmental committee chaired by the drug toxicity.
Associate Dean (graduate studies and research) of the Ontario Veterinary College. Admission Requirements
Administrative Staff Applicants should have an Honours baccalaureate degree in the Biological Sciences or a
Doctor of Veterinary Medicine degree (or the equivalent) with a minimum 'B+' standing
Chair
in the final two years of study. Letters of reference from two individuals who can
Neil MacLusky (2633 Ontario Veterinary College, Ext. 54700)
adequately evaluate the academic and research capabilities of the applicant must be
[email protected]
provided with the application. In addition, a short statement of the applicant's research
Graduate Coordinator (incoming) interests and career goals, is required to assist in the selection of faculty advisors. Students
Pawel Bartlewski (2601 Ontario Veterinary College, Ext. 53330) may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semester. Provisional acceptance may
[email protected] be granted to students who do not meet this 'B+' standard if there is additional evidence
Graduate Coordinator (in-course) that the applicant is capable of successfully completing the graduate program (e.g.,
Roger Moorehead (3626 Ontario Veterinary College, Ext. 54950) outstanding letters of recommendation, or evidence of prior relevant work or research
[email protected] experience). Transfer to regular status will normally be recommended when the student
Graduate Secretary obtains a minimum grade of ‘A-’ in their first two graduate course and displays current
Wendy Arthur (2633 OVC, Ext. 54900) research ability to his/her advisory committee. These courses will be credited to the degree
[email protected] program.
Graduate Faculty Degree Requirements
Carol L. Armstrong Students must obtain at least an overall weighted average of 'B-' in prescribed courses.
BSc Calgary, MSc Dalhousie, PhD Calgary - Assistant Professor The number of course credits prescribed will not be fewer than 4.0 credits with BIOM*6900
Pawel M. Bartlewski being a required course (the 1.0 credit for BIOM*6900 is included in the total required
DVM Poland and UK, MSc, PhD Saskatchewan - Assistant Professor credits of 4.0). The courses selected will depend on the student's prior experience and the
nature of the research project. All students are required to present one departmental seminar
Herman J. Boermans
as a component of BIOM*6900 . The program is completed when the written research
DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
report for BIOM*6900 is deemed appropriate by the Student’s Supervisory Committee.
Peter D. Conlon
BSc (Agr), MSc McGill, DVM, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor and Associate Dean MSc Program
of Students, Ontario Veterinary College Students may focus their MSc degree in one of the three major fields: Reproductive
Brenda L. Coomber Biology, Developmental, Cell and Tissue Morphology, and Biomedical
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Toronto - Professor Toxicology/Pharmacology. The research project may involve: molecular, cellular or
Ann C. Hahnel developmental aspects of tissue or animal differentiation and growth, physiological,
BA, BSc, PhD Washington - Associate Professor morphological or biomechanical investigations of normal function or disease processes
in a variety of organs and tissues, or pharmacological mechanisms related to therapy and
W.J. Brad Hanna
drug toxicity.
BSc, DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
Ronald Johnson Admission Requirements
BSc, DVM Guelph, PhD Michigan State, ACVCP - Associate Professor Applicants should have an Honours baccalaureate degree in the Biological Sciences or a
Bettina E. Kalisch Doctor of Veterinary Medicine degree (or the equivalent) with a minimum 'B+' standing
BSc, MSc, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor in the final two years of study. Letters of reference from two individuals who can
adequately evaluate the academic and research capabilities of the applicant must be
W. Allan King
provided with the application. In addition, a short statement of the applicant's research
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Uppsala - Professor
interests and career goals, is required to assist in the selection of faculty advisors. Students
Gordon Kirby may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semester. Provisional acceptance may
DVM Guelph, MSc Surrey, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor be granted to students who do not meet this 'B+' standard if there is additional evidence
Jonathan LaMarre that the applicant is capable of successfully completing the graduate program (e.g.,
DVM, PhD Guelph - Professor outstanding letters of recommendation, or evidence of prior relevant work or research
Neil J. MacLusky experience). Transfer to regular status will normally be recommended when the student
BSc Leeds, PhD London - Professor and Chair obtains a minimum grade of ‘A-’ in their first two graduate course and displays current
Pavneesh Madan research ability to his/her advisory committee. These courses will be credited to the degree
BVScaH, MVSc Haryana, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor program.
Tami Martino Degree Requirements
BSc McMaster, MSc PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor Students must obtain at least an overall weighted average of 'B-' in prescribed courses.
Roger A. Moorehead The number of graduate course credits prescribed will not be fewer than 1.5 credits.
BSc, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor Prescribed and additional courses are selected by the student in consultation with the
James J. Petrik student's advisory committee. The courses selected will depend on the student's prior
BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor experience and the nature of the research project. The student must also prepare and defend
W. Glen Pyle an acceptable thesis and meet the Department’s minimum scientific communication
BSc Guelph, PhD Tennessee - Associate Professor requirement. The minimum scientific communication requirement is one conference
presentation (oral or poster) at a suitable Regional, National or International scientific
Alastair J.S. Summerlee
conference. If this requirement has not been achieved, written justification must be provided
BSc, BVSc, PhD Bristol, MRCVS - University President
to the Department of Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program Committee outlining the
Jeffrey J. Thomason reasons why these requirements have not been achieved. The Chair of the Department of
BA Cambridge, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program Committee will provide a written response
Matthew Vickaryous outlining the decision of the Graduate Program Committee to either grant or reject the
BSc, MSc Calgary, PhD Dalhousie - Assistant Professor request that the defence proceed even though the minimum scientific communication
Alicia Vilora-Petit requirement has not been completed. All students are required to present two departmental
BSc de Zulia, MSc Venezolano, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor seminars during their program. The thesis research proposal, developed by the student in
Shigeto Yamashiro consultation with the advisor, must receive approval from the supervisory committee no
DVM Kagoshima, MVSc Hokkaido, MSc Guelph, PhD Hokkaido - Associate Professor

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Biomedical Sciences 41

later than the end of the second semester of the program. The program is completed by Collaborative Programs
the successful oral defence of a written thesis.
Neuroscience MA/MSc/PhD
PhD Program
The Department of Biomedical Sciences participates in the MSc/PhD program in
Students may undertake a PhD degree in aspects of Reproductive Biology, Developmental neuroscience. Professors Armstrong, Kalisch and MacLusky are members of this group.
Cell and Tissue Morphology or Biomedical Toxicology/Pharmacology. Wherever Please consult the Neuroscience listing for a detailed description of the MA/MSc/PhD
appropriate, students are encouraged to incorporate the methodologies of more than one collaborative program.
of these fields into their research project. The PhD program is research based and provides
instructional opportunities and experiences that are intended to develop the student's Toxicology MSc/PhD
ability to formulate hypotheses and design and execute experiments or to conduct The Department of Biomedical Sciences participates in the MSc/PhD program in
observational studies. toxicology. The research and teaching expertise of these faculty include aspects of
toxicology; they may serve as advisors for MSc and PhD students. Please consult the
Admission Requirements Toxicology listing for a detailed description of the MSc/PhD collaborative program.
Students entering the PhD program must show evidence of potential for independent,
productive and original research. Admission to the PhD program generally requires Courses
completion of an MSc program with a research component, a minimum 'B+' average in BIOM*6060 Functional Neuroanatomy U [0.50]
the prescribed courses taken during the master's degree program, and strong
A course emphasizing the structure and function of the mammalian nervous system and
recommendations from referees who have a sound knowledge of the student's strengths
organs of special sense.
and weaknesses. In addition, a short statement of the applicant's research interests and
career goals is required. In exceptional cases, where a candidate has demonstrated BIOM*6070 Pregnancy, Birth and Perinatal Adaptations S [0.50]
excellence in academic work and extraordinary ability to plan and initiate original research, This course promotes understanding of the physiology of the placenta, and its role in
transfer to the PhD program without completion of the MSc program may be recommended. fetal, perinatal and adult health. It is offered through videoconference involving University
This transfer must take place before the end of the fourth semester in accordance with of Guelph, Queen's University and University of Waterloo. Parts are customized to
university regulations. In all cases, students who do not hold an approved research-based student's interests within pregnancy physiology.
MSc degree must register as MSc students regardless of their ultimate goals. Students
may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semester. In those cases where the BIOM*6110 Advanced Microscopy for Biomedical Sciences U [0.50]
student is continuing her or his MSc research program into the PhD program, the student Routine and specialized procedures for light microscopy, and transmission and scanning
must clearly explain how the PhD research program represents a significant advance over electron microscopy are examined through lectures, discussions and practical exercises.
that of the MSc. Interpretation of micrographs is included.
Degree Requirements BIOM*6130 Vertebrate Developmental Biology U [0.50]
The PhD program offers opportunities for students to become investigators in veterinary The principles of vertebrate development are examined through lectures, discussions and
and human-health-related sciences. Students will be expected to demonstrate the originality practical exercises. Topics include aspects of gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation,
and skill needed to contribute to the knowledge base in a manner that transcends the mere embryonic and fetal development and experimental manipulation of embryos. Emphasis
acquisition of data. All students are required to present departmental seminars (one per is on mammalian development and topics may vary depending on student needs and
annum). Students must also successfully complete a qualifying examination. Details of interests.
the qualifying examination which includes written and oral components can be found on
the Department’s website . Successful completion of the qualifying examination is a BIOM*6160 Cellular Biology U [0.50]
prerequisite for continuation in the PhD program. The advisory committee is required to An integrative course that examines aspects of cell biology in the context of recent
evaluate the student's research productivity periodically and to report on the student's research advancements. Topics are chosen based on student interest and faculty expertise
progress to the Department Graduate Program Committee each semester in which the and are explored through a combination of lectures, student seminars and group
student is registered. discussions.
The PhD program culminates in the preparation, presentation and defence of the thesis,
BIOM*6190 Tissue Culture Techniques in Biomedical Sciences U [0.50]
which contains a substantial component of original research. Preparation and defence of
an acceptable thesis based on research data and hypotheses generated during the duration An introduction to in vitro techniques examining aspects and principles of the culture
of the study are the main criteria used to assess the satisfactory completion of the PhD environment, isolation methods, propagation, characterization and storage of cultured
program. In addition the student must meet the Department’s minimum scientific cells, gametes and embryos. Practical exercises and student assignments complement
communication requirements. The minimum scientific communication requirements are material presented in lecture and seminar format.
two manuscripts which must at least have been submitted to a scientific journal prior to BIOM*6440 Biomedical Toxicology U [0.50]
the student graduating with their PhD degree. One of these manuscripts must be based
The course examines chemical compounds injurious to animals and man, toxicity testing,
on the student’s PhD research project and the student must be the first or senior author
teratogens, carcinogens, factors influencing toxicity, and toxic drug interactions. The
on this manuscript. The second manuscript may be either an original research manuscript
mechanism of action, metabolism, and principles of antidotal treatment are also studied.
or a review manuscript. The student is not required to be the first author on this manuscript
but the manuscript must be generated during the student’s tenure as a PhD candidate (i.e. BIOM*6480 Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics U [0.50]
the manuscript cannot be based on work performed while an undergraduate student or This course describes drug absorption, distribution, biotransformation and elimination
work presented in an MSc thesis). Students transferring from the MSc program to the in animals and human beings, and emphasizes factors which modify drug behaviour. It
PhD program can use any publications generated while enrolled in the graduate program integrates molecular mechanisms with physiological processes and highlights the
of the Department of Biomedical Sciences. If these requirements have not been achieved, importance of receptors and second messengers in cellular responses to pharmacologic
written justification must be provided to the Department of Biomedical Sciences Graduate agents.
Program Committee outlining the reasons why these requirements have not been achieved.
The Chair of the Department of Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program Committee will BIOM*6570 Biochemical Regulation of Physiological Processes U [0.50]
provide a written response outlining the decision of the Graduate Program Committee to This course focuses on the regulation of vertebrate physiological processes, such as
either grant or reject the request that the defence proceed even though the minimum electrolyte and water balance, temperature regulation, growth and energy metabolism,
scientific communication requirements have not been completed. by hormones and other biological regulators that act through cellular receptors and
DVSc Program intracellular biochemical-control pathways.
The Department of Biomedical Sciences participates in the DVSc program offering BIOM*6601 Special Topics in Reproductive Biology and Biotechnology U [0.25]
specialization in clinical science. This program provides a balance between advanced Permits in-depth exploration of interdisciplinary aspects of biomedical research. Topics
training in the discipline, in-service training and a thesis-research project. such as inflammation, reproductive immunology and neoplasia have been offered.
Interdepartmental Programs BIOM*6602 Special Topics in Reproductive Biology and Biotechnology U [0.50]
Biophysics MSc/PhD See BIOM*6601 above.
The Department of Biomedical Sciences participates in the MSc/PhD program in
biophysics. Professor Thomason is a member of this group. He may serve as an advisor
for MSc and PhD students. Please consult the Biophysics listing for a detailed description
of the MSc/PhD program.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

42 IX. Graduate Programs, Biomedical Sciences

BIOM*6610 Vascular Biology U [0.50]

An interdisciplinary course in which the interrelationships between vascular proteins,
cellular elements and the maintenance of vascular integrity are examined.
Structural-functional relationships in vascular biology are explored through seminar
presentations, group discussions and small group participation in problem based examples
of vascular dysfunction.
BIOM*6701 Special Topics in Development, Cell and Tissue Morphology U [0.25]
Permits further in depth study of developmental and morphological sciences.
BIOM*6702 Special Topics in Development, Cell and Tissue Morphology U [0.50]
See BIOM*6701
BIOM*6711 Special Topics in Physiology & Biochemistry U [0.25]
This course involves an appropriate combination of an experimental procedure (or project),
seminars, selected reading or a literature review outside the thesis subject, developed
according to the student's requirements.
BIOM*6712 Special Topics in Physiology & Biochemistry U [0.50]
See BIOM*6711
BIOM*6721 Special Topics in Pharmacology-Toxicology U [0.25]
This course will comprise a combination of an experimental procedure (or project),
seminars, selected reading or a literature review outside the thesis subject, developed
based on the student's requirements. Topics could include clinical
pharmacology/toxicology, pharmaco-epidemiology/economics, gerontological or perinatal
pharmacology and toxicokinetics. Department of Biomedical Sciences
BIOM*6722 Special Topics in Biomedical Pharmacology-Toxicology U [0.50]
See BIOM*6721
BIOM*6900 Research Project in Biomedical Sciences W,S,F [1.00]
This course will be a lab-based, two-semester research project course for students in the
course-based MSc stream in Biomedical Sciences.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Biophysics 43

Biophysics Professor, Chemistry

Steven N. Liss
The organization and administration of the graduate program in biophysics are the Professor, Environmental Biology
responsibility of the Biophysics Interdepartmental Group (BIG). The group consists of
Dev Mangroo
those members of the graduate faculty whose research interests lie wholly or partly in
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
biophysics. Biophysics spans all areas of the life sciences from molecular structure to
human biology and uses the ideas and techniques of the physical sciences to solve A. Rodney Merrill
biological problems. The specific sub-disciplines of BIG are molecular, cellular, structural, Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
and computational biophysics. Michele Oliver
Associate Professor, Engineering
Administrative Staff
Joanne O'Meara
Director and Graduate Coordinator Associate Professor, Physics
Hermann Eberl (Mathematics and Statistics, MACN Rm. 508, Ext. 52622)
K. Peter Pauls
[email protected]
Professor, Plant Agriculture
Graduate Secretary
Peter Purslow
Cynthia Cheeseman (Science Complex, 1310 (CPES Dean's Suite/BSc Academic
Professor, Food Science
Counselling Centre), Ext. 56176)
[email protected] Glen Pyle
Assistant Professor, Biomedical Sciences
Graduate Faculty Frances J. Sharom
Madhur Anand Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Associate Professor, Environmental Biology Jeffrey J. Thomason
France-Isabelle Auzanneau Professor, Biomedical Sciences
Associate Professor, Chemistry Jack T. Trevors
Christopher T. Bauch Professor, Environmental Biology
Associate Professor, Mathematics and Statistics Lori A. Vallis
Manfred Brauer Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Christopher Whitfield
Leonid Brown Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Associate Professor, Physics Robert Wickham
David Chiu Assistant Professor, Physics
Professor, Computing and Information Science Alan Willms
Marc Coppolino Assistant Professor, Mathematics and Statistics
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Janet M. Wood
James H. Davis Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Professor, Physics Rickey Y. Yada
John Dawson Professor, Food Science
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Simon Yang
John R. Dutcher Professor, Engineering
Professor, Physics John Zettel
Hermann Eberl Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Associate Professor, Mathematics and Statistics
MSc Program
Douglas Fudge
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology Admission Requirements
Susan Glasauer Students may be admitted to the MSc program in biophysics from a range of undergraduate
Assistant Professor, Land Resource Science programs, including physics, biology, biochemistry, microbiology, chemistry, mathematics,
Todd Gillis engineering, or computing science. To be considered for admission, applicants should
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology meet the minimum requirements of a four-year honours degree with a 73% (B) average
during the final two years of study. Applicants should briefly indicate their research
Steffen Graether
interests and, if possible, their preferred advisors.
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Marc Habash Degree Requirements
Assistant Professor, Environmental Biology Students in the MSc program will be under the guidance of an interdepartmental advisory
George Harauz committee. A total of 1.5 credits are required, one of which is usually BIOP*6000. In
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology addition, all students are required to complete the seminar course BIOP*6010. The advisory
committee may require additional courses. An average of 70% (B-) or better must be
Shelley L. Hunt
obtained in the prescribed courses. Further information may be obtained from the chair
Assistant Profesor, Environmental Biology
of the group. When the course work is satisfactorily completed, the submission and
Mark Hurtig successful defence of an appropriate thesis on an approved topic completes the requirements
Professor, Clinical Studies for the MSc in Biophysics.
Matthew S. Kimber
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology PhD Program
Cezar Khursigara Admission Requirements
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology Applicants for the PhD program should have a recognized master's degree in an appropriate
Stefan W. Kycia field, with a 77% (B+) average in their postgraduate studies. Applicants should briefly
Associate Professor, Physics indicate their area of research interest and preferred advisor(s). It is often beneficial for
Vladimir Ladizhansky applicants to talk with potential advisors before submitting an application.
Associate Professor, Physics Direct admission to the PhD program may be permitted for applicants holding a bachelor's
Joseph Lam degree with high academic standing. Students enrolled in the master's degree program
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology who achieve a superior academic record and show a particular aptitude for research may
Anna T. Lawniczak be permitted to transfer to the PhD program. The application to transfer should be made
Professor, Mathematics and Statistics to the chair of the biophysics program between the end of the second semester and the
end of the fourth semester of work towards the master's degree.
Michael I. Lindinger
Associate Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Jacek Lipkowski
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
44 IX. Graduate Programs, Biophysics

Degree Requirements Mathematics and Statistics

Students in the PhD program will be under the guidance of an interdepartmental advisory MATH*6051 [0.50] Mathematical Modelling
committee. For students who completed the MSc degree in a program other than Biophysics MATH*6071 [0.50] Biomathematics
at the University of Guelph, a total of 1.0 graduate course credits are required, one of STAT*6761 [0.50] Survival Analysis
which is usually BIOP*6000. For students who transfer directly into the PhD program STAT*6850 [0.50] Advanced Biometry
from the MSc program in Biophysics, or who complete the MSc program in Biophysics STAT*6950 [0.50] Statistical Methods for the Life Sciences
at the University of Guelph, no additional course credits are required. In the case of STAT*6960 [0.50] Design of Experiments and Data Analysis for the Life
students who enter the PhD program from the BSc degree, 1.5 graduate course credits are Sciences
required, one of which is BIOP*6000. In addition, all students are required to complete Molecular and Cellular Biology
the non-credit seminar course, BIOP*6010. The advisory committee may require additional MCB*6310 [0.50] Advanced Topics in Developmental and Cellular Biology
courses for any student. An average of 70% (B-) or better must be obtained in the MCB*6320 [0.50] Advanced Topics in Microbiology
prescribed courses. As early as feasible, but no later than the final semester of the minimum MCB*6360 [0.50] Advanced Topics in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
duration, a PhD student is required to complete a qualifying examination to assess her or MCB*6370 [0.50] Protein Structural Biology and Bioinformatics
his knowledge of the subject. This examination should normally be taken within the first MCB*6380 [0.50] Structure and Function of Biological Membranes
five semesters of registration as a PhD student. When the qualifying examination and the Physics
course work are satisfactorily completed, the submission and successful defense of an
PHYS*7010 [0.50] Quantum Mechanics I *
acceptable thesis on an approved topic completes the requirements for the PhD in
PHYS*7020 [0.50] Quantum Mechanics II
Biophysics.
PHYS*7040 [0.50] Statistical Physics I*
Courses PHYS*7050 [0.50] Statistical Physics II
BIOP*6000 Concepts in Biophysics W [0.50]
This course will emphasis basic concepts in molecular, cellular and structural biophysics
arising from key journal publications and their impact on present day research trends.
BIOP*6010 Biophysics Seminar U [0.00]
Public research seminar presented by all PhD students in the Biophysics program in
yearly intervals after passing the qualifying exam. Students are required to attend all
seminars presented during the semester in which they are registered for the course.
BIOP*6950 Advanced Topics in Biophysics U [0.50]
This course provides opportunities for graduate students to study special topics in
contemporary biophysical research under the guidance of graduate faculty members with
pertinent expertise. Proposed course descriptions are considered by the Director of the
Biophysics program on an ad hoc basis, and the course will be offered according to
demand.
PHYS*7510 Cellular Biophysics U [0.50]
The physics of cellular structure and function; membrane theories, diffusion and active
transport, bioelectric phenomena; intracellular motion, thermodynamics; selected topics
of current interest and seminar.
PHYS*7520 Molecular Biophysics U [0.50]
Physical methods of determining macromolecular structure: energetics, intramolecular
and intermolecular forces, with application to lamellar structures, information storage,
DNA and RNA, recognition and rejection of foreign molecules.
PHYS*7540 Special Topics in Biophysics U [0.50]
Offered on demand
PHYS*7570 Special Topics in Biophysics U [0.25]
Offered on demand
Courses in Related Subjects:
Biomedical Sciences
BIOM*6110 [0.50] Advanced Microscopy for Biomedical Sciences
BIOM*6160 [0.50] Cellular Biology
BIOM*6190 [0.50] Tissue Culture Techniques in Biomedical Sciences
Chemistry
CHEM*7360 [0.50] Regulation in Biological Systems
CHEM*7370 [0.50] Enzymes
CHEM*7380 [0.50] Cell Membranes and Cell Surfaces
CHEM*7310 [0.50] Selected Topics in Biochemistry
Computing and Information Science
CIS*6050 [0.50] Neural Networks
CIS*6060 [0.50] Bioinformatics
CIS*6080 [0.50] Genetic Algorithms
CIS*6420 [0.50] Soft Computing
Engineering
ENGG*6070 [0.50] Medical Imaging
ENGG*6130 [0.50] Physical Properties of Biomaterials
ENGG*6150 [0.50] Bio-Instrumentation
ENGG*6560 [0.50] Advanced Digital Signal Processing
Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
HHNS*6200 [1.00] Research Methods in Biomechanics
HHNS*6440 [0.50] Nutrition, Gene Expression and Cell Signalling

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Business Administration 45

Business Administration BMath Waterloo, MASc, PhD Waterloo, CA - Assistant Professor

Erna van Duren
Administrative Staff BA Waterloo, M.Sc., PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
If you have any enquiry pertaining to the MBA Program at the University of Guelph, John Walsh
please contact: BA Thames Polytechnic, MBA, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
Assistant Dean, Executive Programs Hospitality and Tourism Management Field
Geoff Smith (116A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 58855) From the School of Hospitality and Tourism Management (CME):
[email protected]
Joe Barth
Manager, Executive Programs BSc Guelph, MBA Wilfrid Laurier, MPS, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor
Patti Lago (116A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 56607)
Hwan-Suk (Chris) Choi
[email protected]
BA Chung-Ang (Seoul, Korea), MTA George Washington, PhD Texas A&M - Associate
Joe Barth Professor
Graduate Program Coordinator, Hospitality and Tourism Management
Statia Elliot
Alan Ker BComm St. Mary's, MA McMaster, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor
Graduate Program Coordinator, Food and Agribusiness Management
Joan Flaherty
Graduate Faculty BA, MA, MSc, Guelph - Assistant Professor
The MBA program is administered and managed by the College of Management and Kerry Godfrey
Economics (CME), through the College’s Graduate Office. The MBA currently has two BSc Victoria, MSc Surrey, PhD Oxford Brookes, MBA Leicester - Professor and Director
fields which are offered in partnership with academic units: the Department of Food, Jamie A. Gruman
Agricultural and Resource Economics (in the Ontario Agricultural College), the School BA Concordia, MA Lakehead, PhD Windsor - Assistant Professor
of Hospitality and Tourism Management (in CME), and the Department of Business (in Marion Joppe
CME). BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Univ. d'Aix-Marseille III (France) - Professor and Research
Food and Agribusiness Management Field Chair
From the Department of Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics (OAC): Stephen Lynch
Andreas Boecker BA, BEd Toronto, MA Duquesne, MSc California American, PhD Bradford (England) -
MSc, PhD Kiel - Associate Professor Associate Professor
Maury E. Bredahl Donald J. MacLaurin
BS, MS North Dakota State, PhD Minnesota - Professor BS Florida International, MS Nevada (Las Vegas), PhD Kansas State - Associate Professor
John A.L. Cranfield Tanya MacLaurin
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Purdue - Professor BS, MS, PhD Kansas State - Professor
Brady J. Deaton Iain Murray
BS Missouri, MS Virginia Tech, PhD Michigan State - Associate Professor BComm, MSc Guelph, PhD Kansas State - Associate Professor
Glenn C. Fox Catherine E. Ralston
BSc(Agr), MSc Guelph, PhD Minnesota - Professor BASc Guelph, MBA Western Ontario, PhD Wisconsin (Madison) - Assistant Professor
Getu Hailu Geoffrey W. Smith
BSc, MSc Alemaya, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor MBA Guelph, CHRP - Associate Professor and Assistant Dean, College of Management
and Economics
Spencer Henson
BSc, PhD Reading - Professor MBA Program
Karl D. Meilke Admission Requirements
BS Washington State, PhD Minnesota - Professor
1. A four-year undergraduate degree or its equivalent (from a recognized university or
Rakhal C. Sarker college) with an average of at least a B-(70-72%) in the last two years of study AND
BSc, MSc Bangladesh, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor at least three years of industry related experience including supervisory and managerial
Richard Vyn responsibility. OR
BSc Dordt College, MSc Alberta, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor 2. In special circumstances, a student may be admitted under alternate criteria.
Alfons J. Weersink In some cases the admissions committee may ask for a Graduate Management Admissions
BSc Guelph, MSc Montana State, PhD Cornell - Professor Test (GMAT).
From the Department of Business (CME):
Program Overview
Ron Baker
The MBA course of study is based on the application of contemporary management
BComm Sudbury, MBA Athabasca, PhD Birmingham, CMA Canadian Society of
concepts and strategies to industries where the University of Guelph has distinctive
Management Accounts - Assistant Professor
capabilities. Upon admission, participants choose an industry focus for their program.
Francesco Braga Currently, the industry concentrations available to students include Hospitality and Tourism
DOTT Agr Catholic University, Milan, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Management, and Food and Agribusiness Management. Other industry concentrations
Nita Chhinzer are being discussed for future development.
BA York, MBA, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor The Guelph program involves a core group of courses that build and develop key
Julia Christensen Hughes managerial skills, courses that allow students to apply concepts and skills to management
BComm Guelph, MBA, PhD York - Professor and Dean, College of Management situations in their chosen industry, and course work is followed by industry-related research
Michael Cox culminating in a major project or thesis. Case studies are widely used. Program
CD Naval Officer Program, MA Western Washington, PhD Union (Ohio), MCIM - prerequisites include relevant experience in the participant's chosen industry.
Associate Professor Core Courses
Elliott Currie
Participants complete seven core courses, which provide a foundation for graduate
BA, MBA McMaster, CMA - Associate Professor
management education. These courses build and develop key managerial skills applicable
Rumina Dhalla in the private and public sectors of the economy. The core program is specifically geared
MBA, PhD York - Assistant Professor to today’s manager- leader, team player, decision maker and coach:
Elizabeth Kurucz AGBU*6180 [0.50] Financial and Managerial Accounting
BA McMaster, MA Toronto, PhD York - Assistant Professor AGBU*6200 [0.50] Financial Management
Sean Lyons AGBU*6700 [0.50] Special Topics in Agribusiness Management
BPAdmin Windsor, MA, PhD Ottawa - Assistant Professor BUS*6130 [0.50] General Environment of Business
Sara Mann HTM*6050 [0.50] Management Communications
BComm MBA McMaster, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor HTM*6110 [0.50] Foundations of Leadership
Fred Pries HTM*6140 [0.50] Foundations of Human Resource Management
HTM*6150 [0.50] Research Methods for Managers
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
46 IX. Graduate Programs, Business Administration

HTM*6700 [0.50] Hospitality and Tourism Strategic Management On Campus MBA: Equipment Requirements
Specialization Courses
Food and Agribusiness Management Note
The Food and Agribusiness Management specialization is designed to prepare graduates This program has been suspended for one year, Fall 2009 to Summer 2011.
for advanced careers in the food, agribusiness and production agriculture sectors.
Working with faculty of the Department of Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics, It is recommended that all On Campus MBA participants have access to a laptop computer
participants complete advanced courses related to the food and agribusiness sector: equipped with Microsoft Office software.
AGBU*6100 [0.50] Food and Agribusiness Economics and Policy Courses
AGBU*6120 [0.50] Marketing Management
Food and Agribusiness Management
AGBU*6510 [0.50] Managing Price Risk
HTM*6800 [0.50] Operations Management AGBU*6070 Research Methods for Managers W [0.50]
Hospitality and Tourism Management The objective of the course is to provide students with a working knowledge of quantitative
The Hospitality and Tourism Management specialization is designed to prepare graduates and qualitative techniques used in the analysis of management problems. The emphasis
for advanced careers in the accommodation, food service and tourism industries. is on the application and interpretation of quantitative and qualitative methods rather
Working with faculty from the School of Hospitality and Tourism Management, than on theoretical background.
participants complete advanced courses related to the hospitality and tourism sector: Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only.
HTM*6510 [0.50] Hospitality and Tourism Revenue Management AGBU*6100 Food and Agribusiness Economics and Policy U [0.50]
HTM*6300 [0.50] Hospitality and Tourism Marketing
An analysis of economic and policy issues relevant for food and agribusiness managers
HTM*6530 [0.50] Safety, Security and Risk Assessment in HTM
in affluent economies, with emphasis on the economic and policy environment that exists
HTM*6550 [0.50] Managing Service Quality
within North America.
In addition, the program allows participants to choose to complete the requirements for
the MBA degree by additional elective courses or by the completion of a major research Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only.
project. AGBU*6120 Marketing Management W [0.50]
Major Research Project A study of marketing decision-making in food and agribusiness firms, with emphasis on
The major research project is comprised of developing a research proposal, researching the formulation of strategic marketing plans.
an applied management problem and requires data collection, analysis and the ability to Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only.
link understanding of the problem with an appropriate body of literature.
AGBU*6180 Financial and Managerial Accounting U [0.50]
Degree Requirements This course emphasizes the gathering and use of financial information to facilitate effective
MBA Online financial and management decisions. Cases are used to approach the subject from the
The University of Guelph Executive Master of Business Administration (Online) program perspective of the user of accounting information rather than that of the supplier.
operates on a full cost recovery basis delivering a highly successful distance learning AGBU*6200 Financial Management U [0.50]
program that is a combination of electronic coursework and three residential periods.
This course takes the viewpoint of the senior financial officer of a commercial enterprise.
Guelph’s MBA program offers specializations in Hospitality and Tourism Management
The focus is on the management of cash, accounts receivable, inventories and capital
and Food and Agribusiness Management, and requires completion of thirteen courses and
assets, as well as on the sourcing of funds through short-term liabilities, long-term debt
a major research project or fifteen courses.
and owners' equity.
Online courses are offered as 8-week modules that require approximately 20 hours of
study per week. With Internet service you can study anywhere, anytime with the flexibility Prerequisite(s): AGBU*6180
that enables you to balance family, career and study priorities. AGBU*6300 Problems in Agribusiness - Summer Residency S [0.50]
The three residential components are held at the University of Guelph, Ontario, Canada A seven-day intensive session, delivered at the University of Guelph, that focuses on the
in the summer of each year. development of a management plan for an agribusiness organization through the use of
Program Time Commitment and Duration group case studies, seminars and speakers.
Participants normally complete the Online MBA within two years. Regulations state that AGBU*6400 Food and Agribusiness Strategic Management U [0.50]
participants must complete the program within four years. Courses are completed in An advanced course requiring the application of conceptual, analytical, problem
sequence and are typically two months in length. Students are expected to devote 20 to identification, and problem solving skills to develop organizational strategy. Food,
25 study hours per week to participate in the program. agribusiness and other cases are used to explore the development and implementation of
MBA On Campus strategy and to assess the dynamic relationship between strategy and competition.
Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only.
Note
AGBU*6510 Managing Price Risk W [0.50]
This program has been suspended for one year, Fall 2009 to Summer 2011.
The course deals with the use of futures, options and other instruments for marketing,
risk management and investment purposes. Emphasis is placed on the development and
The MBA on-campus program is designed for people who wish to complete the MBA in
implementation of trading strategies and on the policy and corporate governance
one intensive year of study.
framework necessary to support effective management.
The MBA on campus program also requires completion of thirteen courses and a major
research project or the program may be completed entirely by coursework by completing Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only
fifteen courses. AGBU*6520 Marketing Research and Analysis F [0.50]
The courses are completed on campus at the University of Guelph. Participants complete Students will learn the fundamentals of marketing research and analysis as they apply to
required coursework in three consecutive semesters beginning annually in September. decision-making. The key focus of the course will be on developing a marketing plan
Computer Systems Requirements for a real product/service. Input into the marketing plan will come from actual marketing
research information collected, analyzed and interpreted by participants. Students will
On-Line MBA: Equipment Requirements
develop and implement background-marketing research that can be used at the conclusion
MBA Online participants are required to have Microsoft Office software and adequate of the course to build the marketing plan. In addition to developing general research
peripherals to support the learning system, which must include CD-ROM capability and skills, special topics such as perceptual mapping for positioning, conjoint analysis for
a sound card. A basic level of computer literacy is strongly recommended for the MBA pricing and clustering for segmentation will be examined.
program.
Online MBA participants are solely responsible to arrange for purchase/maintenance of AGBU*6530 Management Issues in Agriculture W [0.50]
recommended computer systems and software, and should have a contingency plan in the This course discusses the application of general management concepts and practices to
event of system failure. Participants may be required to upgrade minimum agricultural production. Topics include strategies farm managers can use to assess
hardware/software based on rapidly changing industry standards and continuous performance, set direction, build capabilities and implement change. All readings and
development of state-of-the-art learning tools. cases are taken from the viewpoint of an owner-operator of a commercial farming
For information pertaining to the computer requirements contact our program administrative operation.
staff or visit our MBA web site: http://www.mba.uoguelph.ca/

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Business Administration 47

AGBU*6610 Dairy Production Management W [0.50] HTM*6320 Special Topics in Hospitality Marketing F,W,S [0.50]
This course deals with the specifics of applying business management strategies to farm An advanced course for those specializing in marketing. Deals with marketing theories,
operations. Trends facing the North American dairy industries and challenges faced by models, and specific subsets of marketing such as pricing, consumer and industrial-buyer
individual producers are examined. Relevant and practical operating decision-making behaviour, distribution, services, and service-delivery concepts.
and management skills are considered with the intent of maximizing the profitability and
HTM*6330 Special Topics in Hospitality Marketing F,W,S [0.50]
reducing the risk of the individual firm.
An advanced course for those specializing in marketing. Deals with marketing theories,
AGBU*6620 Swine Production Management W [0.25] models, and specific subsets of marketing such as pricing, consumer and industrial-buyer
This course deals with the specifics of applying business management strategies to farm behaviour, distribution, services, and service-delivery concepts.
operations. Trends facing the North American swine industries and challenges faced by
HTM*6510 Hospitality and Tourism Revenue Management U [0.50]
individual producers are examined. Relevant and practical operating decision-making
and management skills are considered with the intent of maximizing the profitability and This course discusses revenue maximization strategies and tactics that improve the
reducing the risk of the individual firm. profitability of businesses that work in fixed capacity environments, face time-varied
demand, their product is homogeneous and their cost structure reflects a high proportion
AGBU*6700 Special Topics in Agribusiness Management U [0.50] of fixed and a low proportion of variable cost items.
A special topic course focusing on relevant business issues or problems allowing students Prerequisite(s): HTM*6300
to enhance and further develop expertise in specific areas of management. May be offered Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
to students in any semester.
HTM*6530 Safety, Security and Risk Assessment in HTM U [0.50]
AGBU*6800 Directed Research Project U [0.50]
This course profiles legal and managerial strategies, principles and operational procedures
A management research project leading to a referenced report focusing on selected topics to minimize safety and security risks faced by the hospitality and tourism industries. Risk
of interest in agricultural business. analysis and management, crisis management, liability management, and industry specific
Hospitality and Tourism Management law provide the foundation for this course.
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
HTM*6050 Management Communications F [0.50]
Examination of the theory, function and practice of managerial communications with HTM*6550 Managing Service Quality S [0.50]
particular emphasis on developing communication strategies and skills. A holistic and interdisciplinary approach is used to explore the principles of service
management. The course will enhance participants' understanding of what actually
HTM*6110 Foundations of Leadership F [0.50] constitutes quality, the nature of service, and strategies for improving it.
This course will enhance students' interpersonal skills, as well as their knowledge and
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
understanding of the theory and research underlying effective team management and
collaboration on an organization. Experiential approaches are used to enhance managerial HTM*6590 Organizational Theory and Design U [0.50]
skills. Core concepts in organizational theory and their interrelationships as well as concepts
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor. such as group decision making and intragroup and intergroup dynamics are explored.
HTM*6120 Special Topics in Hospitality Organizational Behaviour F,W,S [0.50] Restriction(s): Executive Program students only.
Advanced course for those specializing in organizational behaviour. Deals with in-depth HTM*6600 International Tourism and Tourism Marketing F [0.50]
analysis of industry organizational behaviour, management of current and future problems, Analyzes the social, political and economic impacts of tourism on the world scene, as
reorganizations, corporate cultures, multi-cultural organizations, and ethics. well as the global integration of tourism in today's society.
HTM*6130 Special Topics in Hospitality Organizational Behaviour F,W,S [0.50] HTM*6620 Special Topics in Tourism F,W,S [0.50]
Advanced course for those specializing in organizational behaviour. Deals with in-depth Advanced course for those specializing in tourism. Deals with theories of tourism
analysis of industry organizational behaviour, management of current and future problems, generators, multi-markets, tourism multipliers, current and future trends, regulatory
reorganizations, corporate cultures, multi-cultural organizations, and ethics. environments, and distributions systems.
HTM*6140 Foundations of Human Resource Management W [0.50] HTM*6630 Special Topics in Tourism F,W,S [0.50]
This course examines the essential human resource management functions of planning, Advanced course for those specializing in tourism. Deals with theories of tourism
staffing, employee development, compensation, health and safety, labour relations, and generators, multi-markets, tourism multipliers, current and future trends, regulatory
legal compliance, in a variety of organizational settings. environments, and distributions systems.
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor. HTM*6700 Hospitality and Tourism Strategic Management U [0.50]
HTM*6150 Research Methods for Managers F [0.50] An integrative course which draws together the conceptual theories and models of the
Students learn to formulate a research problem, undertake a literature review, and to graduate program core. Utilizes conceptual, analytical, problem identification, and problem
select and use appropriate quantitative and qualitative techniques for the collection and solving skills.
analysis of relevant data. The course also promotes the use of the World Wide Web as Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
an information resource.
HTM*6800 Operations Management U [0.50]
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
This course applies operations research theory and practices to management problem
HTM*6170 Hospitality and Tourism Economics and Policy U [0.50] solving and decision-making. The focus is on modelling service and product delivery
The course introduces participants to economic and government policy issues that impact systems and major emphasis is placed on managerial problems in hospitality, tourism,
the hospitality and tourism industry. The course provides a strategic framework for and food and agribusiness organizations.
understanding the macroeconomic and policy environment that is shaped by multilateral Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
institutions, government and the hospitality and tourism industry.
HTM*6900 Major Paper F,W,S [0.50]
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
A detailed critical review of an area of study specific to the specialization of students in
HTM*6220 Special Topics in Management Issues F,W,S [0.50] the MBA by course work and major paper option.
An advanced course for those specializing in management, marketing or organizational
Business
behaviour. Deals with current and future topics, trends and problems in the industry,
strategic planning, and the integration of management, marketing, and organizational BUS*6130 General Environment of Business W [0.50]
behaviour. The objective of this course is to assist managers to better understand and develop
HTM*6300 Hospitality and Tourism Marketing F [0.50] strategies for dealing with their political and economic environments. This course has a
comprehensive and international perspective that looks at how Canadian industries and
Analysis and application of marketing foundations through integration of marketing businesses are part of a worldwide economics and political system. This course provides
variables with real-world situations and in-depth analysis of strategic marketing issues. a detailed examination of how specific policies affect business and strategy in different
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor. industries for different commodities.
Restriction(s): Distance MBA students only.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

48 IX. Graduate Programs, Business Administration

BUS*6180 Financial and Managerial Accounting F [0.50]

This course emphasizes the gathering and use of financial information to facilitate effective
financial and management decisions. Cases are used to approach the subject from the
perspective of the user of accounting information rather than that of the supplier.
BUS*6200 Financial Management W [0.50]
This course takes the viewpoint of the senior financial officer of a commercial enterprise.
The focus is on the management of cash, accounts receivable, inventories and capital
assets, as well as on the sourcing of funds through short-term liabilities, long-term debt
and owners' equity.
Prerequisite(s): BUS*6180
Restriction(s): Non MBA students only by permission of instructor.
BUS*6800 Readings in Leadership I F,W,S [0.50]
This course is available to individuals or groups of graduate students. Students will
complete a set of readings and an associated paper as approved by designated faculty.
Specific learning objectives consistent with the University's will be developed each time
the course is offered.
BUS*6810 Readings in Leadership II F,W,S [0.50]
This course is available to individuals or groups of graduate students. Students will
complete a set of readings and an associated paper as approved by designated faculty.
Specific learning objectives consistent with the University's will be developed each time
the course is offered.
Prerequisite(s): BUS*6800 (or may be taken concurrently)
BUS*6820 Readings in Management F,W,S [0.50]
This course is available to individuals or groups of graduate students. Students will
complete a set of readings and an associated paper as approved by designated faculty.
Specific learning objectives consistent with the University's will be developed each time
the course is offered.
Courses in Other Programs
Various programs offer other courses that may be used to fulfill graduation requirements.
These programs include agricultural economics, computing and information science,
economics, philosophy, psychology, mathematics and statistics, sociology, rural planning
and development. Students should discuss changes in the typical program with the graduate
coordinator or their advisor prior to final course selection.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Capacity Development and Extension 49

Capacity Development and Extension RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
and Development
The Capacity Development and Extension Program offers a thesis or major paper course In addition, for the Thesis option, students are required to complete a minimum of two
of study leading to the MSc degree. Subject areas including adult learning and development, (2) restricted elective courses.
communication, leadership, decision-making, facilitation as well as capacity building at Students select an advisor and a research committee who will assist them in course
individual, organizational and systems levels support the field of Capacity Development selection, research and thesis development.
and Extension.
Interdepartmental Programs
Administrative Staff
Director, SEDRD
Rural Studies PhD
Maurice Nelischer (101 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 52191) Capacity Development and Extension participates in the PhD program in Rural Studies
[email protected] in the field of sustainable rural communities. Those faculty whose research and teaching
expertise includes aspects of rural studies may serve as advisors for PhD students. For
Graduate Coordinator
further information consult the Rural Studies listing in this calendar.
Helen Hambly Odame (119 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 53408)
[email protected] Collaborative Programs
Graduate Secretary International Development Studies
Sue Hall (100 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 56780)
[email protected] Capacity Development and Extension participates in the collaborative International
Development Studies (IDS) program. Students take a minimum of 2.5 course credits in
Graduate Faculty the school and a minimum of 2.5 credits in international development studies. The MSc
Glen C. Filson degree for students in this program will have the specialist designation rural extension
BA, MEd Saskatchewan, PhD Toronto - Professor studies: international development studies. Please consult the International Development
Helen Hambly Odame Studies listing for a detailed description of the collaborative program including the special
BA Toronto, ME.S., PhD York - Associate Professor additional requirements for each of the participating departments.
Allan C. Lauzon Courses
BA, MSc Guelph, EdD Toronto - Associate Professor
Core Courses
James P. Mahone
BSc U.S. Coast Guard Academy (Connecticut), PhD Michigan State - Professor CDE*6070 Foundations of Capacity Building and Extension U [0.50]
Contemporary issues and changes in rural communities and the implications for building
MSc Program
community capacity. Students will be introduced to and examine dominant paradigms
Capacity Development and Extension offers a professionally oriented program leading of community capacity building for meeting rural needs.
to the MSc degree in capacity development and extension. The program covers a broad
range of topics including capacity development, interpersonal communication, CDE*6260 Research Design U [0.50]
communication technologies and international extension programs. A variety of learning Provides students with abilities and knowledge to undertake, formulate and implement
formats are offered by the program including independent study, distance education, research in their chosen area of development. Students are expected to acquire the ability
seminars, international courses and research colloquia. to identify research question and the appropriate designs to answer such questions.
Graduate students focus on Capacity Development and Extension. The Program offers CDE*6900 Major Research Paper U [1.00]
three core courses and nine restricted electives. Other courses of interest are available in
Students select a topic and write a paper that does not necessarily include original data
other academic units including Rural Planning and Development, and the Departments
but is an analysis and synthesis of materials dealing with the topic selected.
of Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics, Geography, History and Sociology and
Anthropology. Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.
Admission Requirements EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development
OR
The program is open to qualified graduates from a wide variety of disciplines including
agriculture, home economics, sociology, communication, education, health and medicine, RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
history, and economics. A four-year honours degree is considered as the normal and basic and Development
admission requirement. Work experience in a rural area or non-urban community is Elective Courses
considered especially useful in applying theory to practice and in identifying research CDE*6060 Adult Learning and Development U [0.50]
needs and topics.
Adult development through life stages; profile of adult learners; learning abilities and
Students in the Capacity Development and Extension have employment backgrounds in difficulties; learning theory as applied to adults; sociological contexts for adult learning;
areas such as agricultural extension, rural and volunteer organizations, community participation levels and barriers to participation. Various perspectives on adult learning
development, non-formal education, family and consumer studies, social work, (modernist to postmodern).
communication technology, health, international project management, and technology
transfer. CDE*6190 Fundamentals of Interpersonal and Intercultural Communication U
[0.50]
Degree Requirements
The role of communication in interpersonal and intercultural relations in both formal and
A minimum of two full-time semesters of course work, or equivalent, must be completed.
non-formal organizations. It specifically focuses on the theories and competencies that
Thesis and Major Paper options are available.
are required for communication between individuals and those within and between
All students enrolled in this field are required to complete a Thesis or a Major Research different cultures.
Paper, and a set of core courses that provide a foundation for capacity development and
extension research and practice. CDE*6290 Special Topics in Capacity Building and Extension U [0.50]
For the Major Paper option, these consist of: Selected study topics which may be pursued in accordance with the special needs of
CDE*6900 [1.00] Major Research Paper students in the program.
CDE*6070 [0.50] Foundations of Capacity Building and Extension CDE*6311 Capacity Development and Extension Methods U [0.50]
CDE*6260 [0.50] Research Design
EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development This course will explore the theories, principles, practices and methods used in capacity
OR development and extension. An emphasis will be placed on those practices and methods
RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning that can be used with communities and organizations within a participatory framework.
and Development Prerequisite(s): CDE*6070
In addition, for the Major Paper option, students are required to complete a minimum of CDE*6320 Capacity Building for Sustainable Development U [0.50]
four (4) restricted elective courses.
Learning processes enhancing human capital in civil society and the organizational and
For the Thesis option, these consist of:
managerial capabilities that can empower communities to meet their economic, social,
CDE*6070 [0.50] Foundations of Capacity Building and Extension cultural and environmental needs. Examines development and underdevelopment and
CDE*6260 [0.50] Research Design the role of non-formal education and administration in facilitation social change in
EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development peripheral regions from an interdisciplinary perspective.
OR

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

50 IX. Graduate Programs, Capacity Development and Extension

CDE*6330 Facilitation and Conflict Management U [0.50]

Explore the theories of leadership, practice leadership skills and activities, and develop
an understanding of the role facilitation and conflict management play in organizational
success. Emphasizes personal individual development through practice, lecture and group
discussion. Service learning through facilitation of community meetings will be part of
the course.
CDE*6410 Readings in Capacity Building and Extension U [0.50]
A program of supervised independent study related to the student's area of concentration.
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.
CDE*6420 Development Communication U [0.50]
Form of community development that utilizes communication technology in a participatory
format with a political commitment to democracy and equity. Students introduced to
range of technologies that are utilized in development communication (radio, video,
Internet, etc.) and principles of development communication.
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.
CDE*6690 Community Environmental Leadership U [0.50]
This course explores the relationships between the environment and socio-economic
issues at the community level and the resulting conflict. Using the social change model,
this ecourse examines the linages between advocacy, decision-making and conflict and
the development of strategies to mitigate community confict.
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Chemistry 51

Chemistry Dmitriy V. Soldatov

MSc Novosibirsk State, PhD Russian Academy of Sciences - Associate Professor
The Guelph-Waterloo Centre for Graduate Work in Chemistry and Biochemistry combines W.W.L. Tam
the Department of Chemistry at the University of Waterloo and the Department of BSc Hong Kong, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Chemistry at the University of Guelph into a comprehensive and all-inclusive school of
Daniel F. Thomas
graduate chemistry and biochemistry. The members of the centre conduct research in
BSc Alberta, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
virtually all areas of modern chemistry and biochemistry.
Peter Tremaine
Professional personnel in the centre comprise those faculty members of the two departments
BSc Waterloo, PhD Alberta - Professor
who have been appointed as PhD advisors and have a record of recent research
achievement. The centre is administered by the director and its affairs are guided by the Graduate Faculty from University of Waterloo
co-ordinating committee, which consists of the director, the two departmental chairs, the Monica Barra
two departmental graduate coordinators, two elected centre members from each campus, BSc, PhD National Univ. of Cordoba (Argentina) - Associate Professor
and one elected representative of the graduate student body from each campus. The
Jonathan Baugh
regulations applying to graduate study in the centre meet the requirements of the graduate
BSc Tennessee (Chattanooga), PhD North Carolina (Chapel Hill) - Assistant Professor
councils and the Senates of the two universities.
Jeff Z. Chen
The fields of research in which theses can be written normally fall within the categories
BSc Fudan, PhD Maryland - Professor
of analytical, inorganic, organic, physical, theoretical (also chemical physics) and polymer
chemistry, and biochemistry. The category chosen will normally be referred to as the J. Michael Chong
candidate's major. However, if a suitable topic is chosen, a candidate may pursue research BSc, PhD British Columbia - Professor
which involves more than one of the categories listed above. Certain course requirements Thorsten Dieckmann
must be fulfilled both for the MSc and for the PhD. These courses are chosen in Dipl., Dr. rer. nat. Braunschweig - Associate Professor
consultation with the candidate's advisory committee and the graduate officers of the Gary I. Dmitrienko
centre. BSc, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Administrative Staff Jean Duhamel
BEng, MSc, PhD (ENSIC, Nancy, France) - Professor
Director of the Centre
Paul Rowntree (129 MacNaughton, Univ. of Guelph, (519) 824-4120, Ext. 58127) Eric Fillion
[email protected] BSc Sherbrooke, MSc Montreal, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Administrative Assistant for the Centre Mario Gauthier
Marguerite Greavette (2508 Science Complex, Univ. of Guelph, (519) 824-4120, Ext. BSc, PhD McGill - Professor
53848) Tadeusz Gorecki
[email protected] MSc, PhD (Technical University of Gdansk) - Professor
Chair of the Department at Guelph Bruce M. Greenberg
Adrian L. Schwan (2515 Science Complex, Ext. 53061) BSc California (Berkeley), PhD Colorado (Boulder) - Professor
[email protected] J. Guy Guillemette
Departmental Graduate Coordinator BSc, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor and Graduate Officer
Mark Baker (122 MacNaughton, Ext. 58637) John F. Honek
[email protected] BSc, PhD McGill - Professor and Chair
Departmental Graduate Secretary Jamie W. Joseph
TBA (2513 Science Complex, Ext. 53044) BSc Western, MSc, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
[email protected] Vassili Karanassios
Graduate Faculty BSc Thessaloniki, PhD Alberta - Professor
Holger Kleinke
France-Isabelle Auzanneau
BSc, MSc Westfalische-Universitat Munster, PhD Johannes-Gutenberg Universitat Mainz
Maitrise, DEA, PhD Paris XI-Orsay - Associate Professor
- Professor
Mark Baker
Sonny C. Lee
BSc Sussex, MSc, PhD East Anglia - Professor and Graduate Co-ordinator
BS California Institute of Technology, PhD Harvard - Associate Professor
Michael K. Denk
Robert J. LeRoy
Dipl. Ludwig-Maximilians, PhD Munich - Associate Professor
BSc, MSc Toronto, PhD Wisconsin - Professor
Wojciech Gabryelski
K. Tong Leung
BSc, MSc Technical University of Gdansk (Poland), PhD Alberta - Assistant Professor
BSc, PhD British Columbia - Professor
John D. Goddard
Jeuwen Liu
BSc Western Ontario, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor
BS Science and Technology (China), PhD Illinois (Urbana-Champagne) - Assistant
Abdelaziz Houmam Professor
Maitrise Casablanca I, DEA, PhD Paris 7 - Associate Professor
Qing-Bin Lu
Lori Jones BS Fuzhou, MS Chinese Academy of Sciences, PhD Newcastle - Assistant Professor
BSc New Brunswick, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
Vivek Maheshwari
Jacek Lipkowski BTech Delhi, MSc Wayne State, PhD Virginia - Assistant Professor
MSc, PhD, DSc Warsaw - Professor
Terrance B. McMahon
Richard A. Manderville BSc Alberta, PhD California Institute of Technology - Professor and Dean of Science
BSc, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor
Elizabeth M. Meiering
Mario A. Monteiro BSc Waterloo, PhD Cambridge - Associate Professor
BSc, PhD York University - Assistant Professor
Susan R. Mikkelsen
Glenn H. Penner BSc (British Columbia), PhD (McGill) - Professor
BSc, MSc, PhD Manitoba - Associate Professor
Linda F. Nazar
Kathryn E. Preuss BSc British Columbia, PhD Toronto - Professor
BSc Lethbridge, PhD Waterloo - Assistant Professor
Marcel Nooijen
Paul A. Rowntree BSc, PhD Vrije Universiteit van Amsterdam - Associate Professor
BSc, MSc Waterloo, PhD, MA Princeton - Professor, Director of the Electrochemical
Richard T. Oakley
Centre, Director of Guelph-Waterloo Centre
BSc, MSc, PhD British Columbia - Professor
Marcel Schlaf
Michael Palmer
Diplom Bayerische Julius-Maximilian Universitat, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
MD Giessen - Associate Professor
Adrian L. Schwan
Janusz Pawliszyn
BSc Western Ontario, PhD McMaster - Professor and Chair

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

52 IX. Graduate Programs, Chemistry

BSc, MSc Gdansk (Poland), PhD Southern Illinois - Professor, NSERC/Supelco/Varian • The request must be initiated by the student no later than the end of the third semester
Industrial Research Chair in New Analytical Methods and Technologies in the MSc program. Transfers will be made no later than the fourth semester.
Alexander Penlidis • The applicant should have a superior academic record at both the undergraduate and
DiplEng Thessaloniki, PhD McMaster - Professor graduate level, with a first class standing and above average performance in a minimum
William P. Power of two graduate courses and MSc Seminar, CHEM*7940.
BSc, PhD Dalhousie - Associate Professor • The applicant must have demonstrated an oral and written communication ability
Eric Prouzet appropriate for a PhD-level student, and there must be clear evidence of research
MSc, PhD Nantes - Associate Professor productivity and promise.
Pavle Radovanovic • The request for direct transfer should be accompanied by supporting documentation
MS Georgetown, PhD Washington - Assistant Professor from the advisor, the advisory committee, and another faculty member familiar with
Russell Rodrigo the student's research record.
BSc Ceylon, PhD Nottingham - Adjunct Professor PhD Co-operative Option
Leonardo Simon A student is encouraged to apply to the PhD co-operative option if he/she has an honours
BChE, MChE, PhD Federal Univ. of Rio Grande do Sul (Brazil) - Associate Professor bachelor of science degree, or the equivalent, with a minimum overall A standing.
Xiao-Wu (Shirley) Tang Degree Requirements
BS Huazhong University of Science and Technology, PhD Massachusetts Institute of
PhD Program
Technology - Assistant Professor
Students in the PhD program must successfully complete three semester-long courses
Scott Taylor
beyond those required for the master of science degree. One of these courses will be PhD
BSc McGill, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor
Seminar, CHEM*7950. Students must also pass an oral qualifying examination,
Shawn Wettig CHEM*7960, in their major field, and submit and defend an acceptable thesis.
BSc Lethbridge, PhD Saskatchewan - Assistant Professor
Students admitted directly to the PhD program from a BSc must successfully complete
MSc Program one semester-long course beyond those required for the master of science degree. In
addition, students must also complete CHEM*7950 (Ph.D. Seminar), pass an oral qualitying
Admission Requirements examination, CHEM*7960, in their major field, and submit and defend an acceptable
Applicants whose first language is not English are required to submit evidence of thesis.
proficiency in the English language or pass the Test of English as a Foreign Language
PhD Co-operative Option
(TOEFL).
Students registered in the PhD program may proceed to that degree under the co-operative
MSc Program
option. Under this option one of the two required one-term courses, in addition to
An applicant is encouraged to apply for admission to the MSc program if he/she has an CHEM*7950 and CHEM*7960, must be completed within the first two academic semesters
honours bachelor of science degree, or the equivalent, with a minimum standing of 75% of study in the centre. After successful completion of these two semesters of course work,
in the last two years. the candidate will spend three semesters (one year) working in an industrial or government
MSc Co-operative Option laboratory. On completion of the work year, a student will be required to submit a work
An applicant is encouraged to apply for admission to the MSc co-operative option if he/she report which will be evaluated by the centre and the career services unit at the student's
has an honours bachelor of science degree, or the equivalent, with a minimum standing home campus. Following successful completion of the work year, the student will return
of 75% in the last two years from an accredited university. The co-op MSc option is not to the centre to continue work on a PhD research project and complete the regular PhD
available to students who have completed a co-op program as undergraduates. These requirements.
students are, however, eligible for admission to the co-op PhD program. Collaborative Programs
Degree Requirements Toxicology MSc/PhD
MSc Program The Department of Chemistry participates in the MSc/PhD program in toxicology.
Students must successfully complete at least four semester-long graduate courses, one of Professor Manderville is a member of the Toxicology Interdepartmental Group. His
which is MSc Seminar, CHEM*7940, and submit and defend an acceptable thesis. research and teaching expertise includes aspects of toxicology. Please consult the
MSc Co-operative Option Toxicology listing for a detailed description of the MSc/PhD collaborative program.
Students choosing this option must meet the requirements of the toxicology collaborative
The academic requirements are the same as in the regular MSc program, but at least two
program, as well as those of (GWC)2 for their particular degree program. Three toxicology
of the required four semester-long courses (including CHEM*7940) must be completed
courses must be completed including Advanced Topics in Toxicology, TOX*6200, and
during the first two semesters of study. The student will spend the following two semesters
a research project must be conducted with a participating faculty member at the University
(eight months) working in an industrial or government laboratory, upon completion of
of Guelph.
which he/she must present an acceptable work report. After returning to campus, the
student will complete his/her course work and research and prepare the MSc thesis. Courses
Part-Time Course-Based MSc Program Except where specified, courses in the following list may be offered in any semester
Students who elect this option must successfully complete eight semester-long courses, subject to student demand and the availability of an instructor.
including MSc Seminar, CHEM*7940, and MSc Research Project, CHEM*7970. This All courses are given an eight character code with the sixth having the following
option is designed for students whose employment or family responsibilities allow free significance: 1 (inorganic), 2 (analytical), 3 (biochemistry), 4 (theoretical), 5 (physical),
time for study only in the evenings. 6 (organic), and 7 (polymer).
PhD Program Inorganic
Admission Requirements CHEM*7100 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry U [0.50]
Applicants whose first language is not English are required to submit evidence of Discussion of specialized topics related to the research interests of members of the centre.
proficiency in the English language or pass the Test of English as a Foreign Language Special topics could include, for example: bioinorganic chemistry; inorganic reaction
(TOEFL). mechanisms; synthetic methods in inorganic and organometallic chemistry; homogeneous
PhD Program and heterogeneous catalysis; chemistry of polynuclear compounds.
An applicant is eligible for admission to the PhD program at the discretion of the director. CHEM*7120 X-ray Crystallography U [0.50]
In general, an applicant must possess the qualifications listed for the MSc program, together Introduction: crystals, basic concepts; space groups: the reciprocal lattice; x-ray diffraction;
with a master of science degree comparable to those awarded by North American the phase problem; structure factors; electron density; small molecule structure solution,
universities and suitable references from the institution at which the MSc degree was structure refinement, structure results, journals and databases, paper writing.
awarded. However, direct admission to the PhD program is available to applicants with
an overall A standing in an Honours BSc degree.
A student who is registered in (GWC)2 as a master's candidate may be permitted under
certain circumstances to transfer to a PhD degree without writing an MSc thesis. The
following guidelines are used in deciding whether a student will be recommended to the
appropriate university authorities to transfer directly to the PhD program.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Chemistry 53

CHEM*7130 Chemistry of Inorganic Solid State Materials U [0.50] CHEM*7370 Enzymes U [0.50]
Introduction to solid state chemistry, common crystal structures, principles of solid state Mechanisms of rate enhancement. Enzyme kinetics - steady state; inhibitors; bisubstrate
synthesis, theory and experimental methods for characterizing solids, including thermal enzymes; fast reaction kinetics. Enzyme reaction mechanisms. Structural and genetic
analysis techniques, powder x-ray and neutron diffraction methods; special topics to modification of enzymes. Catalytic antibodies. Binding processes. Multiple sites and
include one or more of the optical, electronic, magnetic, or conductive properties of co-operativity. Allosteric enzymes and metabolic control. Catalysis by RNA.
inorganic materials. Prerequisites: one semester-long undergraduate course (at least
CHEM*7380 Cell Membranes and Cell Surfaces U [0.50]
third-year level) in inorganic chemistry, preferably with content in structural and/or solid
state. Membrane proteins and lipids - structure and function; dynamics; techniques for their
study; model membrane systems. Membrane transport. The cytoskeleton. Membrane
CHEM*7150 Structure and Bonding in Inorganic Chemistry U [0.50] protein biogenesis, sorting and targeting. Signal transduction across membranes. The
Free electron, Hueckel and extended Hueckel methods for molecules and clusters. cell surface in immune responses.
Perturbation theory. Applications of group theory in inorganic chemistry; Jahn-Teller
effects in molecules and solids. Energy bands in one, two and three dimensions.
Physical/Theoretical
Prerequisites: three semester-long undergraduate courses in inorganic chemistry and one CHEM*7400 Selected Topics in Theoretical Chemistry U [0.50]
semester-long undergraduate course in quantum mechanics or group theory. Discussion of specialized topics related to the research interests of the members of the
CHEM*7170 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry U [0.50] centre. Special topics could include for example: theory of intermolecular forces; density
matrices; configuration interaction; correlation energies of open and closed shell systems;
Magnetochemistry of transition metal compounds. Electronic spectra of complex ions
kinetic theory and gas transport properties; theory of the chemical bond.
including applications of molecular orbital and ligand field theories. Stabilization of
unusual oxidation states and co-ordination numbers. Bonding, structure and reactivity CHEM*7450 Statistical Mechanics U [0.50]
of certain important classes of metal complexes, e.g., metal hybrides, metal-metal bonded Review of classical and quantum mechanics; principles of statistical mechanics;
species, biologically significant model systems such as macrocycles. applications to systems of interacting molecules; imperfect gases, liquids, solids, surfaces
CHEM*7180 Advanced Organometallic Chemistry U [0.50] and solutions.
Reactions, structure and bonding of organometallic compounds of transition and CHEM*7460 Quantum Chemistry U [0.50]
non-transition metals. Approximate solutions of the Schrodinger equation and calculations of atomic and
Analytical molecular properties.

CHEM*7200 Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry U [0.50] CHEM*7500 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry U [0.50]
Special topics could include, for example: trace analysis using modern instrumental and Discussion of specialized topics related to the research interests of the members of the
spectroscopic methods; advanced mass spectrometry (instrumentation and interpretation centre. Special topics could include for example: principles of magnetic resonance in
of spectra); analytical aspects of gas and liquid chromatography. biological systems; collisions, spectroscopy and intermolecular forces, surface chemistry;
catalysis; electrolyte theory; non-electrolyte solution theory, thermodynamics of biological
CHEM*7240 Chemical Instrumentation U [0.50] systems; thermodynamics.
Instrumental components and optimum application; rudiments of design; electrical,
CHEM*7550 Kinetics - Dynamics U [0.50]
spectral, migrational and other methods.
Empirical analysis. Kinetic theory of gases. Potential energy surfaces. Unimolecular
CHEM*7260 Topics in Analytical Spectroscopy U [0.50] rates. Relaxation and steady state methods. Diffusion rates. Rates between polar molecules.
Atomic emission and absorption spectroscopy; methods of excitation and detection; Energy transfer.
quantitative applications. Molecular electronic spectroscopy, UV, visible and Raman;
CHEM*7560 Spectroscopy U [0.50]
instrumental characteristics; applications to quantitative determinations, speciation,
measurements of equilibrium, etc. Sources and control of errors and interferences. Aspects of electronic vibrational and rotational spectroscopy of atoms, molecules, and
Determination and description of colour. the solid state. Relevant aspects of quantum mechanics, Dirac notation, and angular
momentum will be discussed. Group Theory will be presented and its implications for
CHEM*7270 Separations U [0.50] spectroscopy introduced. Prerequisites: one semester-long undergraduate course in
Material to be covered is drawn from the following topics: diffusion; isolation of organic quantum mechanics or the approval of the instructor.
material from the matrix; chromatographic techniques - principles of chromatographic
separation, gas (GLC, GSC), liquid (LLC, LSC, GPC, IEC), supercritical fluid (SFC)
Organic
chromatographies; GC-MS, CG-FTIR; electrophoresis, flow field fractionation. CHEM*7600 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry U [0.50]
Prerequisites: undergraduate level course in instrumental analysis. Two or three topics from a range including: bio-organic chemistry; environmental organic
CHEM*7280 Electroanalytical Chemistry U [0.50] chemistry; free radicals; heterocyclic molecules; molecular rearrangements; organometallic
chemistry; photochemistry; natural products. Department of Chemistry
A study of electroanalytical techniques and their role in modern analytical chemistry.
The underlying principles are developed. Techniques include chronamperometry, CHEM*7640 Synthetic Organic Reactions U [0.50]
chronocoulometry, polarography, voltammetry, chronopotentiometry, coulometric Named organic reactions and other synthetically useful reactions are discussed. The
titrations, flow techniques, electrochemical sensors and chemically modified electrodes. mechanism, stereochemical implications and use in organic synthesis of these reactions
CHEM*7290 Surface Analysis U [0.50] will be presented. Examples from the organic literature will be used to illustrate these
aspects.
Biochemistry CHEM*7650 Strategies in Organic Synthesis U [0.50]
CHEM*7300 Proteins and Nucleic Acids U [0.50] The synthesis of organic compounds is discussed and emphasis is placed on the design
Determination of protein sequence and 3-dimensional structure, protein anatomy; of synthetic routes. Examples drawn from the literature are used to illustrate this synthetic
prediction of protein structure; intermolecular interactions and protein-protein association; planning.
effects of mutation. Nucleic acid structure and anatomy; DNA and chromatin structure; Prerequisite(s): CHEM*7640
RNA structure; snRNPs and ribozymes; protein-nucleic acid interactions.
CHEM*7660 Organic Spectroscopy U [0.50]
CHEM*7310 Selected Topics in Biochemistry U [0.50]
Ultraviolet, infrared, resonance spectroscopy and mass spectrometry, with emphasis on
Discussion of specialized topics related to the research interests of members of the centre: applications to studies of organic molecules.
for example, recent offerings have included peptide and protein chemistry, biochemical
toxicology, medical aspects of biochemistry, glycolipids and glycoproteins, redox CHEM*7690 Physical Organic Chemistry U [0.50]
enzymes, biological applications of magnetic resonance, etc. Department of Chemistry Linear free energy relationships; substituent effects and reactive intermediates.
CHEM*7360 Regulation in Biological Systems U [0.50]
Mechanisms of regulation of metabolism - enzyme clusters; phosphorylation and protein
kinases/phosphatases, repression and induction, protein turnover. Regulation of
transcription, translation and mRNA processing. Cell cycle and control of cell division.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

54 IX. Graduate Programs, Chemistry

Polymer
CHEM*7700 Principles of Polymer Science U [0.50]
Introduction to the physical chemistry of high polymers, principles of polymer synthesis,
mechanisms and kinetics of polymerization reactions, copolymerization theory,
polymerization in homogeneous and heterogeneous systems, chemical reactions of
polymers. Theory and experimental methods for the molecular characterization of
polymers.
CHEM*7710 Physical Properties of Polymers U [0.50]
The physical properties of polymers are considered in depth from a molecular viewpoint.
Rubber elasticity, mechanical properties, rheology and solution behaviour are
quantitatively treated.
Prerequisite(s): CHEM*7700 or equivalent
CHEM*7720 Polymerization and Polymer Reactions U [0.50]
The reactions leading to the production of polymers are considered with emphasis on
emulsion and suspension polymerization and polymerization reaction engineering. Polymer
degradation, stabilization and modification reactions are also considered in depth.
Prerequisite(s): CHEM*7700 or equivalent.
CHEM*7730 Selected Topics in Polymer Chemistry U [0.50]
Discussion of specialized topics of polymer chemistry related to the research interests
of the faculty or prominent scientific visitors. Special topics could include, for example:
polymer stabilization and degradation; mechanical properties; polymer principles in
surface coatings; organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers; estimation of polymer
properties; reactions of polymers; polymerization kinetics.
Research
CHEM*7940 MSc Seminar U [0.50]
A written literature review and research proposal on the research topic will be presented
and defended in a 30-minute public seminar. This requirement is to be completed by all
thesis-option MSc students within two semesters of entering the program.
CHEM*7950 PhD Seminar U [0.00]

CHEM*7960 Comprehensive Examination U [0.00]

PhD students are required to take an oral examination in their major field. The specific
content and format are specified by a centre examining committee. The examination must
be first attempted no later than eight months after entering the regular PhD program. For
co-op PhD students, the examination must be first attempted no later than four months
after their return from the work year.
CHEM*7970 MSc Research Paper U [0.50]
An experimental project normally based on the CHEM*7940 research proposal, supervised
by the advisor, taking three to four months to complete. This project may be completed
at any time during the student's program, but it must follow CHEM*7940. A written
report is required, and a seminar based on the content of the report will be presented. The
report must be completed as per the project/thesis guidelines of the University campus
on which the student is registered. This course normally will follow the course
CHEM*7940 MSc Seminar.
CHEM*7980 MSc Thesis U [0.00]

CHEM*7990 PhD Thesis U [0.00]

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Clinical Studies 55

Clinical Studies BA Scripps College, DVM California (Davis), MS Georgia, MPP Duke - Dean, Ontario
Veterinary College
The Department of Clinical Studies offers graduate programs leading to MSc and DVSc Donald Trout
degrees and the graduate diploma. BS, DVM Washington State, PhD California, Dipl. ACVS - Associate Professor
Administrative Staff Alexander Valverde
Interim Acting Chair DVM Nacional (Costa Rica), DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVA - Associate Professor
Carolyn Kerr (1436 OVC, Ext. 54051) Laurent Viel
[email protected] DVM Montreal, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor
Acting Graduate Coordinator Nick Whelan
Michael O'Grady (1419 OVC, Ext. 54047) BSc, BVSc, MVSc Massey (New Zealand), MACVSc, Dipl. ACVCP, Dipl. ACVO -
[email protected] Associate Professor
Graduate Secretary J. Paul Woods
Deyna Dinesen (1439 OVC, Ext. 54005) DVM Guelph, MS Wisconsin, Dipl. ACVIM (Internal Medicine, Oncology) - Professor
[email protected] Anthony Yu
Graduate Faculty BSc, DVM Guelph, MS Auburn, Dipl. ACVD - Associate Professor

Dana G. Allen MSc Thesis Program

DVM, MSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVIM - Professor and Chair The MSc program provides focused research training in areas related to veterinary
Luis Arroyo medicine. Research projects may examine aspects of clinical practice or concepts but are
DVM Nacional, DVSc Guelph - Assistant Professor not considered discipline or specialty training. Candidates are accepted based on adequate
Alexa Bersenas background preparation and availability of an advisor in the area of interest. Applicants
BSc, DVM, MSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVECC - Associate Professor should contact potential faculty advisors with established research programs listed in the
department website.
Sarah Boston
DVM Saskatchewan, DVSc Guelph - Assistant Professor Master of Science positions are generally not funded by the researcher. Qualified applicants
need to provide their own living expenses and tuition funds, or obtain a scholarship or
Brigitte Brisson
sponsorship by an organization. The program involves a minimum of 3 courses, a research
DVM Montreal, DVSc Guelph - Associate Professor
project and writing of a thesis. We do not offer a clinical Master of Science program.
Nicola Cribb
VetMB, MA Cambridge, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVS - Assistant Professor Admission Requirements
Robert Cruz-Arambulo Candidates must have either an honours baccalaureate degree or a DVM degree; licensure
MSc Colorado State, DVM Zulia - Assistant Professor to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario is not required.
Alice Defarges Degree Requirements
DVM France (Alfort), MSc Montreal - Assistant Professor Candidates are required to carry out an independent experimental study and produce a
Doris Dyson thesis. Three graduate level courses are required.
BSc, DVM, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVA - Professor
MSc Course-work Program
Thomas Gibson
BSc Guelph, BEdu Windsor, DVM, DVSc Guelph - Assistant Professor The coursework-plus-major-project option will comprise a minimum of 4.5 credits,
including six 0.5-credit graduate courses and a mandatory 1.0 credit, 2-semester major
Joanne Hewson
project course. The major project course will be supervised by the student’s advisory
DVM, PhD Guelph, DACVIM (LA) - Assistant Professor
committee, and will consist of a literature review, participation in a clinical research
Marie Holowaychuk project or retrospective study, preparation of a manuscript suitable for publication in a
DVM Saskatchewan - Assistant Professor peer-reviewed scientific journal, and presentation in a Departmental seminar. A mark will
Mark M. Hurtig be assigned by the advisory committee, based on the manuscript and oral presentation.
DVM Guelph, MVSc Saskatchewan, Dipl. ACVS - Professor There will be no required courses beyond the 1.0 credit project course. The remaining
Carolyn L. Kerr courses will be chosen from courses currently provided by the Department of Clinical
DVM, DVSc Guelph, PhD Western, Dipl. ACVA - Associate Professor Studies and other Ontario Veterinary College Departments, and will be tailored to the
Judith Koenig student’s particular research interests. It is anticipated that most courses will be taken
DVM, MSc Vet. Medicine (Austria), DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVS/ECVS - Associate from within the Department. Undergraduate courses will not normally be eligible for
Professor credit toward this program. Course selection will be made by the student in consultation
Stephen A. Kruth with the advisory committee, and will be approved by the departmental Graduate Studies
BA California State, DVM California, Dipl. ACVIM - Professor and Research Committee. This option will normally require a minimum of 3 semesters
of full-time study.
Noel Moens
DVM Liege (Belgium), MSc Saskatchewan, Dipl. ACVS/ECVS - Associate Professor Admission Requirements
Stephanie Nykamp Candidates must have either an honours baccalaureate degree or a DVM degree; licensure
DVM, Dipl ACVR - Associate Professor to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario is not required.
Anthony C.G. Ogg Degree Requirements
BA Alberta, DVM Saskatchewan, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVIM - Associate Professor See above.
Michael R. O'Grady
DVM Guelph, MS Ohio State, Dipl. ACVIM - Professor DVSc Program
Lynne O'Sullivan The DVSc degree is offered in large animal surgery, small animal surgery, large animal
DVM Prince Edward Island, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVIM - Associate Professor medicine, small animal medicine, anaesthesiology, cardiology, neurology, ophthalmology,
Chantale Pinard dermatology and radiology, depending upon availability. The program provides advanced
DVM Guelph, MS Kansas State, Dipl. ACVO - Assistant Professor academic preparation in both clinical training and research and is a unique post-professional
doctoral-level degree. The DVSc differs from PhD training by emphasizing the
Roberto Poma
development of both research and applied skills in the various areas of clinical
DVM Turin, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. Scientific Studies, Dipl. ACVIM Neurology - Associate
specialization, leading to specialty Board certification.
Professor
Doctor of Veterinary Science positions are usually funded positions, and are usually
Melissa Sinclair
advertised and selected through the American Association of Veterinary Clinicians' website
DVM Prince Edward Island, DVSc Guelph, Dipl. ACVA - Associate Professor
at www.virmp.org which can be accessed in early October. Completed applications are
Laura L. Smith-Maxie due to us by December 1st each year, announcements made in early March and the start
DVM, MSc Guelph - Professor date is mid-July. Occasionally specialty training positions become available and are
Henry Staempfli advertised on our website, as well as in the Canadian Veterinary Journal. This program
DVM, Dr. Med. Vet. Bern, Dipl. ACVIM - Professor involves one-third of the time taking a minimum of 5 graduate courses, conducting a
Elizabeth A. Stone research project and writing a thesis on the research, and two-thirds of the time in applied

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

56 IX. Graduate Programs, Clinical Studies

clinical practice. Applicants must be eligible to be licensed by the College of Veterinarians CLIN*6190 Neurology F [0.50]
of Ontario.
Basic principles of lesion localization in the domestic species with discussions of
The DVSc is currently an interdepartmental program and receives input from all academic diagnostic problems in veterinary neurology. Offered alternate years.
departments in the Ontario Veterinary College (OVC): Biomedical Sciences, Clinical
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.
Studies, Pathobiology and Population Medicine.
Admission Requirements CLIN*6200 Concepts and Application of Infection Control U [0.50]
A doctor of veterinary medicine (DVM) or equivalent which would allow the applicant This course will involve principles of infection control in veterinary hospitals, drawing
to be eligible for licensure to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario. In addition a heavily from information from human medicine and evaluating human information in a
completed internship or equivalent is ususally required. veterinary context.

Degree Requirements CLIN*6380 Electrocardiography in Domestic Animals F,W,S [0.50]

Candidates are required to develop investigative skills in their chosen area of specialization This course will deal with the study of the electrocardiography of the cat, dog, cow and
by carrying out an original study, generally related to animal health. The results of the horse. Students will review the mechanisms of arrhythmogenesis and the role of
research must make a significant contribution to the candidate's area of specialization and anti-arrhythmic agents in the control of arrhythmogenesis.
be written up as a thesis. Five graduate level courses are required. CLIN*6550 Small Animal Internal Medicine I F [0.50]
Graduate Diploma Program This is a graduate course designed for DVSc students and residents pursuing further study
The diploma program in clinical studies was introduced to provide appropriate postgraduate in the area. The basis of the course is the acquisition and application of knowledge of
discipline training for veterinarians who wish to improve their expertise in a specific area. the pathophysiologic mechanisms of disease. Subject areas to be addressed may include:
It entails a full-time three-semester program for candidates who are veterinarians with cardiovascular disease, respiratory disease and acid-base-electrolyte abnormalities.
limited time for graduate study but who desire to upgrade their knowledge and skills. The CLIN*6560 Small Animal Internal Medicine II W [0.50]
program requires the completion of formal graduate courses and extensive participation
in the care of animals admitted to the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. A continuation of Small Animal Internal Medicine I. Subject areas to be addressed may
include: endocrine diseases, pharmacodynamics, renal disease and neurologic disease.
Clinical instruction is done using a service team concept, wherein a graduate diploma
student interacts with DVSc students and faculty advisors. It is expected that graduates CLIN*6570 Large Animal Internal Medicine I W [0.50]
will return to private practice with enhanced clinical skills, or progress into MSc or Advanced study in general medicine and pathophysiologic principles of disorders of the
internship programs. gastrointestinal and urinary systems in ruminants, swine and horses. Offered every third
Candidates are accepted based on adequate background preparation and availability of year.
an advisor in the area of interest. Applicants should contact potential faculty advisors
listed in the department website. This program is not intended to upgrade general CLIN*6580 Large Animal Internal Medicine II W [0.50]
knowledge to North American standards nor is this program intended to prepare foreign Advanced study in general medicine and the pathophysiologic principles of disorders of
graduates for national board exams. the cardiovascular, respiratory and musculo-skeletal systems of ruminants and horses.
Offered every third year.
Admission Requirements
Admission to a postgraduate diploma program as a regular student may be granted, on CLIN*6590 Large Animal Internal Medicine III W [0.50]
recommendation of the department, to the holder of a recognized DVM degree (or Advanced study in general medicine and the pathophysiologic principles of neonatal
equivalent) with at least `B-' standing during the final two years of study. disorders and disorders of the nervous system, skin and general systemic disorders.
Diploma Requirements Offered every third year.
The student is assigned an advisor who is responsible for the planning and regular review CLIN*6680 Readings in Cardiology I F,W,S [0.50]
of the program of the candidate. A thesis is not required. Both undergraduate and graduate Original articles, review articles and textbook chapters dealing with the most recent
courses may be taken and, when appropriate for the student, a review manuscript suitable concepts of pathophysiology, diagnostic procedures and therapeutic advancements will
for publication in a refereed scientific journal is prepared. For some students, a heavier be reviewed, analyzed and discussed.
course load is substituted for the manuscript requirement.
CLIN*6690 Readings in Cardiology II F,W,S [0.50]
Collaborative Program
Readings in Cardiology II will be a continuation of the format of Readings in Cardiology
Faculty in Clinical Studies also participate in the collaborative program in Neuroscience. I with further readings in clinical cardiology.
Courses Surgery
Medicine CLIN*6170 Clinical Surgery F [0.50]
CLIN*6010 Clinical Medicine F [0.50] These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the
These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected
student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to
to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied
diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty occurring in Fall (F), Winter (W),
in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty commonly occurring in the Fall and Summer (S) semesters respectively. The student is required to prepare a paper for
(F), Winter (W), and Summer (S) semesters respectively. publication in a recognized peer review journal based on clinical case material presented
to the teaching hospital. As an alternative, the paper can be an in-depth review article on
CLIN*6030 Clinical Medicine W [0.50] a clinically relevant topic.
These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the
CLIN*6180 Clinical Surgery W [0.50]
student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected
to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the
diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected
in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty commonly occurring in the Fall to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to
(F), Winter (W), and Summer (S) semesters respectively. diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied
in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty occurring in Fall (F), Winter (W),
CLIN*6031 Clinical Medicine S [0.50] and Summer (S) semesters respectively. The student is required to prepare a paper for
These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the publication in a recognized peer review journal based on clinical case material presented
student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected to the teaching hospital. As an alternative, the paper can be an in-depth review article on
to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to a clinically relevant topic.
diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied
in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty commonly occurring in the Fall
(F), Winter (W), and Summer (S) semesters respectively.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Clinical Studies 57

CLIN*6181 Clinical Surgery S [0.50] General

These are in-service clinical training courses based on case material presented to the CLIN*6900 Clinical "Grand Rounds" Seminar F-W [0.25]
student in the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the student is expected
This course allows each participant the opportunity to present a clinical case to colleagues
to take primary responsibility for case management including decisions related to
in the veterinary school. The topic must be approved by the course co-ordinator. The oral
diagnosis, therapy and client/referring veterinarian communications. Case material studied
presentation will be evaluated, as will the written presentation, which should be in a form
in each course reflects a different clinical subspecialty occurring in Fall (F), Winter (W),
suitable for submission to a veterinary journal.
and Summer (S) semesters respectively. The student is required to prepare a paper for
publication in a recognized peer review journal based on clinical case material presented CLIN*6920 Veterinary Clinical Practice I F [0.50]
to the teaching hospital. As an alternative, the paper can be an in-depth review article on These are in-service clinical training courses for intern/graduate-diploma students based
a clinically relevant topic. on case material presented to the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the
CLIN*6270 Applied Surgical Principles U [0.25] intern/graduate-diploma student, as part of a service team with a faculty clinician, is
expected to hone his/her diagnostic, therapeutic and surgical skills, and gain experience
General surgical principles associated with surgical and related treatment of various body
with animal restraint and nursing care. They will also develop a problem-oriented approach
systems. This is an applied course with laboratory and written components. Prerequisite:
to health management and disease. Case material studied in each course reflects the
must have prior surgical training.
clinical problems commonly occurring in the Fall, Winter and Summer semesters
CLIN*6310 Advanced Equine Veterinary Orthopaedics U [0.50] respectively.
This course will provide the student with an in-depth understanding of orthopaedic Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent Required
practice and will facilitate revision of materials to prepare board certification. CLIN*6930 Veterinary Clinical Practice II W [0.50]
Prerequisite(s): DVM or BSc These are in-service clinical training courses for intern/graduate-diploma students based
CLIN*6600 Equine Soft Tissue Surgery I F,W,S [0.50] on case material presented to the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the
Based on required reference reading, every other week discussion will cover advanced intern/graduate-diploma student, as part of a service team with a faculty clinician, is
soft tissue procedures performed in equine surgery. Guest lectures on selected topics will expected to hone his/her diagnostic, therapeutic and surgical skills, and gain experience
be presented. Laboratory will be given. with animal restraint and nursing care. They will also develop a problem-oriented approach
to health management and disease. Case material studied in each course reflects the
CLIN*6610 Equine Soft Tissue Surgery II F,W,S [0.50] clinical problems commonly occurring in the Fall, Winter and Summer semesters
Based on required reference reading, every other week discussion will cover advanced respectively.
soft tissue procedures performed in equine surgery. Guest lectures on selected topics will Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent Required
be presented. Laboratory will be given.
CLIN*6940 Veterinary Clinical Practice III S [0.50]
CLIN*6620 Ruminant Surgery W [0.50] These are in-service clinical training courses for intern/graduate-diploma students based
Through lectures/seminars, medical and surgical laboratories, and detailed case on case material presented to the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Under supervision, the
discussions, this course provides practical experience in ruminant medical, radiological intern/graduate-diploma student, as part of a service team with a faculty clinician, is
and surgical procedures and in problem-solving related to ruminant practice. expected to hone his/her diagnostic, therapeutic and surgical skills, and gain experience
with animal restraint and nursing care. They will also develop a problem-oriented approach
CLIN*6700 Pathophysiology in Small Animal Surgery I F,W,S [0.50]
to health management and disease. Case material studied in each course reflects the
Based on required reference reading, weekly discussions will cover the disease clinical problems commonly occurring in the Fall, Winter and Summer semesters
mechanisms involved in medical problems commonly encountered in small animal respectively.
surgical practice. Guest lectures on selected topics will be presented.
Restriction(s): Instructor's Consent Required
CLIN*6710 Pathophysiology in Small Animal Surgery II F,W,S [0.50] CLIN*6950 Special Topics in Clinical Studies F,W,S [0.50]
Based on required reference reading, weekly discussions will cover the disease
mechanisms involved in medical problems commonly encountered in small animal CLIN*6990 Project in Clinical Studies F,W,S [0.50]
surgical practice. Guest lectures on selected topics will be presented. This course involves participation in a clinical research project or clinical retrospective
Anesthesiology study. A review of the relevant literature will be performed. A manuscript suitable for
publication in a peer-reviewed journal will be prepared, and the study will be presented
CLIN*6420 Anesthesiology I S [0.50] in a departmental seminar.
A course in advanced veterinary anesthesia and allied topics such as fluid, acid-base, and Restriction(s): Only available to students enrolled in the MSc by Coursework Program.
electrolyte balance, shock therapy, and cardio pulmonary resuscitation.
CLIN*6440 Anesthesiology II F,W,S [0.50]
A discussion, reading and investigative course on research methods in comparative
anesthesiology.
Prerequisite(s): CLIN*6420 is normally a prerequisite
CLIN*6460 Anesthesiology III: Species Specific and Coexisting Disease
Considerations F-W [0.50]
A course in advanced veterinary anesthesia that focuses on the scientific literature related
to the anesthesia of specific species and veterinary patients with varying underlying
diseases.
Prerequisite(s): DVM; CLIN*6420 and CLIN*6440
Radiology
CLIN*6330 Advanced Principles of Diagnostic Imaging U [0.50]
This course is intended for students pursuing a career in veterinary radiology. Using a
lecture-discussion format, the science of x-ray production and the fundamentals of other
diagnostic imaging modalities will be presented. The specific applications of these
techniques to research and clinical situations will be investigated.
CLIN*6350 Advanced Radiology I F,W,S [0.50]
Radiographic changes seen in diseases of the thorax and abdomen are demonstrated by
using radiographs. Contrast and special studies are included where applicable.
CLIN*6370 Advanced Radiology II F [0.50]
A continuation of CLIN*6350, covering radiographic abnormalities of the neurological
and skeletal systems.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

58 IX. Graduate Programs, Computer Science

Computer Science 3. Distributed Computing (DC): Students working in this field will engage in research
on topics such as parallel computing, distributed systems, embedded systems,
The School of Computer Science offers a program of study leading to the MSc and PhD multi-agent systems, mobile computing, wireless networks, and ad hoc networks.
in Computer Science degrees. 4. Human Computer Interaction (HCI): Students working in this field will engage
Administrative Staff in research on topics context-aware systems, usability, interface design, mobile and
ubiquitous computing.
Director
Deborah Stacey (222 Reynolds, Ext. 52250) Admission Requirements
[email protected] Most spaces are filled in March for entry the following September, and in October for
Graduate Coordinator entry the following January. Prospective students should check the SOCS website
Fangju Wang (306 Reynolds, Ext. 52939) http://www.socs.uoguelph.ca/ for admission procedures and deadlines.
[email protected] General Requirements
Graduate Secretary To be considered for admission, applicants must have a four-year honours degree in
Sheryl Beauchamp (224 Reynolds, Ext. 56402) computer science, or a four-year honours degree in another discipline with a minor in
[email protected] computer science. Applicants must meet the minimum admission requirements of both
Graduate Faculty the university and the SOCS, including at least a 75% average during the previous two
years of full-time university study for a degree.
David A. Calvert
Course Requirement
BA, MSc Guelph, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor
Entrants who have a four-year honours degree in another discipline and a minor (or
David K.Y. Chiu
equivalent) in computer science must have taken at least 12 computer science courses as
BA Waterloo, BSc Guelph, MSc Queen's, PhD Waterloo - Professor
described below. University of Guelph equivalents are given for comparison.
Wlodek Dobosiewicz
(A) Seven prescribed courses:
BSc, MA, MSc, PhD Warsaw - Professor
• An introductory programming course (CIS*1500).
William Gardner
BSEE MIT, BEd Toronto, PhD Victoria - Associate Professor • An intermediate programming course (CIS*2500).
Gary Gréwal • An object-oriented programming course (CIS*2430).
BSc Brock, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor • A software systems development course (CIS*2750).
Stefan C. Kremer • A course on data structures (CIS*2520).
BSc Guelph, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor • A course on discrete structures (CIS*1910 or CIS*2910).
Xining Li • A mathematics course (MATH*1000 or MATH*1200).
BSc, MSc Nanjing, PhD Calgary - Professor (B) Three core courses at the second-year or higher level selected from the following:
Qusay H. Mahmoud • A course on hardware and/or assembly language (CIS*2030).
BSc, MSc New Brunswick, PhD Middlesex - Associate Professor
• A course on digital systems (CIS*3120).
Pascal Matsakis
• A course on simulation and/or modelling (CIS*2460).
BSc, MSc, PhD Paul Sabatier (France) - Associate Professor
• A database course (CIS*3530).
Judi R. McCuaig
BEd, BSc, MS, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor • An operating systems course (CIS*3110).
Nidal Nasser • A computer algorithms course (CIS*3490).
BSc, MSc Kuwait, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor • A course on automata theory (CIS*3620).
Blair Nonnecke • A statistics course (STAT*2040).
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD South Bank - Associate Professor (C) Two elective courses at the third-year or higher level:
Charlie F. Obimbo • These courses should be related to the applicant's proposed research area. They can
MSc Kiev, PhD New Brunswick - Associate Professor be from a discipline other than computer science if deemed relevant by the proposed
Joseph Sawada supervisor.
BSc, PhD Victoria (British Columbia) - Associate Professor Applicants who meet requirements (A) and (C) but who do not meet requirement (B) may
Fei Song be granted provisional admission, i.e., they may be granted admission with the provision
BSc Jilin (China), MSc Academia Sinica (China), PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor that they take specified courses within a specified time and achieve grades above a specified
Deborah A. Stacey threshold.
BSc Guelph, MASc, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor and Director English Proficiency
David A. Swayne A test of English proficiency is required of all applicants whose first language is not
BSc Waterloo, MA York, PhD Waterloo - Professor English. Required scores are shown below:
Fangju Wang • Paper-based TOEFL- 600.
BE Changsha, MSc Peking, PhD Waterloo - Professor and Graduate Co-ordinator • Internet-based TOEFL- 100, 26 speaking and writing.
Mark Wineberg • IELTS- 7.5.
BSc Toronto, MSc, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor • MELAB- 90, speaking 3, no score lower than 80.
Michael A. Wirth • CAEL- 70 overall, 70 writing and speaking, no score lower than 60.
BSc New England (Aust.), MSc Manitoba, PhD RMIT Melbourne - Associate Professor • University of Guelph English Language Certificate at the Advanced Level.
Yang Xiang The proof of English proficiency requirement may be waived in exceptional circumstances
BSs, MSc BUAA (Beijing), PhD UBC - Professor (e.g., applicants who have studied full-time for two years in a country where English is
MSc in Computer Science Program the native language AND in a university where English is the language of instruction).
Graduate Committee approval required.
The MSc program emphasizes research that can potentially contribute to industry and
government. The School of Computer Science (SOCS) offers the MSc degree in Computer Degree Requirements
Science in the fields of applied modelling, artificial intelligence, distributed computing, Once a student has been admitted to the MSc program, the following components are
and human computer interaction as detailed below: required for the successful completion of the MSc degree:
1. Applied Modelling (AM): Students working in this field will engage in research on Completion of the Technical Communication and Research Methodology course
topics such as graph theory and algorithms, formal specifications, hardware-software (CIS*6890) and at least four other graduate courses
co-design, and interdisciplinary work in environmental modeling and disease spread Completion of the seminar requirement.
modeling.
An accepted thesis.
2. Artificial Intelligence (AI): Students working in this field will engage in research
There is no qualifying exam or second-language requirement. Supplementary program
on topics such as Bayesian techniques, artificial neural networks, evolutionary
information is available to students via the SOCS website http://www.socs.uoguelph.ca/
computation, fuzzy systems, datamining, pattern recognition, intelligent agents.
Duration of the Program

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Computer Science 59

Heavy emphasis is placed on the thesis, which usually requires at least two semesters. • Calculus
Students should plan on spending at least four full-time semesters in the program assuming • Linear Algebra
adequate preparation for graduate work. Normally, students are expected to fulfill all the • Probability and Statistics
requirements in six semesters.
• Numerical Analysis
Advisory Committee
Students who lack sufficient breadth may be required to complete specific courses as a
Each MSc candidate conducts thesis research by working closely with a thesis advisor. condition of admission. Students entering the program are expected to have demonstrated
The advisor is a member of the SOCS regular graduate faculty who provides academic good research potential, an ability to critically evaluate experimental or theoretical results,
guidance and interacts regularly with the student. Moreover, the student is required to and strong communication skills. Evidence for these are normally provided by scholarly
have an Advisory Committee consisting of at least two graduate faculty members (in the publications during and immediately following the master's degree.
selection of whom the student normally participates). The student's advisor chairs the
committee. Graduate faculty members from other academic units can sit on the committee. English Proficiency
Student advisory committees must contain at least one SOCS regular graduate faculty A test of English proficiency is required of all applicants whose first language is not
member who is neither advisor nor co-advisor and at least as many SOCS regular graduate English. Required scores are shown below:
faculty as other graduate faculty. • Paper-based TOEFL- 600.
Course Requirement • Internet-based TOEFL- 100, 26 speaking and writing.
An MSc student is required to take the Technical Communication and Research • IELTS- 7.5.
Methodology course CIS*6890 and at least four other graduate courses. Of these four • MELAB- 90, speaking 3, no score lower than 80.
courses, at least two should be outside of the student's thesis topic area. This area and the
• CAEL- 70 overall, 70 writing and speaking, no score lower than 60.
courses which fall outside of this area are identified by the student's advisor and Advisory
Committee. In exceptional cases, one graduate course requirement may be met by an • University of Guelph English Language Certificate at the Advanced Level.
approved 0.5-credit graduate course from another department or by two approved 400-level The proof of English proficiency requirement may be waived in exceptional circumstances
0.5-credit courses which have not already been taken for credit. At most one reading (e.g., applicants who have studied full-time for two years in a country where English is
course (CIS*6660) can count towards the course requirement. the native language AND in a university where English is the language of instruction).
Seminar Requirement Graduate Committee approval required.
An MSc student must give one publicly announced research seminar on his/her MSc thesis GRE Tests
research. The student will be allocated times and dates for the seminar. It must be attended Students who have obtained a Masters degree from a university outside of Canada are
by the student's advisor and at least one other member of the student's Advisory Committee. encouraged to supply GRE scores (GRE General and/or GRE Subject in CS).
The quality of the presentation is graded on a pass/fail basis. The MSc seminar requirement Admission without an MSc Degree
is intended for students to practice presentation and communication skills and to participate
A student who has achieved excellent standing in an honours Computer Science degree
in the process of knowledge dissemination as part of the academic life.
(or an equivalent 4-year Computer Science degree) and who wishes to proceed to doctoral
Thesis Defence study may enrol, in the first instance, in the MSc program. If the student achieves a superior
Arrangements for the MSc thesis defence should be made at least 4 weeks prior to the academic record and shows a particular aptitude for research, the student may be transferred
anticipated date of the defence, and the student must submit his/her MSc thesis to the into the PhD program without completing the MSc degree. The application for transfer
Examination Committee at least 2 weeks prior to the defence. The examination consists must be made between the end of the second semester and the end of the fourth semester.
of an oral presentation by the student followed by questions from the Examination In exceptional circumstances, a student who has completed an honours Computer Science
Committee. degree (or an equivalent 4-year Computer Science degree) may apply for direct admission
PhD in Computer Science Program to the PhD program. The successful applicant must have an outstanding academic record,
breadth of knowledge in Computer Science, demonstrated research accomplishments, and
The School of Computer Science (SOCS) offers the PhD degree in Computer Science in
strong letters of recommendation. Contact the SOCS for additional information.
the fields of applied modelling, artificial intelligence, distributed computing, and human
computer interaction as detailed below: Transfer From Another PhD Program
1. Applied Modelling (AM): Students working in this field will engage in research on A student who wishes to transfer from another closely related PhD program at the
topics such as graph theory and algorithms, formal specifications, hardware-software University of Guelph into the PhD in Computer Science program should submit:
co-design, and interdisciplinary work in environmental modeling and disease spread • a program transfer application form;
modeling. • original transcripts from all past programs; and
2. Artificial Intelligence (AI): Students working in this field will engage in research • a written description of the progress in the previous program including copies of
on topics such as Bayesian techniques, artificial neural networks, evolutionary qualifying examination documents or thesis proposal where available.
computation, fuzzy systems, datamining, pattern recognition, intelligent agents Part-Time Study
3. Distributed Computing (DC): Students working in this field will engage in research
Students may not enter the PhD program as part-time. A full-time PhD student may apply
on topics such as parallel computing, distributed systems, embedded systems,
for part-time studies only after the minimum duration for the degree has been completed.
multi-agent systems, mobile computing, wireless networks, and ad hoc networks.
The application will not be granted unless the candidate has completed the qualifying
4. Human Computer Interaction (HCI): Students working in this field will engage exam and the thesis research is well established.
in research on topics context-aware systems, usability, interface design, mobile and
ubiquitous computing. Degree Requirements
Once a student has been admitted to the PhD program, the following components are
Admission Requirements required for the successful completion of the PhD degree:
Most spaces are filled in March for entry the following September, and in October for
• Completion of the minimum specified duration of the program.
entry the following January. Prospective students should check the SOCS website
http://www.socs.uoguelph.ca/ for admission procedures and deadlines. • Completion of the Technical Communication and Research Methodology course
CIS*6890 (unless the student has taken an equivalent course in the MSc program)
General Requirements and at least four other graduate courses with an overall average of at least 70%.
Admission to the PhD program will normally require a recognized master's degree in Students who are admitted without an appropriate MSc are required to take the
Computer Science or a closely related discipline obtained with high academic standing. Technical Communication and Research Methodology course CIS*6890 and at least
Entrants are expected to have previously studied the following areas in Computer Science: eight other graduate courses with an overall average of at least 70%.
• Advanced Programming • Satisfaction of the breadth requirement.
• Computer Architecture • Completion of the seminar requirement.
• Data Structures • A successfully completed Qualifying Examination.
• Operating Systems • An accepted thesis and the successful completion of a final oral examination.
• Databases Duration of the Program
• Software Engineering At least 5 semesters of full-time study must be completed in the doctoral program following
• Discrete Mathematics completion of a recognized master's degree in Computer Science or a related discipline.
• Algorithms At least 7 semesters are required for those who are permitted to proceed from the honours
• Computer Networks baccalaureate without completing a master's degree. The actual length of the program
depends on the academic preparation of the student and the choice of research topic. A
and the following areas in Mathematics and Statistics:
typical PhD student (after an MSc) is expected to complete the program in 12 semesters.
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
60 IX. Graduate Programs, Computer Science

Advisory Committee • Must be one hour in length. The student must speak for a minimum of thirty minutes
Each PhD candidate conducts thesis research by working closely with a thesis advisor. and no more than forty-five minutes.
The advisor is a member of the SOCS regular graduate faculty who provides academic • The quality of the presentation is graded on a pass/fail basis. The student must receive
guidance and interacts regularly with the student. Moreover, the student is required to three or more pass votes to pass. Two pass votes and two fails votes will mean the
have an Advisory Committee consisting of at least three graduate faculty members (in student must attempt the seminar again.
the selection of whom the student normally participates). The student's advisor chairs the Qualifying Examination
committee. At least one of the committee members must be from another department. The student must satisfy the breadth requirement before the Qualifying Examination (QE).
Student advisory committees must contain at least one SOCS regular graduate faculty The QE must be completed no later than the final semester of the minimum duration for
member who is neither advisor nor co-advisor and at least as many SOCS regular graduate the degree (either 5 or 7 semesters). The focus of the examination is to assess the
faculty as other graduate faculty. candidate's ability and promise in the selected research area.
Course Requirement Arrangements for the QE should be made at least 4 weeks prior to the anticipated date of
A PhD student, following the completion of a recognized master's degree in Computer the QE oral presentation, and the student must submit a research proposal to the
Science or related discipline, is required to take the Technical Communication and Research Examination Committee at least 2 weeks prior to the QE. The research proposal should
Methodology course CIS*6890 (unless the student has taken an equivalent course in the contain, as a minimum, the following items:
MSc program) and at least four other graduate courses with an overall average of at least • A survey of appropriate background literature.
70%. Of these four courses, at most one may be cross-listed (that is, a combined
• A description of the proposed research.
graduate/undergraduate course), at most one may be a reading course CIS*6660 and at
most one may be taken from a department other than CIS. • A statement describing the merits and scholarly value of the proposed research.
A PhD student admitted without an appropriate MSc is required to take the Technical • A schedule of the research program that the candidate will follow, including a sequence
Communication and Research Methodology course CIS*6890 and at least eight graduate of milestones and objectives.
courses with an overall average of at least 70%. Out of these eight courses, at most two The examination consists of an oral presentation by the student followed by questions
may be cross-listed, at most two may be reading courses CIS*6660, and at most two may from the Examination Committee.
be taken from departments other than the SOCS. Thesis Defence
Breadth Requirement Arrangements for the PhD thesis defence should be made 8 weeks prior to the anticipated
For breadth requirement purposes, the subject matter of computer science is divided into date of the defence, and the student must submit his/her PhD thesis to the Examination
three broad categories, and each category is subdivided into two to three areas: Committee at least 4 weeks prior to the defence. The examination consists of an oral
Systems (category S) presentation by the student followed by questions from the Examination Committee.
• Software Engineering (area S1) Courses
• Programming Languages (area S2) Core Courses
• Computer Architecture and System Software (area S3) The core graduate courses are designed to be accessible to any student with an appropriate
Mathematics of Computation (category M) background in Computer Science and will provide enough introduction for those unfamiliar
• Algorithms and Complexity (area M1) with the specific area to allow them to keep up with the advanced material.
• Scientific and Symbolic Computing (area M2) CIS*6000 Distributed Systems U [0.50]
Applications (category A) The evolution of distributed computer systems. Models for distributed processing.
• Artificial Intelligence (area A1) Taxonomy of multiprocessor systems. Interconnection networks. Memory and I/O for
• Databases (area A2) distributed architectures. Performance of distributed systems. Architectural issues of
• Graphics, Imaging and User Interfaces (area A3) distributed systems
Each SOCS graduate course falls into one of the eight areas. A student must have sufficient CIS*6020 Artificial Intelligence U [0.50]
background in five of these areas, including at least one from each category. An examination of Artificial Intelligence principles and techniques such as: logic and
A student has gained sufficient background in an area if the student: rule based systems; forward and backward chaining; frames, scripts, semantic nets and
• has taken a SOCS graduate** course in the area (with grade of at least 70%), or the object-oriented approach; the evaluation of intelligent systems and knowledge
• has taken an equivalent course in the MSc program, or acquisition. A sizeable project is required and applications in other areas are encouraged.
• has extensive industrial experience in the area (approval required from Graduate CIS*6030 Information Systems U [0.50]
Committee), or Relational and other database systems, web information concurrency protocols, data
• has written an MSc thesis in the area (approval required from Graduate Committee). integrity, transaction management, distributed databases, remote access, data warehousing,
**At most one reading course may be counted towards fulfilling breadth requirements. data mining.
A student must satisfy the breadth requirement no later than the fourth semester after CIS*6070 Discrete Optimization U [0.50]
entering the program, otherwise the student may be required to withdraw from the program.
This course will discuss problems where optimization is required and describes the most
The student, therefore, should develop a plan of study no later than the end of the second
common techniques for discrete optimization such as the use of linear programming,
semester, and seek approval from the Graduate Co-ordinator.
constraint satisfaction methods, and genetic algorithms.
Seminar Requirement
A PhD student must give two publicly announced research seminars on his/her PhD thesis CIS*6320 Image Processing Algorithms and Applications U [0.50]
research. Brightness transformation, image smoothing, image enhancement, thresholding,
The first seminar is intended to be an exploratory look at the student’s research area. It segmentation, morphology, texture analysis, shape analysis, applications in medicine
may include a Literary Review and a Survey of the area. The following apply: and biology.
• Must be presented prior to the Qualifying Examination. CIS*6420 Soft Computing U [0.50]
• The student will be allocated times and dates for the seminars. Neural networks, artificial intelligence, connectionist model, back propagation, resonance
• Must be attended by the student's advisor and at least one other member of the student's theory, sequence processing, software engineering concepts.
Advisory Committee.
CIS*6890 Technical Communication and Research Methodology U [0.50]
• The quality of the presentation is graded on a pass/fail basis.
This course aims to develop students' ability in technical communication and general
The second seminar is intended for students to present their preliminary results to get research methodology. Each student is expected to present a short talk, give a mini lecture,
feedback on analysis presentation and progress towards defense. The following apply: review a conference paper, write a literature survey and critique fellow students' talks
• Must be presented prior to the thesis defence. and lectures.
• The student will be allocated times and dates for the seminars in consultation with
the Advisory Committee.
Advanced Courses
• Students will provide a title and extended abstract to the Graduate Secretary at least The advanced graduate courses are taught with the assumption that the student has
two weeks before seminar. sufficient background in the research area to understand the advanced concepts and
research ideas. Students who intend to take a course for which they have insufficient
• Must be attended by at least two members of the student’s Advisory Committee and
background should consult with the instructor prior to enrollment in the course.
two SOCS regular graduate faculty members.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Computer Science 61

CIS*6050 Neural Networks U [0.50]

Artificial neural networks, dynamical recurrent networks, dynamic input/output sequences,
communications signal identification, syntactic pattern recognition.
CIS*6060 Bioinformatics U [0.50]
Data mining and bioinformatics, molecular biology databases, taxonomic groupings,
sequences, feature extraction, Bayesian inference, cluster analysis, information theory,
machine learning, feature selection.
CIS*6080 Genetic Algorithms U [0.50]
This course introduces the student to basic genetic algorithms, which are based on the
process of natural evolution. It is explored in terms of its mathematical foundation and
applications to optimization in various domains.
CIS*6090 Hardware/Software Co-design of Embedded Systems U [0.50]
Specification and design of embedded systems, system-on-a-chip paradigm, specification
languages, hardware/software co-design, performance estimation, co-simulation and
validation, processes architectures and software synthesis, retargetable code generation
and optimization.
CIS*6100 Parallel Processing Architectures U [0.50]
Parallelism in uniprocessor systems, parallel architectures, memory structures, pipelined
architectures, performance issues, multiprocessor architectures.
CIS*6120 Uncertainty Reasoning in Knowledge Representation U [0.50]
Representation of uncertainty, Dempster-Schafer theory, fuzzy logic, Bayesian belief
networks, decision networks, dynamic networks, probabilistic models, utility theory.
CIS*6130 Object-Oriented Modeling, Design and Programming U [0.50]
Objects, modeling, program design, object-oriented methodology, UML, CORBA,
database
CIS*6140 Software Engineering U [0.50]
This course will discuss problems where optimization is required and describes the most
common techniques for discrete optimization such as the use of linear programming,
constraint satisfaction methods, and meta-heuristics.
CIS*6160 Multiagent Systems U [0.50]
Intelligent systems consisting of multiple autonomous and interacting subsystems with
emphasis on distributed reasoning and decision making. Deductive reasoning agents,
practical reasoning agents, probabilistic reasoning agents, reactive and hybrid agents,
negotiation and agreement, cooperation and coordination, multiagent search, distributed
MDP, game theory, and modal logics.
CIS*6200 Design Automation in Digital Systems U [0.50]
Techniques and software tools for design of digital systems. Material covered includes
high-level synthesis, design for testability, and FPGAs in design and prototyping.
CIS*6490 Analysis and Design of Computer Algorithms U [0.25]
The design and analysis of efficient computer algorithms: standard methodologies,
asymptotic behaviour, optimality, lower bounds, implementation considerations, graph
algorithms, matrix computations (e.g. Strassen's method), NP-completeness.
CIS*6650 Topics in Computer Science I U [0.50]
This special topics course examines selected, advanced topics in computer science that
are not covered by existing courses. The topic(s) will vary depending on the need and
the instructor.
CIS*6660 Topics in Computer Science II U [0.50]
This is a reading course. Its aim is to provide background knowledge to students who
need to get a head-start in their thesis research fields early during their program while
no suitable regular graduate courses are offered. Admission is under the discretion of the
instructor.
Restriction(s): Requires instructor's signature.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

62 IX. Graduate Programs, Creative Writing

Creative Writing Workshops

Students are required to take three workshops over the course of the program; the genres
The Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Program in Creative Writing is designed to prepare
in which workshops will be offered are fiction, poetry, drama, and creative non-fiction.
students for careers in creative writing, by exploring and developing their skills as writers,
Students are also required to ensure through their selection of workshops that they work
and providing them with a wide range of opportunities to connect with the arts and culture
in a minimum of two separate genres and are strongly encouraged to take workshops that
community. Critically acclaimed writers and literary professionals participate in the
include work in at least three genres. The workshops will be strongly focused on writing,
program as workshop instructors, mentors and visitors. Through its master classes,
but each will also incorporate a substantial reading component.
workshops and plenary courses, the MFA Program aims to assist new writers in locating
their work in both a global and a national context. Students will pursue the program on a Individual Study Course
full-time basis. The program has been designed to facilitate completion within two years. The individual study course, required in the third (Summer) semester of the program,
Administrative Staff pairs each student with a mentor. It is intended to install within the curriculum a critical
opportunity to address the variable learning needs of individual students. For the majority
Director of SETS of students, it will be an intensive writing course, supplemented by a reading component
Dr. Mark Fortier (425 MacKinnon, Ext. 53881) that allows for additional work in the student’s primary genre and offers the chance to
[email protected] build a body of work towards the thesis. For some students, it may be primarily a reading
Graduate Coordinator course, with practice in writing in relation to particular models, or provide an opportunity
Dr. Alan Filewod (MASS 204, Ext. 52932) to develop a significant project in a secondary genre.
[email protected]
Thesis
Graduate Secretary
TBA (427 MacKinnon, Ext. 56315) The thesis is the single most important component of the MFA Program. Students should
register for UNIV*7500 in each semester that they are writing their thesis. The thesis may
Associate Coordinator, MFA Creative Writing Program
be a novel, a book-length manuscript of poems, a collection of short stories, a full-length
Catherine Bush (Guelph-Humber Campus, (416) 798-1331, Ext. 6244)
play or screenplay, or a work of creative non-fiction. The standard to be applied is that
[email protected]
the thesis should not be a first draft but have undergone significant revision and be
Assistant to the Associate Coordinator, MFA Creative Writing Program approaching publishable quality in the estimation of the examiners.
Meaghan Strimas (Guelph-Humber Campus, (416) 798-1331, Ext. 6244)
[email protected] Courses
Graduate Faculty For courses without a semester designation the student should consult the Associate
Coordinator or Assistant to the Associate Coordinator.
Dionne Brand
BA, MA O.I.S.E. Toronto - Professor and University Research Chair CRWR*6000 Plenary Course: Writers on Writing F [0.50]
Thomas King This required plenary course addresses important historical and contemporary perspectives
BA, MA Chico State, PhD Utah - Professor on creative writing as an art, a practice, and a profession. Readings, discussion and visits
from writers and other literary professionals will help students to articulate effectively
Janice Kulyk Keefer
their own literary aesthetic and to develop professional skills.
BA, MA Toronto, PhD Sussex - Professor
Judith Thompson Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
BA Queen’s, Cert. National Theatre School - Professor CRWR*6010 Plenary Course: Writers in the World F [0.50]
MFA Program This required plenary course addresses changing and conflicting ideas about the
responsibilities of the writer in the world. Readings, discussion, and visits from writers
Admission Requirements and other literary professionals will help students to articulate effectively their own
The normal minimum requirement for admission to the MFA Program is a baccalaureate positions and to develop professional skills.
degree, in an honours program or the equivalent, from a recognized degree-granting Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
institution. There are no requirements as to the discipline in which the degree was earned.
Successful applicants will be expected to have achieved an average standing of at least CRWR*6100 Poetry Workshop F-W [0.50]
second-class honours (B-) in their last four semesters of study. A limited number of The Poetry Workshop engages students in an intensive program of reading and writing
students, however, may be admitted to the MFA without having satisfied the degree work. The workshops will be strongly focused on writing and on responding to the work
requirement and/or academic standing requirements set out above if they are assessed as of students in the course with productive, constructive criticism. Students will have the
qualified to undertake graduate studies in creative writing on the basis of other experience opportunity to work closely with a nationally recognized poet to develop their own skills
and/or practice. as poets and editors. Students are expected to read widely and to develop their
Admissions Portfolio understanding of the technical aspects of their craft.
Applicants will be selected for admission to the MFA Program primarily on the basis of Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
a portfolio and a letter of no more than three pages describing the applicant’s aspirations CRWR*6200 Fiction Workshop F-W [0.50]
as a writer and an indication of the genres in which he/she is most interested. The portfolio
The Fiction Workshop engages students in an intensive program of reading and writing
should be between 25 and 40 pages in length, double-spaced, and may contain published
work. The workshops will be strongly focused on writing and on responding to the work
and/or unpublished work and/or work-in-progress. It must include a minimum of three
of students in the course with productive, constructive criticism. Students will have the
separate works (or excerpts from separate works). Applicants are strongly encouraged to
opportunity to work closely with a nationally recognized author to develop their skills
submit works in more than one genre, e.g., fiction and poetry. Considerations of balance
as writers and editors. Students are expected to read widely and to develop their
over the program as a whole, with respect to genres in which applicants are particularly
understanding of the technical aspects of their craft.
interested and demonstrate special strength, will have some impact on admission decisions.
Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
Degree Requirements
CRWR*6300 Drama Workshop U [0.50]
Students will take one workshop and one plenary course in the first (Fall) semester of
study; one workshop in the second (Winter) semester; the individual study course in the The Drama Workshop engages students in an intensive program of writing and reading
third (Summer) semester; and one workshop and a second plenary course in the fourth work. Students will produce a substantial amount of dramatic writing and will also provide
(Fall) semester. The remaining two semesters of the two-year program will be devoted constructive criticism of the work of other workshop participants. Required reading will
to the thesis. With permission, MFA students may choose to take one or two courses at cover a wide range of dramatic literature and the study of dramatic forms and techniques.
the University of Guelph - e.g., MA courses in the School of English and Theatre Studies. Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
All students will be required to complete at least six semesters of study.
CRWR*6400 Practicum in Creative Writing U [0.50]
Plenary Courses In this course of guided study, the student will work on a creative project with a mentor
There are two Plenary courses, CRWR*6000 and CRWR*6010, and both are required who is a recognized member of the professional writing community.
courses for MFA students. Plenary courses will be offered on an alternate-year basis in
Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
the Fall semester, allowing students to take one in the Fall semester of their first year, and
one in the Fall semester of their second year. These courses are intended in part to provide
a forum for visiting writers and other literary professionals. Each course will also have a
substantial component addressing practical matters associated with the progress of a
writer’s career.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Creative Writing 63

CRWR*6500 Non-Fiction Workshop U [0.50]

The Non-Fiction Workshop engages students in a reading and writing intensive program
of creative non-fiction. The workshops will be strongly focused on writing and will
involve the creation and revision of a substantial body of new work in the genre, as well
as critiquing the work of other students in the course. The reading component will focus
on texts from a varied social and cultural range (e.g. family memoir, travel narrative,
cultural memoir, themed meditation).
Restriction(s): MFA.CW students only
CRWR*6600 Special Topics in Creative Writing U [0.50]
A variable-content course focusing on a particular issue or approach to writing within
one genre of creative writing (fiction, poetry, drama, etc.) or a particular issue or approach
to writing that is at work across multiple genres.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

64 IX. Graduate Programs, Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy

Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy Core Courses

The MA in Criminology and Criminal Justice Policy (CCJP) is a program jointly run by CCJP*6100 Governing Criminal Justice F [0.50]
the Department of Sociology and Anthropology and the Department of Political Science. This course analyzes criminal justice policy and governance of the criminal justice system
As such, the program offers a unique opportunity for students to pursue advanced studies from applied and theoretical perspectives. Particular attention is paid to the interplay
and research in crime and the criminal justice system from both sociological and between criminal justice policy and management and the larger political process.
criminological perspectives as well as from political science and public policy and Restriction(s): CCJP students
management perspectives.
CCJP*6300 Research Methods in Criminal Justice F [0.50]
Administrative Staff
This course introduces students to the primary methods, data sources and statistical
Chair, Department of Political Science methods used in criminal justice and criminology research. Particular attention will be
Byron Sheldrick (525 MacKinnon, Ext. 56503) paid to the role research an methods and statistics play in shaping criminal
[email protected] justice/criminological theory, research and policy.
Interim Chair, Department of Sociology and Anthropology Restriction(s): CCJP students or instructor's signature
Vivian Shalla (626 MacKinnon, Ext. 56527)
SOC*6350 [0.50] Society, Crime and Control
[email protected]
Graduate Coordinator
Elective Courses
Madonna Maidment (636 MacKinnon, Ext. 53342) CCJP*6000 Courts W [0.50]
[email protected] This course examines courts from a variety of political, social, and socio-legal perspectives
Graduate Secretary depending on the interest of the instructor(s). Particular attention will be paid to the role
Rene Tavascia (527 MacKinnon, Ext. 56973) of courts in shaping criminal justice policy through such means as constitutional decisions
[email protected] and sentencing decisions.
Graduate Faculty Restriction(s): Instructor's signature
Dennis Baker SOC*6070 [0.50] Sociological Theory
MA McMaster, LLB Toronto, PhD Calgary - Assistant Professor SOC*6130 [0.50] Quantitative Research Methods
Myrna Dawson SOC*6140 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods
BA York, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor SOC*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality
POLS*6400 [0.50] Comparative Social Policy
Andrew Hathaway
POLS*6630 [0.50] Approaches to Public Policy
BA, MA Calgary, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor
POLS*6640 [0.50] Canadian Public Administration: Public Sector
Madonna Maidment Management
BA, MA Memorial, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor POLS*6950 [0.50] Specialized Topics in Political Studies
Judith McKenzie SOC*6600 [0.50] Reading Course
BA, MA Memorial, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor
Ken Menzies
BA Queen's, MSc London, PhD Essex - Professor
William O'Grady
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Patrick Parnaby
BA, MA Queen's, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor
Troy Riddell
BA, MA Calgary, PhD McGill - Associate Professor
Byron M. Sheldrick
BA Carleton, LLB Toronto, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor and Department Chair
Ron Stansfield
BSc McMaster, BA, MA Toronto, PhD York - Associate Professor
MA Program
Admission Requirements
The program requires a 4-year undergraduate (honours) degree in Sociology, Criminology
or Political Science, but students with at least 5 courses in Criminology and/or Public
Policy may be admitted as long as these were part of a major in another social science or
humanities program. The program requires a minimum of a “B+” average (second place
standing) to be considered for admission. Generally, those admitted will have a higher
academic average.
Degree Requirements
Students are required to complete 2.0 credits and write a thesis OR complete 3.0 credits
and write a major research paper (MRP).
All students must take the following core courses:
CCJP*6100 [0.50] Governing Criminal Justice
CCJP*6300 [0.50] Research Methods in Criminal Justice
SOC*6350 [0.50] Society, Crime and Control
Remaining credits can be fulfilled by taking elective courses, such as Courts CCJP*6000
and/or certain courses in Sociology and Anthropology and Political Science. Also, CCJP
students are allowed to take one fourth year course in the undergraduate Criminal Justice
and Public Policy (CJPP) program as part of their degree requirements.
Courses
For courses without a semester designation the student should consult the graduate
coordinator.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Economics 65

Economics Admission Requirements

The university requires that students have the equivalent of an honours degree at the
The Department of Economics www.economics.uoguelph.ca offers programs of study
baccalaureate level.
leading to the MA and PhD degrees. Students may also register in this Department to take
programs in collaborative International Development Studies (IDS). Admission to the MA program requires that students have a solid background in economic
theory and econometrics from a recognized undergraduate program. Normally, the
Administrative Staff Department requires a 'B+' (upper-second class) average as a minimum.
Chair Students whose background is not in economics but who are otherwise outstanding should
John Livernois (725 MacKinnon, Ext. 56339) consult the Department website for further information. Applicants whose background in
[email protected] economics is difficult to evaluate may be granted admission as a provisional graduate
Graduate Co-ordinator student for one semester. If, at the end of the semester, the Department is satisfied with
Thanasis Stengos (715 MacKinnon, Ext. 53917) the student's progress, it will recommend to the Dean of Graduate Studies that the student
[email protected] be transferred to regular graduate student status.
Graduate Secretary The first round of admission decisions are made at the end of February.
Sandra Brown (723 MacKinnon, Ext. 56341) Degree Requirements
[email protected]
The MA requires the completion of 4 course credits. Most one-semester courses have 0.5
Graduate Faculty course credits. With approval from the Department, up to 1 credit of the required 4 credits
J. Atsu Amegashie can be taken outside the Department of Economics. However students may, with approval,
BA Ghana, MA Queen's, MA Dalhousie, PhD Simon Fraser - Associate Professor take additional courses from other Departments provided that their program includes at
least six course equivalents (3.0 credits) from the Department of Economics. The minimum
Kurt Annen
duration of the program is 2 semesters of full-time study as a regular graduate student.
MA, PhD Fribourg (Switzerland) - Assistant Professor
There are two main routes to the MA in Economics: by course work and major paper, and
C. Bram Cadsby
by course work and thesis. Most candidates pursue the first route.
BSc London School of Economics, MA Queen's, PhD MIT - Professor
Laurent Cellarier MA Core
BA, MA Limoges (France); PhD Southern California - Assistant Professor Usually it takes three semesters to complete the requirements for the MA though it is
Brian S. Ferguson possible to intensify the program and complete it in two semesters.
BA Mount Allison, MA Guelph, PhD Australian National - Professor The program of study includes three core courses (ECON*6000, ECON*6020 and, at the
Talat Genc discretion of the graduate committee, ECON*6180 or ECON*6140).
BS, MA Bogazici, MA, Ms, PhD Arizona - Assistant Professor The alternative econometrics sequences are designed to benefit students with different
Louise A. Grogan undergraduate backgrounds. Students with a satisfactory record of undergraduate work
BSc London School of Economics, MA Catholique de Louvain, PhD Amsterdam - in econometrics will be required to take ECON*6140, while those with less undergraduate
Assistant Professor preparation will be required to take ECON*6180. The course ECON*6050 is offered
Michael J. Hoy primarily to students outside the Department but is available to incoming MA students
BMath Waterloo, PhD London School of Economics - Professor as an extra course in preparation for ECON*6180.
Kris E. Inwood MA Options
BA Trent, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor In addition to the core (1.5 credits), students may take one of the following two options.
Rene Kirkegaard The vast majority of students choose option 1.
BA, MSc, PhD Aarhus - Associate Professor 1. 1.5 graduate course credits and the Research Project - ECON*6940 (1.0 credit)
Stephen Kosempel 2. 0.5 graduate course credits and a Thesis.
BA Queen's, MA Victoria, PhD Simon Fraser - Assistant Professor
PhD Program
John R. Livernois
BA Toronto, MA, PhD British Columbia - Professor and Chair The objective of the PhD program is to train individuals who already have a strong
background in economics to become independent and skilled researchers, in preparation
Patrick Martin
for a career in academia, government or the private sector. Course offerings cover a broad
BA California (Irvine), MA Cornell, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
range of topics in theoretical and applied economics. PhD candidates may write a
Alex Maynard dissertation in any of the areas of expertise of the graduate faculty in the Department. In
BA Cornell, MA, MPhil, PhD Yale - Associate Professor addition, the Department participates in a collaborative PhD program in International
Chris J. McKenna Development Studies.
BSc Salford, DPhil York - Professor Graduates are expected to have demonstrated competence at an advanced level in the core
Ross McKitrick areas of Microeconomic theory, Macroeconomic theory, and Econometrics, to have
BA Queen's, MA, PhD British Columbia - Professor demonstrated competence at the cutting edge of knowledge in their area of specialization
Miana Plesca and advanced competence in at least one other area, and to have demonstrated mature
BSc Technical University of Cluj (Romania); MA Georgetown (Washington, D.C.); PhD scholarship, research and communication abilities.
Western Ontario - Assistant Professor Admission Requirements
David M. Prescott Applicants to the PhD program should have a master's degree in economics with a
BA Durham, MA Warwick, PhD Queen's - Professor minimum average of 80% (A-) in their postgraduate studies. Applicants without a master's
Asha Sadanand degree but with an outstanding record at the baccalaureate level, may be admitted initially
BSc, MA Alberta, PhD California Institute of Technology - Professor to the MA program in economics. For students who achieve a superior record and show
Thanasis Stengos an aptitude for research, The Board of Graduate Studies, on the recommendation of the
BSc, MSc London School of Economics, PhD Queen's - Professor and Graduate Department, may authorize transfer to the PhD program without requiring the student to
Co-ordinator complete a master's degree.
Yiguo Sun Degree Requirements
BSc Hebei Normal, MSc Hebei Teacher's, MA Guelph, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
The program requires the satisfactory completion of a minimum of 12 courses covering
Francis Tapon core theory, econometrics, and field courses. (Students with an MA will be given credit
DES Paris, MBA Columbia, MA, PhD Duke - Professor for courses already in hand, where appropriate). The following sequence of milestones
Henry Thille represents the typical path through the PhD program.
BComm Saskatchewan, MA, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor Year I: Core Courses
MA Program Students must complete the following courses, in preparation for the comprehensive
The MA program contains core courses in theory and quantitative methods. Fields are examinations in economic theory, which is written at the end of Year I:
offered in most areas of economics. Econometrics
ECON*6140 [0.50] Econometrics I
ECON*6160 [0.50] Econometrics II

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

66 IX. Graduate Programs, Economics

Theory ECON*6100 Experimental Economics U [0.50]

ECON*6000 [0.50] Microeconomic Theory I This course examines the use of the experimental methodology in economics. We will
ECON*6010 [0.50] Microeconomic Theory II study how experiments have been used to test theories in many subfields within economics.
ECON*6020 [0.50] Macroeconomic Theory I In the process, students will learn how to construct and run economics experiments and
ECON*6040 [0.50] Macroeconomic Theory II analyze experimental data.
Year II: Dissertation Proposal
ECON*6110 Mathematical Economics U [0.50]
After the theory comprehensive exams are passed, students must prepare a Ph.D. proposal
under the supervision of a faculty member. Proposals are presented to the Department at This course introduces students to the mathematical techniques used in advanced economic
a symposium, and upon acceptance the Graduate Coordinator will notify the Dean of analysis. Topics covered in any year: analysis of dynamic economic models and
Graduate Studies that the student has passed the "Qualifying Examination" requirement optimization in dynamic economic models.
as set out by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. At this point, the student becomes a Econometrics
"candidate" for the PhD.
ECON*6050 Introduction to Econometric Methods U [0.50]
Year III and IV: Thesis
Introduction to the specification, estimation and testing of economic models. Topics
Submission and defence of an acceptable thesis on a topic approved by the student's include the classical linear regression model, t tests, structure tests, specification error,
advisory committee completes the requirements for the PhD. The thesis is expected to be the consequences of the violation of the classical assumptions, detection and correction
a significant and original contribution to knowledge in its field and must demonstrate of autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity.
scholarship and critical judgement on the part of the candidate. Theses must be submitted
within 48 months of completing the minimum duration. ECON*6140 Econometrics I U [0.50]
Business Studies MBA Program Topics include a review of the classical linear regression model, applications of generalized
least squares, maximum likelihood methods and various statistical test procedures.
The Department of Economics participates in the MBA program in the fields of
agribusiness management which is offered by the Department of Food, Agricultural and ECON*6160 Econometrics II U [0.50]
Resource Economics. Topics include maximum likelihood as a method of estimation and inference, nonlinear
Collaborative Programs estimation and simultaneous equations. Also more specialized topics such as
limited-dependent-variable models and non-parametric regression methods may be
International Development Studies MA covered.
The Department of Economics participates in the collaborative International Development
Studies (IDS) program. Applicants for this program enter through one of the participating ECON*6170 Topics in Econometrics U [0.50]
departments; course selections are based, in part, on the applicant's primary discipline. This is an advanced econometrics topics course that covers the area of non-parametric
Those faculty members in the Department of Economics whose research and teaching and semiparametric estimation and testing of econometrics models, including time series
expertise includes aspects of international development studies may serve as advisors for and panel data semiparametric models.
these MA students. Please consult the International Development Studies listing for a
ECON*6180 Econometric Methods U [0.50]
detailed description of the MA collaborative program including the special additional
requirements for each of the participating departments. This course follows ECON*6050. It covers estimation by instrumental variables,
estimations of simultaneous systems, asymptotic distribution theory, maximum likelihood
Courses estimation, binary choice and limited dependent variable models, and issues in time series
Economic Theory analysis.
ECON*6000 Microeconomic Theory I U [0.50] Economic History
A first graduate course in microeconomics, presenting a rigorous treatment of consumer ECON*6200 Economic History U [0.50]
theory, producer theory, applications of duality, partial equilibrium, general equilibrium This course considers topics in economic history which vary from year to year. The
and the fundamental theorems of welfare economics. emphasis will be usually on late-19th or 20th century topics and often involves a world
ECON*6010 Microeconomic Theory II U [0.50] emphasis. Student presentations and papers form a large part of the course.
Advanced topics in modern microeconomics to include elements of game theory, ECON*6370 Economic Development in Historical Perspective U [0.50]
information economics, economics of risk and uncertainty, the theory of incentives and This course will examine the experience of economic development focusing on the
others. emergence of the Third World. Topics for discussion will vary from year to year; they
Prerequisite(s): ECON*6000 may include the impact of trade expansion during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries,
ECON*6020 Macroeconomic Theory I U [0.50] the role of manufacturing as a leading sector, statist vs. the new classical approaches to
government policy, and others.
A first graduate course in macroeconomics, presenting a rigorous introduction to the
tools and basic models of dynamic general equilibrium theory. The topics covered include Money and Finance
economic growth and development, economic fluctuations, and monetary and fiscal ECON*6320 International Finance U [0.50]
policies.
This course deals with the theoretical policy and issues of international finance. Topics
ECON*6040 Macroeconomic Theory II U [0.50] may include exchange rate determination, capital flows in international markets, the
This course considers the dynamics resulting from intertemporal optimization models. financing of trade flows, and open economy macroeconomic models and policy issues.
Foundations of unemployment theory. Approaches to business cycles. Models of long-run ECON*6390 Empirical Finance and Financial Econometrics U [0.50]
growth.
This course covers topics in empirical finance, involving the integration of financial
Prerequisite(s): ECON*6020 theory, financial econometrics, and data analysis. Students will learn how empirical
ECON*6060 Mathematical Methods for Economics F [0.00] research in finance is conducted through reading involving both textbooks and journal
articles and from conducting an independent research project.
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary mathematical tools to
follow the contents of the core economics and econometrics courses in the MA program Co-requisite(s): ECON*6140
and successfully complete them. The material covered will include advanced topics in ECON*6490 Money and Banking U [0.50]
linear algebra, multivariate optimization techniques and comparative statics.
This course studies monetary economies using overlapping generations models, MIU
ECON*6090 Game Theory U [0.50] models and CIA models. More specifically, we will study major issues in money and
This course introduces the student to game theory, which is an important tool for modelling banking, such as the role of money and banks, the cost of inflation, and the optimal
economic situations with multi-person interaction. Economic applications such as monetary policies.
oligopoly, bargaining, auctions, and public goods provision will be discussed. Broader Developmental Economics
applicaitons to voting games, candidate strategy, war games, and parlour games will also
be briefly discussed. Students need to be very familiar with optimization and single person ECON*6350 Economic Development U [0.50]
decision-making. This course examines economic development from an international perspective: theories,
history, policies and prospects.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Economics 67

Labour Economics
ECON*6600 Labour Economics U [0.50]
Major themes in labour market theory including static and dynamic labour demand and
supply, migration and wage structures and dynamics, unemployment, migration and the
role of social programs.
ECON*6610 Topics in Labour Economics U [0.50]
This course complements ECON*6600. Topics include advanced issues in family labour
supply, human capital, wage bargaining and contract theory, search theory, duration
analysis and its application to major labour market spells such as employment and
unemployment.
Environmental and Resource Economics
ECON*6800 Environmental Economics U [0.50]
A topics course concerning the interrelationships between economic activities and the
state of the natural environment. Topics may include: pollution and economic growth;
energy use and environmental quality; international trade and pollution; policies for
controlling pollution; techniques for assessing the benefits of environmental improvement.
ECON*6810 Economic Theory of Natural Resources Use U [0.50]
This course examines economic models of the use of non-renewable resources to analyze
issues such as resource conservation, sustainable development, taxation of resource rents,
and price determination in resource markets.
Other
ECON*6300 International Trade Theory U [0.50]
This course provides a rigorous treatment of both positive and normative aspects of trade
theory through extensive use of general equilibrium models under varying assumptions.
Topics may also include barriers to trade, international factor movements, growth and
development, and strategic trade policy.
ECON*6400 Public Finance U [0.50]
This course surveys the normative theory of the public sector. Topics may include public
expenditure theory, tax theory, cost benefit analysis and fiscal federalism.
ECON*6650 Economics of Social Welfare U [0.50]
This course deals with the analysis of social welfare programs, concentrating on national
health insurance. It covers their structure, incentives and distribution effects, and includes
empirical analysis of existing programs.
ECON*6700 Industrial and Market Organization U [0.50]
The major topics of industrial organization are analyzed from both a game theoretic
perspective and from a Structure-Conduct-Performance perspective. Typical topics
include: oligopoly theory, determinants of industrial structure, Coase theorem, market
entry, advertising, research and development, product differentiation, and price
discrimination.
ECON*6750 Managerial Economics U [0.50]
The course introduces students to the latest developments in the economic analysis of
the inside workings and organization of firms. The course tries to explain the diversity
of economic organizations, and more generally why economic activity is sometimes
carried out through firms and sometimes through markets. For graduate students outside
the Department of Economics.
ECON*6770 Financial Management U [0.50]
This course examines the implications of financing decisions made by firms in a world
of uncertainty. Topics such as capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, market
efficiency and capital asset pricing will be analyzed from the perspective of corporate
finance and portfolio management theory. Co-requisite: AGEC*6070. For graduate
students outside the Department of Economics.
ECON*6930 Reading Course U [0.50]
In some circumstances, students may arrange to take a reading course under the direction
of a faculty member.
ECON*6940 Research Project U [1.00]
All students who choose the research project option in the MA program will register in
this course. Research projects are written under the direct supervision of a faculty member.
Normally, research projects are completed within one or two semesters. Students must
make a presentation of their work and a copy of the final report must be submitted to the
Department before the final grade is submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

68 IX. Graduate Programs, Engineering

Engineering Administrative Staff

The graduate degree programs offered in the School of Engineering include a course work Director
MEng and research thesis programs at the MASc and PhD levels. All programs are offered Hussein A. Abdullah (2385 Thornbrough, Ext. 52430)
as full- or part-time studies. These programs provide for specialization in four fields of [email protected]
study: Biological Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Engineering Systems and Associate Director, Undergraduate Studies
Computing and Water Resources Engineering. In addition, the School of Engineering Richard G. Zytner (2337 Thornbrough, Ext. 53859)
offers two graduate diploma programs, Modelling Applications in Water Resources [email protected]
Engineering and Engineering Design of Sustainable Water Resource Systems. Associate Director, Graduate Studies
Biological Engineering is broadly categorized as bio-process, food, biomedical or Ralph Brown (2340 Thornbrough, Ext. 53922)
bio-mechanical engineering. Research is conducted in many areas such as: physical, [email protected]
chemical and thermal processing of food, bio-materials or waste; physical properties of Graduate Secretary
biological materials; process control; remote sensing; medical imaging; bio-instrumentation Lucy Cremasco (2383 Thornbrough, Ext. 56187)
design and the development of medical diagnostics; ergonomic and prosthetic [email protected]
bio-mechanics; design of implants and surgical tools for human and veterinary applications.
Graduate Faculty
Environmental Engineering involves methods to prevent or mitigate damage to the
environment by the reduction, treatment, or reclamation of solid, liquid, or gaseous Hussein A. Abdullah
by-products of industrial, agricultural and municipal activities. Emphasis is on the BSc University of Technology, MSc, PhD Glasgow, PEng - Associate Professor and
behaviour and fate of contaminants in the environment. Recent research topics include Director
the following: composting of organic solids; control and remediation of chemical spills; Shawki Areibi
wastewater treatment; soil/site remediation technology; policy innovations; air pollution BASc Al-Fateh, MASc Waterloo, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Associate Professor
and meteorology; vapour exchange and supercritical fluid extraction; air-surface pollutant Andrea L. Bradford
exchange measurement; bio-filtration and membrane technologies; modelling of BSc, PhD Queen's, PEng - Associate Professor
environmental processes. Ralph B. Brown
Engineering Systems and Computing involves development of digital or microelectronic BSc (Agr) BSc (Eng) MSc PhD Guelph, PEng - Professor and Associate Director, Graduate
devices, computer or robotic technologies and their application to manufacturing, Studies
computing, mechatronic or embedded systems. Some active research areas include: soft Sheng Chang
computing and neural networks; autonomous robots; intelligent control systems; BEng Chengdu Univ., PhD New South Wales - Associate Professor
micro-electromechanical (MEMS) devices; embedded systems and special purpose
Valerie J. Davidson
computing; VLSI circuit design and layout; analog integrated circuits and system-on-chip
BEng McMaster, MSc Guelph, PhD Toronto, PEng - Professor
design; integrated sensor systems and networks; digital devices and signal processing;
wireless and optical communication systems; cryptographic systems. Fantahun Defersha
BSc Ethiopia, MEng India, PhD Concordia - Assistant Professor
Water Resources Engineering involves investigation, analysis and design of systems for
control and utilization of land and water resources as part of the management of urban Robert Dony
and rural watersheds. Research areas include: water quality control and safety; resource BASc, MASc Waterloo, PhD McMaster, PEng, FIET, FEC - Associate Professor
use and groundwater quality; hydrologic modelling; design and planning of urban water Khosrow Farahbakhsh
and sewage infrastructure; rural waste treatment systems; erosion control; non-point source PhD Alberta, PEng - Associate Professor
pollution and mitigation; Geographic Information Systems (GIS); sediment and Dalia Fayek
contaminant transport; irrigation and drainage modelling. PhD Waterloo, PEng - Associate Professor
The objective of the graduate diploma is to provide mid-career, engineering professionals Bahram Gharabaghi
from Canada and abroad with post graduate education and training to improve their BSc Iran Univ. of Science and Technology, MSc Sharrif Univ. of Science and Technology,
job-related expertise within an 8 month period. The program enhances the ability of these PhD Guelph, PEng - Associate Professor
professionals to gain employment in the field of Water Resources engineering by Karen D. Gordon
developing specialized knowledge in one of two areas of Water Resources. The first area BSc Guelph, PhD Waterloo - Assistant Professor
will emphasize higher learning in the application of Modelling in a Water Resources
Stefano Gregori
context. Application of existing tools, particularly GIS, to a variety of contemporary water
Laurea, Doctorate Pavia - Associate Professor
resources problems will be emphasized. The second area focuses on the Design of
Sustainable Water Resources Systems that will be sustainable in today’s development Kevin Hall
environment. BSc, MSc Queen's, PhD New South Wales, PEng - Professor and Vice-President Research
The objective of the course-work master's degree program (MEng) is to provide an Gordon L. Hayward
opportunity for engineering graduates, usually practising engineers, to advance their BASc, MASc, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Associate Professor
understanding of engineering principles and increase their grasp of the application of these James Irving
principles to the solution of complex, practical problems. Many of these students are BSc Waterloo, MSc British Columbia, PhD Stanford - Assistant Professor
returning to school in order to learn about recent technological developments that have Douglas M. Joy
occurred since graduation in their field. The objective is achieved through selecting from BASc Toronto, MASc Ottawa, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Professor
a number of core and elective courses and completing a major project. The project requires Wm. David Lubitz
a final written report that is presented in a public seminar followed by an oral examination BSc, MSc, PhD California, PEng - Assistant Professor
of the candidate. Edward McBean
The MASc program is intended to provide advanced training in engineering sciences, PhD Massachusetts Institute of Technology, PEng - Professor and Assistant Dean, External
analysis, design, and research methodology. This objective is achieved through a Partnerships, College of Physical and Engineering Science
combination of course work, applied research, and thesis writing. Upon graduation students Manjusri Misra
will be able to analyse and research an engineering problem and apply their acquired skills BSc, MSc, MPhil, PhD Utkal - Associate Professor
and knowledge in a practical solution. A final examination is conducted following a public
Gauri S. Mittal
seminar presentation of the student's thesis.
BSc Punjab Agricultural, MSc Manitoba, PhD Ohio State, PEng - Professor
The PhD program prepares candidates for a career in engineering teaching, research, or
Medhat A. Moussa
consulting. The program is designed to provide both broad knowledge of engineering
BSc American, MASc Moncton, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Associate Professor
science and training in advanced research. Doctoral research carries the expectation of
making an original contribution to the body of existing knowledge or technology. It is Radu Muresan
also expected that the responsibility of problem definition and solution is that of the Dipl. Engg Technical Univ. of Cluj-Napoca (Romania); MASc, PhD Waterloo, PEng -
student, and that the student's advisor acts truly in an advisory capacity. Therefore, Associate Professor
graduates are expected to have acquired autonomy in defining and analysing problems, Michele L. Oliver
conducting research, and preparing scholarly publications. These objectives are achieved BPE McMaster, MPE, MSc, PhD New Brunswick, PEng (APEGNB) - Associate Professor
through a combination of course work, independent research, a qualifying examination, Beth Parker
and the production and defence of a research dissertation. BS Pennsylvania, MS North Carolina, PhD Waterloo - Professor
Ramesh P. Rudra
BSc Punjab Agricultural, MS, PhD Pennsylvania State, PEng, FCSBE - Professor
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Engineering 69

R. John Runciman Engineering Systems and Computing applicants must have a minimum of three of the
BSc Queen's, MSc Queen's, PhD (Strathclyde), PEng - Associate Professor following courses or equivalents:
Warren Stiver • Electric Circuits
BASc, MASc, PhD Toronto, PEng - Professor • Digital Systems
Bill Van Heyst • Systems and Control Theory
BASc, MASc, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Associate Professor • Programming
Anthony Vannelli • Electronics
BSc, MSc Concordia, PhD Waterloo, PEng - Professor and Dean, College of Physical
• Robotics
and Engineering Science
Applicant qualifications may be assessed via an entrance interview/oral examination
Simon X. Yang
conducted by the proposed advisor and one member of the school of engineering graduate
BSc Peking, MSc Sinica, MSc Houston, PhD Alberta - Professor
studies committee. Students deficient in certain areas will be required to take make-up
Hongde Zhou undergraduate courses. Such students will be admitted and allowed to continue on
BSc Jiangsu, MSc China, PhD Alberta, PEng - Professor provisional status for a maximum of two semesters or until the requirements are completed.
Richard G. Zytner These courses will not count toward the student's graduate credit requirements.
BASc, MASc, PhD Windsor, PEng - Professor and Associate Director, Undergraduate
Studies
Degree Requirements
MASc by Thesis
MASc and MEng Programs
The prescribed program of study must consist of no fewer than 2.0 credits, of which at
Admission Requirements least 1.5 credits must be at the graduate level, and at least 1.0 must be engineering graduate
MASc by Thesis courses. Under special circumstances the school may reduce the 1.5 credit course
requirement; however, the two graduate-engineering-course requirement will not be
In addition to the general admission standards of the university, the school has adopted
changed. In all cases the remaining courses must be acceptable for graduate credit; that
additional admissions criteria for MASc studies. Applicants must meet one of the following
is, they must be either graduate courses or senior undergraduate courses. Depending on
requirements:
the student's background, the advisory committee may specify more than four courses,
• Baccalaureate degree in engineering or equivalent. Applicant must be a graduate from including undergraduate make-up courses. If make-up courses are deemed necessary, they
an honours engineering program with at least a 75% average in the past four full-time will be considered additional courses.
semesters or the equivalent. International degree and grade equivalents will be
determined by the Office of Graduate Studies. MEng Degree
• Bachelor of Science degree or equivalent. At least a second class honours standing The prescribed program of studies consists of at least 5.0 credits acceptable for graduate
(B+ or 75%) in the work of the last four full-time semesters or the last two complete credit. This includes 2.5 credits from the program core (see section 5.4 of the School of
undergraduate years of an honours science degree. Applicants must demonstrate Engineering Graduate Handbook), and 2.5 additional credits chosen from approved courses
acceptable analytical ability by having taken a sufficient number of courses in (section 5.5 of the School of Engineering Graduate Handbook). No more than 1.0 of these
mathematics and the physical sciences (chemistry and physics). Applicants lacking credits will be for undergraduate engineering courses, as approved by the Associate
background in specific topics related to their research project must be prepared to Director, Graduate Studies, and no more than 1.5 credits will be from courses offered
complete make-up undergraduate engineering courses without receiving graduate outside the School of Engineering. For the final project course (1.0 credit), one member
credit. of the graduate faculty will be appointed by the Associate Director, Graduate Studies as
an advisor.
MEng Program
Applicants must be graduates of an honours engineering program with at least a 70% PhD Program
average in the past four full semesters or the last two complete undergraduate years or Admission Requirements
the equivalent. International degree and grade equivalents will be determined by the Office
The minimum academic requirement for admission to the PhD program is normally a
of Graduate Studies.
recognized master's degree in engineering. A strong recommendation from the MASc
Applicants must demonstrate acceptable analytical ability by having taken a sufficient advisor is necessary. Direct admission to the PhD program is rarely granted. Applicants
number of courses in mathematics, and the physical sciences. requesting direct admission must hold a bachelor's degree with exceptionally high academic
Biological Engineering applicants must have a minimum of three of the following courses standing and have related research experience. Such applicants should discuss this option
or equivalents: with the Associate Director, Graduate Studies at an early opportunity.
• Biological/Food/Bioprocess Engineering Degree Requirements
• Engineering Unit Operations The prescribed program of study must consist of no fewer than 2.0 credits in addition to
• Bioreactor Design those taken as part of the MASc degree. At least 1.5 of the credits must be at the graduate
• Bio-instrumentation Design level, and at least 1.0 must be engineering graduate courses. Under special circumstances
• Food Process Engineering Design the school may reduce the requirement for 1.5 credit course requirement; however the
two graduate-engineering-course requirement will not be changed. In all cases the
• Digital Process Control Designt
remaining courses must be acceptable for graduate credit; that is, they must be either
• Heat and Mass Transfer graduate courses or senior undergraduate courses. Depending on the student's background,
• Process Engineering the advisory committee may specify more than four courses, including undergraduate
Environmental Engineering applicants must have a minimum of three of the following make-up courses. If make-up courses are deemed necessary, they will be considered
courses or equivalents: additional courses.
• Introduction to Environmental Engineering The qualifying examination as outlined in the Graduate Calendar is held by the end of the
• Engineering Unit Operations fourth semester but no later than the fifth semester after the student has completed the
• Water Quality required courses.
• Air Quality Diploma Program
• Solid Waste Management Admission Requirements
• Water and Wastewater Treatment Students with an honours degree will be considered for the Graduate Diploma program
Water Resources Engineering applicants must have a minimum of three of the following provided they have satisfactory preparation in mathematical and physical sciences. A
courses or equivalent: minimum average grade of 70% for the last four full-time semesters, or the last two
• Fluid Mechanics complete undergraduate years, prior to entry will normally be required.
• Water Management Since an adequate background in undergraduate engineering courses is prerequisite for
• Hydrology courses offered in the program, there is a requirement of the following courses or
equivalent.
• Water Quality
ENGG*2230 Fluid Mechanics
• Urban Water Systems
ENGG*3650 Hydrology
• Watershed Structures ENGG*3340 Geographic Information Systems1
• Soil and Water Conservation The qualification will be assessed by transcripts supplied by the student at the time of
application. Students deficient in certain areas will be required to take make-up
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
70 IX. Graduate Programs, Engineering

undergraduate courses as decided by the Graduate Studies Committee. The student will designation “International Development Studies” to your degree. Applicants apply directly
be admitted on probation until the requirements have been completed. These courses will through the School of Engineering and must meet the University of Guelph and department
not count toward the student graduate degree requirement. program admission requirements. Students should consult the International Development
1Only required for for students in the Modelling Applications in Water Resources Systems Studies listing to confirm the IDS program degree requirements.
Diploma Requirements Courses
The prescribed program consists of 2.0 credits acceptable at the graduate level. General
Modelling Applications in Water Resource Engineering ENGG*6000 Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer F [0.50]
The core courses consist of a total of 2.0 credits, 1.5 credits must come from the list below. Basic physical principles of transport phenomena. Heat and mass transfer methods for
One of these must be ENGG*6800. physical systems. Time and volume averaging. Dimensional analysis.
ENGG*6800 [0.50] Deterministic Hydrological Modelling
LRS*6760 [0.50] Advanced Remote Sensing ENGG*6010 Assessment of Engineering Risk W [0.50]
ENGG*6740 [0.50] Ground Water Modelling The question of "how safe is safe enough?" has no simple answer. In response, this course
ENGG*6840 [0.50] Open Channel Hydraulics develops the bases by which we can assess and manage risk in engineering. Course deals
ENGG*6880 [0.50] Soil Erosion and Fluvial Sedimentation with fate and transport issues associated with risk, as relevant to engineering and how
ENGG*6030 [0.50] Finite Difference Methods these aspects are employed in the making of decisions.
ENGG*6050 [0.50] Finite Element Methods Prerequisite(s): STAT*2040 or STAT*2120
ENGG*4510 [0.50] Risk Assessment and Management
LRS*6300 [0.50] Applied Soil Physics ENGG*6020 Advanced Fluid Mechanics U [0.50]
ENGG*6060 [0.50] Engineering Systems Modelling and Simulation Laminar and turbulent flow. Turbulence and turbulence modelling. Boundary-layer flow.
In addition, the student must complete ENGG*6910. This is a 0.5 credit, 1 semester course. Compressible flow. Potential flow.
This special topics course will focus on one of the following areas:
ENGG*6030 Finite Difference Methods W [0.50]
Watershed Systems Design
Numerical solution of partial differential equations of flow through porous media; flow
Soil-Water Conservation Systems Design
of heat and vibrations; characterization of solution techniques and analysis of stability;
Urban Water Systems Design convergence and compatibility criteria for various finite difference schemes.
And include a project utilizing a GIS-based modeling approach.
ENGG*6050 Finite Element Methods W [0.50]
Engineering Design of Sustainable Water Resource Systems
Boundary-value problems. Methods of approximation. Time dependent problems.
The courses consist of a total of 2.0 credits. Two courses (1.0 credits) must be selected Isoparametric elements. Numerical integration. Computer implementation. Mesh
from the following courses: generation and layouts. Two-dimensional finite elements.
ENGG*6610 [0.50] Urban Stormwater Management
ENGG*6860 [0.50] Stream and Wetland Restoration Design ENGG*6060 Engineering Systems Modelling and Simulation U [0.50]
ENGG*6840 [0.50] Open Channel Hydraulics A study of theoretical and experimental methods for characterizing the dynamic behaviour
ENGG*6140 [0.50] Optimization Techniques for Engineering of engineering systems. Distributed and lumped parameter model development. Digital
ENGG*4510 [0.50] Risk Assessment and Management simulation of systems for design and control.
ENGG*6680 [0.50] Advanced Water and Wastewater Treatment
ENGG*6080 Engineering Seminar W [0.00]
LRS*6280 [0.50] Soil Physics
RPD*6310 [0.50] Environmental Impact Assessment The course objective is to train the student in preparing, delivering and evaluating technical
ENGG*4250 [0.50] Watershed Systems Design2 presentations. Each student is required to: (a) attend and write critiques on a minimum
ENGG*4360 [0.50] Soil-Water Conservation Systems Design2 of six technical seminars in the School of Engineering; and (b) conduct a seminar,
ENGG*4370 [0.50] Urban Water Systems Design2 presenting technical material to an audience consisting of faculty and graduate students
In addition to the courses above, the course ENGG*6910 must be completed. This is a in the school. This presentation will then be reviewed by the student and the instructor.
0.5 credit, one semester course. For each of these an area of emphasis from one of the ENGG*6090 Special Topics in Engineering W [0.50]
following three areas3 must be selected:
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing
Watershed Systems Design
knowledge areas which are applicable to several of the engineering disciplines in the
Soil-Water Conservation Systems Design School of Engineering.
Urban Water Systems Design
Biological Engineering
For this special topics course the project must focus on sustainability of water resources
within the area of emphasis selected. ENGG*6110 Food and Bio-Process Engineering W [0.50]
2Only one of these courses may be selected. Kinetics of biological reactions, reactor dynamics and design. Food rheology and texture;
3If one of the undergraduate courses listed above are selected, the area of emphasis for water activity and the role of water in food processing; unit operations design-thermal
this course must differ from the undergraduate course. processing; and drying, freezing and separation processes.
Interdepartmental Programs ENGG*6120 Fermentation Engineering F [0.50]

MSc Aquaculture Modelling and design of fermenter systems. Topics include microbial growth kinetics,
reactor design, heat and mass transfer. Instrumentation and unit operations for feed
The School of Engineering participates in the master of science in aquaculture program. preparation and product recovery. Prerequisite: undergraduate course in each of
Those faculty members whose research and teaching expertise includes aspects of microbiology, heat and mass transfer, and biochemistry or bioprocess engineering.
aquaculture may serve as advisers for MSc (Aquaculture) students. Please consult the
Aquaculture listing for a detailed description of the MSc (Aquaculture) interdepartmental ENGG*6130 Physical Properties of Biomaterials F [0.50]
program. Rheology and rheological properties. Contact stresses between bodies in compression.
MSc Food Safety and Quality Assurance Mechanical damage. Aerodynamic and hydro-dynamic characteristics. Friction.
The School of Engineering participates in the MSc program in food safety and quality ENGG*6150 Bio-Instrumentation W [0.50]
assurance. Those faculty members whose research and teaching expertise includes aspects Instrumentation systems. Transducers. Amplifier circuits. Recording methods.
of food safety and quality assurance may serve as advisors for MSc students. Please consult Spectroscopy & colorimetry. Radiation, humidity, pH and noise measurements.
the Food Safety and Qualify Assurance listing for a detailed description of the MSc Chromatography.
program.
Restriction(s): ENGG*3450 or equivalent.
Collaborative Programs
ENGG*6160 Advanced Food Engineering F [0.50]
Masters and PhD International Development Studies Application of heat and mass transfer, fluid flow, food properties, and food- processing
The School of Engineering participates in the collaborative International Development constraints in the design and selection of food process equipment. Development of process
Studies (IDS) MEng, MASc and PhD programs. The collaborative International specifications for the control of the flow of heat and moisture and the associated microbial,
Development Studies program provides an interdisciplinary framework for the study of nutritional and organoleptic change in foods. Food system dynamics and process
international development combining training in a selected academic discipline with development.
exposure to a broad range of social science perspectives. This program will add the

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Engineering 71

ENGG*6170 Special Topics in Food Engineering U [0.50] ENGG*6670 Hazardous Waste Management F [0.50]
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing This course will define the different types of hazardous wastes that currently exist and
knowledge areas of food engineering. outline the pertinent legislation governing these wastes. Information will be presented
on different ways to handle, treat and dispose the hazardous waste, including separation,
ENGG*6180 Final Project in Biological Engineering U [1.00]
segregation, minimization, recycling and chemical, physical, biological, and thermal
A project course in which a problem of advanced design or analysis in the area of treatment. Also to be discussed are hazardous waste landfills and site remediation
biological engineering is established, an investigation is performed and a final design or technologies. Specifics include design and operation of hazardous landfill sites, handling
solution is presented. and treatment of leachate, comparison of pertinent soil remediation technologies. Case
Restriction(s): This course is open only to students in the biological MEng program. studies will be reviewed.
ENGG*6190 Special Topics in Biological Engineering W [0.50] ENGG*6680 Advanced Water and Wastewater Treatment F [0.50]
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing This design course will discuss advanced technologies not traditionally covered during
knowledge areas of biological engineering. an undergraduate curriculum. An important consideration will be the reuse of water.
ENGG*6290 Special Topics in Agricultural Engineering U [0.50] ENGG*6690 Non-Point Source Pollution and Its Control F [0.50]
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing Introduction to issues of non-point source pollution. Modelling of non-point source
knowledge areas of agricultural engineering. pollution approaches for vadose zone, surface and subsurface drained water. Scale issues
in non- point source modelling. Management issues in non-point source pollution
ENGG*6440 Advanced Biomechanical Design F [0.50]
modelling. Application of non-point source pollution models to a variety of situations.
Biomechanical Design from concept through prototyping and testing. This course will Application of non- point source modelling and selection of management approaches for
investigate and apply techniques used for biomechanical design including reverse various types of receiving water.
engineering, solid modelling, geometric tolerancing, testing and rapid prototyping.
Instructor's signature required. ENGG*6790 Special Topics in Environmental Engineering U [0.50]
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing
Environmental Engineering knowledge areas of environmental engineering.
ENGG*6610 Urban Stormwater Management W [0.50]
ENGG*6950 Final Project in Environmental Engineering U [1.00]
Continuous stormwater management models and model structure. Catchment discretization
A project course in which a problem of advanced design or analysis in the area of
and process disaggregation. Pollutant build-up, wash off and transport. Flow and pollutant
environmental engineering is established, an investigation is performed and a final design
routing in complex, looped, partially surcharged pipe/channel networks including pond
or solution is presented.
storage, storage tanks, diversion structures, transverse and side weirs, pump stations,
orifices, radical and leaf gates and transient receiving water conditions (including tides). Restriction(s): This course is only open to students in the environmental MEng
Pollutant removal in sewer networks, storage facilities and treatment plants. program.
ENGG*6620 Water Pollution Control Planning F [0.50] Engineering Systems and Computing
Methods of developing area-wide pollution control plans and sustainable use plans in ENGG*6070 Medical Imaging W [0.50]
Ontario and elsewhere. Quantitative and non-quantitative information is examined in the Digital image processing techniques including filtering and restoration; physics of image
context of planning, using continuous models such as HSP-F. Field trips. formation for such modalities as radiography, MRI, ultrasound.
ENGG*6630 Environmental Contaminants: Fate Mechanisms W [0.50] Prerequisite(s): ENGG*3390 or equivalent
Analysis of fate mechanisms associated with environmental contaminants. Focus on ENGG*6100 Machine Vision F [0.50]
substances which are generally considered to be hazardous to humans, or other animal Computer vision studies how computers can analyze and perceive the world using input
life at low concentrations. Study of physicochemical properties and fate estimation on from imaging devices. Topics covered include image pre-processing, segmentation, shape
control and remediation strategies. Quantitative analysis of contaminant partitioning and analysis, object recognition, image understanding, 3D vision, motion and stereo analysis,
mass flows, including cross-media transport and simultaneous action of contaminant fate as well as case studies.
mechanisms.
ENGG*6140 Optimization Techniques for Engineering W [0.50]
ENGG*6640 Environmental Contaminants: Control Mechanisms W [0.50]
This course serves as a graduate introduction into combinatorics and optimization.
Analysis of conventional and innovative technologies for toxic contaminants; technologies Oprimization is the main pillar of Engineering and the performance of most systems can
for contaminated municipal and industrial waste waters, including physical, chemical, be improved through intelligent use of optimization algorithms. Topics to be covered:
and biological treatment processes for trace toxic contaminants in water and wastewater; Complexity theory, Linear/Integer Programming techniques, Constrained/Unconstrained
control technologies for contaminated gas streams, including activated carbon absorption, optimization and Nonlinear programming, Heuristic Search Techniques such as Tabu
biofiltration, bioscrubbing, wet scrubbing, thermal- oxidation methods, and process Search, Genetic Algorithms, Simulated Annealing and GRASP.
modifications to reduce emissions of toxic air contaminants; remediation techniques for
contaminated soil, including external and in-situ physical, chemical and biological ENGG*6450 Queueing Theory & Traffic Modeling in Data Networks F [0.50]
treatment methods; cross-media contaminant control issues; toxicity testing and evaluation; Network traffic modeling. Transient and steady-state analysis of Markov chains. Queueing
relevant regulatory programs. analysis. Admission and access control. Flow control protocols. Congestion control.
ENGG*6650 Advanced Air Quality Modelling W [0.50] End-to-end performance bounds analysis.
Analysis of analytical and computational models used to predict the fate of airborne Restriction(s): Engineering graduate students or consent of instructor.
contaminants; role of air quality models for the solution of engineering-related problems; ENGG*6500 Introduction to Machine Learning W [0.50]
analysis of important boundary layer meteorology phenomena that influence the fate of The aim of this course is to provide students with an introduction to algorithms and
air pollutants; conservation equations and mathematical solution techniques; model input techniques of machine learning particularly in engineering applications. The emphasis
requirements such as emissions inventories; Gaussian models; higher-order closure will be on the fundamentals and not specific approach or software tool. Class discussions
models; Eulerian photochemical grid models. will cover and compare all current major approaches and their applicability to various
ENGG*6660 Renewable Energy U [0.50] engineering problems, while assignments and project will provide hands-on experience
with some of the tools.
The engineering principles of renewable energy technologies including wind, solar,
geothermal and biomass will be examined, including technology-specific design, economic ENGG*6510 Analog Integrated Circuit Design F [0.50]
and environmental constraints. Students will compare the relative merits of different In this course, operating principles and design techniques of analog integrated circuits
energy technologies and gain a knowledge base for further study in the field. are introduced with emphasis on device and system modelling. These circuits include
Restriction(s): Engineering graduate students or consent of instructor. analog and switched-capacitor filters, data converters, amplifiers, oscillators, modulators,
circuits for communications, sensor readout channels, and circuits for integrated memories.
Prerequisite(s): ENGG*3450 or equivalent.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

72 IX. Graduate Programs, Engineering

ENGG*6520 VLSI Digital Systems Design U [0.50] ENGG*6820 Measurement of Water Quantity and Quality U [0.50]
This course will introduce the principles of VLSI MOSFET digital design from a circuit This course covers techniques used to measure rates of movement and amounts of water
and system perspective. Advanced topics include: power issues related to each level of occurring as precipitation, soil water, ground water and streamflow. Available
design abstraction; voltage and frequency scaling; power to speed trade offs; ASIC digital measurements of water quality are surveyed. Calculation procedures involved in the use
design flow; Verilog intergration, ASIC case studies. of indirect indicators of water quantity and quality individually and in combination are
Prerequisite(s): ENGG*3450 or equivalent. described.

ENGG*6530 Reconfigurable Computing W [0.50] ENGG*6830 Design of Pressurized Flow Systems U [0.50]
This course serves as a graduate introduction into reconfigurable computing systems. It Boundary resistance. Steady State and transient flow in gravity and pumped systems.
introduces students to the analyses, synthesis and design of embedded systems and Pressure control systems.
implementing them using Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Topics include: Programmable ENGG*6840 Open Channel Hydraulics W [0.50]
Logic devices, Hardware Description Languages, Computer Aided Design Flow, Hardware
Accelerators, Hardware/Software Co-design techniques, Run Time Reconfiguration, Basic concepts, energy principle; momentum principle; flow resistance; non-uniform
High Level Synthesis. flow; channel controls and transitions; unsteady flow; flood routing.

Prerequisite(s): ENGG*2410 or equivalent. ENGG*6850 Design of Water Management Systems U [0.50]

ENGG*6540 Advanced Robotics W [0.50] Analytical decision making. Optimization methods. Planning under uncertainty.
Deterministic river basin modelling. Irrigation planning and operation. Water quality
This course is intended for graduate students who have some knowledge and interest in
management modelling.
robotics. The course covers modelling, design, planning control, sensors and programming
of robotic systems. In addition to lectures, students will work on a term project in which ENGG*6860 Stream and Wetland Restoration Design W [0.50]
a problem related to robotics systems will be studied. Instructors signature required. Explores the multi-disciplinary principles of stream and wetland restoration and the tools
ENGG*6550 Intelligent Real-Time Systems W [0.50] and techniques for restoration design. Restoration design is approached from a water
resources engineering perspective with emphasis on hydrological and hydraulic techniques.
Soft real-time systems, hard real-time systems, embedded systems, time handling and
Numerous case studies are examined as a means to identify more successful design
synchronization, deadlines, preemption, interruption, rts languages, rts/ operating systems,
approaches.
system life-cycle, petri nets, task scheduling and allocation, fault-tolerance, resource
management, rts/search techniques, dealing with uncertainty. Prerequisite(s): ENGG*3650 or equivalent.

ENGG*6560 Advanced Digital Signal Processing W [0.50] ENGG*6880 Soil Erosion and Fluvial Sedimentation U [0.50]

Discrete-time signals and systems, z transform, frequency analysis of signals and systems, Students will be able to (i) describe processes related to soil erosion by water, (ii) describe
fourier transform, fast fourier transform, design of digital filters, signal reconstruction, processes related to fluvial sedimentation, (iii) evaluate and prescribe structural and non-
power spectrum estimation. structural control methods, and (iv) run at least one soil erosion/fluvial sedimentation
computer model if the course is satisfactorily completed.
ENGG*6570 Advanced Soft Computing F [0.50]
ENGG*6900 Final Project in Water Resources Engineering U [1.00]
Neural dynamics and computation from a single neuron to a neural network architecture.
Advanced neural networks and applications. Soft computing approaches to uncertainty A project course in which an advanced design problem in the area of watershed
representation, multi-agents and optimizastion. engineering is established, a feasibility investigation performed and a final design
presented.
Prerequisite(s): ENGG*4430 or equivalent
Restriction(s): This course is open only to students in the water resources MEng
ENGG*6580 Advanced Control Systems F [0.50] program.
This course will start with state space analysis of multi-input multi-output control systems. ENGG*6910 Special Topics in Water Resources Engineering U [0.50]
Then state space design will be presented. After that, non linear control systems and soft
computing based intelligent control systems will be studied. Finally, hybrid control A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing
systems, H infinite control and uncertainty and robustness in control systems will be knowledge areas of water resources engineering.
addressed. .
ENGG*6590 Final Project in Engineering Systems and Computing U [1.00]
A project course in which a problem of advanced design or analysis in the area of
Engineering Systems and Computing is established by the student, an investigation is
performed, and a report on the final design or solution selected is presented.
Restriction(s): This course is only open to students in the engineering systems and
computing MEng program.
ENGG*6600 Special Topics in Engineering Systems and Computing U [0.50]
A course of directed study involving selected readings and analyses in developing
knowledge areas of Engineering Systems and Computing.
Water Resources Engineering
ENGG*6740 Ground Water Modelling U [0.50]
Introduction to current groundwater issues, definition of terms, review of fundamental
equations describing fluid and contaminant transport in saturated groundwater zones.
Mathematical techniques (analytical, fe and fd) for the solution of the fundamental
equations. Application of numerical groundwater models to a variety of situations. Case
studies. Review of groundwater models used in industry.
ENGG*6800 Deterministic Hydrological Modelling W [0.50]
Deterministic hydrological models. Function of watershed models for hydraulic design,
environmental assessment, operation of water control structures, flood warning.
Calculation algorithms.
ENGG*6810 Stochastic Hydrological Modelling U [0.50]
Distribution function selection for historic hydrologic data representation. Monte Carlo
simulation techniques. ARMA modelling of hydrologic processes. Regional analysis.
Risk analysis.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, English 73

English different historical periods and geographical locations, and with current debates in such
areas as critical theory, cultural studies, gender studies, and queer theory.
Administrative Staff Admission Requirements
Director The normal requirement for admission to the English MA program is the equivalent of
Mark C. Fortier (425 MacKinnon, Ext. 53881) an Honours degree in English studies from a recognized institution with at least a high
[email protected] second-class standing (78% or higher) in the last two years of study. Students with degrees
Graduate Coordinator with excellent academic records in other disciplines will also be considered. Successful
Alan Filewod (MASS 204, Ext. 52932) applicants will be admitted in the Fall Semester, the Program’s only entry point. Completed
[email protected] applications should arrive in the School of English and Theatre Studies by February 1 of
Graduate Secretary the year in which the applicant wishes to begin study. If the applicant's first degree was
TBA (427 MacKinnon, Ext. 56315) completed in a country where English is not the first language, English-language
proficiency must be documented at the time of application.
Graduate Faculty
Degree Requirements
Christine Bold
• Course-Work Option: six courses (6 x .50 credit); plus ENGL*6803 Research Project.
MA Edinburgh, PhD University College London - Professor
• Thesis Option: four courses (4 x .50 credit); plus a thesis of 20,000 to 25,000 words
Dionne Brand
(80-100 pages) (2.0 credit).
BA, MA Toronto - Professor and University Research Chair
Susan I. Brown Courses
BA King's College and Dalhousie, MA Dalhousie, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor
Julie Cairnie Note
BA Brock, MA, PhD York - Assistant Professor The content of the courses listed below will vary according to the research interests of
Gregor Campbell the faculty involved in offering the course. Specific course descriptions for a particular
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor offering of the course will be available from the Graduate Co-ordinator one year in
Elaine Chang advance of the course being offered.
BA British Columbia; AM, PhD Stanford - Associate Professor
Michelle Elleray ENGL*6002 Topics in the History of Criticism U [0.50]
BA Victoria (Wellington), MA Auckland, MA, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor This course deals with various aspects of the field of literary criticism, focusing on a
Jade Ferguson specific problem or question each time it is offered. Topics may include the investigation
BA UBC, MA, PhD Cornell - Assistant Professor of a specific critical debate - the debate between the Ancients and the Moderns, for
Daniel Fischlin instance - or the various ways in which a particular concept - such as didacticism or
BFA, MA Concordia, PhD York - Professor and University Research Chair intentionality - has been treated or is being treated in literary studies.
Mark Fortier ENGL*6003 Problems of Literary Analysis U [0.50]
BA Windsor, MA Toronto, PhD York, LLB Toronto - Professor and Director Variable in content and practical in orientation this course seeks to familiarize the student
Ajay Heble with particular critical techniques and approaches by applying specific examples of those
BA Innis College (U. of Toronto), MA Dalhousie, PhD Toronto - Professor approaches and methods to particular topics (e.g., cultural studies and renaissance
Helen Hoy literature, discourse analysis and the Victorian novel, computer-mediated analysis and
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor the theatre of the absurd).
Smaro Kamboureli ENGL*6201 Topics in Canadian Literature U [0.50]
BA Aristotelian, MA, PhD Manitoba - Professor and Canada Research Chair
A course to be offered at least once every academic year. This course in Canadian
Michael H. Keefer
Literature may focus on cross-genre study or on single genres such as poetry, biography,
BA Royal Military College, MA Toronto, DPhil Sussex - Professor
the short story, literary memoir and/or autobiography, and poetic prose. The focus may
Thomas King be on such topics as the literary and general cultural production of a time-period, an age
BA, MA Chico State, PhD Utah - Professor group (such as children's literature), or a specific region (such as Atlantic Canada, the
Janice Kulyk Keefer Prairies, or the West Coast), or may bring together texts from two or more categories to
BA Toronto, MA, DPhil Sussex - Professor allow for a comparative study. Other possible topics include: post-modernism and the
Marianne Micros creation of an ex-centric Canadian canon; multiculturalism and the transcultural aesthetics
BA Sweet Briar College, MA Bonaventure, PhD Western - Associate Professor of Canadian writing; the construction and reinvention of a national identity and literature;
Martha Nandorfy and literary history, influence, reception and critique.
BA, MA Ottawa, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor ENGL*6209 Topics in Colonial, Postcolonial and Diasporic Literature U [0.50]
Daniel O'Quinn A course to be offered at least once every academic year. A comparative study of
BSc, MA Western, PhD York - Professor postcolonial literatures in English. Topics may include a focus on a single area, such as
Stephen Powell India, the Caribbean, Africa, Australia, or New Zealand or may focus on the comparative
BA Oberlin College, MA Indiana, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor study of some of these literatures, considering the construction of Third World, diasporic,
Pablo Ramirez or settler-invader colonies, or writing and reading practices in colonial, neo-colonial, and
BA Yale, MFA Miami, MA, PhD Michigan - Associate Professor postcolonial environments.
Paul W. Salmon ENGL*6412 Topics in Medieval/Renaissance Literature U [0.50]
BA Western, MA Toronto, PhD Western - Assistant Professor
A examination of the literature of Britain between the 17th century and the latter part of
Jennifer Schacker the 18th century. Topics may focus on a single author, a specific genre, or relationships
BA McGill, MA, PhD Indiana - Associate Professor between the literary and the cultural.
Sandra Singer
BA Trent, MA Queen's, PhD Cambridge - Assistant Professor ENGL*6421 Topics in Eighteenth Century and Romantic Literature U [0.50]
J.R. (Tim) Struthers A examination of the literature of Britain between the 17th century and the latter part of
BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor the 18th century. Topics may focus on a single author, a specific genre, or relationships
between the literary and the cultural.
MA Program
ENGL*6431 Topics in Nineteenth Century Literature U [0.50]
The English MA program in the School of English and Theatre Studies is designed to
provide students with an intensive introduction to graduate-level work in English studies, A study of the literature of Britain from the late 18th century until the start of the First
within a flexible program. Students can draw on the program's strengths in the following World War. Topics may focus on a single author, a specific genre, or a central critical
four fields: Canadian Literature, Postcolonial and Colonial Studies, Early Modern Studies, question.
and Literary Theory/Cultural Studies. Students can also pursue a wide range of research
topics in consultation with faculty members actively engaged with the literatures of

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

74 IX. Graduate Programs, English

ENGL*6441 Topics in Modern British Literature U [0.50]

A study of the literature of Britain in the twentieth century. This course includes a
consideration of the interaction between literature and culture in the period - sometimes
through the examination of a specific author, sometimes through the study of a particular
genre or issue.
ENGL*6451 Topics in American Literature U [0.50]
Topics may include a focus on a single region, such as the American West, on a single
time period, such as the Civil War, on a specific genre, such as the novels of frontier
women, or other issues in American literary studies.
ENGL*6611 Topics in Women's Writing U [0.50]
In the past the course has dealt with Victorian women poets, with the place of women in
the literature of the American West, and with other issues of interest to students of
women's writing and the broader issues of feminist theory.
ENGL*6621 Topics in Children's Literature U [0.50]
Past offerings have involved a focus on a specific author - such as Lucy Maud
Montgomery - or on a specific kind of writing for or by children.
ENGL*6641 Topics in Scottish Literature U [0.50]
Courses under this rubric are concerned with the various literatures produced by Scots
both within and beyond the boundaries of Scotland. The course could involve the study
of a specific genre, the investigation of a specific theme, or the examination of a particular
author over the course of her/his career.
ENGL*6691 Interdisciplinary Studies U [0.50]
Designed to provide the opportunity to explore alternative fields and modes of critical
inquiry, this variable-content course will study the relationship between literary study
and other forms of intellectual inquiry such as the relationship between literature and
sociology, between critical theory and psychology, between literary history and historical
fact.
ENGL*6801 Reading Course I U [0.50]
An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
the individual student and the person offering the course. Subject to the approval of the
student's advisory committee and the graduate committee.
ENGL*6802 Reading Course II U [0.50]
An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
the individual student and the person offering the course. Subject to the approval of the
student's advisory committee and the graduate committee.
ENGL*6803 Research Project U [1.00]
An independent study course, the content of which is agreed upon between the individual
student and the person offering the course. Subject to the approval of the student's advisory
committee and the Graduate Committee. This course is designed to provide the student
with the opportunity to conduct an extended research project that, while not as complex
or as extensive as a thesis, still provides the student with training in research methodology.
ENGL*6811 Special Topics in English U [0.50]
Depending on the research interests of the instructor, courses under this rubric explore
topics in the study of literature that do not fall neatly under the rubrics above. In the past
the course has dealt with literature and aging, and with issues in the field of popular
culture.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Environmental Biology 75

Environmental Biology agro-ecosystem impact on non-target beneficial insects, climate change, and biological,
genetic and cultural control tactics.
The School of Environmental Sciences offers programs of study leading to MSc and PhD • Environmental microbiology and biotechnology emphasizes the physiology, ecology
degrees. Graduate studies in the Environmental Biology program are designed to train and biochemistry of microorganisms with potential for environmental or
people to work independently and imaginatively with a high level of technical skill and biotechnological applications. It also includes studies on microbial pathogen detection,
scientific acumen in various areas of environmental biology. biofuels and bioproducts, and environmental applications of microbial forensics,
Administrative Staff recombinant antibodies, and in planta expression of antibodies.
Director, School of Environmental Sciences • Environmental toxicology examines how terrestrial and aquatic organisms interact
Jonathan Newman (1106 Bovey Bldg., Ext. 52147) with toxic compounds in the environment, describes the methods and tools needed
[email protected] to assess environmental impacts, and emphasizes practical management solutions to
address environmental problems.
Associate Director, School of Environmental Sciences
Claudia Wagner-Riddle (037 Richard's Building, Ext. 52787) • Plant and forest systems examines the ecological interactions in complex ecosystems
[email protected] ranging from forest and aquatic systems to controlled environments such as
greenhouses, growth chambers and life support systems for humans in space. Emphasis
Associate Director, Graduate Studies, School of Environmental Sciences
is placed on carbon dynamics, nutrient cycling, ecological modeling, environmental
Paul Sibley (21030 Bovey Bldg., Ext. 58792)
sensor technology, atmosphere management and environmental remediation.
[email protected]
• Plant pathology emphasizes the ecology and genetics of plant pathogens, plant disease
Graduate Secretary
resistance and epidemiology, the genomics and molecular biology of plant-pathogen
Joy Roberts (1102 Bovey, Ext. 53937)
interactions, and the development of new plant disease management strategies, such
[email protected]
as the use of chemical, cultural and biological control agents.
Graduate Faculty Admission Requirements
Madhur Anand The School’s admission standard for the MSc program is higher than the minimum standard
BSc, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor set by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Admission to the MSc program requires a four-year,
Greg J. Boland honours science degree with a minimum ‘B’ (75%) average during the final two years (4
BSc, MSc Acadia, PhD Guelph - Professor semesters) of full time undergraduate study. The University minimum is ‘B-‘ (70%).
Michael A. Dixon Students who meet the minimum university requirement (70%) but not the departmental
BSc, MSc Mount Allison, PhD Edinburgh - Professor requirement (75%) may be considered for admission with provisional status. Students on
Paul H. Goodwin provisional status must obtain a B average in at least two graduate courses during their
BS Villanova, MSc Minnesota, PhD California (Davis) - Professor first two semesters of study to continue in the program.
Andrew M. Gordon Degree Requirements
BScF New Brunswick, PhD Alaska - Professor A candidate for the MSc degree is expected to have a general knowledge of fundamental
Ernesto Guzman aspects of biology and detailed knowledge of the specialty area. The specialty area will
DVM Mexico, MSc, PhD California (Davis) - Professor normally be one of the areas in which the School of Environmental Sciences is prepared
Marc Habash to offer a graduate degree. In addition, students are encouraged to obtain a knowledge of
BSc Toronto, MSc Western, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor both theoretical and applied aspects of their specialty area.
J. Christopher Hall Before the end of the student's first semester, the advisory committee will meet informally
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Alberta - Professor with the student to discuss the student's background, interests and knowledge in the
Rebecca Hallett proposed research area. The advisory committee will then establish a program of prescribed
BSc Toronto, MPM, PhD Simon Fraser - Associate Professor courses (at least 1.5 credits of graduate level courses) and, if required, additional courses.
All MSc candidates must complete a thesis. A statement of the objectives of the thesis
Thomas Hsiang
research program should be prepared as early as possible.
BSc, MSc British Columbia, PhD Washington - Professor
A normal MSc program requires six semesters. Programs involving field work may require
Shelley L. Hunt
seven or eight semesters. The number of courses per semester should not normally exceed
BSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
four. Among these would be courses that are core requirements of the undergraduate
Hung Lee specialty and represent the candidate's deficiencies.
BSc British Columbia, PhD McGill - Professor
Graduate students must take the Seminar, ENVB*6710 course, unless exempted from
Steven N. Liss taking this course by the advisory committee. Exemptions are subject to approval by the
BSc Western, MSc PhD Saskatchewan - Professor Graduate Education Committee.
Steven A. Marshall
BSc (Agr) Guelph, MSc Carleton, PhD Guelph - Professor
PhD Program
Jonathan A. Newman The PhD program emphasizes the same major areas of specialization as the MSc program.
BA, PhD State Univ. of New York - Professor and Director, School of Environmental Admission Requirements
Sciences Admission to the PhD program is generally restricted to students with a recognized MSc
Gard W. Otis degree in a related field obtained with a minimum academic standing of ‘B‘ (75%) in
BS Duke, PhD Kansas - Professor their postgraduate studies.
Leonard Ritter Degree Requirements
BSc, MSc Montreal, PhD Queen's - Professor
A candidate for the PhD degree is expected to have a general knowledge of fundamental
Jonathan M. Schmidt aspects of biology and detailed knowledge of the specialty area. The specialty area will
BSc, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor and Associate Dean, Ontario Agricultural College normally be one of the areas in which the School of Environmental Sciences is prepared
Cynthia D. Scott-Dupree to offer a graduate degree. In addition, students are encouraged to obtain a knowledge of
BSc Brandon, MPM, PhD Simon Fraser - Professor both the theoretical and applied aspects of their specialty area.
Paul K. Sibley Before the end of the student's first semester the advisory committee will meet informally
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Waterloo - Professor and Associate Director, Graduate Studies, with the student to discuss the student's background, interests and knowledge in the
School of Environmental Sciences proposed research area. The advisory committee will then establish a program of prescribed
Jack T. Trevors courses and, if necessary, additional courses.
BSc, MSc Acadia, PhD Waterloo - Professor All PhD candidates must complete a thesis. A statement of the objectives of the thesis
MSc Program research program should be prepared as early as possible. A PhD program normally
requires 9 to 11 semesters. The number of courses per semester should not normally
The MSc program has five areas of specialization: entomology, environmental exceed four. Graduate students must take the Seminar, ENVB*6710 course, unless
microbiology and biotechnology, environmental toxicology, plant and forest systems and exempted from taking this course by the advisory committee. Exemptions are subject to
plant pathology. approval by the Graduate Education Committee.
• Entomology emphasizes systematics, ecology, physiology, behaviour and insect pest
management strategies as they relate to toxicology, insecticide resistance management,

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

76 IX. Graduate Programs, Environmental Biology

Collaborative Programs ENVB*6550 Bioactivity and Metabolism of Pesticides W [0.50]

Toxicology MSc/PhD The basis of pesticide bioactivity will be examined, with emphasis on mode of action,
structure-activity relationships and analytical methods. Students will participate in
The School of Environmental Sciences participates in the MSc/PhD program in toxicology. seminars and prepare a research paper and/or conduct a laboratory research project in
The faculty members' research and teaching expertise includes aspects of toxicology; they consultation with the instructor(s). Students in this course are expected to attend the
may serve as advisors for MSc and PhD students. lectures for ENVB*4240.
Please consult the Toxicology listing for a detailed description of the MSc/PhD
collaborative program and faculty associated with this program. ENVB*6560 Forest Ecosystem Dynamics F [0.50]
International Development Studies MSc An exploration of energy flow and distribution in forest ecosystems. Both components
will be examined in the context of biomass and productivity, perturbations and resilience.
The School of Environmental Sciences participates in the MSc program in International Some aspects of modelling will be covered.
Development Studies.
Please consult the International Development Studies listing for a detailed description of ENVB*6620 Management and Biology of the Honey Bee F [0.50]
this program. An in-depth treatment of advanced topics related to honey bees, including management
Courses techniques such as wintering bees, queen rearing and instrumental insemination,
comb-honey production, genetics and breeding of honey bees, caste determination, and
ENVB*6040 Molecular Basis of Plant-Microbe Interactions F [0.50] social behaviour of honey bees. Discussion sections will focus on recent research.
A lecture and seminar course on recent advances in the study of plant-microbe interactions. ENVB*6710 Seminar F-W [0.25]
Topics included are the biochemical, physiological and genetic aspects of plant defenses
This course provides information and training in scientific presentations. Students will
and the interaction of plants with pathogenic and mutualistic bacteria, fungi and viruses.
prepare a written essay based on their research and make an oral presentation of their
Offered in conjunction with PBIO*4000. Extra work is required of graduate students.
proposed studies. Students are expected to take this course in the second or third semester
Restriction(s): Credit may be obtained for only one of ENVB*6040 or PBIO*4000 of their study.
ENVB*6060 Topics in Phytopathology W [0.50]
Current topics and emerging issues in phytopathology and plant health will be examined
through presentations, discussions and group projects. Emphasis will be placed on ecology,
population biology and genetics of plant pathogens and other microorganisms, and their
application to current practices in plant health.
ENVB*6180 Physiology and Biochemistry of Herbicides W [0.50]
Chemical and biological fate of herbicides in soil. Physical, morphological and
physiological factors influencing herbicidal selectivity and modes of action. (Offered in
alternate years.)
ENVB*6190 Environmental Microbial Technology W [0.50]
Current topics in selected areas of environmental microbial technology. An emphasis
will be placed on the physiology and genetics of microorganisms useful in environmental
biotechnology. The course involves extensive use of current journal articles. (Offered in
alternate odd years.)
Restriction(s): Undergraduate degree in microbiology or related discipline.
ENVB*6340 Colloquium in Insect Systematics W [0.25]
Weekly discussions and seminars dealing with current topics in systematic entomology.
ENVB*6370 Physiology of Insects F [0.50]
Students will be assigned a library exercise and will select a laboratory project in their
own area of interest. Emphasis will be placed on techniques and familiarity with current
literature.
ENVB*6451 Topics in Environmental Biology F,W,S [0.25]
This course provides graduate students, either individually or in groups, with the
opportunity to pursue topics in the major areas of departmental specialization such as
plant protection, entomology, and environmental management. This course may be offered
in any of lecture, reading/seminar, or individual project formats.
ENVB*6452 Topics in Environmental Biology F,W,S [0.50]
See ENVB*6451
ENVB*6520 Pollination Biology F [0.50]
Pollination biology is discussed from both entomological and botanical viewpoints,
stressing fundamental and applied aspects. (Offered in the Fall semester or by arrangement
with the professor.)
ENVB*6530 Toxicological Risk Characterization W [0.50]
A biologically based advanced course that will give students working knowledge of
current procedures and techniques for toxicological risk characterization. The course
material will cover the topics: problem definition, concentration-response characterization,
exposure characterization, and risk assessment and risk-management decision making.
Department of Environmental Biology
Restriction(s): Credit may be obtained for only one of TOX*6530, ENVB*6530,
ENVB*4550 and TOX*4550
ENVB*6540 Integrated Pest Management - Insects W [0.50]
Concepts associated with integrated pest management of insect pests of various plant
hosts will be introduced to students in an interactive lecture and laboratory format.
Experiential learning and skill development, associated with economic entomology, will
also be emphasized. (Offered in alternate even years.)
Restriction(s): Credit may be obtained for only one of ENVB*6540 and ENVB*4100
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, European Studies 77

European Studies Edward Phillips

BA Amherst, MA, MPhil, PhD Yale - Professor, School of Fine Art and Music, Music
European Studies information may be currently obtained at John Potvin
http://arts.uoguelph.ca/european_studies_ma/european_studies_ma BA Alberta, MA Carleton, PhD Quebec - Assistant Professor, School of Fine Art and
Administrative Staff Music, Studio Art
European Studies Coordinator John Russon
Margot Irvine (280 MacKinnon, Ext. 53182) BA Regina, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor, Philosophy
[email protected] Andrew Sherwood
Graduate Coordinator BA Calgary, MA Victoria, MA, PhD Princeton - Associate Professor, School of Languages
Margot Irvine (280 MacKinnon, Ext. 53182) and Literatures, Classics
[email protected] Howard Spring
Graduate Secretary BFA, MFA York, PhD Illinois - Assistant Professor, School of Fine Art and Music, Music
Joanne G. Scheuer (269 MacKinnon, Ext. 53884) Ellen Waterman
[email protected] BA Manitoba, MA, PhD California - Assistant Professor, School of Fine Art and Music,
Music
Graduate Faculty
Mary Woodside
Frédérique Arroyas BA, BMus McGill, AM, PhD Chicago - Associate Professor, School of Fine Art and
BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, Music, Music
French Studies
Donald Bruce
MA Program
BA Alberta, MA Queen's, PhD Toronto - Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, The European Studies MA program is designed to provide students with a flexible,
French Studies and Dean of the College of Arts interdisciplinary approach to European Studies that allows for specialization within a core
Daniel Chouinard discipline and promotes expertise in European languages, culture, history, and
BA, MA, PhD Montreal - Associate Professor and Director of the School of Languages contemporary politics and society. The program combines humanities and social science
and Literatures, French Studies perspectives on the study of European cultures and the concept of European identities to
prepare students for future study and research at the doctoral level, either in a related core
William Cormack
discipline or an interdisciplinary program. It also equips students for careers in any area
BA Calgary, MA Carleton, PhD Quebec - Associate Professor, History
in which knowledge about Europe, a solid training in research, and an in-depth
Dawn Cornelio understanding of the forms of inquiry and methodology of more than one discipline is
BA, MA, PhD Connecticut - Associate Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, critical for success.
French Studies
Mary-Michelle DeCoste
Admission Requirements
BA, MA Massachusetts, PhD Cornell - Assistant Professor, School of Languages and Candidates for admission must hold a BA in an honours program or equivalent from a
Literatures, Italian Studies recognized university or college. The applicant must have achieved a grade average of at
least B+ in the work of his/her last four semesters or last two undergraduate years (full-time
Melissa Gabler
equivalent). Applicants, normally, must have reading competence in one of French,
BA, MA Guelph, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor, Political Science
German, Italian or Spanish, equivalent to third year undergraduate level. However,
Peter Goddard exceptions may be made for applicants who have lower degree of proficiency but have
BA British Columbia, DPhil Oxford - Associate Professor, History particularly strong qualifications in other respects.
Sally Hickson
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Queen’s - Assistant Professor, School of Fine Art and Music
Degree Requirements
Margot Irvine All European Studies MA students will take a minimum of six semester courses, each
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, French worth 0.5 credits, including: a) Core courses: Team-taught courses on European Identities
Studies (EURO*6010) and Research Methods (EURO*6000). b) Electives: 2.0 credits to be chosen
from a list of restricted electives. Students will also write a research project (EURO*6100),
Sophie Lachapelle
worth 1.0 credit) of approximately 12,000 words under the direction of a faculty member.
BSc, MA Montreal, PhD Notre Dame - Assistant Professor, History
Study Abroad It is strongly recommended that students spend a term studying abroad, in
Jay Lampert a country where their core language is spoken. This is of particular importance for students
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor, Philosophy who have not made study abroad a part of their undergraduate program. While abroad,
MacDonald, David students will have the opportunity to develop language proficiency by taking language
BA Carleton, MA Ottawa, PhD London School of Business - Assistant Professor, Political courses, take courses towards degree requirements or conduct research for their major
Science project. The minimum average for graduation is 70%.
Dominic Marner Courses
BA Regina, MA Victoria, PhD East Anglia (United Kingdom) - Assistant Professor,
School of Fine Art and Music, Studio Art ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective
GEOG*6400 [0.50] Urbanization and Development
Paola Mayer
HIST*6300 [0.50] Topics in Modern Europe I
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Princeton - Associate Professor, School of Languages and
HIST*6310 [0.50] Topics in Modern Europe II
Literatures, German Studies
HIST*6380 [0.50] Topics in Early Modern European History
Alan McDougall PHIL*6140 [0.50] Contemporary European Philosophy I
BA, MA, PhD Oxford - Assistant Professor, History PHIL*6150 [0.50] Contemporary European Philosophy II
Jeff Mitscherling PHIL*6200 [0.50] Problems of Contemporary Philosophy
BA California, MA McMaster, PhD Guelph - Professor, Philosophy UNIV*6500 [0.00] International Study Option
Ruediger Mueller PHIL*6900, HIST*6040, POLS*6950, GEOG*6060, ECON*6930
BA British Columbia, MA McGill, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor, School of Languages All are reading courses for special interests.
and Literatures, German Studies EURO*6000 Research Methods F [0.50]
Padraig O'Cleirigh This course will: a) introduce students to the field and research methods of European
BA, MA Ireland, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, Studies, b) familiarize them with field-relevant research skills and methodologies.
Classics
EURO*6010 European Identities W [0.50]
Dorothy Odartey-Wellington
BA Ghana, MA, PhD McGill - Asscoiate Professor, School of Languages and Literatures, This core course examines historical and contemporary ideas of the 'nation' and of 'Europe'
Spanish Studies and their relationships to identity, from an interdisciplinary perspective. Using core
Sandra Parmegiani concepts that span various disciplines, the course investigates the construction and
Laurea, Dottorato Trieste, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor implications of national, minority, European and EU identities.
Omid A. Payrow Shabani
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Ottawa - Assistant Professor, Philosophy

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

78 IX. Graduate Programs, European Studies

EURO*6020 Myth, Fairy Tales and European Identities W [0.50]

An exploration of how myths and fairy tales have been refashioned in European literature,
music and art to express political, social or psychological concerns. Examples will be
chosen from different national cultures and epochs. Content will vary according to the
interersts of the instructor(s).
EURO*6030 Women and the Arts in Europe: Seeking Expression F [0.50]
This course examines women's participation in the arts in Europe. Content will vary
according to the interests of the instructor(s). Possible approaches: an examination of
women's relationships to European cultural institutions, or the extent of women's
participation in central pan-European artistic movements.
EURO*6040 Europe and the Discourse of Civilization U [0.50]
This course explores the genealogy of the idea of 'civilization' with respect to Europe as
it emerges from the writings of medieval, renaissance, early modern and modern art
historians, and its role in contemporary political discourse. Literature and music may
also be included.
EURO*6050 European Integration and the EU F [0.50]
This course examines the contributions of international relations, comparative politics
and/or governance/public policy to the study of European integration and the EU. Students
will learn about the major concepts and theories of these sub-disciplines of political
science to analyze the development, institutions, policy processes, policies and politics
of the EU.
EURO*6060 Social/Political Philosophy and European Studies
EURO*6070 Topics in Comparative European Culture I U [0.50]
An examination of a topic, period, or region in any aspect of European culture. The
content of the course will vary according to the topic and the professor teaching the course
at any given time. It will also differ from the content of Topics in Comparative European
Culture II.
EURO*6072 Topics in Comparative European Culture II U [0.50]
An examination of a topic, period, or region in any aspect of European culture. The
content of the course will vary according to the topic and the professor teaching the course
at any given time. It will also differ from the content of Topics in Comparative European
Culture I.
EURO*6080 Directed Reading Course F,W,S [0.50]
An independent reading project carried out by the student under the supervision of a
European Studies graduate faculty member.
EURO*6100 Research Project U [1.00]
This research project will result in a major paper of about 12,000 words. The student
chooses a topic with the guidance of a faculty member. The topic must be approved by
the Graduate Commitee.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Family Relations and Applied Nutrition 79

Family Relations and Applied Nutrition BSc, MA Toronto, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor and Associate Dean, Academic,
College of Social and Applied Human Sciences
The Department of Family Relations and Applied Nutrition offers MSc and PhD level Scott B. Maitland
graduate study in three fields: BSc Buffalo State College, MSc, PhD Pennsylvania State - Associate Professor
• Applied Human Nutrition (MSc, PhD) Robin R. Milhausen
• Family Relations and Human Development (MSc, PhD) BA, MSc Guelph, PhD Indiana - Associate Professor
• Couple and Family Therapy (MSc) Michele Preyde
An accredited Master of Applied Nutrition (MAN) professional degree program is also BSW Windsor, MSW Wayne State, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
offered. The inter-disciplinary faculty in the department have expertise in psychology, Janis A. Randall Simpson
sociology, sexuality, adult development, education, social work, culture, family therapy, BSc Toronto, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator
nutrition and physical activity. The overarching theme of the work in the department is Judy D. Sheeshka
enhancing lives through science and practice. The faculty share a common interest in BHE British Columbia, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
expanding and applying knowledge about family relations and human development,
Olga Sutherland
especially in relation to the social, emotional, psychological, nutritional, and economic
BA, MA Trinity Western, PhD Calgary - Assistant Professor
well-being of families across the life cycle. Please see the department website. Graduate
programs with an emphasis on nutrition and metabolism are available in the Department Joseph A. Tindale
of Human Health and Nutritional Sciences; those with an emphasis on animal nutrition BA, MA McMaster, PhD York - Professor
are available in the Department of Animal and Poultry Science. MSc Program
Various ministries within the Government of Ontario require that current criminal reference
checks be completed for all students, volunteers and successful candidates for employment
Applied Human Nutrition
who care for, or provide service to, children or vulnerable adults. Students enrolled in The MSc program in Applied Human Nutrition incorporates both physiological and
practica or field placement courses will be required to submit to the agency with which behavioural aspects of human nutrition and spans all age groups in its focus on the role
they are placed, personal information about any criminal convictions and pending criminal of nutrition in human health and well-being. Faculty have specific interests in clinical and
charges. The cost of acquiring this criminal reference check from the student’s local police community nutrition, physical activity, nutrition assessment, education, health services
department (Canadian police information check) will be the responsibility of each student. research, inter-professional practice and epidemiology. The program provides a strong
Applicants to the Couple and Family Therapy Program must submit the original results foundation in research and nutrition methodology through required courses and thesis
of this check to the Department of Family Relations and Applied Nutrition prior to work. The MSc program normally requires two years of full-time study.
beginning the program in September. Family Relations and Human Development
Administrative Staff The MSc program in Family Relations and Human Development takes an interdisciplinary
approach to the study of family dynamics and individual development across the lifespan.
Chair
The program emphasizes a balance between theory, empirical research and practice in
John Beaton (245 MINS, Ext. 56321)
graduate training. Students have many options for building an individualized program of
[email protected]
study combining coursework and thesis research. Building on core theory and methodology
Graduate Coordinator courses, students choose from professional and applied courses as well as courses on
Janis Randall Simpson (324 MACS, Ext. 53843) specialized topics. The program has particular strengths in the following areas: child and
[email protected] adolescent development, parent-child and family relations, human sexuality, culture, adult
Graduate Secretary development and gerontology, well-being, evidence-based practice, and social policy.
Laurie Gallinger (249 MINS, Ext. 53968) The MSc program normally requires two years of full-time study.
[email protected]
Couple and Family Therapy
Graduate Faculty The MSc program in Couple and Family Therapy is a program in theory, research, and
Lynda M. Ashbourne practice, accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy
BSc McMaster, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor Education of the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy. The program
John M. Beaton is designed to produce sophisticated therapists and scholars by integrating contemporary
BA Wilfrid Laurier, MDiv Tyndale Theological Seminary, MSc Guelph, PhD Minnesota theory, research competence, and systemic approaches to therapy in the understanding
- Associate Professor and Chair and treatment of couples, families, and individuals. This integration is coupled with high
Paula M. Brauer standards of professional and ethical conduct, attention to broader social issues that impact
BHE British Columbia, MS Wisconsin, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor couples and families, and an emphasis on issues of diversity, power, and privilege.
Applicants to this program have two options (1) thesis, and (2) non-thesis - by which to
Kathleen M. Brophy
complete the degree. The thesis option is recommended for those students intending to
BSc McGill, MS, PhD Illinois - Professor
pursue PhD studies at the University of Guelph or elsewhere. The MSc program in Couple
Andrea Buchholz and Family Therapy requires two years of full-time study.
BAA Ryerson, MSc Guelph, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Admission Requirements
Susan S. Chuang
BA Toronto, MS, PhD Rochester - Associate Professor General admission requirements for these programs include an honours degree or equivalent
with an average at least 75% in the last two years of study (or 20 credits).
Kerry Daly
BA Carleton, MSc Guelph, PhD McMaster - Professor and Associate Dean of Research, Applied Human Nutrition
College of Social & Applied Human Sciences Admission requirements for the MSc program in Applied Human Nutrition are most easily
Anna Dienhart satisfied by applicants with honours degrees in human nutrition, and food and nutrition.
BA City Univ. of New York, MS UCLA, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Applicants with degrees in related fields (e.g., biology, biochemistry, human kinetics, and
John Dwyer health studies) may be considered with suitable make-up work in core areas. Credit in the
BA Western Ontario, BEd Memorial, MA Western Ontario, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate following undergraduate courses is normally required by all entering students: 1) a
Professor one-semester course in applied statistics (minimum grade of 75%); 2) a one-semester
course in research methods (minimum grade of 75%); 3) a one-semester course in
Jess Haines
biochemistry; 4) a one-semester course in human physiology (at or beyond the second-year
BA Western Ontario, MHSc Toronto, PhD Minenesota - Assistant Professor
level); 5) two one-semester courses in human development/sociology/
Heather H. Keller psychology/communications; 6) one 300-level and three 400-level one-semester courses
BASc Guelph, MSc McGill, PhD Western Ontario - Professor in human nutrition. These requirements may be in progress at the time of application. The
Leon Kuczynski deadline for application is 4:00pm on the first working day of February each year.
BSc, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor Family Relations and Human Development
Donna S. Lero Admission requirements for the MSc program in Family Relations and Human
BA SUNY at Stony Brook, New York, MS, PhD Purdue - Professor and Jarislowsky Development can be satisfied by applicants with honours degrees in a wide variety of
Chair in Families and Work undergraduate majors including family studies, child studies, psychology, sociology, and
Susan P. Lollis nursing. Credit in the following undergraduate courses is required of all entering students:
BSc, MSc UC at Davis, PhD Waterloo - Professor 1) a one-semester course in applied statistics (minimum grade of 75%); 2) a one-semester
Clare MacMartin course in social-science research methods (minimum grade of 75%); 3) a one-semester
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
80 IX. Graduate Programs, Family Relations and Applied Nutrition

course in one of human development, child development, gerontology, or parent-child (non-thesis) option, and write a critical paper on a selected clinical topic. The thesis option
relations; 4) a one-semester course in one of family sociology, social psychology, family is recommended for those students intending to pursue PhD studies at the University of
relations, family theory, or communications; 5) three 400-level (senior, fourth year) Guelph or elsewhere. Thesis students will take additional courses to support their thesis
one-semester courses. The deadline for application is 4:00pm on the first working day of research project (see the courses in the list below). Students completing the degree by the
February each year. non-thesis option, take FRAN*6350, Major Paper.
NOTE: Department policy does not permit transfer applications from graduate students Clinical training consists of four continuous practica (FRAN*6090) within the on-site
registered in the Family Relations and Human Development program into the Couple and Couple and Family Therapy Centre, plus an externship in a community agency
Family Therapy program. (FRAN*6095). Prior to graduation the CFT student must accumulate 500 hours of direct
Couple and Family Therapy therapy work with clients, with at least 250 hours (of the 500 hours) working with couples
and/or families. Each practicum student receives a minimum of one hour of individual
General admission requirements for the MSc with an emphasis in Couple and Family
supervision for every five hours of client in-session contact. In addition, each student
Therapy are the same as noted for the MSc in Family Relations and Human Development
participates in a weekly supervision group with a student to supervisor ratio of no more
(above). Relevant work and/or volunteer experience is an asset. The application must
than 8:1. Supervision modalities include live supervision, live observation,
include an Overview of Professional Experience and Plans discussing the applicant’s
video/audio-observation, and case consultation. All program faculty are Clinical Members
motivation for Couple and Family Therapy graduate education (maximum 2 typed pages).
and Approved Supervisors or Supervisor Candidates of the American Association for
There is no need for non-thesis applicants to the CFT program to choose an advisor prior
Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT).
to making the application. Selected applicants are invited for an interview, and will have
the opportunity to speak with potential advisors at that time. Applicants for the thesis Required courses in Couple and Family Therapy include:
stream only must also submit the Statement of Academic Intent - a detailed, referenced, FRAN*6070 [0.50] Sexual Issues and Clinical Interventions Across the Life
research plan outlining the relevance of the topic, the connection to faculty research Span
interests and the specific research questions. Also for thesis applicants only, prior contact FRAN*6090 [0.50] Practicum in Couple and Family Therapy
with a potential research advisor in the Department is recommended. FRAN*6095 [0.50] Externship in Couple and Family Therapy
The American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT) encourages FRAN*6100 [0.50] Clinical Issues in Couple and Family Therapy
applications from qualified students who are members of identified minorities. Scholarship FRAN*6120 [0.50] Theories and Methods of Family Therapy I
aid is available to minority students on a competitive basis from AAMFT. FRAN*6130 [0.50] Theories and Methods of Family Therapy II
FRAN*6140 [0.50] Professional Issues
The most qualified applicants will be short-listed and invited to attend a day-long
FRAN*6160 [0.50] Introduction to Systemic Practice in Couple and Family
interviewing process in mid-February with the Couple and Family Therapy faculty.
Therapy
Participation in the interview is required for admission. Applications from outside of
FRAN*6180 [0.50] Research Issues in Couple and Family Therapy
Canada are welcome and external interviewing is appropriately explored. The deadline
FRAN*6340 [0.50] Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Family Relations and
for submission of the completed application package is 4:00pm on the first working day
Human Development
of January each year. Prior to beginning the program, admitted students must submit a
FRAN*6350 [1.00] Major Research Paper
current police record check (CPIC - Canadian Police Information Centre) from their local
Some students take one additional optional elective in individual and family development
police department.
across the lifespan.
Degree Requirements For Quantitative thesis students: Three additional courses are required:
Applied Human Nutrition FRAN*6330 [0.25] Research Seminar
For all students in the MSc program in Applied Human Nutrition a minimum of 2.75 FRAN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods
graduate credits will be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor and advisory FRAN*6010 [0.50] Applied Statistics
committee including: For Qualitative thesis students:
FRAN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods FRAN*6330 [0.25] Research Seminar
FRAN*6010 [0.50] Applied Statistics FRAN*6020 [0.50] Qualitative Methods
FRAN*6020 [0.50] Qualitative Methods Upon completion of the requirements for the emphasis in Couple and Family Therapy,
FRAN*6510 [0.50] Nutrition in the Community the student will receive an MSc. The transcript will specify Family Relations and Human
FRAN*6610 [0.50] Advances in Clinical Nutrition/Assessment I Development: Couple and Family Therapy.
FRAN*6550 [0.25] Research Seminar MAN Program
In addition, students must complete a research thesis. Most students take additional elective
graduate courses related to their program of study. These courses and research may The MAN program comprises one year (3 semesters) of graduate course work and
emphasize, for example, community nutrition, therapeutic nutrition, and/or nutritional competency-based practica. The program is designed to meet the professional practice
epidemiology. These courses may be taken within the department and in other academic requirements for becoming a registered dietitian and to foster practice based research
units of the university including Biomedical Sciences, Capacity Development and skills development.
Extension, Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics, Human Health and Nutritional Students take graduate courses in the three broad areas of competency required for practice:
Sciences, Political Science, Population Medicine, Rural Planning and Development, and foodservice management, clinical/assessment and community nutrition. These courses
Sociology and Anthropology. focus on the latest research in these fields and provide strong theoretical underpinnings
Family Relations and Human Development for professional practice. Students increase their knowledge of the field while enhancing
their skills in three areas: the research process, critical appraisal and communication.
For all students in the MSc program in Family Relations and Human Development a total
Assignments in the courses apply theories to practice in real-life situations.
of 3.75 credits will be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor and advisory
committee. Graduates will complete the entry-level competencies of Dietitians of Canada (DC).
Completion of the competencies will qualify a graduate to write the Canadian Dietetic
Core courses include:
Registration Examination (CDRE) to become a member of the College of Dietitians of
FRAN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods Ontario (CDO), or another provincial dietetic regulatory body. The program is accredited
FRAN*6010 [0.50] Applied Statistics by Dietitians of Canada as a dietetic internship. The course work and practicum options
FRAN*6020 [0.50] Qualitative Methods permit the pursuit of interests in the various areas of dietetic practice, while meeting the
FRAN*6340 [0.50] Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Family Relations and required entry-level dietetic competencies. Students are charged a practicum fee for each
Human Development semester of the program, in addition to the University academic and non-academic fees.
FRAN*6330 [0.25] Research Seminar
In addition, students are required to take a minimum of three (3) additional elective Admission Requirements
graduate courses (1.5 credits) related to their program of study and complete a research Students applying to the Master of Applied Nutrition program must have an honours
thesis. degree within the previous three years from a dietetic program accredited by Dietitians
Couple and Family Therapy of Canada. Applicants should have a minimum average of at least 75% in the last two
years of their undergraduate program. Credit in the following courses is required prior to
The intensive curriculum in Couple and Family Therapy has been designed to enable beginning the program: 1) a one-semester course in applied statistics (minimum grade of
students to achieve an integration of theory, practice, and research. Clinical training in 75%); and, 2) a one-semester course in research methods (minimum grade of 75%). These
the program is guided by a systemic perspective, with emphasis on narrative, solution requirements may be in progress at the time of application.
oriented and dialogic approaches. Attention to issues of gender, race, class, ethnicity,
All applications will be reviewed by a committee of Applied Human Nutrition (AHN)
sexual identity, and culture as well as experiences of oppression and abuse are infused
graduate faculty. The AHN faculty will interview the most qualified applicants, rank the
throughout all aspects of the program.
candidates and forward recommendations to the Dean of Graduate Studies. The deadline
Students are expected to develop competence in research. Students may choose to write for application is 4:00pm on the first working day of January of each year.
a thesis, by conducting a research study, or they may choose the major research paper
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Family Relations and Applied Nutrition 81

Degree Requirements FRAN*6440 [0.50] Applied Factor Analysis & Structural Equation Modelling
FRAN*6340 [0.50] Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Family Relations and
Students in the Masters of Applied Nutrition program will take the following courses:
Human Development
FRAN*6510 [0.50] Nutrition in the Community FRAN*6280 [0.50] Theorizing in Family Relations and Human Development
FRAN*6610 [0.50] Advances in Clinical Nutrition/Assessment I FRAN*6330 [0.25] Research Seminar
FRAN*6710 [1.50] Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition I Most students take additional elective graduate courses related to their program of study.
FRAN*6720 [1.50] Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition II The student's selection of elective courses is primarily determined by research
FRAN*6730 [1.50] Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition III specialization. Each student works closely with an advisory committee in developing an
FRAN*6740 [0.50] Foodservice Management in Healthcare individualized program of study by selecting courses that not only provide for
FRAN*6750 [0.50] Final Project in Applied Human Nutrition interdisciplinary breadth but also address the student's specific research and professional
Graduates who have completed all required competencies successfully can apply to write goals. Each of the emphases also indicates areas of research that reflect current faculty
the Canadian Dietetic Registration Examination (CDRE) and apply for membership in interests and is intended to help students define an area of research and study.
the College of Dietitians of Ontario (CDO).
Courses
PhD Program
Applied Human Nutrition
Applied Human Nutrition
FRAN*6510 Nutrition in the Community W [0.50]
The PhD in Applied Human Nutrition is a three-year (9 semester) program with a strong
research focus involving biological, epidemiological and/or social-science perspectives. Concepts and knowledge of nutrition as applied in community and public health nutrition.
Each student works closely with an advisory committee in developing an individualized Examination of current programs in applied nutrition.
program of study that provides depth and addresses the student's specific research and Restriction(s): Instructor consent required for non-FRAN students.
professional goals.
FRAN*6550 Research Seminar U [0.25]
Family Relations and Human Development Research literature in applied nutrition. Registration for this course occurs in semester 5
The PhD in Family Relations and Human Development is a three-year (9 semester) for MSc students and semester 7 for PhD students. Students attend weekly seminars in
program with a strong research focus. Each student works closely with an advisory each of the Fall and Winter semesters of the program.
committee to develop an individualized program of study that provides depth and addresses
the student's specific research and professional goals. Building on core theory and FRAN*6560 Special Topics in Applied Human Nutrition U [0.50]
methodology courses, students choose from professional and applied courses as well as
FRAN*6610 Advances in Clinical Nutrition/Assessment I F [0.50]
courses on specialized topics. The program has particular strengths in the following areas:
child and adolescent development, parent-child and family relations, human sexuality, An advanced overview of nutritional assessment and clinical nutrition with emphasis on
culture and acculturation, adult development and gerontology, evidence-based practice, issues relevant to community based and non-acute care settings. Nutrition assessment
well-being, and social policy. methods will be discussed in depth along with emerging issues. Emphasis on clinical
nutrition will be integration of theory and practice.
Admission Requirements
Restriction(s): Instructor consent required for non-FRAN students
Applied Human Nutrition
Students applying to the PhD program in Applied Human Nutrition should have an MSc FRAN*6620 Nutritional Epidemiology W [0.50]
degree (or in progress) in human nutrition or a closely related field. A master's thesis is An investigation of selected non-communicable diseases. The emphasis is on
normally required for admission. These requirements may be in progress at the time of epidemiologic methods and identification of nutritional risk factors. (Offered in alternate
application. years.)
Family Relations and Human Development FRAN*6710 Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition I F [1.50]
Students applying to the PhD program in Family Relations and Human Development This course provides a practicum of 3 days per week with a dietetic-related agency or
should have an MSc degree (or in progress) in Family Relations and Human Development organization to develop and perform dietetic competencies (internship experience). In
or a closely related degree program (e.g., human development, gerontology, psychology, weekly seminars, students discuss and reflect on theory and dietetic practice issues.
sociology, couple and family therapy, social work). A master's thesis is normally required
Restriction(s): For MAN students only.
for admission.
Students enrolled in the MSc in Applied Human Nutrition or Family Relations and Human FRAN*6720 Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition II W [1.50]
Development program are not automatically considered for the respective PhD program; This course provides a practicum of 3 days per week with a dietetic-related agency or
a formal application is required for those wishing admission. All applications are evaluated organization to develop and perform dietetic competencies (internship experience). In
with reference to academic, research, and professional experience with particular emphasis weekly seminars, students discuss and reflect on theory and dietetic practice issues
on research background and potential. Prerequisite(s): FRAN*6710
Degree Requirements Restriction(s): For MAN students only.
Applied Human Nutrition FRAN*6730 Practicum in Applied Human Nutrition III S [1.50]
PhD students in Applied Human Nutrition are required to take a minimum of 3.75 credits This course provides a practicum of 3 days per week with a dietetic-related agency or
that build a foundation for their research and/or practice: organization to develop and perform dietetic competencies (internship experience). In
FRAN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods weekly seminars, students discuss and reflect on theory and dietetic practice issues.
FRAN*6010 [0.50] Applied Statistics Prerequisite(s): FRAN*6720
FRAN*6020 [0.50] Qualitative Methods Restriction(s): For MAN students only.
FRAN*6440 [0.50] Applied Factor Analysis & Structural Equation Modelling
FRAN*6510 [0.50] Nutrition in the Community FRAN*6740 Foodservice Management in Healthcare W [0.50]
FRAN*6610 [0.50] Advances in Clinical Nutrition/Assessment I Students will critically assess and integrate foodservice management literature and theories
FRAN*6620 [0.50] Nutritional Epidemiology to address the multifactorial issues in foodservice operations in healthcare. Case studies
FRAN*6550 [0.25] Research Seminar presented by expert guests and operational projects will support student synthesis and
These required courses and any additional course work will be chosen in consultation evaluation of the literature.
with the student's advisor and committee and will depend upon the availability of offerings Restriction(s): Instructor consent required for non-FRAN students.
in the co-operating departments and schools.
FRAN*6750 Final Project in Applied Human Nutrition S [0.50]
The student's selection of elective courses is primarily determined by research
specialization. Each of the emphases indicates some broad areas of research that reflect This project (usually related to an activity during the Practicum in Applied Human
current faculty interests and is intended to help students define an area of research and Nutrition) consists of a written report of an applied research project in dietetic practice
study. or a proposal for a research project, including literature review, purpose, methodology,
and analysis plan.
Family Relations and Human Development
Restriction(s): For MAN students only.
PhD students in Family Relations and Human Development are required to take a minimum
of 3.25 credits that build a foundation for their research and/or practice:
FRAN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods
FRAN*6010 [0.50] Applied Statistics
FRAN*6020 [0.50] Qualitative Methods

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

82 IX. Graduate Programs, Family Relations and Applied Nutrition

Family Relations and Human Development FRAN*6340 Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Family Relations and Human
Development W [0.50]
FRAN*6000 Research Methods F [0.50]
This course acquaints students with the diverse disciplinary perspectives used in the study
This course includes critical appraisal of the research literature. Research ethics, subject
of family relations and human development. Substantive research issues provide a forum
selection, measurement issues, survey design, experimental and quasi-experimental
for integrating the separate perspectives and understanding the reciprocal relationship
designs, cross-sectional and longitudinal designs, scale development, questionnaire
between individual and family growth and development.
development and sampling strategies are discussed.
FRAN*6370 Social Development During Childhood and Adolescence U [0.50]
FRAN*6010 Applied Statistics F [0.50]
A detailed study of factors important to social development and competence from infancy
Students will learn conceptual and practical applications of statistical analyses with
through adolescence. (Offered in alternate years.)
emphasis on hypothesis formation, data screening, test selection, inferential statistics,
univariate and multivariate analysis of variance/covariance (including repeated measures FRAN*6410 Developmental Assessment and Intervention in Childhood and
designs), simple and multiple regression, logistic regression, regression diagnostics, Adolescence U [0.50]
model building and path analytic techniques. An examination of psychological difficulties encountered in childhood and adolescence.
Co-requisite(s): FRAN*6000 Special attention will be given to theoretical models used to explain childhood difficulties,
Restriction(s): Instructor consent required for non-FRAN students categorization systems, assessment techniques, methods of intervention, as well as ethical
FRAN*6020 Qualitative Methods W [0.50] issues specific to working with children and adolescence. (Offered in alternate years.)
This course teaches students how to use qualitative methods as a mode of inquiry for FRAN*6440 Applied Factor Analysis & Structural Equation Modelling U [0.50]
understanding issues in human development, nutrition and family relationships. The This course introduces students to exploratory factor analysis, confirmatory factor analysis,
emphasis is on project design, data collection techniques, analysis strategies and and structural equation modeling. Topics include: model selection and validation, multiple
procedures for final write-up. group models, measurement equivalence/invariance and latent mean analyses. This course
FRAN*6070 Sexual Issues and Clinical Interventions Across the Life Span S [0.50] is data-driven and students will learn through hands-on analytic experiences accompanied
by in-class lectures and readings. (Offered in alternate years)
This course examines sexual issues and clinical interventions from a life span perspective.
Focusing upon theory, research and clinical interventions it explores the relationship Prerequisite(s): FRAN*6000, FRAN*6010
between issues in sexual development and sexual functioning. This couse is offered in a Restriction(s): Instructor consent required for non-FRAN students
one-week intensive format in coordination with the Guelph Sexuality Conference. Couple and Family Therapy
Restriction(s): Signature required.
FRAN*6200 Research Topics in Family Relations and Human Development U [0.50]
Note
Contemporary research in family relations and human development. The following courses are taken primarily by students in the Couple and Family Therapy
emphasis. A limited number of spaces are available for some courses for students
Restriction(s): For FRAN graduate students only. outside the Couple and Family Therapy area.
FRAN*6210 Program Evaluation U [0.50]
An examination of the theoretical principles and practical applications of evaluation FRAN*6080 Special Topics in Couple and Family Therapy U [0.50]
issues and strategies. Special attention is given to services for children and families across This graduate seminar will feature research and practice issues in selected areas pertinent
the life span. (Offered in alternate years.) to the field of Couple and Family Therapy. Selected topics may vary from offering to
offering.
FRAN*6221 Evidence-Based Practice and Knowledge Translation U [0.50]
The principles of evidence-based practice are examined using various examples of FRAN*6090 Practicum in Couple and Family Therapy U [0.50]
psychosocial, behavioural and health interventions. The levels of evidence, criteria for This course features supervised clinical practice in couple and family therapy. It involves
efficacy and effectiveness, and the importance and limitations of evidence-based practice regular clinical work with couples, families, and individuals. Students meet with faculty
will be evaluated. The process of moving knowledge derived from high quality evidence each week for up to six hours of supervision. Supervision over the semester will involve
into practice will be appraised throughout the course. Students will have the opportunity both group and individual/dyadic meetings.
to build knowledge in their own areas of interest. Restriction(s): Available only to students in the Couple and Family Therapy program
FRAN*6260 Practicum in Family Relations and Human Development U [0.50] FRAN*6095 Externship in Couple and Family Therapy S [0.50]
Supervised practicum experience in a variety of agencies or services. Placements are This is an advanced clinical practicum in Couple and Family Therapy. Students are placed
arranged on an individual basis subject to the requirements of students' programs of study in a community agency where they accumulate 10-15 hours per week (over 3 days) of
and must be negotiated with faculty in advance of registration. direct clinical contact time. All clinical work is supervised by a clinical supervisor on
Restriction(s): Available to FRAN graduate students only. site.
FRAN*6270 Issues in Family-Related Social Policy U [0.50] Prerequisite(s): FRAN*6090
Restriction(s): Available only to students in the Couple and Family Therapy program
This course investigates definitions of social policy, comparative family-related social
policy, selected issues in Canadian family policy and frameworks for analysis of social FRAN*6100 Clinical Issues in Couple and Family Therapy U [0.50]
policy. Issues in policy-related research are also explored. (Offered in alternate years.) This course is taken four times in the two year program. Each offering features selected
FRAN*6280 Theorizing in Family Relations and Human Development U [0.50] clinical issues; examination of each issue will include the socio-cultural context, theoretical
location, and conceptual and practical implications for couple and family therapy.
An examination of the meaning of science and theory in relation to the study of families
and human development. Included is a discussion of the major social science paradigms Restriction(s): Available only to students in the Couple and Family Therapy program
including positivism, critical theory, social constructionism and post-modernity. This FRAN*6120 Theories and Methods of Family Therapy I W [0.50]
course is designed for doctoral students. (Offered in alternate years.)
This course will offer an historical perspective on the development of the field of couple
FRAN*6310 Family Relationships Across the Life Span U [0.50] and family therapy beginning with family systems therapy, through intergenerational
Considers theory and research on family and social relationships across the life span. models, to current constructionist approaches. Intervention methods consistent with these
Examples may include: parent-child, sibling, grandparent, couples, etc. (Offered in conceptual frameworks are examined. (Offered in alternate years.)
alternate years.) FRAN*6130 Theories and Methods of Family Therapy II F [0.50]
FRAN*6320 Human Sexuality Across the Life Span U [0.50] This course explores clinical theory and methods associated with structural, strategic and
This course covers research, theoretical and substantive issues relevant to studying human solution focused models of couple and family therapy. Feminist perspectives and
sexuality across the life span. Topics include: child and adolescent sexuality, sexual approaches are used to examine power and gender dynamics in therapy. (Offered in
identity, sexuality in adulthood and old age, sexual assault, international research and alternate years.)
sex education. (Offered in alternate years.) FRAN*6140 Professional Issues U [0.50]
FRAN*6330 Research Seminar U [0.25] An exploration of ethics in couple and family therapy; legal issues in the practice of
Research literature in Family Relations and Human Development. Registration for this family therapy; and professional issues regarding identity, licensure and practice.
course occurs in semester 5 for MSc students and semster 7 for PhD students. Thesis
students attend weekly seminars in each of the Fall and Winter semesters of the program.
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Family Relations and Applied Nutrition 83

FRAN*6160 Introduction to Systemic Practice in Couple and Family Therapy F

[0.50]
An exploration of family process to understand diversity in family structures and
functioning from a systemic conceptual framework. Applied activities focus on developing
basic communication, observational, and therapy skills. Student participation in small
learning groups supports skill development and integration of theory and practice.
FRAN*6180 Research Issues in Couple and Family Therapy F [0.50]
The focus of this course is on research in Couple & Family Therapy, including issues
related to evidence-based practice, therapeutic outcome, and therapeutic process. A
selected review of quantitative and qualitative research methods and exemplary research
is included. (Offered in alternate years.)
Restriction(s): Available to FRAN graduate students only.
FRAN*6350 Major Research Paper U [1.00]
The major research paper is an option open only to MSc students within the Couple and
Family Therapy area. Students must demonstrate their ability to accurately synthesize
and critically evaluate the literature in a specific area of interest. Detailed guidelines are
provided.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

84 IX. Graduate Programs, Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics

Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics Two graduate courses in Food, Agricultural or Resource Economics as approved by the
student's advisory committee
The graduate program in Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics offers opportunities FARE*6800 [0.00] Seminar in Agricultural Economics
for master of science (MSc) and doctor of philosophy (PhD) studies in agricultural
economics. The MSc and PhD are research-oriented degrees which require both course
PhD Program
work and a thesis. The PhD program in Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics focuses on two major
areas of emphasis:
Administrative Staff
• Food and agricultural economics
Chair
• Natural resource and environmental economics
Alan P. Ker (314 MacLachlan, Ext. 53532)
[email protected] Across these areas there is a focus on both developed and developing countries. Students
in the PhD program focus on an area of specialization relevant to their thesis research,
Graduate Coordinator
plus complete courses in microeconomic theory and economic research methods. All
John Cranfield (320 MacLachlan, Ext. 53708)
students must complete and defend a thesis in their chosen area of specialization.
[email protected]
Graduate Program Assistant Admission Requirements
Kathryn Selves (311 MacLachlan, Ext. 52771) Minimum University of Guelph admission requirements for a Doctoral program include:
[email protected] 1) a satisfactory baccalaureate; and 2) at the very minimum high second-class honours
('B' standing) in a recognized Master's degree. Students entering the PhD program are
Graduate Faculty expected to have satisfied the requirements, or their equivalents, of the department's MSc
Andreas Boecker degree in Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics. We strongly suggest GRE scores.
MSc, PhD Kiel - Associate Professor In cases where a student's master's degree is not equivalent to that offered by the
Maury E. Bredahl department, the student may initially be accepted into the MSc program and may then
BS, MS North Dakota State, PhD Minnesota - Professor apply for transfer to the PhD program at some time during the first three semesters.
John A.L. Cranfield Applications for transfer must be supported by the Departmental Graduate Program
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Purdue - Professor Committee and approved by the Board of Graduate Studies. The student does not have
Brady J. Deaton to complete all the requirements of the MSc before transferring to the PhD program, but
BS Missouri, MS Virginia Tech, PhD Michigan State - Associate Professor must achieve high academic standing.
Glenn C. Fox Degree Requirements
BSc (Agr), MSc Guelph, PhD Minnesota - Professor Students enrolled in the PhD program must successfully complete a program of at least
Getu Hailu nine taught courses that prepare them for the various elements of comprehensive
BSc, MSc Alemaya, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor examination, as outlined below. However, students that are able to demonstrate satisfactory
Spencer Henson level of competence in any of these requirements may have these course requirements
BSc, PhD Reading - Professor adjusted accordingly, subsequent to evaluation and the decision of the Departmental
Alan Ker Graduate Program Committee.
BA Waterloo, MSc Guelph, PhD North Carolina State - Professor and Chair Microeconomic Theory:
Karl D. Meilke ECON*6000 [0.50] Microeconomic Theory I
BS Washington State, PhD Minnesota - Professor ECON*6010 [0.50] Microeconomic Theory II
Rakhal C. Sarker Economic Research Methods:
BSc, MSc Bangladesh, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor FARE*6970 [0.50] Applied Quantitative Methods for Agricultural Economists
Richard Vyn FARE*6100 [0.50] The Methodologies of Economics
BSc Dordt College, MSc Alberta, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor Plus ONE from the following:
Alfons J. Weersink ECON*6050 [0.50] Introduction to Econometric Methods
BSc Guelph, MSc Montana State, PhD Cornell - Professor ECON*6140 [0.50] Econometrics I
Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics
MSc Program
FARE*6920 [0.50] Applied Policy Analysis II
The MSc program in Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics focuses on two major FARE*6400 [0.50] Advanced Topics in Agricultural Economics
areas of emphasis: Plus ONE from the following:
• Food and agricultural economics FARE*6940 [0.50] Food Firms, Consumers and Markets II
• Natural resource and environmental economics FARE*6960 [0.50] Natural Resource Economics II
The aim of the MSc program is to develop in students a fundamental understanding of Plus ONE other graduate course approved by the student’s advisory committee.
economic principles and their application in identifying and solving relevant problems Students may also be permitted to take other courses as substitutes for the above, subject
related to food, agriculture, and natural resources. The program also strives to develop to approval by the Departmental Graduate Program Committee.
appropriate analytical, methodological, and communication skills to enable students to Qualifying Examination
analyze agriculture and resource problems effectively and explain their findings. It should be noted that successful completion of the above courses is not necessarily
Admission Requirements sufficient for qualification to PhD candidacy.
All students entering the Master of Science program must have achieved the University Students are expected to complete successfully the qualifying examination in
required minimum 70% (B-) average or equivalent. In addition, they are expected to have microeconomic theory which aims to assess a student's understanding of key theoretical
already taken, the following basic courses: concepts. Students are allowed two attempts at this qualifying examination. Students that
• Intermediate level micro- and macro-economic theory (ECON*2310 and ECON*2410 fail the examination at the second attempt will not be permitted to continue.
or equivalent) Collaborative Programs
• Calculus and matrix algebra with applications to economics (ECON*2770 or
equivalent)
International Development Studies MA/MSc/PhD
The Department of Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics participates in the
• Intermediate level statistics (ECON*3740 or equivalent).
International Development Studies (IDS) program. Please consult the International
The Departmental Graduate Program Committee examines each application before the Development Studies listing for a detailed description of the MA/MSc/PhD collaborative
student is proposed to the School of Graduate Studies for admission into the program. programs including the special additional requirements for each of the participating
Degree Requirements departments.
MSc students are required to complete successfully six taught courses plus a seminar
course. The minimum course work requirements (assuming all undergraduate background
requirements have been met) are:
FARE*6380 [0.50] Applied Microeconomics for Agricultural Economists
FARE*6910 [0.50] Applied Policy Analysis I
FARE*6970 [0.50] Applied Quantitative Methods for Agricultural Economists
FARE*6100 [0.50] The Methodologies of Economics
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics 85

Courses FARE*6960 Natural Resource Economics II U [0.50]

Production Economics Natural Resources II reviews & extends conventional theoretical modeling approaches
to renewable resources, e.g. fisheries & forestry. Seminal literature is reviewed and
FARE*6380 Applied Microeconomics for Agricultural Economists F [0.50] contemp. theoretical work and empirical papers discussed. Emphasis on extending
The objective of this course is to foster a deeper understanding of standard microeconomic economic models addressing natural resource issues - uncertainty, externalities & policy
concepts and their appliction to a wide variety of topics in food, agricultural, and resource instruments, and derive reduced-form versions of forestry & fishery for empirical estim.
economics. Emphasis is placed on what tool(s) to use in a wide variety of circumstances & analysis. Primary method of math analysis involves dyn. opt. techniques. Detailed
to address real life problems. Topics will include decisions by firms and consumers, math derivations & proofs expected. Also- extinction, climate change, carb sequest.
market equilibrium, and production decisions. Prerequisite(s): ECON*6010, AGEC*6950 or FARE*6950
Prerequisite(s): ECON*2770, ECON*3710, ECON*3740 or equivalent Other Courses
FARE*6970 Applied Quantitative Methods for Agricultural Economists F [0.50] FARE*6400 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Economics S [0.50]
This course exposes students to the empirical tools agricultural economists use when The application of economic theory and various contemporary tools of economic analysis
conducting research. Emphasis is placed on what tool(s) to use in a variety of in solving production problems in the agricultural sector of the economy.
circumstances. Topics covered will include advanced econometric techniques, optimization
and simulation modelling. Students will also be exposed to the different quantitative FARE*6100 The Methodologies of Economics W [0.50]
software packages used in empirical research. Alternative views on the methodology of economics are reviewed and assessed. The
Prerequisite(s): ECON*3740, ECON*2770 process of problem identification in the development of a research project proposal is
investigated.
Agricultural Policy and Trade
FARE*6720 Readings in Agricultural Economics F,S,W [0.50]
FARE*6600 Agriculture in Economic Development F [0.50]
A reading course on selected topics of special interest. May be offered to individual
The course is concerned with the role of agriculture as a source of food, fibre and
students or to groups of students in any semester.
employment in developing countries. The interaction between agriculture and other
sectors of the economy and other countries is also examined. FARE*6800 Seminar in Agricultural Economics U [0.00]
Prerequisite(s): ECON*1050 and ECON*1100 Students in the MSc program must give two presentations at the annual MSc research
FARE*6910 Applied Policy Analysis I W [0.50] symposium; one in their first year outlining their research plan, and one in their second
year on their thesis research results.
An overview of domestic and international agrifood policies and an introduction to the
concepts and methods used to evaluate domestic trade policies.
Prerequisite(s): ECON*3710
FARE*6920 Applied Policy Analysis II U [0.50]
A presentation and evaluation of advanced quantitative agrifood policy models and
selected special topics related to domestic and trade policy evaluation.
Prerequisite(s): AGEC*6910 or FARE*6910
Co-requisite(s): ECON*3710
FARE*6980 Agricultural Trade Relations W [0.50]
An examination of the institutional, theoretical and empirical aspects of international
agrifood trade.
Prerequisite(s): ECON*3710, AGEC*6910 or FARE*6910
Economics of Food Markets
FARE*6930 Food Firms, Consumers and Market I W [0.50]
This course examines the application of microeconomic theory to food markets. Topics
covered include: optimizing behaviour by economic agents, the certainty equivalent profit
model and decision making under risk, optimal capital replacement models and their
application to food system economics, consumer behaviour with respect to food products
and behaviour with respect to food products and behaviour of marketing intermediaries
and food processors. New developments in the economic theory of the form are surveyed.
(Offered in alternate years.)
Prerequisite(s): ECON*2310, ECON*3740
FARE*6940 Food Firms, Consumers and Markets II U [0.50]
This course builds on Food Firms, Consumers and Markets I by extending the breadth
and depth of student's understanding and scope of economic analysis. Advanced techniques
in producer and consumer theory, as well as advance market analysis techniques are
presented and utilized. Understanding of the research process and advanced methods is
emphasized throughout.
Prerequisite(s): AGEC*6930 or FARE*6930, ECON*3710
Natural Resource Economics
FARE*6950 Natural Resource Economics I W [0.50]
Natural Resources I introduces conventional theoretical modeling approaches to renewable
resources, e.g. fisheries & forestry. Seminal theoretical literature is discussed. Emphasis
is placed on setting up economic models, deriving and interpreting general results. Applied
methods include dynamic optimization and regression analysis. Additional topics include
Land Economics and the property rights approach.
Prerequisite(s): ECON*3710

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

86 IX. Graduate Programs, Food Safety and Quality Assurance

Food Safety and Quality Assurance Undergraduate upgrading may be necessary to ensure sufficient background in topics
such as microbiology, toxicology, statistics, and analytical methods.
The interdepartmental program is the focal point for graduate teaching and research in
food safety and quality assurance. The MSc program in food safety and quality assurance
Degree Requirements
is intended to prepare food scientists, food engineers, veterinarians and others with Completion of the program requires a minimum of eight courses (or 4.5 credits) acceptable
appropriate scientific backgrounds for participation in food safety monitoring and for graduate credit. This includes the seminar course which has a value of 0.5 credit. All
maintenance in the food industry and in government. Students wishing to undertake students must complete:
graduate studies at the MSc level with emphasis on food safety and quality assurance will FSQA*6000 [0.50] Food Safety and Quality Assurance Seminar
enter the program through a participating department. The participating academic units FSQA*6500 [1.00] Food Safety and Quality Assurance Research Project
are Biomedical Sciences, Marketing and Consumer Studies, Environmental Biology, Food This project is equal to 1.0 credit and counts as one course of the eight required courses.
Science, Pathobiology, Population Medicine, and Engineering. FSQA*6600 [0.50] Principles of Food Safety and Quality Assurance
Administrative Staff FSQA*6150 [0.50] Food Quality Assurance Management
At least four additional courses, in consultation with the student's advisory committee.
Chair and Graduate Coordinator
Suitable courses are listed below. Other courses, not listed here, also may be considered.
Mansel Griffiths (202 Food Science, Ext. 52269)
Up to two senior undergraduate courses can be taken. At least one course must be taken
[email protected]
from each of three of the participating departments, including the department in which
Graduate Secretary the student is registered. The courses selected will depend upon the student's background,
TBA (106 Food Science, Ext. 56983) specialty, interest and area of project research. The normal duration of the program will
[email protected] be three to four full-time semesters.
Graduate Faculty Graduate Diploma
Shai Barbut
Professor, Food Science
Admission Requirements
The program is most suitable for those with an undergraduate science background or for
Herman J. Boermans
those currently employed in the food area in government regulatory work or in the
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences
processing industry who desire upgrading of skills and knowledge. Applicants for
Milena Corredig admission to this program must meet the university minimum admission requirement of
Professor, Food Science a baccalaureate in an honours program (or the equivalent) or a DVM from a recognized
Valerie J. Davidson university or college with an average standing of at least second-class honours ('B-'average).
Professor, Engineering Applicants will be expected to have completed undergraduate courses that prepare them
H. Douglas Goff for participation in the core graduate courses and electives of the program. Undergraduate
Professor, Food Science upgrading may be necessary to ensure sufficient background in topics such as microbiology,
Mansel W. Griffiths toxicology, statistics, and analytical methods.
Professor, Food Science Diploma Requirements
Arthur R. Hill All students must complete the following five courses:
Professor and Chair, Food Science
FSQA*6100 [0.50] Food Law and Policy
Yukio Kakuda FSQA*6150 [0.50] Food Quality Assurance Management
Associate Professor, Food Science FSQA*6200 [0.50] Food Safety Systems Management
Robert W. Lencki FSQA*6600 [0.50] Principles of Food Safety and Quality Assurance
Associate Professor, Food Science POPM*6350 [0.50] Safety of Foods of Animal Origins
Alejandro G. Marangoni Courses
Professor, Food Science
FSQA*6000 Food Safety and Quality Assurance Seminar U [0.50]
Massimo Marcone
Associate Professor, Food Science Provides experiential training in forms of communication that are likely to be required
in professional or academic careers in food science and technology.
S. Wayne Martin
Professor, Population Medicine Restriction(s): Credit many only be obtained for one of FSQA*6000 or FOOD*6300.
Scott A. McEwen FSQA*6150 Food Quality Assurance Management W [0.50]
Professor, Population Medicine Examination and review of principles and concept of quality assurance and their
Gauri S. Mittal application to consumer products and services. Topics include applied aspects of
Professor, Engineering total-quality management principles.
Peter Purslow Restriction(s): Offered by distance education only.
Professor, Food Science
FSQA*6200 Food Safety Systems Management W [0.50]
Koushik Seetharaman
Associate Professor, Food Science Food safety systems are studied in four modules. (1) A brief review of plant hygiene and
Jack T. Trevors HACCP principles. Students with insufficient background will do supplemental study
Professor, Environmental Biology in these areas; (2) HACCP implementation and verification; (3) HACCP-based food
safety programs in Canada; and (4) International Food Safety Management Systems.
David Waltner-Toews
Professor, Population Medicine Restriction(s): Offered by distance education only.
Keith Warriner FSQA*6500 Food Safety and Quality Assurance Research Project U [1.00]
Associate Professor, Food Science An original research project related to food safety and quality assurance which includes
Anne Wilcock the preparation of a written report suitable for publication and an oral presentation of the
Associate Professor, Marketing and Consumer Studies findings to the graduate faculty.
Rickey Y. Yada FSQA*6600 Principles of Food Safety and Quality Assurance S [0.50]
Professor, Food Science
An integrated approach to factors affecting food safety and quality including microbial
MSc Program and chemical contamination is provided. Major food-borne disease outbreaks are studied
Admission Requirements as examples. Modern methods of quality management to minimize contamination of
processed foods is discussed.
The program is most suitable for those with an undergraduate science background or for
those currently employed in the food area in government regulatory work or in the Restriction(s): Offered by distance education only.
processing industry who desire upgrading of skills and knowledge. Applicants for Other Graduate Courses Suitable for Credit in this Program
admission to this program must meet the university minimum admission requirement of
Biomedical Sciences
a baccalaureate in an honours program (or the equivalent) or a DVM from a recognized
university or college with an average standing of at least second-class honours ('B-' BIOM*6440 [0.50] Biomedical Toxicology
average). Applicants will be expected to have completed undergraduate courses that Engineering
prepare them for participation in the core graduate courses and electives of the program. ENGG*6110 [0.50] Food and Bio-Process Engineering
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Food Safety and Quality Assurance 87

ENGG*6160 [0.50] Advanced Food Engineering

Food Science
FOOD*6190 [0.50] Advances in Food Science
FOOD*6220 [0.50] Advanced Food Analysis Methodology
FOOD*6280 [0.50] Rapid Methods in Food Microbiology
FOOD*6300 [0.50] Food Science Communication
FOOD*6600 [0.50] Advanced Food Microbiology
Human Heath and Nutritional Sciences
HHNS*6400 [0.50] Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals
Pathobiology
PABI*6000 [0.50] Bacterial Pathogenesis
PABI*6550 [0.50] Epidemiology of Zoonoses
Population Medicine
POPM*6200 [0.50] Epidemiology I
POPM*6210 [0.50] Epidemiology II
POPM*6350 [0.50] Safety of Foods of Animal Origins
Undergraduate Courses Suitable for Credit in this Program
Food Science
FOOD*3030 [0.50] Food Chemistry I
FOOD*4120 [0.50] Food Analysis
FOOD*4090 [0.50] Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals
Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
NUTR*4510 [0.50] Toxicological Aspects of Nutrition
Population Medicine
POPM*4040 [0.50] Epidemiology of Food-Borne Diseases

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

88 IX. Graduate Programs, Food Science

Food Science the supervision of a professor and advisory committee. A mandatory communications
course also teaches effective oral and written communication. All these training aspects
Food Science may be defined as the study of scientific and technological principles applied culminate through the writing of the MSc thesis. With this background, MSc graduates
to the processing, preservation, packaging, distribution, handling, storage and evaluation will be qualified to obtain positions with responsibility in government and the research,
of food products. It is an applied science, drawing heavily upon the principles of chemistry, development and production sectors of the food and beverage industry.
engineering and microbiology. Research-based MSc and PhD thesis programs have existed
in the Department of Food Science since its creation from the Department of Dairy Science
Admission Requirements
in 1967. The Food Science program at Guelph is the only one of its kind in Ontario and To be considered for admission, applicants should hold an honours baccalaureate degree
over the years has trained a large percentage of the Food Scientists currently employed with at least a 'B-' average during the last two years of study. Supportive letters of reference
in the Ontario food industry. In February 1999, the Department of Food Science entered are essential and should outline the applicant's strengths and weaknesses. Students whose
a new and exciting stage in its history when it moved into its newly renovated 30,000 ft² first language is not English require a TOEFL score of at least 550 (paper-based), 213
state-of-the-art teaching and research facility. In 1992, a course-based MSc in Food Safety (computer-based), or 89 (internet-based). To assist in identifying a suitable thesis advisor,
and Quality Assurance was developed by Food Science with several other departments applicants should submit a short statement of research interests. Admission into the
at the University of Guelph. Please consult the Food Safety and Quality Assurance listing department is contingent on the student obtaining a scholarship or Graduate Research
on the Graduate Studies web site for a detailed description of this interdepartmental MSc Assistantship. Students may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters.
program. Degree Requirements
Administrative Staff MSc students are required to register in at least three graduate courses, plus seminar (a
minimum of 2.0 credits) and prepare an acceptable thesis. A graduate degree program
Chair
form signed by the student and approved by the student's advisory committee will be
Arthur Hill (112 Food Science, Ext. 53875)
submitted during the first semester for approval of the departmental graduate studies
[email protected]
committee. The student must maintain a minimum 'B-' average to remain in the program.
Graduate Coordinator Each student is required to take a compulsory seminar course which provides training in
Keith Warriner (126 Food Science, Ext. 56072) technical communications. The thesis research is planned by the student in consultation
[email protected] with the advisor and approved by the advisory committee during the first semester of the
Graduate Secretary program. The program is completed by the successful defense of the thesis.
TBA (106 Food Science, Ext. 56983)
fsgrdsec.uoguelph.ca PhD Program
Graduate Faculty Objectives
Shai Barbut The objective of this program is to develop highly competent scientists who will provide
BSc Hebrew Univ. of Jerusalem, MS, PhD Wisconsin (Madison) - Professor leadership in academic institutions, or as managers in Food Science research and
development institutes in industry or government. Written comprehensive exams ensure
Milena Corredig
that students have a solid background in food chemistry, processing/engineering and
BSc Milano, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor and Ontario Dairy Council/NSERC Industrial
microbiology. Creativity and the ability to perform independent research is fostered by
Junior Research Chair in Dairy Technology, Canada Research Chair
requiring PhD students to submit a written research proposal and defend it orally. Having
Lisa Duizer obtained research skills during their MSc studies, PhD students are expected to conduct
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Massey - Assistant Professor autonomous research. The preparation of a PhD thesis and scientific publications ensures
H. Douglas Goff that graduates have attained prowess in research and communication.
BSc (Agr) Guelph, MS, PhD Cornell - Professor
Admission Requirements
Mansel W. Griffiths
The usual requirement for admission into the PhD program is a research-based MSc degree
BSc North-East London Polytechnic, PhD Leicester - Professor and Ontario Milk
with a minimum 'B' average and supportive letters of reference. Students whose first
Marketing Board Industrial Research Chair in Dairy Microbiology, Director Canadian
language is not English require a TOEFL score of at least 550 (paper-based), 213
Research Institute for Food Safety
(computer-based), or 89 (internet-based).
Arthur R. Hill
To assist in identifying a suitable thesis advisor, applicants should submit a short statement
BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor and Chair
of research interests. Admission into the department is contingent on the student obtaining
Robert W.J. Lencki a scholarship or GRA. It is also possible for a student to transfer from the MSc program
BASc Toronto, MASc Waterloo, PhD McGill - Associate Professor without completing a master's thesis if the student has an excellent academic record and
Alejandro G. Marangoni shows a strong aptitude for research which can be expanded to the doctoral level. Students
BSc McGill, PhD Guelph - Professor, Canada Research Chair may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters.
Massimo F. Marcone Degree Requirements
BSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
The major emphasis in the PhD program is research and the preparation of an acceptable
Donald Mercer thesis. There are no specific course requirements except for a seminar course which
BSc, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor, Kemptville College provides training in technical communications. It is usual however for most students, in
Yoshinori Mine consultation with their advisory committee, to select prescribed studies and additional
BSc, MSc Shinshu, PhD Tokyo - Associate Professor and Egg Marketing Board Industrial courses in preparation for the qualifying examination and thesis research. The qualifying
Research Chair in Egg Material Science examination is in two parts, written and oral, and evaluates the student's knowledge in
Peter Purslow the fields of food chemistry, food microbiology and food processing/engineering. In
BSc, PhD Reading - Professor addition, the advisory committee is required to submit a written evaluation of the student's
Koushik Seetharaman performance to date in research and the student's potential as a researcher. The PhD
BSc Gujarat Agricultural College, MSc Cornell, PhD Texas A&M - Associate Professor, program is completed by the submission and successful defense of an acceptable thesis.
Ontario Cereals Industry Research Chair Courses
Loong-Tak Lim
BSc Acadia, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Food Chemistry
Keith Warriner FOOD*6160 Chemistry of Food Lipids U [0.50]
BSc Nottingham, PhD Aberystwyth - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator Composition and function of lipids in food systems. Analytical procedures used in
Rickey Y. Yada isolating, identifying and quantifying lipid components. Lipid classes and their properties.
BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD British Columbia - Professor, Canada Research Chair, Director Polyunsaturated lipids and their reactions. Physical properties of lipids and instrumental
Advanced Food Materials Network methods of analysis. Industrial processing including hydrogenation, fractionation,
interesterification and enzymic processes. Biotechnology of lipids.
MSc Program
Thesis Master's Program Objectives
The objective of this program is to provide graduates with general scientific knowledge
as well as a more in-depth understanding of particular aspects of Food Science. This
objective is accomplished through course work and departmental research seminars.
Extensive laboratory and technical training is obtained by performing experiments under

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Food Science 89

FOOD*6170 Chemistry of Food Proteins U [0.50] FOOD*6350 Applied Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals W [1.00]
This course deals with theoretical and practical approaches to food proteins including This course prepares students to develop an innovative product or service from
their analysis. The following topics will be covered: physiochemical properties of conceptualization to market entry considering regulatory, product development,
proteins/amino acids, quantification of protein/amino acids, protein structure analysis, safety/efficacy and market readiness issues. Offered jointly with HHNS*6410
protein denaturation, chemical modification/genetic engineering and structure-functional Prerequisite(s): HHNS*6400
properties of food proteins. In addition, food protein systems such as muscle, eggs, milk
and vegetable proteins will be discussed.
FOOD*6210 Chemistry of Food Carbohydrates U [0.50]
This course is designed to familiarize students with the principles of carbohydrate
chemistry. It focuses on the structural and functional characteristics of food carbohydrates
- both sugars and polysaccharides - their analysis and applications in various food systems.
FOOD*6220 Advanced Food Analysis Methodology U [0.50]
Theory and practical applications of modern analytical techniques. Topics covered include
differential scanning calorimetry, spectroscopy, gas liquid chromatography, high
performance liquid chromatography and microscopy as well as various spectroscopic
techniques (e.g. UV, fluorometry, circular dichroism).
FOOD*6260 Food Colloids U [0.50]
Principles of colloid science as applied to foods that contain small particles, e.g.,
emulsions, foams. Methods for studying colloidal particles in food materials. Manufacture,
structure, properties and stability of food colloids, e.g.,oil-in-water emulsions, water-in-oil
emulsions, milk and dairy products. Use of food emulsifiers.
FOOD*6270 Applied Enzymology and Biotechnology U [0.50]
A lecture course dealing with principles of modern enzymology and biotechnology and
their application in food science and food industry. Typical topics include - enzymes in
biotechnology; basics of enzyme kinetics; enzymes in recombinanant DNA technology;
enzymes in analysis (ELSA, DNA-probes, reporter genes, microbial analysis); enzymes
in food production, food analysis.
Food Microbiology
FOOD*6280 Rapid Methods in Food Microbiology U [0.50]
The course is designed to update knowledge of modern methods for the microbiological
analysis of foods. Theory and practical applications are discussed. Methods reviewed
include bioluminescence, impediometry, immunological techniques, gene probes and
other emerging technologies.
FOOD*6410 Advanced Oenology U [0.50]
A comprehensive and advanced treatise, by lectures and practice, of all aspects involved
in the production of white and red table wines. Special attention is given to the basic
principles involved in the vintification process as they relate to cellar technology.
FOOD*6600 Advanced Food Microbiology U [0.50]
This course will review current issues in food microbiology. Topics to be covered will
include the microbial ecology of food, factors affecting the growth and survival of
microorganisms in foods, and strategies for the production of safe food.
FOOD*6620 Industrial Microbiology U [0.50]
Applications of Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology to industrial microbial processes
including the production of organic acids, amino acids, antibiotics, ethanol, and solvents.
There is extensive coverage of the fermentation industries: baking, brewing, vinting and
spirit production.
General
FOOD*6110 Food Materials Science U [0.50]
Mechanical properties of foods. Application of the principles of rheology to food materials.
Relationship between texture and microstructure. Instrumental measurement of food
texture. Principles of measurement systems for different types of foods. Interpretation
of force-deformation diagrams. Texture modification. Texture profile analysis.
FOOD*6120 Fruit and Vegetable Technology F [0.50]
A course that deals with the current status of technologies based on fruits and vegetables.
The subject coverage will include post harvest storage, the parameters that determine
quality, biochemical and molecular strategies for improving storage life and quality,
processing technologies and issues related to genetic engineering, food safety, functional
food ingredients and their health-regulatory function.
FOOD*6190 Advances in Food Science U [0.50]
Topics of current research interest and importance are examined. A project supervised
by a faculty member is undertaken, the topic of which is chosen after considering the
interests of the student.
FOOD*6300 Food Science Communication S [0.50]
This course provides experiential training in forms of communication that are likely to
be required in professional or academic careers in food science and technology.
Restriction(s): Credit many only be obtained for one of FOOD*6300 or FSQA*6000.
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
90 IX. Graduate Programs, French

French offering of the course will be available from the Graduate Co-ordinator in advance of the
course being offered.
Administrative Staff FREN*6000 Research Methods Seminar F [0.50]
Director This course will introduce students to the field and research methods of various disciplines
Clive Thomson (267 MacKinnon, Ext. 54891) and of interdisciplinary studies, and it will familiarize them with field-relevant research
[email protected] skills and methodologies.
Graduate Coordinator
FREN*6020 Topics in French Literature U [0.50]
Dawn Cornelio (263 MacKinnon, Ext. 53186)
[email protected] This course will focus on European French literature in relation to thematic approaches
including: gender and feminism, transgression, (post)colonialisms, identity and alterity.
Graduate Secretary
Joanne Scheuer (269 MacKinnon, Ext. 53884) FREN*6021 Topics in Quebec and French-Canadian Literatures W [0.50]
[email protected] This course will focus on how literature functions as a socio-political institution in Quebec
Graduate Faculty and in French Canada. It will also deal with elements that relate more broadly to identity,
reception theory and semiotics.
Frédérique Arroyas
BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor FREN*6022 Topics in Caribbean and African Literatures F [0.50]
Donald Bruce This course focuses on the works of major Francophone African and Caribbean fictional
BA Alberta, MA Queen's, PhD Toronto - Professor and Dean of the College of Arts and theoretical works with particular attention being given to links between notions of
Daniel Chouinard cultural hierarchies, identity, métissage and creolization.
BA, MA, PhD Montréal - Associate Professor and Director of the School
FREN*6030 Topics in Translation U [0.50]
Dawn Cornelio
BA, MA, PhD Connecticut - Associate Professor This course deals with various aspects of literary translation, including theories of
translation, the role of reading in translation, the active translation of a text from English
Margot Irvine
into French, and the reflection upon the influence of each of these categories on the
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
others.
Eliane Lousada
MA, PhD São Paolo - Assistant Professor FREN*6031 Topics in Intermediality U [0.50]
Stéphanie Nutting An investigation of the intersection of artistic expression taking place in literature, theatre,
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator film, television and new media and the various effects produced by the interaction of two
Joubert Satyre or more media.
BA État d'Haïti, MEd, PhD Montréal - Associate Professor FREN*6041 Topics in French and French-Canadian Sociolinguistics W [0.50]
Alain Thomas This course will allow students to explore, within the framework of sociolinguistics and
BA York, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor applied linguistics, the relationship between language and society, with particular reference
Clive Thomson to French and the French-speaking world.
BA Trinity College, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor and Director of SOLAL
FREN*6042 Topics in FSL Pedagogy U [0.50]
MA Program
This compulsory course covers theories, methods, and real-life applications of the
The French MA program is designed for students who wish to pursue careers in teaching/learning of a second language, specifically French.
post-secondary teaching, research, administration, federal and provincial government
service, national and international organisations, and other areas in which advanced FREN*6050 Reading Course S [0.50]
bilingual and multicultural skills are required. This program highlights the converging An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
and diverging historical and linguistic forces at play in cultural environments that share the student and the professor offering the course. Subject to the approval of the graduate
French as a common language. coordinator.
Fields of Study FREN*6051 Mémoire (Mini-thesis) S-F [0.50]
Research and teaching fall within two main fields: I) Language in context II) Politics and A compulsory major paper, 50 pages in length. An oral examination is required.
aesthetics of Francophone literatures. Students may take a range of courses in Quebec,
Prerequisite(s): FREN*6000
continental French, African and Caribbean literatures, as well as in intermediality, literary
translation, sociolinguistics and the pedagogy of French as a second language. FREN*6053 Practicum in French Studies S [0.50]
Special Feature This course will allow students to engage in volunteer service in a francophone
community. Students will be asked to forge links between knowledge acquired in the
This program offers an experiential service-learning practicum which takes place outside
academic setting and problem-based learning in a real-world context. A list of authorized
the classroom. Students choose from a list of volunteer activities approved by the School
community partners will be provided.
of Languages and Literatures. This practicum normally takes place in a Francophone
milieu and is the equivalent of one academic course (0.5 credit). Prerequisite(s): FREN*6000 and FREN*6042
Admission Requirements
The normal requirement for admission to the French MA program is the equivalent of an
Honours degree in French studies from a recognized post-secondary institution with an
overall average of B+ or equivalent. Applicants who do not have an Honours BA in French
from a Canadian university may be required to take a short competence test and/or
qualifying undergraduate courses prior to beginning graduate study. Students enter the
program in September with full-time status.
Degree Regulations
Students are required to take a minimum of six semester courses (3.0 credits), with the
service-learning placement counting as one of these courses. They are also required to
write a 50 page mémoire (mini-thesis). Courses must be approved by the Graduate
Coordinator and will normally be completed in four semesters on a full-time basis. The
minimum average required for graduation from the program is a B or equivalent. All work
is written in French. A successful defence of the mémoire (mini-thesis) is also required.
Required courses:
FREN*6000 [0.50] Research Methods Seminar
FREN*6042 [0.50] Topics in FSL Pedagogy
Courses
The content of the courses listed below will vary according to the research interests of
the faculty involved in offering the course. Specific course descriptions for a particular
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Geography 91

Geography For the MA degree, students must complete two courses identified as social science
courses. For the MSc degree, students must complete two courses identified as natural
The Department of Geography offers programs of study leading to the degrees of MA, science courses.
MSc and PhD in Geography, and MA/MSc and PhD in Collaborative International Students taking the non-thesis option must complete the Research Methods course and
Development Studies. Details regarding faculty, areas of research, current research the Research Project course. In addition, six other courses (3.0 credits) are required, at
opportunities and application procedures are provided on the Department's web site least four of which must be from the Department of Geography. MA students must
http://www.uoguelph.ca/geography/ complete three courses identified as social science courses. MSc students must complete
Administrative Staff three courses identified as natural science courses.
Chair PhD Program
John Smithers (118A Hutt, Ext. 53529) The objective of the PhD program is to offer opportunities for advanced research within
[email protected] one or more of the three fields in the graduate program: socio-economic spaces and change,
Graduate Coordinator environmental management and governance, and biophysical systems and processes.
Ze've Gedalof (347 Hutt, Ext. 58083) Doctoral students conduct research relating to these areas at various geographic scales,
[email protected] from the local to the global.
Graduate Secretary Admission Requirements
Nance Grieve (129a Hutt, Ext. 56721)
Applicants for the PhD program should have a recognized master's degree with an 80%
[email protected]
('A-') average in their postgraduate studies. Applicants must submit a statement of their
Graduate Faculty research interests including some evidence of experience in their chosen research area. It
Lorne P. Bennett is essential that applicants contact potential advisors in the department prior to submission
BA, MSc Guelph, PhD Ottawa - Associate Professor of an application. Students are admitted in September and applications and supporting
documentation should be submitted by January 10 for consideration in the first round for
Aaron Berg
admission and funding. Applications received after this date shall be considered in the
BSc, MSc Lethbridge, MSc Texas -Austin, PhD California -Irvine - Associate Professor
second round.
Benjamin E. Bradshaw
BA Trent, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Degree Requirements
Ze'ev Gedalof All students in the PhD program are required to complete the Geographic Scholarship
BA, MSc Victoria, PhD Washington - Associate Professor and Research course during the first two semesters of study. The advisory committee may
Alice Hovorka prescribe additional courses to help the student prepare for the qualifying examination
BA Queen's, MA Carleton, PhD Clark - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator and thesis research. All students in the PhD program must complete a qualifying
examination and submit a satisfactory research proposal by the end of the fourth semester
Alun E. Joseph
of study.
BA Liverpool, MA Queen's, PhD McMaster - Professor and Dean of the College of Social
and Applied Human Sciences The qualifying examination has written and oral components and evaluates the student's
knowledge of the broader scholarly field as well as the specific theoretical and empirical
Ray A. Kostaschuk
content of the intended research area. Submission and defence of an acceptable thesis on
BA Simon Fraser, MSc Calgary, PhD McMaster - Professor
an approved topic completes the requirements of the PhD.
Richard G. Kuhn
BA Concordia, MA Victoria, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor Collaborative Programs
John B. Lindsay International Development Studies MA/MSc/PhD
BSc Nipissing, MS, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor The Department of Geography participates in the MA and MSc programs in the
Janet E. Mersey collaborative International Development Studies (CIDS) programs. Consult the
BA Mount Allison, MSc, PhD Wisconsin - Associate Professor and Associate Chair International Development Studies listing for a detailed description of the requirements
William G. Nickling of the program.
BA McMaster, MA Carleton, PhD Ottawa - Professor Courses
Barry Smit
BA, MA Auckland, PhD McMaster - Professor Environmental Management and Governance
John A. Smithers GEOG*6281 Environmental Management and Governance F [0.50]
BA Western Ontario, MA, PhD Guelph - Professor and Chair Analysis, evaluation and management of environmental resources. Emphasis is on
René Véron biophysical and socio-economic concepts and methods which offer a more comprehensive
MSc, PhD Zurich - Associate Professor and integrative basis for environmental decisions.
Wanhong Yang GEOG*6340 Human-Environment Relations W [0.50]
BSc Hubei, MSc Chinese Academy of Sciences, PhD Illinois - Associate Professor
A critical review of philosophies, concepts and analytical methods for analysis and
MA and MSc Programs management of systems involving the interaction of environmental processes and human
The Department of Geography offers MA and MSc degrees in Geography, by thesis and spatial activity.
by project. The Master's program offers opportunities for research in the areas of GEOG*6550 Environmental Modelling W [0.50]
socio-economic spaces and change, environmental management and governance, and
biophysical systems and processes. The program is distinctive in that it emphasizes This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the processes and techniques
interrelationships among biophysical and human systems. Scales of inquiry range from involved in environmental modeling practice and will focus on the power and limitations
the local to the global, and students conduct research in both developed and developing of existing models.
countries. Biophysical Systems and Processes
Admission Requirements GEOG*6330 Biotic Processes and Biophysical Systems U [0.50]
To be considered for admission, applicants should meet the minimum requirements of a Investigation of biotic processes influencing the composition, structure and distribution
four-year honours degree with a 75% ('B') average during the final two years of study. of plant and animal communities and of approaches to biophysical systems analysis,
Applicants must submit a statement of their research interests with their application. It is focusing on environmental system interaction at the landscape scale.
essential that applicants contact potential advisors in the department prior to submission
of an application. Students are admitted in September and applications and supporting GEOG*6610 Global Hydrology F [0.50]
documentation should be submitted by January 10 for consideration in the first round for An examination of global environmental hydrology including precipitation, evaporation,
admission and funding. Applications received after this date shall be considered in the subsurface water and runoff. Physical processes, measurement, analytical techniques and
second round. modelling strategies will be considered in the context of global change.
Degree Requirements
Students may undertake an MA or an MSc program in geography by thesis or by research
project (the non-thesis option). Students taking the thesis option are required to complete
an acceptable thesis and the Research Methods course. In addition, students must take
four courses (2.0 credits), three of which must be from the Department of Geography.
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
92 IX. Graduate Programs, Geography

Socio-Economic Spaces and Changes

GEOG*6400 Urbanization and Development U [0.50]
Analysis of the evolution of urban form and pattern in the developing world within the
context of the global urban system. Examines national urban systems and implications
for dispersed development and rural change. (alternate years)
GEOG*6450 Development Geography U [0.50]
Group identities at various scales in relation to concepts of territory and territoriality,
and their changing impact on the world's political map. (alternate years)
General
GEOG*6060 Special Topics in Geography F [0.50]
A course on some specific topic not covered by the regular graduate courses for which
there are both available faculty and sufficient interest among students.
GEOG*6090 Geographical Research Methods I F [0.50]
A review of philosophies and research methods in geography. The development and
presentation of a context paper for the thesis or research project.
GEOG*6091 Geographical Research Methods II W [0.50]
A review of philosophies and research methods in geography. The development and
presentation of a research proposal for the thesis or research project.
Prerequisite(s): GEOG*6090
GEOG*6100 Geographic Scholarship and Research F-W [0.50]
A review of geographic scholarship including conceptual, theoretical and methodological
issues in resource assessment, biophysical resources and rural socio-economic resources.
The course extends over two semesters (Fall and Winter).
GEOG*6180 Research Project in Geography F,W,S [1.00]
The preparation and presentation of a report on the research project approved in
GEOG*6090.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, History - Tri-University Program 93

History - Tri-University Program BA, MA Ahmadu Bello, PhD York - Associate Professor
Sofie Lachapelle *
The Departments of History of the University of Guelph, the University of Waterloo and BSc, MA Montreal, PhD Notre Dame - Associate Professor
Wilfrid Laurier University offer a joint program leading to the MA and PhD degrees. The
Linda L. Mahood *
Tri-University Graduate Program in History includes members from all three departments
BA Saskatchewan, M Litt, PhD Glasgow - Professor
covering a wide range of research interests. It is a semi-autonomous program responsible
directly to the three graduate schools. It looks after admissions, arranges courses of Stuart G. McCook *
instruction, names students' advisory committees, and monitors student progress generally. BA Toronto, MS Rensselaer PI, MA, PhD Princeton - Associate Professor and Associate
Students in the Tri-University Graduate Program in History register either at Guelph, Dean (Graduate Studies and Research)
Waterloo or Wilfrid Laurier (depending on where their advisor is located) but undertake Alan McDougall *
their course work jointly at all three universities. Students in the program are governed BA, MSt, DPhil Oxford - Associate Professor
by the general regulations of the university in which they are registered and their degree Graeme Morton *
is granted by that university. BA, PhD Edinburgh - Professor and Scottish Studies Foundation Chair
The department at Guelph also participates in the Interdepartmental Group on Scottish Jacqueline Murray *
Studies, in the work of the Centre for International Programs, and the Historical 1891 BA British Columbia, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor
Canadian Census Project. As well, the History Department at Guelph has formed, with Susan Nance *
the History Department of the University of Waterloo, a Consortium for Reformation BA, MA Simon Fraser, PhD California (Berkeley) - Associate Professor
Studies. Students are encouraged to begin their studies in the Fall or Winter semesters.
Jesse S. Palsetia *
All applications, with requests for financial support, must be received by the Tri-University
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Graduate Program secretary in completed form by February 1.
Karen Racine *
Administrative Staff - Tri-University Program BA Saskatchewan, MA, PhD Tulane - Associate Professor
Director Norman D. Smith *
Andrew Hunt (1001 MacKinnon Extension, Ext. 58245) BA, MA, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
[email protected] Catharine A. Wilson *
Tri-University Secretary - Guelph BA Guelph, MA, PhD Queen's - Professor
Diane Purdy (2010 MacKinnon Extension, Ext. 53556) Renée Worringer *
[email protected] BA St. Olaf College, MA, PhD Chicago - Assistant Professor
Graduate Coordinator
Graduate Faculty from Wilfrid Laurier University
Alan Gordon (2005 MacKinnon Extension, Ext. 53123)
[email protected] Gavin Brockett
Graduate Secretary PhD Chicago
TBA (2010 MacKinnon Extension, Ext. 56847) Blain Chiasson
Graduate Officer - Laurier PhD Toronto
Susan Neylan (4-150 DAWB - Laurier, Ext. 3595) Cynthia Comacchio
[email protected] BA Glendon, MA York, PhD Guelph
Graduate Secretary - Laurier Adam Crerar
Lynne Doyle (4-210 CTB - Laurier, Ext. 3389) PhD Toronto
[email protected] Darryl Dee
Graduate Officer - Waterloo PhD Emory
James Walker (HH112 - Waterloo, Ext. 33706) Leonard G. Friesen
[email protected] BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Toronto
Graduate Secretary - Waterloo Jeff Grishow
Donna Lang (HH135 - Waterloo, Ext. 32297) PhD Queen's
[email protected] Erich Haberer
Graduate Faculty PhD Toronto
Robert Kristofferson
Note BA Trent, Dip. H.S. Western Ontario, MA, PhD York
John Laband
(*indicates approved PhD Advisors)
PhD Natal
Tara H. Abraham * Douglas A. Lorimer
BSc McMaster, MA, PhD, IHPST Toronto - Assistant Professor BA, PhD British Columbia
Catherine Carstairs * Joyce Lorimer
AB Harvard, Dip Ed McGill, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor BA, PhD Liverpool
Bill Cormack * David Monod
BA Calgary, MA Carleton, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor BA, MA McGill, PhD Toronto
Elizabeth L. Ewan * Darren Mulloy
BA Queen's, PhD Edinburgh - Professor and University Research Chair PhD East Anglia, UK
Peter A. Goddard * Susan Neylan
BA, UBC, DPhil Oxford - Associate Professor and Chair PhD UBC
Alan Gordon * Chris Nighman
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor and Associate Chair / Graduate PhD Toronto
Coordinator Eva Plach
Matthew C. Hayday * PhD Toronto
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Ottawa - Associate Professor Roger Sarty
Susannah C. Humble Ferreira * PhD Toronto
BA Trent, BEd Queen's, MA, PhD Johns Hopkins - Assistant Professor Michael D. Sibalis
Kris E. Inwood * BA McGill, MA Sir George Williams, PhD Concordia
BA Trent, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor (Joint appointment with Department of George Urbaniak
Economics) BA, MA, PhD Toronto
Kevin J. James * Dana Weiner
BA, MA McGill, PhD Edinburgh - Associate Professor PhD, Northwestern
Femi Kolapo * Suzanne Zeller

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

94 IX. Graduate Programs, History - Tri-University Program

BA, MA Windsor, PhD Toronto Graduate students are encouraged to consider including, as part of their program,
appropriate graduate course offerings from other departments.
Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo
Steven Bednarski
Interdepartmental Programs
BA Glendon/York, MA Toronto, PhD Québec à Montréal Scottish Studies Interdepartmental Group
Ken Coates The Department of History participates in the activities of the Scottish Studies
BA UBC, MA Manitoba, PhD UBC Interdepartmental Group. Those faculty members whose research and teaching expertise
Carl Bon Tempo includes aspects of Scottish studies may serve as advisors and examiners of MA students
PhD Virginia specializing in Scottish studies areas and who are registered in the Department of History.
Gary Bruce PhD Program
BA Queen's, MA New Brunswick, PhD McGill The Tri-University History doctoral program is committed to the pursuit of excellence in
Gail Cuthbert Brandt graduate research and teaching. Students enter the doctoral program for a variety of
BA Toronto, MA Carleton, PhD York reasons, but all are motivated by a strong desire to pursue the most advanced education
John English for history teaching and research. In the first year of the program, students normally
BA Cambridge, MA, PhD Harvard complete their three PhD fields. As PhD field preparation provides a wide intellectual
Marlene Epp basis for scholarship and teaching, the fields are designed in such a way as to encourage
BA Manitoba, MA Waterloo, PhD Toronto reading complementary to a student's proposed area of doctoral research. Field seminar
Patrick J. Harrigan discussions are intended to develop skills in critical analysis and historical synthesis.
AB Detroit, MA, PhD Michigan Through the process of completing required research papers and a doctoral thesis, students
acquire the capacity to conduct independent research and to produce written work of a
Geoff W. Hayes
sufficient standard to be acceptable for scholarly publication.
BA, MA Laurier, PhD Western Ontario
As students are required to demonstrate competence in one major field and two minor
Andrew Hunt
fields, in first year they register in a major field seminar and two minor field seminars.
BA, PhD Utah
One minor field must be in an area of study distinct from the major field and one minor
Gerta Kroeker field may be in another discipline. The distinction between a major field and an area of
BA Bethel College, MA Missouri, PhD California at Berkley concentration is the depth and required range of reading rather than geographical or
Heather A. MacDougall chronological span.
BA, MA, PhD Toronto The PhD fields, written major field examination, and oral qualifying examination must
Karin J. MacHardy be completed by the end of the fourth semester. No extensions will be permitted, except
BA, MA Western Ontario, PhD California (Berkeley) in cases where approval has been given by the Tri-University Program co-ordinating
Ken M. McLaughlin committee. Continuation in the program requires at least a B+ average, based on all courses
BA Waterloo, MA Dalhousie, PhD Toronto taken in the program to that point (with their proportionate weighting).
Wendy L. Mitchinson All students have an advisory committee that meets regularly. Following successful
BA, MA, PhD York completion of the qualifying process, the student must complete, under the supervision
Bessma Momani of a Tri-University Doctoral Program in History faculty member, an original research
BA Toronto, MA Guelph, PhD Western project on an advanced topic. Students present a thesis proposal and colloquium which
are appraised by their advisory committees. A thesis embodying the results of that research
Julia Roberts
is presented and defended before an examining committee. The Tri-University Doctoral
BA Laurier, MA Waterloo, PhD Toronto
Program generally limits thesis preparation to six fields of study - Canadian history;
John Sbardellati Scottish history; early modern European history; modern European history; race, slavery
BA California at Riverside, MA, PhD California at Santa Barbara and imperialism; and war and society.
Alex Statiev
BSc Moscow, MA, PhD Calgary
Admission Requirements
Applications are considered by the Tri-University co-ordinating committee. Only students
Lynne Taylor
who are graduates of accredited universities and colleges are eligible for admission. Direct
BA Western Ontario, MA London, PhD Michigan
admission following a BA degree is permissible for outstanding applicants, but normally
Ryan Touhey students will be admitted after they have obtained an MA in which they have received at
BA, MA Ottawa, PhD Waterloo least an A- standing. Since not all applicants can be admitted, close attention is paid to
James W. Walker samples of applicants' written work, to applicants' transcripts and past records as a whole,
BA Toronto, MA Waterloo, PhD Dalhousie and to their statements of research interests. Applicants from outside Canada whose
MA Program previous education cannot be assessed readily may be required to demonstrate their
knowledge by other means, such as the Graduate Record Examination. Non-Canadian
The MA (by thesis) program provides for emphasis on medieval and modern British applicants whose first language is not French or English are required to submit evidence
history; Scottish studies; Canadian history; the United States from the colonial period to of proficiency in the English language or pass the Test of English as a Foreign Language
the 20th century; medieval and early modern European history; selected aspects of late (TOEFL). A net score of 600 is required. Registration at one university for three degrees
19th- and 20th-century European history; gender, family, and women's history in Europe, (BA, MA, PhD) is discouraged.
Britain, and North America; the social and military impact of war, race and slavery; global
history; rural history; and the history of science, technology and medicine. Degree Requirements
Admission Requirements 1. Professional Development Seminar (HIST*7000). All doctoral students attend the
professional development seminar in their first year of the program. The seminar is
An applicant must have a recognized honours degree in history, or its equivalent, with at designed to prepare students for success as a PhD student and for their future careers.
least a high second class or upper 'B' average. Applicants are required to include with A pass/fail grade will be assigned for the seminar.
their application a separate statement describing their proposed area of study and, where
2. Language requirement. If no specific language is required for the student’s research
possible, the suggested thesis topic.
(as authorized by the student’s advisory committee), the second language will be
Degree Requirements French. The determination of the second language will be made by the student’s
Students normally obtain the MA degree by satisfactorily completing six courses (at least advisory committee during the first semester of the student’s registration in the
3.0 credits) and submitting a major paper on an approved topic (10,000 to 12,000 words). program. The language exam will be offered every Fall and Winter semester and it
Alternatively, the student may qualify for the MA degree by completing four courses (at is expected that a student will successfully complete the test of reading comprehension
least 2.0 credits) and submitting a satisfactory thesis on an approved topic (25,000 words). no later than the 6th semester following admission into the program.
They may also qualify for an MA by completing 8 courses (at least 4 credits) three of 3. PhD fields. Each student is required to demonstrate competency in one major and
which must require a research paper. It is recommended but not required that students two minor areas. In the minor fields, competency is demonstrated by successful
take HIST*6000 and HIST*6020. The remaining courses are subject to the approval of completion of two minor field seminars. In the major field, students must successfully
the Department of History. A reading knowledge of French is highly recommended and complete a major field seminar and the qualifying written and oral examinations
a student's advisory committee may require a second language for research purposes. MA (HIST*7040 and HIST*7010). See the Tri-University History doctoral handbook.
students generally register for up to three courses per semester, or two if they hold a
graduate teaching assistantship.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, History - Tri-University Program 95

4. Colloquium (HIST*7080). The colloquium is a public presentation of a chapter, British History

significant portion, or summary of the student’s thesis within three semesters of the
completion of the thesis proposal. Grades will be SAT/UNS. HIST*6140 Topics in British History Since 1688 U [0.50]
5. Thesis proposal (HIST*7070). The thesis proposal is a written (up to 2,000 words, Although topics vary with the expertise of individual instructors, this course encompasses
including citations) and oral demonstration for dissertation research. The proposal the British Isles.
will include a statement of the overall thesis of the dissertation, a description/discussion HIST*6141 British History Research U [0.50]
of the major research question(s), a review of the principal primary/archival sources
Continuation of HIST*6140 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
being used, a chapter or topic outline, and a clear explanation of the originality of the
on primary sources.
thesis. Grades will be SAT/UNS.
6. PhD thesis (HIST*7990). All students must complete, under the supervision of a General
tri-university doctoral program faculty member, an original research project on an HIST*6000 Historiography I F [0.50]
advanced topic. Each student will be required to write and successfully defend a thesis
This course will introduce students to some of the essential components of the historical
of such cogency and originality as will represent a significant contribution to
process as exemplified by the literature produced prior to 1914. It will also assess history
knowledge. The thesis will normally be between 50,000 and 90,000 words in length.
as a cognitive discipline in contemporary society. While the scope of the course will
University of Guelph regulations and procedures govern this process (see Degree
extend from ancient times to the eve of World War I, emphasis will be placed on
Regulations.
19th-century historiography.
Courses - MA
HIST*6020 Historiography II W [0.50]
Note An examination of major examples of recent historical methodology, including works
in cultural and social history. The student is also expected to develop and present a thesis
For the courses offered in a particular year, see the listing published by the Office of proposal.
Registrarial Services.
HIST*6040 Special Reading Course U [0.50]
Canadian History Students selecting this course should speak to individual instructors to arrive at appropriate
topics.
HIST*6230 Canada: Culture and Society U [0.50]
A course that examines the current historiography of selected aspects of Canadian history. HIST*6300 Topics in Modern Europe I U [0.50]
Topics will vary with the expertise of individual instructors. This seminar course will focus on selected aspects of the political and social history of
Europe between 1789 and 1989. Topics to be examined will vary according to the expertise
HIST*6231 Canada: Culture and Society Research U [0.50]
of the faculty and the interest of the students.
Continuation of HIST*6230 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
on primary sources. HIST*6301 Modern Europe I Research U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6300 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
HIST*6280 Canada: Community and Identity U [0.50]
on primary sources.
A course that examines the current historiography of selected aspects of Canadian history.
Topics will vary with the expertise of individual instructors. HIST*6310 Topics in Modern Europe II U [0.50]
This seminar course will focus on selected aspects of the political and social history of
HIST*6281 Canada: Community and Identity Research U [0.50]
Europe between 1789 and 1989. Topics to be examined will vary according to the expertise
Continuation of HIST*6280 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based of the faculty and the interest of the students.
on primary sources.
HIST*6311 Modern Europe II Research U [0.50]
HIST*6290 Topics in North American History U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6310 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
Depending on the expertise of the instructor, this course may concentrate on either the on primary sources.
United States or Canada, or it may select an historical theme or themes common to the
larger continent. HIST*6350 History of the Family U [0.50]
This course will cover a broad range of historical developments within the family, all
HIST*6291 North American Research U [0.50]
concentrating on the interaction between the family (or elements within it) and outside
Continuation of HIST*6290 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based authority (both formal and informal).
on primary sources.
HIST*6351 Family History Research U [0.50]
Scottish History
Continuation of HIST*6350 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
HIST*6150 Scottish Archival Research U [0.50] on primary sources.
This course wil comprise of classroom teaching, practical instruction and work-placement HIST*6360 History of Sexuality and Gender U [0.50]
within the Scottish Collection of the University of Guelph's Archives. It will introduce
students to basic skills in the digitization of sources and teach competence in conservation, This course will provide a thematic approach to the foundations of Western attitudes
record creation and archival research. towards sexuality and gender, especially as they developed in premodern Europe. The
complex interweaving of medicine, Christian law and theology, and popular practices
Restriction(s): Student numbers are limited by the number of placements available in and beliefs will be explored.
the University Archives.
HIST*6361 Sexuality History Research U [0.50]
HIST*6190 Topics in Scottish History I U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6360 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
This course will introduce students to selected aspects of medieval and early modern
on primary sources.
Scottish history and historiography, including the use of source materials, and practical
training involving manuscripts in the University Archives. HIST*6370 Topics in Cultural History U [0.50]
HIST*6191 Scottish History I Research U [0.50] History 6370 investigates the practices of cultural history and the utility of the cultural
history paradigm in the investigation of topics including politics and power, religion,
Continuation of HIST*6190 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
war, empire, gender, class, 'race', ethnicity, the environment, and consumption.
on primary sources.
HIST*6371 Cultural History Research U [0.50]
HIST*6200 Topics in Scottish History II U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6370 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
This course will introduce students to selected aspects of modern Scottish history and
on primary sources.
historiography, including the use of source materials, and provide practical training
involving manuscripts in the University Archives. HIST*6380 Topics in Early Modern European History U [0.50]
HIST*6201 Scottish History II Research U [0.50] This seminar course examines current issues in early modern European history as selected
by instructor(s). Participants review current research and historiography, discuss the
Continuation of HIST*6200 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
principal debates, and develop their own perspectives through encounter with primary
on primary sources.
source materials.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

96 IX. Graduate Programs, History - Tri-University Program

HIST*6381 Early European Research U [0.50] HIST*7100 Canadian History Major Seminar U [1.00]
Continuation of HIST*6380 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based
HIST*7120 Scottish History Major Seminar U [1.00]
on primary sources.
HIST*6400 Major Paper U [1.00] HIST*7120 Scottish History Major Seminar U [1.00]
This is to be a major piece of research, based on the extensive use of primary sources. HIST*7140 Early Modern European History Major Seminar U [1.00]
An oral examination of this work is required.
HIST*6450 Quantitative Evidence and Historical Methods U [0.50] HIST*7150 Modern European History Major Seminar U [1.00]

An overview of the use for historical research of quantitative evidence and methodologies. HIST*7170 Race, Slavery, and Imperialism Major Seminar U [1.00]
HIST*6500 Topics in Global History U [0.50]
HIST*7190 War and Society Major Seminar U [1.00]
This is a topical course, that explores the history of processes that take place on a
worldwide scale. These may include social, cultural, economic, or environmental HIST*7590 War and Society Minor Seminar U [1.00]
processes.
HIST*7600 Canadian History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
HIST*6501 Global History Research U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6500 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based HIST*7610 British History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
on primary sources.
HIST*7620 Scottish History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
HIST*6520 Topics in Latin American History U [0.50]
HIST*7630 Community Studies Minor Seminar U [1.00]
In-depth study of a particular event or process in Latin American history. Topics may
include: religions, women, race and ethnicity, environment issues, intellectual history, HIST*7640 Early Modern European History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
or have a regional or temporal focus.
HIST*6521 Latin American Research U [0.50] HIST*7650 Modern European History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
Continuation of HIST*6520 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based HIST*7660 Gender, Women and Family Minor Seminar U [1.00]
on primary sources.
HIST*7670 Race, Slavery, and Imperialism Minor Seminar U [1.00]
HIST*6540 Topics in South Asian History U [0.50]
Topics in South Asian History will examine the history and historiography of imperialism HIST*7680 United States History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
and nationalism in India from 1757 to 1947.
HIST*7690 International History Minor Seminar U [1.00]
HIST*6541 South Asian History Research U [0.50]
Continuation of HIST*6540 in which students prepare an indepth research paper based HIST*7700 Science, Medicine and Technology Minor Seminar U [1.00]
on primary sources.
HIST*7710 Other Minor Seminar U [1.00]
Courses - PhD
HIST*7990 Doctoral Thesis U [2.00]
HIST*7000 Professional Development Seminar U [0.00]
Students are required to write and successfully defend a thesis of such cogency and
All doctoral students attend the professional development seminar in their first year of originality as will represent a significant contribution to knowledge. The thesis will
the program. The seminar is designed to prepare students for success as a PhD student normally be between 50,000 and 90,000 words in length. Univeristy of Guelph regulations
for their future careers. and procedures govern this process.
HIST*7010 Qualifying Examination U [0.50] The requirements for an MA student taking a 7000-level course are substantially different
This oral examination is designed to assess 1) the student's knowledge of the subject from those for a PhD student. Therefore a PhD student who has previously taken any of
matter and ability to integrate the material read and 2) the student's ability and promise these 7000-level courses may, with the permission of the department, repeat any of those
in research. 7000-level for credit in the Tri-University Doctoral Program.

HIST*7030 Language Requirement U [0.00]

A written demonstration of the student's knowledge of written French (or other appropriate
second language).
HIST*7040 Major Field U [0.50]
The examination written following completion of the major field seminar and before the
oral qualifying examination.
HIST*7070 Thesis Proposal U [0.00]
A written (up to 2,000 words, including citations) and oral demonstration of the proposed
dissertation. The proposal will include a statement of the overall thesis of the dissertation,
a description/discussion of the major research question(s), a review of the principal
primary/archival sources being used, a chapter or topic outline, and a clear explanation
of the originality of the thesis. Graded SAT/UNS.
Restriction(s): For PhD students only.
HIST*7080 Colloquium U [0.00]
The colloquium is a public presentation of original research, normally a chapter, significant
portion, or summary of the student's thesis. Graded SAT/UNS.
Restriction(s): For PhD students only.
The following courses are designed to study the central issues, ideas and historiography
of the designated major field, within certain geographical and temporal limits. All seminar
courses extend over two semesters. Students must register for the courses in each semester.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences 97

Human Health and Nutritional Sciences BSc Waterloo, MSc York, PhD McMaster - Professor
Lori A. Vallis
The Human Health and Nutritional Sciences Graduate Program offers MSc degrees by BSc, MA Ottawa, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor
thesis, MSc degrees by course work and project, and PhD degrees. The three areas of
Amanda Wright
emphasis and the faculty associated with those areas are:
BSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
• Biomechanics -- Bent, Jadeski, Lindinger, Srbely (CLF), Vallis, Zettel
David Wright
• Nutrition, Exercise and Metabolism -- Bakovic, Bonen, Dyck, Graham, Holloway, BPE Calgary, MSc Arizona State, PhD Ball State - Associate Professor
Murrant, Robinson, Simpson, Spriet
John L. Zettel
• Nutritional and Nutraceutical Sciences -- Bakovic, Bettger, Duncan, Kirkland, Ma, BS Waterloo, MSc, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
Meckling, Mutch, Robinson, Wright
MSc Program
(CLF) Contractually Limited Faculty
Interdepartmental programs are available for students wishing to specialize in The focus of the graduate programs in the Department of Human Health and Nutritional
Bioinformatics, or Biophysics. Collaborative programs are available for students wishing Sciences is on physical activity and diet as powerful lifestyle determinants of human
to specialize in Neuroscience or Toxicology. health. The interaction between genetics and environmental factors determines human
health and lifestyle is a major component of our environment.
Administrative Staff Our graduate programs offer advanced experiential learning experiences in the broad
Chair areas of nutritional and nutraceutical sciences, general and exercise physiology and
Terry E. Graham (354 Animal Science/Nutrition Bldg., Ext. 56168) biomechanics within the focus of lifestyle, genetics and human health. Within these broad
[email protected] fields, the Department of Human Health and Nutritional Sciences addresses the issues at
Associate Chair the level of the individual, not community or populations. The research efforts are focused
James B. Kirkland (335 Animal Science/Nutrition Bldg., Ext. 56693) on understanding the basic underlying biological aspects of health, which are further
[email protected] applied to understanding aging, neurological/sensory disorders and osteoarthritis, and
Graduate Coordinator chronic diseases such as cancer, cardiovascular disease, obesity, and type II diabetes
Coral Murrant (350 Animal Science/Nutrition Bldg., Ext. 56173) Admission Requirements
[email protected] To be considered, applicants must meet the requirements of a four-year honours science
Assistant Graduate Co-ordinator for MSc by Coursework and Project Program degree with a minimum 75% average during the final two years or 4 semesters of
Alison M. Duncan (347 Animal Science/Nutrition Bldg., Ext. 53416) undergraduate study. Applicants should have completed a course in statistics. Applicants
[email protected] must obtain the support of a faculty member willing to serve as their advisor.
Graduate Secretary Admission may be granted in September, January or May. Completed applications should
Andra Williams (352 Animal Science/Nutrition Bldg., Ext. 56356) arrive at least one full semester (four months) before the expected date of admission.
[email protected] Applications from international students should arrive at least eight months prior to the
CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary expected date of admission.
Karen White (3479 Science Complex, Ext. 52730) Admission Process
[email protected]
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled
Graduate Faculty by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application,
Marica Bakovic you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" webpage on the ADR Future
BSc, MSc Belgrade, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor Student's site.
Leah R. Bent On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Graduate
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor Program Services webpage or in the Graduate Calendar.
William J. Bettger Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary
BS, PhD Missouri - Associate Professor Degree Requirements
Arend Bonen MSc by Thesis
BA Western, MS, PhD Illinois - Professor
Students must complete and defend an acceptable thesis which comprises a scientifically
Stephen Brown defensible account of the student's research on a particular, well-defined research problem
BHK, MHK Windsor, PhD Waterloo - Assistant Professor or hypothesis. Such research should begin with the practical expectation that it could be
Alison M. Duncan completed and the thesis defended in not more than 5 semesters. Paramount to the notion
BASc Guelph, MSc Toronto, PhD Minnesota - Associate Professor of acceptability of the thesis is its quality with respect to problem identification, the
David J. Dyck approach used to address the problem, and the evaluation of the results.
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor In addition they must successfully complete courses totalling not fewer than 1.5 graduate
Terry E. Graham credits. The graduate credits of course work will consist of:
BA & BPHE, MSc, PhD Queen's - Professor and Chair a) at least one of:
Graham P. Holloway HHNS*6200 [1.00] Research Methods in Biomechanics
BA McMaster, MSc Waterloo, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor HHNS*6700 [0.50] Nutrition, Exercise and Metabolism
Lorraine C. Jadeski HHNS*6040 [0.50] Research Fronts in Nutritional and Nutraceutical
BSc Guelph, MSc Waterloo, PhD Western - Associate Professor Sciences
James B. Kirkland b) at least 1.0 credits of electives as determined with the Advisory Committee
BSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor MSc by Course Work and Project
Michael I. Lindinger Students must complete at least 4.0 graduate credits as follows:
BSc Victoria, MSc, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor HHNS*6010 [0.50] Seminar in Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
David W.L. Ma HHNS*6320 [0.50] Advances in Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
BSc, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor Research
at least one of:
Kelly A. Meckling
HHNS*6910 [0.50] Basic Research Techniques and Processes
BSc Calgary, PhD Toronto - Professor
HHNS*6920 [0.50] Applied Research Techniques and Processes
Coral L. Murrant HHNS*6930 [0.50] Research Project
BSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor at least one of:
David M. Mutch HHNS*6200 [1.00] Research Methods in Biomechanics
BSc Queen's, PhD Lausanne - Assistant Professor HHNS*6700 [0.50] Nutrition, Exercise and Metabolism
Lindsay E. Robinson HHNS*6040 [0.50] Research Fronts in Nutritional and Nutraceutical Sciences
BSc Acadia, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor at least 1.0 to 2.0 graduate credits of electives.
Jeremy Simpson
BSc, Guelph, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor
Lawrence L. Spriet
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
98 IX. Graduate Programs, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences

PhD Program HHNS*6130 Advanced Skeletal Muscle Metabolism in Humans W [0.50]

The focus of the graduate programs in the Department of Human Health and Nutritional This course examines how the energy provision pathways in human skeletal muscle and
Sciences is on physical activity and diet as powerful lifestyle determinants of human associated organs meet the energy demands of the muscle cell during a variety of
health. The interaction between genetics and environmental factors determines human metabolically demanding situations.
health and lifestyle is a major component of our environment. HHNS*6200 Research Methods in Biomechanics F [1.00]
Our graduate programs offer advanced experiential learning experiences in the broad
This course covers the basic elements of biomechanics experimental data collection
areas of nutritional and nutraceutical sciences, general and exercise physiology and
including instrumentation, analog-to-digital conversion, signal processing and analysis.
biomechanics within the focus of lifestyle, genetics and human health. Within these broad
Particular emphasis is placed on the areas of kinematics, electromyography and tissue
fields, the Department of Human Health and Nutritional Sciences addresses the issues at
mechanics.
the level of the individual, not community or populations. The research efforts are focused
on understanding the basic underlying biological aspects of health, which are further HHNS*6210 Exploring Research Techniques in Biomechanics F [0.50]
applied to understanding aging, neurological/sensory disorders and osteoarthritis, and This course will review basic elements of biomechanics experimental data collection
chronic diseases such as cancer, cardiovascular disease, obesity, and type II diabetes. including instrumentation, analog-to-digital conversion, signal processing and analysis
Admission Requirements including kinematics, electromyography and tissue mechanics. Students will also be
Applicants must have a recognized master’s degree in a related field obtained with a responsible for conducting bi-weekly seminars which will analyze and critique original
minimum academic standing of 80% in their postgraduate studies, and the endorsement research investigations in the area of biomechanics instrumentation/processing techniques.
of a potential thesis advisor. Applicants should have completed a course in statistics. HHNS*6320 Advances in Human Health and Nutritional Sciences Research S,F,W
Under exceptional circumstances admission directly to a PhD program with an appropriate [0.50]
honours degree alone, or transfer from MSc to PhD program without completing the MSc
This course provides the student with an opportunity to study a topic of choice and
thesis requirements, is also possible.
involves literature research on a chosen topic. The course may stand alone (MSc thesis
Admission may be granted in September, January or May. Completed applications should and PhD students) or provide the background information for an experimental approach
arrive at least one full semester (four months) before the expected date of admission. to the topic (MSc course work and project students).
Applications from international students should arrive at least eight months prior to the
expected date of admission. HHNS*6400 Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals F [0.50]
Admission Process This course considers the relation of nutraceuticals, functional foods, designer foods,
medical foods and food additives to foods and drugs. The course emphasizes the
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled
development and commercialization of nutraceuticals.
by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application,
you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" webpage on the ADR Future HHNS*6410 Applied Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals W [1.00]
Student's site. This course prepares students to develop an innovative product or service from
On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Office of conceptualization to market entry considering regulatory, product development,
Graduate Studies webpage or in the Graduate Calendar. safety/efficacy and market readiness issues. The course applies and integrates the concepts
Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary. defined in HHNS*6400
Degree Requirements HHNS*6440 Nutrition, Gene Expression and Cell Signalling W [0.50]
The major part of a student's time will be devoted to research in fulfilment of the This course emphasizes the role nutrients play as modulators of gene expression at the
dissertation requirement. Course work would be established through discussion with the molecular level. The mechanisms by which nutrients modulate gene expression through
student's Advisory Committee. specific cell signalling cascades are examined. (offered annually)
PhD students will become candidates for the PhD degree upon completion of a qualifying HHNS*6700 Nutrition, Exercise and Metabolism F [0.50]
examination, which must be conducted not later than the fifth semester of the PhD program.
The examination will be primarily research focused. A discussion of recent concepts in the relationships among nutrition, exercise and
metabolism. Information from the molecular to the whole-body level will be presented
Thesis Requirements with a focus on understanding nutrition and exercise in the human. Emphasis is placed
Submission and defence of an acceptable dissertation complete the requirements for a on the development and testing of experimental hypotheses in these areas of research.
PhD. An acceptable dissertation comprises a report of the candidate's research on a
particular and well-defined research problem or hypothesis. It should represent a significant HHNS*6710 Advanced Topics in Nutrition and Exercise W [0.50]
contribution to knowledge in that field. Emphasis is placed on the quality of the work Advanced topics will be presented to establish an in-depth understanding of current
judged by the expression of mature scholarship and critical judgment in the dissertation. investigations in nutrition and exercise. Based on the integrated understanding of nutrition
Dissertation approval implies that it could be published in reputable, refereed journals in and exercise developed in HBNS*6700, the focus of this course will be to develop the
its field. student's ability to independently analyze original research investigations.
Courses HHNS*6910 Basic Research Techniques and Processes S,F,W [0.50]
HHNS*6000 Students Promoting Awareness of Research Knowledge S,F,W [0.25] Working with a faculty advisor, students will gain experience in basic aspects of scientific
research. This will be accomplished through experience of one or more components of
This course will explore research communication through practical experience. The
the scientific method in a laboratory setting. Objective outcomes will be evaluated and
course will be part of the SPARK program in which students write, edit and coordinate
will include documentation of the experience in a written report.
a variety of news publications that highlight University of Guelph research activities for
a wide range of audiences. Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required
Restriction(s): Limited to HHNS MSc course work and project students only. HHNS*6920 Applied Research Techniques and Processes S,F,W [0.50]
Instructor's signature required. Under the supervision of a faculty advisor, students will gain practical experience in
HHNS*6010 Seminar in Human Health and Nutritional Sciences S [0.50] discipline-specific aspects of research. This will be accomplished through experience in
a pre-arranged practicum in an applied setting. Objective outcomes will be evaluated and
Students will develop their scientific communication skills by translating a specific body
will include documentation of the experience in a written report.
of knowledge on a chosen topic into a seminar. The class will also explore scientific
process-oriented concepts and issues such as effective scientific communication and Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required
dissemination of results. HHNS*6930 Research Project S,F,W [0.50]
Restriction(s): Limited to HHNS MSc course work and project students only Under the supervision of a faculty advisor and building on knowledge gained from Basic
HHNS*6040 Research Fronts in Nutritional and Nutraceutical Sciences F [0.50] or Applied Research Techniques and Processes, students will carry out a specific research
project to its completion. Results will be documented in a written report and communicated
Building on an information base in nutrition, biochemistry and physiology, the course
through a scientific poster.
comprises selected research topics pertaining to the importance of nutrition as a
determinant of health throughout the life span. Distinction will be drawn between the Prerequisite(s): HHNS*6910 or HHNS*6920
metabolic basis of nutrient essentiality and the health protectant effects of nutraceuticals. Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Integrative Biology 99

Integrative Biology BSc Tehran Azad, PhD Ottawa - Assistant Professor

Paul D.N. Hebert
The Department of Integrative Biology is comprised of faculty members in three BSc Queen's, PhD Cambridge, FRSC - Professor
overlapping areas of emphasis: Ecology, Evolutionary Biology and Comparative
Andreas Heyland
Physiology. Research is focused on a wide variety of organisms (from microbes to plants
BSc, MSc Zurich, PhD Florida - Assistant Professor
to animals) at multiple levels of organization (from molecules and cells through to entire
ecosystems). Basic research is being used as a foundation to address some of the most Brian C. Husband
important regional and global issues. BSc, MSc Alberta, PhD Toronto - Professor and Associate Dean of Academic, College
of Biological Science
The Integrative Biology Graduate Program offers MSc and PhD degrees. The faculty
members associated with the three areas of emphasis are: Frederic Laberge
BSc, MSc Laval, PhD Manitoba - Assistant Professor
• Ecology (ECO) - Ackerman, Cottenie, Crawford, Fryxell, MacDougall, Maherali,
McCann, McLaughlin, Newmaster, Norris, Nudds, Robinson, Turetsky Andrew MacDougall
BA Dalhousie, MSc York, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor
• Evolutionary Biology (EVO) - Adamowicz, Boulding, Caruso, Crease, Danzmann,
Ferguson, Fu, Gregory, Griswold, Hajibabaei, Hanner (CLF), Hebert, Husband, Hafiz Maherali
McAdam, Smith BSc McGill, MSc, PhD Illinois - Associate Professor
• Comparative Physiology (PHY) - Ballantyne, Bernier, Fudge, Gillis, Heyland, Andrew G. McAdam
Laberge, McDonald, Van Der Kraak, Wright BSc McGill, MSc Western, PhD Alberta - Assistant Professor
Kevin S. McCann
(CLF) Contractually Limited Faculty
BA Dartmouth, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
Faculty in Integrative Biology also participate in the interdepartmental programs in
Aquaculture, Bioinformatics Biophysics and in the collaborative programs Neuroscience D. Gordon McDonald
and Toxicology. BSc Western Ontario, MSc, PhD Calgary - Professor
Robert L. McLaughlin
Administrative Staff BSc Windsor, MSc Queen's, PhD McGill - Associate Professor
Chair Steven G. Newmaster
Moira Ferguson (2480 Science Complex, Ext. 53598) BSc Guelph, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor
[email protected]
Ryan Norris
Graduate Coordinator BES Waterloo, MSc York, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor
Teresa Crease (1455 Science Complex, Ext. 52723)
Thomas D. Nudds
[email protected]
BSc, MSc Windsor, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
CBS Graduate Secretary
Beren W. Robinson
Mary Anne Davis (3480 Science Complex, Ext. 56094)
BSc, MSc Dalhousie, PhD Binghamton - Associate Professor
[email protected]
M. Alexander Smith
CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary
BSc Trent, MSc Trent, PhD McGill - Assistant Professor
Karen White (3479 Science Complex, Ext. 52730)
[email protected] Merritt R. Turetsky
BSc Villanova, PhD Alberta - Assistant Professor
Graduate Faculty Glen J. Van Der Kraak
Josef D. Ackerman BSc, MSc Manitoba, PhD British Columbia - Professor and Associate Dean of Research,
BSc Toronto, MA SUNY, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor College of Biological Science
Sarah J. Adamowicz Patricia A. Wright
BSc Dalhousie, MSc Guelph, PhD Imperial College - Assistant Professor BSc McMaster, PhD British Columbia - Professor
James S. Ballantyne MSc Program
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD British Columbia - Professor
The Integrative Biology Graduate Program offers MSc degrees in each of three major
Nicholas J. Bernier
areas of emphasis (fields): ecology, evolutionary biology and comparative physiology.
BSc McGill, Diploma in Aquaculture Malaspina College, MSc British Columbia, PhD
The three areas of interest focus on (but are not restricted to) experimental approaches in
Ottawa - Associate Professor
field and laboratory settings and a strong linkage between theoretical and applied
Elizabeth G. Boulding investigations. The department encourages students to pursue interdisciplinary research
BSc British Columbia, MSc Alberta, PhD Washington - Associate Professor and, where appropriate, utilize faculty expertise from across campus on their advisory
Christina M. Caruso committees.
BA Oberlin College, PhD Illinois - Associate Professor
Admissions Requirements
Karl A. Cottenie
To be considered, applicants must meet the requirements of a four-year honours science
MSc, MS, PhD Katholieke - Assistant Professor
degree with a minimum 'B' (75%) average during the final two years (4 semesters) of
Stephen S. Crawford undergraduate study. Applicants must obtain the support of a faculty member willing to
BSc Guelph, MSc Queen's, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor serve as their thesis advisor.
Teresa J.D. Crease Admission may be granted in September, January or May. Completed applications should
BSc, MSc Windsor, PhD Washington - Professor and Graduate Co-ordinator arrive at least one full semester (four months) before the expected date of admission.
Roy G. Danzmann Applications from international students should arrive at least eight months prior to the
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Montana - Professor expected date of admission.
Moira M. Ferguson Admission Process
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Montana - Professor and Chair of Integrative Biology
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled
John M. Fryxell by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application,
BSc, PhD British Columbia - Professor you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" . webpage on the ADR
Jinzhong Fu Future Student's site. NOTE: The name of a potential advisor(s) is required in order to
BSc Nankai, MSc Chinese Academy of Sciences, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor complete the submission summary.
Douglas S. Fudge On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Office of
BA, MAT Cornell, MSc Guelph, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor Graduate Studies webpage or in the Graduate Calendar.
Todd E. Gillis Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary.
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Simon Fraser - Assistant Professor
Degree Requirements
Ryan Gregory
BSc McMaster, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Students must complete and defend an acceptable thesis. In addition, they must successfully
complete courses totaling not fewer than 1.5 credits. These credits must include the
Cortland K. Griswold
mandatory course IBIO*6630, Scientific Communication (0.50 credit)
BSc Wisconsin, MSc Toonto, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor
An acceptable MSc thesis comprises a scientifically defensible account of the student's
Mehrdad Hajibabaei
research on a particular, well-defined research problem or hypothesis. Such research
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
100 IX. Graduate Programs, Integrative Biology

should begin with the practical expectation that it could be completed and the thesis thesis. Thesis approval implies that it is judged sufficiently meritorious to warrant
defended in not more than six semesters. Paramount to the notion of acceptability of the publication in reputable, refereed journals in its field.
thesis is its quality with respect to the underlying rationale (problem identification), the
Courses
approach used to address the problem, and the evaluation of the results. Final acceptance
of the MSc thesis need not imply that the work is sufficiently meritorious to warrant Ecology
publication in scholarly media, though the majority of MSc research in the department is IBIO*6000 Advances in Ecology and Behaviour U [0.50]
published.
This is a modular course in which several faculty lecture and/or lead discussion groups
The department endorses the idea that graduate students in the Integrative Biology program
in tutorials about advances in their broad areas, or related areas, of ecology and behaviour.
should benefit from exposure to recent developments both within and between the major
Topics may include animal communication, optimal foraging, life-history evolution,
areas of emphasis. To that end, students may enrol in any of the regularly offered courses
mating systems, population dynamics, niche theory and food-web dynamics. The course
entitled "Advances in ...". A selection of subjects is given in each of the course descriptions
includes lectures and seminars in which the students participate. Offered annually.
below. Details of course content, format and evaluation will be available in the Office of
the Chair of the Department one semester prior to the semester in which the course is IBIO*6040 Special Topics in Ecology U [0.50]
offered. Students will explore aspects of ecology not otherwise covered in existing graduate
In addition, the department offers two "Topics in Advanced Integrative Biology" courses courses. A program of study will be developed with a faculty advisor according to the
to provide students with the opportunity to study with individual faculty on specific topics student's requirements. Research papers, laboratory work and/or written and oral
in the faculty member's area of expertise. These courses may be taken by groups as either presentations may be required.
reading/seminar courses, or on an individual research-project basis. Students should
approach individual faculty members to request supervision on individual research project Evolutionary Biology
courses; faculty members may be petitioned by students to offer, or may advertise, "Topics IBIO*6020 Advances in Evolutionary Biology U [0.50]
in Advanced Integrative Biology" courses at least one semester prior to the semester in This modular course reviews books and/or other publications in the field of evolutionary
which the course is to be offered. biology, providing knowledge of progress in this area of biology. Topics may include
The department also offers Special Topics courses that combine a senior-level epigenetics, phylogenetics, developmental basis of evolutionary change, and molecular
undergraduate course in ecology, evolutionary biology, or comparative physiology with evolution. The course includes lectures and seminars in which the students participate.
an additional component – typically a major paper or research project. These courses are Offered annually.
coordinated by a single faculty member who should be consulted for more information.
IBIO*6060 Special Topics in Evolution U [0.50]
PhD Program
Students will explore aspects of evolution not otherwise covered in existing graduate
The Integrative Biology Graduate Program offers PhD degrees for studies in each of the courses. A program of study will be developed with a faculty advisor according to the
three major areas of emphasis (fields): ecology, evolutionary biology, and comparative student's requirements. Research papers, laboratory work and/or written and oral
physiology. The 3 areas of emphasis focus on (but are not restricted to), experimental presentations may be required.
approaches in field and laboratory settings and a strong linkage between theoretical and
applied investigations. The department encourages students to pursue interdisciplinary IBIO*6100 Molecular Evolution U [0.50]
research and, where appropriate, utilize faculty expertise from across campus on their This course is designed to provide students with an appreciation for the uses of molecular
advisory committees. data in the study of evolutionary processes. An overview of the principles of molecular
Admissions Requirements data analysis using a phylogenetic approach will be given. In addition, the importance
of incorporating evolutionary history into biodiversity research and other applied topics
The admission and degree requirements of the PhD program are essentially those of the will be emphasized. Laboratory sessions will be devoted to practical training in analytical
university. Most applicants will have a recognized master's degree in a related field tools using specialized computer software, and for student presentation of independent
obtained with minimum academic standing of 'A-' (80%) in their postgraduate studies, research projects. The course will involve practical training in molecular data analysis
and the endorsement of a potential thesis advisor. Under exceptional circumstances using a phylogenetic approach and discussion of current topics from the primary literature.
admission directly to a PhD program with an appropriate honours degree alone, or transfer
from MSc to PhD program without completing the MSc thesis requirements, is also Comparative Physiology
possible. Applications should be received at least one full semester (four months) prior IBIO*6010 Advances in Physiology U [0.50]
to the expected date of admission. Applications from international students should arrive
at least eight months prior to the expected date of admission. A modular course format in which several faculty members lecture and/or lead discussion
groups in tutorials on advances in their areas, or related areas, of physiology. Topics may
Admissions Process include metabolic adaptation to extreme environments, behavioural and molecular
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled endocrinology, and exercise and muscle physiology. The course includes lectures and
by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application, seminars in which the students participate. Offered annually.
you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" webpage on the ADR Future
IBIO*6090 Special Topics in Physiology U [0.50]
Student's site. NOTE: The name of a potential advisor(s) is required in order to complete
the submission summary. Students will explore aspects of physiology not otherwise covered in existing graduate
On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Office of courses. A program of study will be developed with a faculty advisor according to the
Graduate Studies webpage or in the Graduate Calendar student's requirements. Research papers, laboratory work and/or written and oral
presentations may be required.
Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary.
Degree Requirements General
The Integrative Biology program expects that the major part of the student's time will be IBIO*6070 Topics in Advanced Integrative Biology I U [0.50]
devoted to research in fulfillment of the thesis requirement. For that reason, the department This course provides graduate students, either individually or in groups, with the
does not require that PhD students take any courses. Even so, students entering directly opportunity to pursue topics in specialized fields of integrative biology under the guidance
into the PhD program are strongly encouraged to take IBIO*6630, Scientific of graduate faculty. Course topics will normally be advertised by faculty one semester
Communication (0.50 credit) in their first semester. Furthermore, advisory committees prior to their offering. Courses may be offered in any of lecture, reading/seminar, or
may, from time to time, require that a student take some prescribed or additional courses. individual project formats. A minimum enrolment may be required for some course
Regardless, PhD students are expected to contribute and participate actively in the full offerings.
academic life of the department, including regular attendance at departmental and
inter-departmental seminars, and to provide leadership and counseling to undergraduate IBIO*6080 Topics in Advanced Integrative Biology II U [0.50]
and MSc students. This course provides graduate students, either individually or in groups, with the
PhD students will become candidates for the PhD degree upon successful completion of opportunity to pursue topics in specialized fields of integrative biology under the guidance
a qualifying examination with oral and written components, which should be conducted of graduate faculty. Course topics will normally be advertised by faculty one semester
not later than the third semester of the PhD program. The exam evaluates students' prior to their offering. Courses may be offered in any of lecture, reading/seminar, or
knowledge in the general area of the intended research. individual project formats. A minimum enrolment may be required for some course
offerings.
Submission and defence of an acceptable thesis complete the requirements for a PhD. An
acceptable thesis comprises a report of the candidate's research on a particular and IBIO*6630 Scientific Communication U [0.50]
well-defined research problem or hypothesis. It should represent a significant contribution The development and refinement of the skills of scientific communication, emphasizing
to knowledge in that field. Emphasis is placed on the quality of the work as judged by the writing skills, in the context of developing a thesis proposal. This course is mandatory
expression of mature scholarship, critical judgment, and satisfactory literary style in the for MSc students in the Department of Integrative Biology.
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Integrative Biology 101

ZOO*6550 [0.50] Aquaculture

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

102 IX. Graduate Programs, International Development Studies

International Development Studies Janet Thackray (348 MacKinnon, Ext. 56265)

The International Development Studies (IDS) program provides a focal point for graduate
From Political Science
teaching and research in the area of international development. The program combines Acting Graduate Coordinator
training in a particular discipline with exposure to a broad range of social science Craig Johnson (514 MacKinnon, Ext. 53531)
perspectives. Faculty expertise encompasses various aspects of development in Asia, Graduate Secretary
Africa, Eastern and Western Europe and the Americas. Renee Tavascia (527 MacKinnon, Ext. 56973)
Administrative Staff From Sociology and Anthropology
Director Graduate Coordinator
Sally Humphries (646 MacKinnon, Ext. 53542) Patrick Parnaby (638 MacKinnon, Ext. 53941)
[email protected] Graduate Secretary
Graduate Coordinator Shelagh Daly (624 MacKinnon, Ext. 53895)
Kerry Preibisch (643 MacKinnon, Ext. 52505) Collaborative Master's Program
[email protected]
Students wishing to pursue a Master's degree with the designation "International
Graduate Secretary Development Studies" must enter the collaborative IDS program through a participating
Jennifer Cranfield (046 MacKinnon, Ext. 53461) department.
[email protected]
Admission Requirements
From Animal and Poultry Science
Students must meet both departmental and collaborative IDS requirements. They must
Graduate Coordinator demonstrate familiarity with conceptual frameworks employed in the social sciences.
John Cant (127 ANNU, Ext. 56222) More detailed information is available on the IDS Graduate website.
Graduate Secretary
Wendy McGrattan (144 ANNU, Ext. 56215)
Degree Requirements
Students complete IDS core requirements and requirements designated for IDS students
From Capacity Development and Extension by the relevant department. Following are requirements for select departments; consult
Graduate Coordinator the IDS Graduate website for other departments. One IDS core course may be waived if
Helen Hambly-Odame (119 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 53408) a student has taken a comparable course at the senior undergraduate level.
Graduate Secretary IDS Master's Core Courses*
Sue Hall (100 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 56780)
IDEV*6100 [0.50] International Development Studies Seminar
From Economics One of:
Graduate Coordinator SOC*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
Thanasis Stengos (715 MacKinnon, Ext. 53917) ANTH*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
Graduate Program Assistant CDE*6420 [0.50] Development Communication
Sandra Brown (723 MacKinnon, Ext. 56341) SOC*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural
From Engineering Change
ANTH*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural
Associate Director, Graduate Studies Change
Ralph Brown (2340 Thornbrough, Ext. 53922) SOC*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality
Graduate Secretary ANTH*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality
Lucy Cremasco (2383 Thornbrough, Ext. 56187) SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America
From English and Theatre Studies One of:
Graduate Coordinator GEOG*6400 [0.50] Urbanization and Development
Alan Filewod (MASS 204, Ext. 52932) GEOG*6450 [0.50] Development Geography
EDRD*6050 [0.50] Farming Systems Analysis and Development
Graduate Secretary
RPD*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development
TBA (427 MacKinnon, Ext. 56315)
One of:
From Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective
Graduate Coordinator FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development
John Cranfield (320 MacLachlan, Ext. 53708) ECON*6350 [0.50] Economic Development
[email protected] One of:
Graduate Program Assistant POLS*6750 [0.50] Development in Practice
Kathryn Selves (311 MacLachlan, Ext. 52771) POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment
From Geography
Graduate Coordinator Note
Alice Hovorka (54338, Ext. ) *This does not apply to students in Anthropology, Engineering, and Latin American
[email protected] and Caribbean Studies, Please see specific departmental requirements sections below
Graduate Secretary for required courses (both IDS and departmental or program).
Nance Grieve (129a Hutt, Ext. 56721)
From History Optional IDS Courses
Students in the collaborative program may undertake any course offered by a collaborating
Graduate Coordinator
department with the permission of the instructor. There are also two optional
Alan Gordon (2005 MacKinnon, Ext. 54460)
interdisciplinary courses available:
Graduate Secretary
IDEV*6000 [0.50] Regional Context
TBA (2010 MacKinnon, Ext. 56847)
IDEV*6500 [0.50] Fieldwork in International Development Studies
From Latin American and Caribbean Studies Departmental or Program Requirements
Graduate Coordinator Programs not listed below are designed by special arrangements. All departmental
Rosario Gomez (279 MacKinnon, Ext. 52583) requirements are subject to change. Students should confirm the departmental course
Graduate Secretary requirements with the respective Graduate Coordinator.
Joanne Scheuer (267 MacKinnon, Ext. 53884)
Anthropology (MA)
From Philosophy IDS Requirements:
Graduate Coordinator One of:
Karyn Freedman (354 MacKinnon, Ext. 53232)
GEOG*6400 [0.50] Urbanization and Development
Graduate Secretary GEOG*6450 [0.50] Development Geography
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, International Development Studies 103

EDRD*6050 [0.50] Farming Systems Analysis and Development ENGG*6080 [0.00] Engineering Seminar
RPD*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development One of:
One of: ENGG*6950 [1.00] Final Project in Environmental Engineering
ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective ENGG*6900 [1.00] Final Project in Water Resources Engineering
FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development Engineering (MASc in Environmental Engineering or Water Resources
ECON*6350 [0.50] Economic Development Engineering)
with permission of the instructor
IDS Core Courses Required:
One of:
POLS*6750 [0.50] Development in Practice IDEV*6100 [0.50] International Development Studies Seminar
POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment One of:
Departmental Requirements: SOC*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
ANTH*6080 [0.50] Anthropological Theory ANTH*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
ANTH*6140 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods CDE*6420 [0.50] Development Communication
ANTH*6000 [0.50] Public Issues Anthropology SOC*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural
Either a Thesis and one additional course or Change
ANTH*6660 [1.00] Major Paper ANTH*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural
and three additional courses Change
Capacity Development and Extension (MSc) SOC*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality
ANTH*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality
CDE*6070 [0.50] Foundations of Capacity Building and Extension
SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America
CDE*6260 [0.50] Research Design
One of:GEOG
One of:
ECON*6350 [0.50] Economic Development
RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development
and Development
ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective
EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development
(with permission of instructor)
Two additional courses from the following group:
One of:
CDE*6060 [0.50] Adult Learning and Development POLS*6750 [0.50] Development in Practice
CDE*6190 [0.50] Fundamentals of Interpersonal and Intercultural POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment
Communication Departmental Requirements:
CDE*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Capacity Building and Extension
Three courses from the list of required graduate courses in Engineering (to be selected in
CDE*6311 [0.50] Capacity Development and Extension Methods
consultation with advisor)
CDE*6320 [0.50] Capacity Building for Sustainable Development
CDE*6330 [0.50] Facilitation and Conflict Management ENGG*6080 [0.00] Engineering Seminar
CDE*6410 [0.50] Readings in Capacity Building and Extension Thesis
CDE*6420 [0.50] Development Communication English (MA)
CDE*6690 [0.50] Community Environmental Leadership Three English courses and a thesis
One additional course in other areas of research (open elective) OR
A thesis OR Four English courses and
CDE*6900 [1.00] Major Research Paper ENGL*6803 [1.00] Research Project
plus two more courses from the restricted electives group (see course list above) Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics (MSc)
Economics (MA) FARE*6380 [0.50] Applied Microeconomics for Agricultural Economists
ECON*6000 [0.50] Microeconomic Theory I FARE*6970 [0.50] Applied Quantitative Methods for Agricultural Economists
ECON*6020 [0.50] Macroeconomic Theory I FARE*6910 [0.50] Applied Policy Analysis I
ECON*6940 [1.00] Research Project FARE*6100 [0.50] The Methodologies of Economics
One of: FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development
ECON*6050 [0.50] Introduction to Econometric Methods A thesis
AND
ECON*6180 [0.50] Econometric Methods Note
OR
* NB: a departmental course from the policy area may substitute for the Politics course
ECON*6140 [0.50] Econometrics I
in the IDS core.
Engineering (MEng in Environmental Engineering or Water Resources
Engineering) Geography (MA or MSc)
IDS Core Courses Required: GEOG*6090 [0.50] Geographical Research Methods I
IDEV*6100 [0.50] International Development Studies Seminar GEOG*6091 [0.50] Geographical Research Methods II
One of: One other Geography course not taken as part of the IDS core
SOC*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development Either a thesis OR
ANTH*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development GEOG*6180 [1.00] Research Project in Geography
CDE*6420 [0.50] Development Communication plus one other Geography course not taken as part of the IDS core
SOC*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural History (MA)
Change HIST*6020 [0.50] Historiography II
ANTH*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Two additional History courses
Change OR (only one if the IDS core includes):
SOC*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective
ANTH*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality One of:
SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America Thesis
One of: HIST*6400 [1.00] Major Paper
ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective Latin American and Caribbean Studies (MA)
FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development LACS*6010 [0.50] Latin American Identity & Culture I
ECON*6350 [0.50] Economic Development LACS*6020 [0.50] Latin American Identity & Culture II
(with permission of instructor) LACS*6030 [0.50] Globalization & Insecurity in the Americas
One of: One of:
POLS*6750 [0.50] Development in Practice LACS*6000 [0.50] Research Methods Seminar
POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods
Departmental Requirements: SOC*6130 [0.50] Quantitative Research Methods
Six courses from the list of required graduate courses in Engineering (to be selected in Plus:
consultation with advisor) IDEV*6100 [0.50] International Development Studies Seminar

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

104 IX. Graduate Programs, International Development Studies

ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective experience in the course-based study of development issues, development research and/or
(or its equivalent) development practice and a stated research interest relating to international development.
SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America Degree Requirements
(or its equivalent)
Plus: Students complete requirements for the departmental degree as well as the IDS components
LACS*6100 [1.00] Research Project which consist of three courses, including an interdisciplinary course on theories and
debates, a course relating student-selected research topics to the larger context of
Philosophy (MA)
international development, and a seminar series with invited speakers. While the students
PHIL*6950 [0.50] MA Seminar have to successfully complete these courses to remain in the collaborative IDS program,
Additional philosophy courses in consultation with the department they do not have to pass a separate qualifying examination in addition to the departmental
Either a thesis or research paper (in conjunction with) qualifying exam. Furthermore, the expectation is that the IDS students’ PhD research will
PHIL*6990 [1.00] Guided Research Project bridge two or more disciplines in a way that relates to the field of IDS.
Political Science (MA) For further information regarding course offering, please contact the IDS Graduate
IDS Requirements: Secretary.
IDEV*6100 [0.50] International Development Studies Seminar IDS PhD Core Courses
One of
IDEV*6800 [0.50] Theories and Debates in Development
SOC*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
IDEV*6850 [0.50] Development Research and Practice
ANTH*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
CDE*6420 [0.50] Development Communication Departmental PhD Requirements
SOC*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Departmental requirements are assigned in collaboration with the student's home
Change department. See respective departmental web pages.
ANTH*6420 [0.50] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Courses
Change
SOC*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality IDEV*6000 Regional Context U [0.50]
ANTH*6270 [0.50] Diversity and Social Equality This reading course provides an opportunity for in-depth investigation about a particular
SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America region in preparation for a thesis, major paper or research project. The Course normally
One of: is directed by the student's advisor.
GEOG*6400 [0.50] Urbanization and Development
GEOG*6450 [0.50] Development Geography IDEV*6100 International Development Studies Seminar U [0.50]
EDRD*6050 [0.50] Farming Systems Analysis and Development A bi-weekly seminar discussion of issues which arise in the study of international
RPD*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development development. Led by faculty and visitors from a variety of disciplines.
One of:
IDEV*6500 Fieldwork in International Development Studies U [0.50]
ECON*6370 [0.50] Economic Development in Historical Perspective
FARE*6600 [0.50] Agriculture in Economic Development This course recognizes an intensive commitment to research in an archival repository,
ECON*6350 [0.50] Economic Development 'in the field' or at an appropriate development institution in Canada or abroad. The course
Department Requirements normally is directed by the student's advisor in consultation with the advisory committee
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar IDEV*6800 Theories and Debates in Development F [0.50]
POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods This course examines recent approaches in development theory explaining international
POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment inequality, poverty and long-term change. It also investigates selected current debates in
One of: international development – such as food security, trade, good governance, sustainability
Thesis or gender – from various discipline-based and interdisciplinary perspectives, and analyzes
OR selected regional experiences of development.
POLS*6970 [1.00] Major Paper
plus one additional course from the Political Science Department (elective) Restriction(s): Restricted to students in doctoral IDEV programs or instructor's consent.
Sociology (MA) IDEV*6850 Development Research and Practice W [0.50]
SOC*6070 [0.50] Sociological Theory In this course students establish the linkages between their doctoral research topic and
SOC*6700 [0.00] Pro-seminar the wider field of development studies and practice. The course will examine development
One of: policies and projects, ethical issues related to (cross-cultural) development research, and
SOC*6130 [0.50] Quantitative Research Methods relationships between research and development practice.
ANTH*6140 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods Restriction(s): Restricted to students in doctoral IDEV programs or instructor's consent.
Plus a thesis and one additional Sociology course OR
SOC*6660 [1.00] Major Paper
Plus three additional Sociology courses
Collaborative PhD Program
The collaborative PhD program in International Development Studies (IDS) provides an
opportunity for advanced students to engage with interdisciplinary development theories
and to conduct research on international development issues based on approaches of
selected academic disciplines. The PhD program in IDS is undertaken jointly with a
discipline-based degree. Students enter IDS through a collaborating department with a
PhD program. At present these include Sociology; Political Science, Geography; Food,
Agricultural and Resource Economics; Economics; History; Engineering; Environmental
Biology; and Land Resource Science.
Based on the experience of faculty advisors in key collaborating departments, the program
focuses on issues such as international political economy, food security, environmental
dynamics and governance, gender inequality, rural development, long-term economic
change, and other interdisciplinary cutting-edge topics in international development.
Admission Requirements
To be considered for admission, an applicant must have a recognized Bachelor's degree
and a Master's degree in a relevant discipline or related interdisciplinary field. Applicants
to the collaborative IDS program must meet the specific departmental admission
requirements, which vary from one department to another. For information on the admission
requirements and application deadlines of your selected department, please contact the
relevant department directly.
In addition to the specific departmental admission requirements, applicants are expected
to have a strong background in the social sciences a demonstrable track record of

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Land Resource Science 105

Land Resource Science to land resources, and current research; and provide an environmental, social and economic
context for this research. It is recommended that students enroll in the courses during their
The School of Environmental Sciences offers program of study leading to MSc and PhD first year. Candidates for the thesis-based MSc degree must successfully complete a
degrees. Graduate Studies in the Land Resource Science program are designed to train prescribed series of courses, conduct a research project, prepare a thesis based on their
people to work independently and imaginatively with a high level of technical skill and results and defend this in a final examination. The number of course credits required in
scientific acumen in various areas of environmental biology. this option will be decided by the student's advisory committee in consultation with the
Administrative Staff student, and may exceed the minimum 1.5 credits required by the Faculty of Graduate
Studies.
Director, School of Environmental Sciences
Jonathan Newman (1106 Bovey Bldg., Ext. 52147) Course Work and Research Project Requirements
[email protected] Candidates for the MSc degree by course work and research project must complete a
Associate Director, School of Environmental Sciences minimum of 4.0 credits, including one credit of research project and at least two credits
Claudia Wagner-Riddle (037, Richard's Building, Ext. 52787) from courses in one of the four fields (below). Of these courses, one will be the Land
[email protected] Resource Science Research Project, LRS*6500 (two semesters, 1.0 credit). The research
project will be a detailed, critical review of an area of study related to the specialization
Associate Director, Graduate Studies
chosen by the student including analyses and interpretations of relevant data. The student
Paul Sibley (2103 Bovey Bldg., Ext. 52707)
may or may not be involved in collecting the data. The content of the research project
[email protected]
will be presented to the department as a seminar.
Graduate Secretary
The remaining credit may be from another field, or from the courses designated as Policy
Joy Roberts (1102 Bovey Bldg., Ext. 52456)
or Data Analysis below. A maximum of one approved senior-level undergraduate course
[email protected]
can be included in the list of prescribed courses.
Graduate Faculty At the beginning of the program, the student and student's advisory committee will design
Emmanuelle Arnaud the course-work MSc according to the program guidelines and the aspirations and
BA McMaster; MSc British Columbia; PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor background of the student. MSc by course work and major paper degree will require a
Christian Blodau minimum of three semesters of full-time study (or the equivalent).
Dip Bayreuth, PhD McGill - Associate Professor Core Courses - Data Acquisition
Kari Dunfield Atmospheric Science
BSc Calgary, MSc, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor LRS*6000 [0.50] Physical Environment of Crops and Forests
Leslie J. Evans LRS*6040 [0.50] Micrometeorology
BSc Southampton, PhD Wales - Professor LRS*6060 [0.50] Meteorological Instrumentation
Susan Glasauer LRS*6241 [0.25] Special Topics in Atmospheric Science
BSc, MSc California, PhD Munich - Assistant Professor LRS*6242 [0.50] Special Topics in Atmospheric Science
Robert Gordon LRS*6440 [0.50] Field Sampling Strategies and Geostatistics
BSc Guelph, MSc McGill, PhD Guelph - Professor and Dean, Ontario Agricultural College LRS*6500 [1.00] Land Resource Science Research Project
LRS*6760 [0.50] Advanced Remote Sensing
Beverley Hale
Soil Science
BSc, MSc Toronto, PhD Guelph - Professor and Associate Dean of Research, Ontario
Agricultural College LRS*6250 [0.50] Soil Genesis and Classification
LRS*6280 [0.50] Soil Physics
Richard J. Heck
LRS*6340 [0.50] Soil Organic Matter and Biochemistry
BSA, MSc, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor
LRS*6360 [0.50] Soil and Water Chemistry
Stewart G. Hilts LRS*6380 [0.50] Advanced Soil Chemistry
BA Western Ontario, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor LRS*6440 [0.50] Field Sampling Strategies and Geostatistics
John D. Lauzon LRS*6500 [1.00] Land Resource Science Research Project
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor LRS*6760 [0.50] Advanced Remote Sensing
Ray A. McBride Environmental Earth Science
BSc (Agr), PhD Guelph - Professor LRS*6280 [0.50] Soil Physics
Ivan O'Halloran LRS*6360 [0.50] Soil and Water Chemistry
BSc MSc Guelph, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor LRS*6440 [0.50] Field Sampling Strategies and Geostatistics
Gary W. Parkin LRS*6500 [1.00] Land Resource Science Research Project
BSc, MSc Western Ontario, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor LRS*6730 [0.50] Special Topics in Environmental Earth Science
LRS*6760 [0.50] Advanced Remote Sensing
Laura Van Eerd
Land Resource Management
MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
LRS*6300 [0.50] Applied Soil Physics
R. Paul Voroney
LRS*6340 [0.50] Soil Organic Matter and Biochemistry
BSc Calgary, MSc, PhD Saskatchewan - Professor
LRS*6400 [0.50] Soil Nitrogen Fertility and Crop Production
Claudia Wagner-Riddle LRS*6420 [0.50] Soil Productivity
BSc, MSc Sao Paulo, PhD Guelph - Professor and Associate Director, School of LRS*6500 [1.00] Land Resource Science Research Project
Environmental Sciences LRS*6760 [0.50] Advanced Remote Sensing
Jon S. Warland LRS*6881 [0.25] Special Topics in Land Resources Management
BSc Cornell, MSc British Columbia, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor LRS*6882 [0.50] Special Topics in Land Resources Management
MSc Program RPD*6410 [0.50] Readings in Rural Planning
LARC*6430 [0.50] Landscape Resource Analysis
Admission Requirements GEOG*6281 [0.50] Environmental Management and Governance
In addition to the minimum requirements stated elsewhere in the Graduate Calendar, Additional Courses
admission to the graduate program is dependent on the availability of an advisor, space Policy
and funding.
GEOG*6281 [0.50] Environmental Management and Governance
Students entering the MSc program will be expected to have taken, or be familiar with POLS*6390 [0.50] Environmental Politics and Policy
the content of, introductory courses in atmospheric science, soil science, earth science Data Analysis
and land resource management, either through appropriate courses or a program of self
STAT*6801 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis I
study.
STAT*6802 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis II
Thesis Degree Requirements STAT*6950 [0.50] Statistical Methods for the Life Sciences
All students in the MSc by thesis program are required to enroll in the two-course sequence STAT*6960 [0.50] Design of Experiments and Data Analysis for the Life
Research Issues I and II. The objectives of these courses are to enhance the skills needed Sciences
for a research career (including cross-disciplinary research); foster the development of
superior communication skills; increase the student's awareness of major issues related

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

106 IX. Graduate Programs, Land Resource Science

PhD Program LRS*6340 Soil Organic Matter and Biochemistry F [0.50]

Admission Requirements (1) Soil organic matter characterization, (2) dynamics of soil organic matter, (0.5) nutrient
cycling. Offered in odd-numbered years.
Students who are applying for admission to the PhD program, and who have completed
an MSc in another program (at Guelph or at a different University), will follow the LRS*6360 Soil and Water Chemistry F [0.50]
application procedures prescribed by the Office of Graduate Studies. Students lacking the Thermodynamics of soil solutions; solution-solid phase equilibria; reaction kinetics;
same level of understanding across fields and within fields as graduates from the MSc computer modelling of solute-mineral interactions.
program will be expected to correct this deficiency early in their PhD program.
LRS*6380 Advanced Soil Chemistry W [0.50]
Students intending to continue directly into a PhD program after the completion of an
MSc within the program must complete a full application for the PhD degree. This The mathematical development of solute speciation models for aqueous solutions, surface
application should be submitted at least two months before meeting the requirements of complexation models for inorganic soil constituents and descrete and continuous functional
the MSc degree. Superior MSc students may be permitted to transfer to the PhD program group models for humic materials.
without completing the master's degree. LRS*6400 Soil Nitrogen Fertility and Crop Production W [0.50]
Degree Requirements Emphasis will be placed on soil N transformations and processes, and N sources for
Students must pass a qualifying examination and successfully prepare and defend a thesis, crops; field experimentation methods; environmental issues.
as specified under the general regulations for the PhD degree. Students must complete
LRS*6420 Soil Productivity F [0.50]
the following courses as the minimum course requirements. Additional courses will be
determined by the advisory committee. Soil physical, chemical and biological characteristics as they influence crop growth with
LRS*6900 [0.25] Research Issues I emphasis on processes and mechanisms.
LRS*6910 [0.25] Research Issues II LRS*6440 Field Sampling Strategies and Geostatistics W [0.50]
Students are encouraged to develop an advanced level of understanding of two or more
Concepts and practical aspects of collecting, synthesizing and interpreting data from
additional areas of specialization which are related to the area of their research and to
spatially and temporally variable and/or correlated fields. Hands-on experience in
participate in cross-disciplinary or collaborative research programs where opportunities
describing spatial structure of large data sets (supplied by student or instructor) using
permit.
available software. Offered in even-numbered years.
Collaborative Programs
LRS*6581 Special Topics in Soil Science U [0.25]
Toxicology Program Issues that are relevant to the current research of faculty or visiting faculty. Generally
The School of Environmental Sciences participates in the collaborative program in presented as a combination of lectures, student seminars and written projects.
Toxicology. Students register in both the department and the collaborative program.
LRS*6582 Special Topics in Soil Science U [0.50]
Courses See LRS*6581
Atmospheric Science Environmental Earth Science
LRS*6000 Physical Environment of Crops and Forests F [0.50] LRS*6280 Soil Physics W [0.50]
Recent literature on temperature, humidity, radiation, wind, gases and particles in crop The soil as a physical system with special regard to soil water movement and the diffusion
and forest environments; evapotranspiration and photosynthesis of plant communities; and dispersion of chemical substances. Numerical techniques and computer solutions
modification of microclimates; applied micrometeorology. Offered in even-numbered will be developed.
years.
LRS*6360 Soil and Water Chemistry F [0.50]
LRS*6040 Micrometeorology W [0.50]
Thermodynamics of soil solutions; solution-solid phase equilibria; reaction kinetics;
Exchanges of mass, momentum and energy between the surface and the atmosphere will computer modelling of solute-mineral interactions.
be studied in the context of larger-scale meterology. Diffusion and turbulence in and
above plant canopies will be examined from theoretical and practical perspectives. Topics LRS*6700 Glacial Sedimentary Environments U [0.50]
include time-series analysis, micrometeorological measurement theory, and basic Students will learn about the processes and deposits of glacial environments as well as
principles of atmospheric science. Offered in even-numbered years. the use of sedimentary records to reconstruct past glacial environments. Case studies
LRS*6060 Meteorological Instrumentation W [0.50] from modern to ancient glacial seimentary environments will be used. Field trip included.
Theoretical and practical aspects of electronic circuits, sensors, and equipment used in LRS*6710 Advanced Sedimentology F [0.50]
meteorological research. Topics covered through case studies of sedimentary deposits and environments include
LRS*6241 Special Topics in Atmospheric Science F,U [0.25] facies analysis, large scale controls, and novel techniques in sedimentology. Topics may
also include specific sedimentary envionments or specific sedimentary deposits such as
The content is determined by the interests of the students and the availability of instructors. turbidites, cross-bedded strata or seismites depending on student interest.
Topics may include aspects of statistics for climatology, animal biometeorology, air
pollution meteorology, and hydrometeorology. LRS*6730 Special Topics in Environmental Earth Science U [0.50]
LRS*6242 Special Topics in Atmospheric Science F,U [0.50] A study of principles and analyses of local environmental problems involving the
application of geological and soil information of land use applications and possible
See LRS*6241 hazardous conditions.
Soil Science Land Resources Management
LRS*6250 Soil Genesis and Classification F [0.50] LRS*6760 Advanced Remote Sensing W [0.50]
A discussion of world soil regions for students not specializing in soil genesis. Critical review of the latest research papers on the use of remotely sensed data for temporal
LRS*6280 Soil Physics W [0.50] monitoring of the biosphere. Offered in odd-numbered years.
The soil as a physical system with special regard to soil water movement and the diffusion LRS*6881 Special Topics in Land Resources Management U [0.25]
and dispersion of chemical substances. Numerical techniques and computer solutions Issues that are relevant to the current research of faculty or visiting faculty. Generally
will be developed. presented as a combination of lectures, student seminars and written projects.
LRS*6300 Applied Soil Physics F [0.50] LRS*6882 Special Topics in Land Resources Management U [0.50]
The application of soil physical principles to practical problems concerning soil physical See LRS*6881
quality, erosion, land reclamation and industrial-waste disposal on land
Prerequisite(s): SOIL*3070. Other
LRS*6320 Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics of Porous Media W [0.50] LRS*6500 Land Resource Science Research Project U [1.00]

Transport processes in porous media such as soils, clays, and membranes are dealt with A concise, critical review of an area of study related to the field chosen by the student
in the framework of non-equilibrium thermodynamics with emphasis on the coupling including analyses and interpretation of relevant data. The project will be written in the
between water, solutes, heat and electric charge transport. Offered in even-numbered form of a scientific paper and presented to the department as a seminar.
years. Restriction(s): Available only to students registered in LRS MSc by coursework.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Land Resource Science 107

LRS*6900 Research Issues I F [0.25]

Principles and philosophy of scientific research including the development of superior
communication skills.
LRS*6910 Research Issues II W [0.25]
A continuation of Research Issues I.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

108 IX. Graduate Programs, Landscape Architecture

Landscape Architecture 1 Elective

Thesis
The Landscape Architecture program offers courses of study leading to the Master of For holders of degrees other than the BLA:
Landscape Architecture (MLA) degree.
LARC*2240 0.50 Plants in the Landscape
Administrative Staff LARC*6010 [0.50] Landscape Architecture Studio I
Director LARC*6020 [0.50] Landscape Architecture Studio II
Maurice Nelischer (101 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 52191) LARC*6030 [0.50] Landscape Architecture Studio III
[email protected] LARC*6040 [0.50] Landscape Architecture Studio IV
LARC*6120 [0.50] Community Design
Graduate Coordinator
LARC*6340 [0.25] Landscape History Seminar
Karen Landman (105 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 53748)
LARC*6360 [0.25] Professional Practice Seminar
[email protected]
LARC*6380 [0.25] Research Seminar
Graduate Secretary LARC*6430 [0.50] Landscape Resource Analysis
Diana Foolen (100 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 56576) LARC*6470 [0.50] Integrative Environmental Planning
[email protected] LARC*6440 [0.50] Environmental Design
Graduate Faculty LARC*6600 [0.50] Critical Inquiry & Research Analysis
LARC*6610 [0.50] Research Methods
Robert D. Brown
LARC*6710 [0.50] Special Study
BSc Saskatchewan, MLA, PhD Guelph, FCELA, CSLA, SALA, ASLA - Professor
Thesis
Robert Corry
BLA Guelph, MLA Minnesota, PhD Michigan, ASLA - Associate Professor
Interdepartmental Programs
John E. FitzGibbon Rural Studies PhD Program
BA McMaster, MSc Wales, PhD McGill, MCIP, RPP - Professor Landscape Architecture participates in the PhD program in Rural Studies in the field of
Larry B. Harder sustainable rural communities or sustainable landscape systems. Those landscape
BES Manitoba, MLA Harvard - Associate Professor architecture faculty members whose research and teaching expertise includes aspects of
Sean Kelly rural studies may serve as advisors for PhD students. For further information consult the
BLA Guelph, MSc (Planning) Guelph, CSLA, OALA, ASLA - Assistant Professor Rural Studies listing in this calendar.
Karen Landman Courses
BLA, MSc Guelph, PhD Queen's, OPPI - Associate Professor
Theory and Practice
Maurice Nelischer
MLA Guelph, CSLA, OALA - Associate Professor and Director of School of LARC*6010 Landscape Architecture Studio I F [0.50]
Environmental Design and Rural Development Studio and field instruction introduces the student to landscape architecture through
Cecelia Paine acquisition of basic professional skills and knowledge. Topics include design theory,
BLA Illinois, MLA Michigan, FCSLA, FASLA, OALA - Professor and Associate Dean landscape inventory and analysis, application of the design process to projects at the site
of Graduate Studies scale, graphic and oral communication.
Nathan H. Perkins LARC*6020 Landscape Architecture Studio II F [0.50]
BLA,MLA Illinois, PhD Wisconsin, FASLA - Associate Professor
Studio and field instruction introduces the student to basic knowledge and skills of site
MLA Program engineering as it relates to landscape architecture. Topics include surveying, principles
The MLA program is designed for students with a previous degree in a field unrelated to of site grading and drainage, introduction to materials and methods of construction, and
landscape architecture; for students who hold other professional degrees in architecture, graphic communication.
planning and engineering; and for students who have received a BLA degree and are LARC*6030 Landscape Architecture Studio III W [0.50]
interested in advanced education in a particular area of landscape architecture. The MLA
Studio and field instruction continues the student's development of professional knowledge
program emphasizes research, analysis, planning, design and management of landscapes
and skills at the site scale. Topics include site planning principles, social factors in design,
ranging in scale from individual sites to entire communities and regions. The MLA program
introduction to principles of planting design and architectural structures, facilitation and
is accredited by the Canadian Society of Landscape Architects. This accreditation is also
computer applications in design.
recognized by the American Society of Landscape Architects.
Admission Requirements LARC*6040 Landscape Architecture Studio IV W [0.50]
Admission to the MLA program is not restricted to holders of the BLA degree. Strongly Studio instruction emphasizes design implementation, materials and methods of
motivated graduates of honours programs in a variety of disciplines may be admissible construction, principles of stormwater management, construction specifications and
under the normal Faculty of Graduate Studies admission requirements. Well prepared graphic communication using computer applications.
applicants will have studied as broadly as possible in their undergraduate programs. LARC*6120 Community Design W [0.50]
Application deadline and additional information on the MLA program at the University Studio and field instruction emphasizes integration of ecological, social, cultural and
of Guelph can be obtained from our internet address at: http://www.uoguelph.ca/sedrd/LA/ historical factors in the comprehensive design of urban and special use landscapes at the
Degree Requirements neighbourhood and community scale.
Students are encouraged to relate their major emphasis in the MLA to their undergraduate LARC*6340 Landscape History Seminar F [0.25]
discipline through course work and thesis.
A lecture/seminar course focussed on the history of Landscape Architecture. Skills
Required Core emphasize the development of oral and writing skills.
For the holder of a BLA with several subsequent years of significant LARC*6360 Professional Practice Seminar F [0.25]
professional experience:
A lecture/seminar course focussed on the legal, business, ethical and professional practices
LARC*6380 [0.25] Research Seminar of Landscape Architecture professionals. Skills emphasize the development of oral and
LARC*6600 [0.50] Critical Inquiry & Research Analysis writing skills.
LARC*6610 [0.50] Research Methods
LARC*6710 [0.50] Special Study Landscape Analysis and Planning
1 Elective LARC*6430 Landscape Resource Analysis F [0.50]
Thesis
Integrated field and classroom instruction introduces the student to inventory and analysis
For the holder of a BLA without such professional experience of biological, physical, social and cultural elements of the landscape. Projects will
LARC*6380 [0.25] Research Seminar incorporate principles of landscape ecology and landscape planning. Field study will
LARC*6430 [0.50] Landscape Resource Analysis require some travel at student's expense.
LARC*6470 [0.50] Integrative Environmental Planning
LARC*6600 [0.50] Critical Inquiry & Research Analysis
LARC*6610 [0.50] Research Methods
LARC*6710 [0.50] Special Study

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Landscape Architecture 109

LARC*6440 Environmental Design F [0.50]

This course integrates field and classroom study to apply landscape ecology to current
landscape problems, including analysis of regional landscapes, restoration of degraded
landscapes, and application of aesthetic and ecological principles across scales in site to
regional settings. Case studies component will require some travel at students' expense.
LARC*6470 Integrative Environmental Planning W [0.50]
Landscape planning emphasizing the integration and interrelationships between
biophysical and cultural resources, with application at a regional landscape planning
scale. This course typically incorporates community-outreach projects and develops
student facilitation abilities.
Research Techniques and Practice
EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development
LARC*6380 Research Seminar W [0.25]
A seminar course focussed on the process and communication of research, influenced
by the current research of the participants. Participants organize a conference to present
their research results.
LARC*6600 Critical Inquiry & Research Analysis W [0.50]
Students are introduced to critical inquiry as a method of evaluating information, design,
and planning. The focus of the course is on the quantification and analysis of research
data. Modelling and simulation are introduced and discussed in the context of planning,
design, and research.
LARC*6610 Research Methods F [0.50]
An introduction to a broad array of research methods as they apply to landscape planning
and design, with a focus on the connections between research and design. Emphasis is
on developing foundations for the creation of appropriate research questions.
RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
Independent Study
LARC*6710 Special Study S,F,W [0.50]
Independent study. A proposal for the content and product required for this course must
be developed in conjunction with the student's Advisory Committee.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

110 IX. Graduate Programs, Latin American and Caribbean Studies

Latin American and Caribbean Studies Admission Requirements

The normal requirement for admission to the LACS MA program is the equivalent of an
Administrative Staff Honours degree from a recognized institution with at least a high second-class standing
Director of the School of Languages and Literatures (78% or higher) in the last two years of study. Preference will be given to students who
Clive Thomson (267 MacKinnon, Ext. 54891) have taken upper-level undergraduate courses in areas such as Latin American and
[email protected] Caribbean history, society, politics, development, literature, art, languages, and music. A
Acting Graduate Coordinator reading knowledge of Spanish will be required. Students wishing to enter the program
Rosario Gomez (279 MacKinnon, Ext. 52583) normally do so in September.
[email protected] Degree Requirements
Graduate Secretary LACS students will either take option 1 or 2. Study Abroad is not mandatory but strongly
Joanne Scheuer (269 MacKinnon, Ext. 53884) recommended to all students.
[email protected] Option 1: take 6 courses (3.0 credits) and write a major paper (1.0 credit). This option is
Graduate Faculty recommended.
Kurt Annen In addition to taking the four required courses students will also take two electives in the
Dr rer pol (Ph D) University of Fribourg, Switzerland - Assistant Professor, Economics area of culture or society. Students who choose to go on an exchange in semester 2 of the
program will not need to take LACS*6020 Latin American and Caribbean Identity and
Jordi Díez
Culture II course. They can replace the winter portion of the course with a comparable
BA Toronto, MA Essex, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor, Political Science
course taken at the host university. While abroad, students will have the opportunity to
Susan Douglas develop language proficiency, and to conduct research or take courses for their major
BA Western Ontario, MA Carleton, PhD Concordia - Assistant Professor, Art History, project. The major paper LACS*6100 Research Project (1.0 credits) consists of
SOFAM approximately 12,000 words and will be researched and written under the direction of
Cecil A. Foster one or two faculty members, one of whom could be from an exchange Latin American
BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor, Caribbean Studies, Sociology partner university.
Rosario Gómez Option 2: take 4 courses (2.0 credits) and write a thesis
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor, Linguistics, SOLAL All students will take four required courses:
Stephen Henighan LACS*6000 [0.50] Research Methods Seminar
BA Swathmore College, MA Concordia, D Phil Oxford - Professor, Latin American LACS*6010 [0.50] Latin American Identity & Culture I
Literature and Culture, SOLAL LACS*6020 [0.50] Latin American Identity & Culture II
Sally Humphries LACS*6030 [0.50] Globalization & Insecurity in the Americas
BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor, Sociology, Director of International Students who choose to write their major paper or thesis from a social science perspective
Development Studies may replace LACS*6000 with SOC*6140 (F) or SOC*6140 (W) or SOC*6130 (W).
Kris Inwood
Collaborative Programs
BA Trent, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor, Joint appointment History and Economics
Candace Johnson International Development Studies MA
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Dalhousie - Associate Professor, Political Science Latin American and Caribbean Studies graduate students have the opportunity to pursue
Lisa Kowalchuk the MA in Latin American and Caribbean Studies with the designation “International
BA McMaster, MA McGill, PhD York - Associate Professor, Sociology Development Studies.” Students wishing to take MA in Latin American and Caribbean
Stuart McCook Studies (LACS) in conjunction with the collaborative International Development Studies
BA Toronto, MS Rensselaer, MA, PhD Princeton - Associate Professor, History (IDS) program must enter the LACS program and satisfy both the LACS admission
requirements and the IDS admission requirements. Please consult the collaborative
Kerry Preibisch
International Development Studies listing for a detailed description of the MA collaborative
BA, MA Simon Fraser, PhD University of Reading - Associate Professor, Sociology
program including the special additional requirements for each of the participating
Karen Racine departments or programs.
BA Saskatchewan, MA, PhD Tulane - Associate Professor, History
Pablo Ramirez
Courses
BA Yale, MFA Miami, MA, PhD Michigan - Associate Professor, Latina/o Studies, SETS ECON*6350 [0.50]
Economic Development
Joubert Satyre ECON*6370 [0.50]
Economic Development in Historical Perspective
BA State University, Port-au-Prince, MA, PhD Montréal - Associate Professor, Caribbean ENGL*6811 [0.50]
Special Topics in English
Studies, SOLAL FREN*6022 [0.50]
Topics in Caribbean and African Literatures
HIST*6500 [0.50]
Topics in Global History
Howard Spring
HIST*6520 [0.50]
Topics in Latin American History
BFA, MFA York, PhD Illinois - Assistant Professor, Caribbean Music, SOFAM
HIST*6521 [0.50]
Latin American Research
Terisa Turner POLS*6050 [0.50]
Gender and Politics
BA York, MA Oberlin, PhD London School of Economics - Associate Professor, Sociology POLS*6250 [0.50]
Comparative Governments in the Americas
Tony Winson SOC*6270 [0.50]
Diversity and Social Equality
BA Western Ontario, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor, Sociology SOC*6420 [0.50]
Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural
Gordana Yovanovich Change
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor, Latin American Literature and Culture, SOC*6460 [0.50] Gender and Development
SOLAL SOC*6500 [0.50] Social Movements in Latin America
MA Program LACS*6000 Research Methods Seminar U [0.50]
This is the only Latin American and Caribbean Studies Master’s program in Canada to This course will introduce students to the field and research methods of various disciplines
bridge the social sciences and the humanities. The program is particularly innovative in and of interdisciplinary studies, and it will familiarize them with field-relevant research
its collaboration with International Development. In addition to being able to finish the skills and methodologies.
program in three semesters, students also have the benefit of studying in a community LACS*6010 Latin American Identity & Culture I F [0.50]
with the largest concentration of Latin American scholars internationally renowned for
This is the first of the two required LACS culture core courses. They will address
their major collaborative and individual research projects. Study Abroad gives students
theoretical issues relevant to Latin American identities and cultures, and will use these
an opportunity to study and/or participate in projects at partner institutions in Latin America
as heuristic devices in the study of major and marginalized cultural events, narratives,
and the Caribbean. LACS program does not train students for specific careers, but prepares
and visual and musical expressions. In LACS*6010 students will analyze the concept of
them for a variety of jobs that require analytical skills, an international perspective, and
"hybridity" and study how hybrid culture has been incorporating past with the present,
the ability to communicate in both English and Spanish. The program prepares students
and how it is and has been incorporating local and African forms and themes with
for further study and research at the doctoral level, either in a related core discipline or
European and US derived high culture.
in an interdisciplinary program.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Latin American and Caribbean Studies 111

LACS*6020 Latin American Identity & Culture II W [0.50]

This course is a continuation of LACS*6010. Students going on an exchange may replace
this course with a similar course taken at the exchange university. This course will study
minority cultures and the relationship of the periphery and the centre. Feminist, queer,
Latina/o and indigenous marginalized cultures will be studied in the context of
Internationalism and Globalization.
LACS*6030 Globalization & Insecurity in the Americas F [0.50]
An analytical,critical and inerdisciplinary introductory overview of Latin America and
the Caribbean in the larger context of the Americas, from the point of view of the security
and insecurity of its people. It will concentrate on the interplay of environmental,
economic, social, political, and cultural factors upon such security in an era of
globalization.
LACS*6040 Novel & Nation in Spanish America U [0.50]
This course will study the constitution of Spanish American nation in the novel since
1900 from a variety of theoretical perspectives. Particular attention will be paid to the
novel's appropriation of foreign artistic and cultural influences to articulate Spanish
American history.
LACS*6050 Globalization & Latin American Representation in Art W [0.50]
This course will examine the continuous flow of large, temporary high-profile
identity-based "blockbuster" exhibitions based on Latin American and Caribbean art in
Canada and the United States. These exhibitions play a key role as cultural agents, and
raise questions of the concept of converging visual cultures.
LACS*6100 Research Project U [1.00]
This research project will result in a major paper of about 15,000 words. The student
chooses a topic and writes a paper on the topic with the guidance of a faculty member.
The topic must be approved by the Graduate Committee.
LACS*6200 Topics in Latin American and Caribbean Studies U [0.50]
An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
the individual student and the person offering the course.
Restriction(s): Instructor and Graduate Co-ordinator signatures required. Course cannot
be taken in first semester.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

112 IX. Graduate Programs, Leadership

Leadership Degree Requirements

On average participants allot 20 to 25 hours per week to study and participate in the
Administrative Staff program. This is an approximate number of hours and may vary depending on personal
Interim Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Programs learning style. Participants normally complete the MA (Leadership) in 20 months.
Kris Inwood (716 MacKinnon, Ext. ) Normally, course modules are eight weeks in length and are completed in a pre-determined
[email protected] sequence, but some variations exist. Participants must complete the program within six
Assistant Dean, Executive Programs years of commencement.
Geoff Smith (116A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 58855) The MA (Leadership) involves a challenging combination of course work and a
[email protected] research-based project. Six web-based courses (3.0 credits) and two residency courses
Manager, Executive Programs (1.0 credit) must be completed, followed by the major research project (1.0 credit). Faculty
Patti Lago (116A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 56607) and senior executives at the participant’s workplace often jointly supervise the research
[email protected] project. The project requires a literature review, data collection, data analysis, and
culminates in a major paper.
Graduate Program Coordinator
Erna Van Duren (208 MacLachlan Building, Ext. 52100) Graduate Diploma in Leadership
[email protected] Students admitted into the MA (Leadership) program have the option to exit the program
Graduate Faculty following the successful completion of 2.50 credits from the list of courses below. Students
who elect this option are awarded a Graduate Diploma in Leadership. The Diploma
Michele Bowring
includes the basic elements of the graduate program although does not require students
BA Queen's, MBA York, PhD Leicester
to complete all of the prescribed courses of the MA (Leadership) program nor a major
Michael Cox research project.
CD Naval Officer Program, MA Western Washington, PhD Union (Ohio), MCIM
The Graduate Diploma in Leadership is awarded to students who complete the following
Serge Desmarais five courses (2.50 credits) but elect not to complete the full course of studies required for
BA, MA, PhD Waterloo the degree, MA (Leadership).
Rumina Dhalla LEAD*6000 [0.50] Foundations of Leadership
MBA, PhD York LEAD*6100 [0.50] Theories of Leadership
Brian M. Earn LEAD*6200 [0.50] Leadership of Organizational Change
BA Manitoba, MA, PhD Toronto LEAD*6300 [0.50] Role of the Leader in Decision-Making
Jamie Gruman LEAD*6500 [0.50] Ethics in Leadership
BA Concordia, MA Lakehead, PhD Windsor Courses
Peter Hausdorf
BSc McMaster, MA Guelph, PhD McMaster LEAD*6000 Foundations of Leadership S [0.50]
Elizabeth Kurucz The course will enhance participants’ interpersonal competency, as well as their knowledge
BA McMaster, MIR Toronto, PhD York and understanding of the theory and research underlying the impact of team management
and collaboration on the organization.
Stephen Lynch
BA, BEd Toronto, MA Duquesne, MSc California American, PhD Bradford LEAD*6100 Theories of Leadership F [0.50]
Timothy Mau This course traces the development of the concept of leadership. Through the interplay
BA, MA Guelph, D Phil Oxford of theory and practical application, participants will gain a deeper appreciation for the
John Walsh requirements, responsibilities, and consequences of effective leadership.
BA Thames Polytechnic, MBA, PhD Western Ontario
LEAD*6200 Leadership of Organizational Change F [0.50]
MA Leadership This course studies the role of leadership in the management of change within an
The MA (Leadership) focuses on the challenges facing leaders in the public, private and organization and the changes required of management. The course examines the
not-for-profit sectors, with an emphasis on the interaction between, and interdependency development of trust, the building of organizational loyalty, and motivation and inspiring
of, these spheres. Successful completion of the MA (Leadership) degree involves a of high performance teams.
comprehensive program of theoretical study backed by significant practical experience
LEAD*6300 Role of the Leader in Decision-Making W [0.50]
and analysis. Participants will also undertake a formal self-assessment process to gain
insight into their own strengths and weaknesses and their ultimate leadership potential. The role of the leader in decision-making is explored through the study of the rational
model for decision-making, human biases, creativity, and risk and uncertainty in
As a full cost recovery program, the MA (Leadership) is designed to enable mid-career
decision-making. The course will also examine ethical issues and group decision-making.
professionals to complete a graduate degree without interrupting their careers. Web-based
distance courses are combined with brief summer sessions in Guelph and the completion LEAD*6350 The Role of the Leader as Reflective Practioner F [0.50]
of a major research project. This course will enhance the leader’s ability to navigate the complexity of organizational
Admission Requirements life and contribute to building a more sustainable society by developing skills in reflective
Minimum admission requirements are: practice. Reflective practice is divided into four areas that stretch over eight modules:
Rethinking, Relating, Responding and Reinventing.
A four year undergraduate degree or its equivalent (from a recognized university or
college) with an average of at least a “B-“ (70-72%) in the last two years of study Restriction(s): Distance MA Leadership students
AND having completed at least five years of relevant work experience LEAD*6400 Research Methods for Decision-Making W [0.50]
OR The course will explore both quantitative and qualitative techniques used in the analysis
General degree, diploma and/or an acceptable professional designation AND having of research results from a variety of sources (surveys, government statistics, in-depth
completed at least seven years of relevant work experience. interview, focus groups and program evaluation results). Case studies will be used to
Meeting the minimum criteria for admission does not guarantee acceptance into the demonstrate the application of multiple research methods.
program. Limitations of funds, space, facilities or personnel may make it necessary for
LEAD*6500 Ethics in Leadership F [0.50]
the University, at its discretion, to refuse admission to an otherwise qualified applicant.
Applicants for the program must have confirmed access to appropriate computer hardware Issues in the use and application of ethical standards by leaders are explored through
and software. The computer equipment to be used by participants must have adequate examples from history, current events, novels, films and television. Relevant theory is
peripherals to support the learning system, including CD-ROM capability and a sound applied to leadership examples to help students develop an ethical framework for the
card. For information pertaining to computer equipment and software requirements contact exercise of leadership skills.
the College of Management and Economics Executive Programs Office at 1-888-622-2474 LEAD*6720 Politics of Organizations F [0.50]
or visit the MA (Leadership) web site at http://www.leadership.uoguelph.ca/. Participants
This elective course reviews a variety of theories and models that help to explain the
are solely responsible to arrange for the purchase and maintenance of the recommended
behavioural underpinnings that influence and shape management and leadership processes
computer system and software.
within organizations. Examples from history and current events are explored to illustrate
theory.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Leadership 113

LEAD*6740 Coaching and Developing Others F [0.50]

This course will provide student with an opportunity to design developmental plans for
direct reports, assess their coaching skills, and develop their coaching skills to support
the development of others.
Restriction(s): Executive programs students only.
LEAD*6800 Personal Skill Self-Assessment S [0.50]
Using the "Basis of Competence" model, this course examines personal skills in four
areas: Managing Self, Communicating, Managing People and Tasks, and Mobilizing
Innovation and Change. The skills required to make smooth transitions from one job to
another in a dynamic workplace will be explored.
LEAD*6900 Major Research Project W-S [1.00]
This course involves a directed research project leading to a referenced, professional
report on a leadership problem or issue.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

114 IX. Graduate Programs, Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English

Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English J.R. (Tim) Struthers

BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Administrative Staff Ann Wilson
Director BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor
Mark C. Fortier (425 MacKinnon, Ext. 53881) PhD Program
[email protected]
The PhD Program in Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English at the University of
Graduate Coordinator Guelph presents an opportunity for doctoral study that is unique in Canada. Although
Alan Filewod (MASS 204, Ext. 52932) students might choose to focus on either literary studies or theatre studies, the special
[email protected] opportunity provided by the PhD Program is its contribution to the evolution of
Graduate Secretary interdisciplinary work in the humanities. This bridging of disciplines allows for
TBA (McKinnon 427, Ext. 56315) opportunities not available in more traditional doctoral programs, especially in
Graduate Faculty inter-discursive and theoretical work across the boundaries of literary and theatre studies.
Students can choose to undertake research in one or more of six fields of specialization:
Christine Bold
• Studies in Canadian Literatures
MA Edinburgh, PhD University College London - Professor
• Colonial, Postcolonial and Diasporic Studies
Dionne Brand
BA, MA Toronto - Professor and University Research Chair • Early Modern Studies
Susan I. Brown • Studies in the History and Politics of Performance and Theatre
BA King's College and Dalhousie, MA Dalhousie, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor • Sexuality and Gender Studies
Julie Cairnie • Transnational Nineteenth-Century Studies
BA Brock, MA, PhD York - Assistant Professor Admission Requirements
Gregor Campbell Admission to the PhD Program normally requires an MA in English, and MA in
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor Drama/Theatre, or an equivalent degree with at least an A- average in graduate work. In
Elaine Chang certain exceptional circumstances, students will be considered directly out of the
BA UBC, AM, PhD Stanford - Assistant Professor undergraduate degree. Applications are considered by the Graduate Studies Committee
Michelle Elleray and a recommendation to admit or decline is forwarded to the Dean of Graduate Studies.
BA Victoria (Wellington), MA Auckland, MA, PhD Cornell - Assistant Professor Program Requirements
Alan D. Filewod
Graduate Course Work (2.5 credits)
BA York, MA Alberta, PhD Toronto - Professor
Students are required to take 5 graduate courses in the initial phase of their degree. The
Jade Ferguson
standard practice is to take two courses in the Fall semester of Year 1, two courses in the
BA UBC, MA, PhD Cornell - Assistant Professor
Winter semester of Year 1, and one course in the Fall semester of Year 2. This arrangement
Daniel Fischlin of courses is recommended, but remains flexible: any combination of 5 courses over these
BFA, MA Concordia, PhD York - Professor and University Research Chair semesters is acceptable. In unusual circumstances, students may petition to do one course
Mark C. Fortier in the Winter semester of Year 2 in order to meet particular demands in their program of
BA Windsor, MA Toronto, PhD York, LLB Toronto - Professor and Director study. Courses are advertised on a two year cycle to maximize choice and facilitate
Ajay Heble planning in the program.
BA Innis College (Toronto), MA Dalhousie, PhD Toronto - Professor Graduate courses allow students to develop their knowledge of key theoretical, historical
Helen Hoy and critical concerns for the analysis of culture. It is during coursework that students hone
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor their skills in writing and research so that they will be prepared for the challenges posed
Smaro Kamboureli by their Primary and Secondary Area Qualifications. Students are encouraged to choose
BA Aristotelian, MA, PhD Manitoba - Professor and Canada Research Chair their courses in order to maximize their critical and historical repertoire, and to take
advantage of the opportunity afforded by the program to work across the disciplines of
Michael H. Keefer
English and Theatre Studies.
BA Royal Military College, MA Toronto, DPhil Sussex - Professor
Thomas King Language Requirement--LTS*7770 (0.0 credit)
BA, MA Chico State, PhD Utah - Professor Doctoral students are required to demonstrate reading proficiency in at least one language
Ric Knowles other than modern English, as approved by the Graduate Study Committee. Typically the
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor language requirement will be completed by the end of the student's fifth semester in the
program. Graded on a P (Pass) / F (Fail) basis.
Janice Kulyk Keefer
BA Toronto, MA, DPhil Sussex - Professor The language should normally have direct relevance to the student's program of study. In
certain cases, students' research may require demonstrable competency in a non-written
Mark Lipton
or technical language such as a programming language. The selection of the language(s)
BA Concordia, MA, PhD New York - Associate Professor
will be determined by the student in consultation with the dissertation advisor, and must
Marianne Micros be submitted for approval by the Graduate Studies Committee.
BA Sweet Briar College, MA Bonaventure, PhD Western - Assistant Professor
The aim is to test the student's ability to read critically in another language rather than to
Paul A. Mulholland demonstrate mastery of translation. Assessment of the student's reading proficiency is
BA, MA Toronto, PhD Birmingham - Associate Professor based on both:
Martha J. Nandorfy • a three-hour examination, which consists of the student's translation (with the help
BA, MA Ottawa, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor of a dictionary) of one passage in prose of not more than 1000 words, and
Daniel O'Quinn • a written analysis (in English) of approximately 500 words of the passage's critical
BSc, MA Western, PhD York - Professor implications.
Stephen D. Powell A faculty member with expertise in the language grades the examination on a pass/fail
BA Oberlin College, MA Indiana (Bloomington), PhD Toronto - Associate Professor basis. A student who fails the language examination twice will normally be required to
Pablo Ramirez withdraw from the program.
BA Yale; MFA Miami; MA, PhD Michigan - Assistant Professor Evidence that a student has already demonstrated similar language ability at another
Paul W. Salmon university before admission may be submitted to the Graduate Studies Committee with
BA Western, MA Toronto, PhD Western - Assistant Professor a request to have the language requirement waived. Credit may be given, at the discretion
Jennifer Schacker of the Graduate Studies Committee, to any student who has fulfilled the equivalent language
BA McGill, MA, PhD Indiana - Associate Professor requirement through an MA-level examination. Credit will not normally be given for the
Sandra Singer completion of an undergraduate-level language course.
BA Trent, MA Queen's, PhD Cambridge - Assistant Professor Secondary Area Qualification
Jerrard Smith The SAQ takes place in the Summer of Year One and provides an opportunity for students
Associate Ontario College of Art - Associate Professor to quickly develop the repertoire needed to potentially teach in a field without necessarily

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Literary Studies/Theatre Studies in English 115

committing to that field as an area of specialization. The objective here is to gain working Courses
knowledge of the major texts and statements relating to a field of scholarly enquiry. Upon
completion of this exercise, students should have both the range and the depth to LTS*7770 Language Requirement U [0.00]
confidently teach in a secondary area. A written demonstration of a student's reading knowledge of one language other than
As the name implies, this is a qualification exercise. The student is responsible for a English, as approved by the Graduate Studies Committee.
reading list comprised of 60 texts, (the definition of what constitutes a standard text is LTS*7900 Directed Studies U [0.50]
internal to the design of the lists). Students have two options regarding reading lists: a)
the student may select from standard department reading lists; 30% of these lists may be The study of a special topic under the guidance of a member of the graduate faculty.
altered to suit particular interests, or b) the student develops a list of commensurate range THST*6150 [0.50] Theatre Historiography
and depth in conjunction with three faculty members keeping in mind the disciplinary THST*6210 [0.50] Devising
protocols of departments in English, Theatre, and/or Cultural Studies. Students are assessed THST*6220 [0.50] Theatre Theory
on a pass/fail basis on the following tasks: THST*6230 [0.50] Performance and Difference
1. The student submits a position paper outlining the kind of teaching they could offer THST*6250 [0.50] Bodies and Space in Performance
in this area. This paper would include two course designs complete with rationales THST*6801 [0.50] Reading Course I
for text selection and focus of study THST*6802 [0.50] Reading Course II
2. Student writes a three hour examination composed of four questions of which the ENGL*6002 [0.50] Topics in the History of Criticism
student chooses two. These questions give the student an opportunity to demonstrate ENGL*6003 [0.50] Problems of Literary Analysis
the range and depth of their reading. The questions will ask the student to place a ENGL*6201 [0.50] Topics in Canadian Literature
range of primary texts in relation to key critical debates in the field. ENGL*6209 [0.50] Topics in Colonial, Postcolonial and Diasporic Literature
ENGL*6412 [0.50] Topics in Medieval/Renaissance Literature
3. This written examination is followed one week later by a one hour oral examination
ENGL*6421 [0.50] Topics in Eighteenth Century and Romantic Literature
on questions arising from both elements of the written work.
ENGL*6431 [0.50] Topics in Nineteenth Century Literature
Primary Area Qualification (Year 2) ENGL*6441 [0.50] Topics in Modern British Literature
After the completion of the SAQ, the student progresses to his or her Primary Area ENGL*6451 [0.50] Topics in American Literature
Qualification. The objective here is to develop sufficient expertise in a field of scholarly ENGL*6611 [0.50] Topics in Women's Writing
enquiry to be able to make original contributions to that field through the writing of a ENGL*6621 [0.50] Topics in Children's Literature
doctoral dissertation. Through discussion with his or her advisory committee, the student ENGL*6641 [0.50] Topics in Scottish Literature
develops a reading list of approximately 120 works divided roughly into two parts. The ENGL*6691 [0.50] Interdisciplinary Studies
first comprises a Field Survey that is aimed at sketching the broad contours of an area of ENGL*6811 [0.50] Special Topics in English
scholarly enquiry. The second is a more specific articulation of the works, called the Topic ENGL*6801 [0.50] Reading Course I
Readings, that will immediately impinge on the dissertation. The PAQ Examination, ENGL*6802 [0.50] Reading Course II
intended to determine whether the student is prepared to write and capable of writing the
PhD thesis, is usually taken 12 months after the completion of the SAQ:
1. A three-hour examination on the primary material to be studied in the thesis and on
scholarship concerning that primary material-i.e. this is directed specifically to the
Topic Readings. The student will be asked to answer two questions from a choice of
three.
2. A three-hour examination on the immediate background--the literary, cultural and
intellectual milieu of the subject being studied-i.e. this is directed specifically at the
Field Survey. The student will be asked to answer two questions from a choice of
three.
3. A two hour oral examination in which the examining committee usually follows up
on material in the written examinations and questions the student on plans for the
doctoral thesis. While the examination is likely to focus on the student's main area
of interest, examiners also have the lee-way to ask questions pertaining to the overall
list of texts.
The PAQ Committee involves three members from the program and one member external
to the program, but internal to the University of Guelph. Students are assessed on a pass/fail
basis.
Dissertation Prospectus
Immediately following the Primary Area Qualification, the student develops, in consultation
with his or her advisory committee, a full prospectus for their dissertation. The prospectus
states the overall objective of the thesis, lays out the chapter structure, and summarizes
the issues and concerns to be addressed in each chapter. If and when the Dissertation
Committee ratifies the Prospectus, it is forwarded to the Graduate Studies Committee for
formal approval.
PhD Dissertation
Following successful completion of the two Area Qualifications, the student must complete
an original research project on an advanced topic. The advisory committee for the
dissertation will consist of three members of the graduate faculty, one of whom assumes
the primary advisory role. Ideally, the dissertation supervisor has worked with the student,
in an advisory capacity, from her/his first semester in the program.
Each candidate shall submit a thesis, written by the candidate, on the research carried out
by the candidate on an approved topic. The thesis is expected to be a significant
contribution to knowledge in its field and the candidate must indicate in what ways it is
a contribution. The thesis must demonstrate mature scholarship and critical judgement
on the part of the candidate and it must indicate an ability to express oneself in a
satisfactory literary style. Approval of the thesis is taken to imply that it is judged to be
sufficiently meritorious to warrant publication in reputable scholarly media in the field.
The dissertation should normally be between 50,000 and 75,000 words in length. The
regulations for submission, examination and publication are outlined in Chapter IV PhD
Degree Regulations.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

116 IX. Graduate Programs, Management

Management BA Concordia, MA Lakehead, PhD Windsor - Associate Professor

Marion Joppe
The objective of the PhD in Management is to prepare individuals who already have a BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Univ. d'Aix-Marseille III (France) - Professor and Research
strong background in a management discipline (such as marketing, organizational Chair
behaviour, quality management, economics, finance, or human resources) to be academic
Stephen Lynch
scholars or market researchers. Both career paths require individuals with solid, formal
BA, BEd Toronto, MA Duquesne, MSc California American, PhD Bradford (England) -
foundations in theory and practice.
Associate Professor
The PhD in Management is a thesis-based program that will be offered through the College
Donald J. MacLaurin
of Management and Economics. The participating academic units are the Department of
BSc Florida International, MSc Nevada (Las Vegas), PhD Kansas State - Associate
Marketing and Consumer Studies (MCS), the School of Hospitality and Tourism
Professor
Management (HTM), and the Department of Business (DoB). The PhD in Management
has three fields: Tanya MacLaurin
BSc, MSc, PhD Kansas State - Professor
1. Marketing and Consumer Behaviour
Iain Murray
2. Services Management
BComm, MSc Guelph, PhD Kansas State - Associate Professor
3. Organizational Leadership
Catherine E. Ralston
which are offered jointly by the three academic units. BASc Guelph, MBA Western Ontario, PhD Wisconsin (Madison) - Assistant Professor
Administrative Staff From the Department of Business
Graduate Coordinator Ron Baker
Vinay Kanetkar (201B Macdonald Institute, Ext. 52221) BComm, Sudbury, MBA Athabasca, PhD Birmingham UK - Assistant Professor
[email protected] Michele Bowring
Graduate Secretary BA Queen's, MBA York, PhD Leicester - Assistant Professor
Lisa Cauley (205A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 52725) Francesco Braga
[email protected] DOTT Milan, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
Graduate Faculty Michael Breward
BComm Queen’s, MBA McMaster, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor
From the Department of Marketing and Consumer Studies
Nita Chhinzer
Paul M. Anglin
BA York, MBA, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor
BSc Toronto, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Julia Christensen Hughes
May H. Aung
BComm Guelph, MBA, PhD York - Professor and Dean, College of Management and
BComm, MComm Burma, PhD York - Associate Professor
Economics
Scott R. Colwell
Michael Cox
AGD, MBA Athabasca, PhD Bradford (United Kingdom) - Associate Professor
CD Naval Officer Program, MA Western Washington, PhD Union (Ohio), MCIM
Tim Dewhirst Chartered Institute of Marketing Management - Associate Professor
BPHE Toronto, MA Queen's, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
Elliott Currie
Karen A. Finlay BA, MBA McMaster, CMA - Associate Professor
BA Western Ontario, MBA, PhD Toronto - Professor
Rumina Dhalla
William R. Frisbee MBA, PhD York - Assistant Professor
BA, MS Union College, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor
Elizabeth Kurucz
Towhidul Islam BA McMaster, MIR Toronto, PhD York - Assistant Professor
MSc Inst. of Mech. Tech. (Bulgaria), MBA Dhaka (Bangladesh), DIC Imperial College
Sean Lyons
(United Kingdom), PhD London (United Kingdom) - Associate Professor
BPA Windsor, MA, PhD Ottawa - Associate Professor
Vinay Kanetkar
Sara Mann
BArch Indian Inst. of Tech, MArch, MSc, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
BComm, MBA McMaster, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
and Graduate Coordinator
Fred Pries
Jane Londerville
BMath Waterloo, MASc, PhD Waterloo, CA - Associate Professor
MBA Harvard - Associate Professor and Interm Chair
Erna van Duren
Tanya Mark
BA Waterloo, M.Sc., PhD Guelph - Professor
BA, PhD Western Ontario - Assistant Professor
Brent McKenzie PhD Program
BA, McMaster, MBA Dalhousie, PhD Griffith - Associate Professor Admission Requirements
Paulette S. Padanyi All graduate programs must conform to the Faculty of Graduate Studies policy on
BA Florida Presbyterian College, MBA Florida, PhD York - Associate Professor admissions. Accordingly, there will be three means of entry to the three-field PhD in
Lefa Teng Management:
BEng Jiangsu, MSc Beijing, PhD Concordia - Associate Professor 1. An applicant who holds a recognized master’s degree in a management field with an
Anne Wilcock average standing of at least “B+” may be admitted to PhD studies as a regular or
BASc Guelph, MSc, PhD Purdue - Professor provisional student
Jian Zhou 2. An applicant who holds a recognized master’s degree with high standing in a field
BA, MA Renmin (China), PhD Illinois (Chicago) - Assistant Professor other than management and who wishes to proceed to doctoral study in a management
From the School of Hospitality and Tourism Management field should consult with the graduate coordinator about eligibility.
Joe Barth 3. An applicant who has achieved excellent standing at the honours baccalaureate level
BSc Guelph, MBA Wilfrid Laurier, MPS, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor in a management field and who wishes to proceed to doctoral study may enroll in a
related Masters degree. If the student achieves a superior academic record and shows
Hwan-Suk (Chris) Choi
a particular aptitude for research, the Board of Graduate Studies, on the
BA Chung-Ang (Seoul, Korea), MTA George Washington, PhD Texas A&M - Associate
recommendation of the Department/School admissions committee, may authorize
Professor
transfer to the PhD program without requiring the student to complete the master’s
Statia Elliott degree.
BComm St. Mary's, MA McMaster, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor
Applicants to the PhD in Management normally are expected to have a minimum GMAT
Joan Flaherty score of 600 or a minimum GRE score of 1250.
BA, MA, MSc, Guelph - Assistant Professor
Kerry Godfrey
Degree Requirements
BSc Victoria, MSc Surrey, PhD Oxford Brookes, MBA Leicester - Professor and Director The goal of the PhD program in Management is to produce graduates with both a breadth
of knowledge about management theories in general, and a depth of knowledge such that
Jamie A. Gruman
they will be competent researchers and/or teachers in their chosen field. Since most courses
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Management 117

will be common to the current three fields in this program as well as to any future fields,
the key indicator of the student’s area of specialization will be his or her thesis topic.
Students should select all courses in consultation with the graduate coordinator and their
supervisor.
Five core courses will ensure that each student has a breadth of knowledge about
management and research. Of the five core courses, one will cover the theories and practice
of management, another provides an understanding of the philosophy of research and
design and, two courses cover quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. The
fifth course is a seminar series that introduces students to the diversity of research projects
undertaken by Guelph faculty, graduate students and by visitors to the University. Students
will select two additional courses in their area of specialization in consultation with their
thesis supervisor and the program coordinator. The core courses will encourage interaction
and knowledge-sharing among all of the PhD in Management students and provide the
basis for the first qualifying examination, which will deal with knowledge about
management and the nature of research. A second qualifying examination will test the
knowledge of each student and his or her ability to design and analyze a research project
in the chosen field of specialization. Students are to present and defend a doctoral research
proposal not later than the end of the sixth semester, i.e., after completion of the qualifying
examination.
Overall, the proposed program consists of two semesters of coursework (five core courses
and two electives), followed by two qualifying exams, presentation and defense of a
research proposal, and finally, the completion and defense of a full doctoral dissertation.
Courses
Required Courses
MGMT*6800 Philosophy of Social Science Research F [0.50]
This course introduces students to the underlying philosophical assumptions that support
empirical research methods within social science disciplines. The aim of this course is
to examine the philosophy of knowledge generation and claims, particularly in the context
of management phenomena.
Prerequisite(s): MCS*6050 or equivalent
MGMT*6820 Theory of Management F [0.50]
This course examines the evolution of management thought and the overarching theories
that have been successfully applied to multiple functional areas of the organization.
Examples of theories that apply to such disparate areas as operations, marketing, and
organizational behaviour include agency theory, transaction cost analysis, and contingency
theory.
Methods Courses
Students normally take one course in quantitative methods and one course in qualitative
methods upon the advice of their supervisor and the program graduate coordinator.
Appropriate courses are offered by a number of departments.The courses below are offered
by the Department of Marketing and Consumer Studies.
MCS*6060 [0.50] Multivariate Research Methods
MCS*6080 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

118 IX. Graduate Programs, Marketing and Consumer Studies

Marketing and Consumer Studies and enrolment in the marketing and consumer studies department seminar (MCS*6950)
for each semester of full-time graduate study. The program consists of:
Faculty and graduate students in the Department of Marketing and Consumer Studies Fall Semester:
share a focus on the multi-disciplinary examination of consumer behaviour and marketplace
phenomena. Central to the department's research and graduate teaching program is the MCS*6000 [0.50] Consumption Behaviour Theory I
application of consumer behaviour and marketplace knowledge to marketing, housing MCS*6050 [0.50] Research Methods in Marketing and Consumer Studies
and real estate management, quality management, and policy issues of concern to a wide MCS*6100 [0.50] Marketing Theory
variety of private, public and nonprofit sector organizations. The department's graduate MCS*6950 [0.00] Marketing & Consumer Studies Seminar
program leads to the master of science degree in marketing and consumer studies. Winter Semester:
MCS*6060 [0.50] Multivariate Research Methods
Administrative Staff MCS*6080 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods
Interim Chair (Or 2 suitable methods courses)
Jane Londerville (203 Macdonald Institute, Ext. 53091) 1 elective*
[email protected] MCS*6950 [0.00] Marketing & Consumer Studies Seminar
Graduate Coordinator Electives
Vinay Kanetkar (201B Macdonald Institute, Ext. 52221) MCS*6010 [0.50] Consumption Behaviour Theory II
[email protected] MCS*6070 [0.50] Introduction to Structural Equation Modeling
Graduate Secretary MCS*6120 [0.50] Marketing Management
Lisa Cauley (205A Macdonald Institute, Ext. 52725) MCS*6300 [0.50] Special Topics in Consumer Studies
[email protected] MCS*6700 [0.50] Special Topics in International Marketing
MCS*6710 [0.50] Special Topics in Marketing
Graduate Faculty
Paul M. Anglin Note
BSc Toronto, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
*Chosen by the graduate student with the approval of the graduate coordinator and
May H. Aung
his/her advisory committee.
BComm, MComm Burma, PhD York - Associate Professor
Scott R. Colwell Note
AGD, MBA Athabasca, PhD Bradford (United Kingdom) - Associate Professor
MCS*6950 is taken during each semester of full-time graduate study.
Tim Dewhirst
BPHE Toronto, MA Queen's, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
Karen A. Finlay
Admission Requirements
BA Western Ontario, MBA, PhD Toronto - Professor Admission information should be requested directly from the graduate secretary in the
Department of Marketing and Consumer Studies. Offers of admission are granted on a
Towhidul Islam
competitive basis and, in part, on the ability of graduate faculty to supervise the student's
MSc Inst. of Mech. Tech. (Bulgaria), MBA Dhaka (Bangladesh), DIC Imperial College
intended research. Potential applicants are urged to visit the department to discuss their
(United Kingdom), PhD London (United Kingdom) - Associate Professor
research objectives with graduate faculty prior to applying. Visits should be arranged
Vinay Kanetkar directly with members of graduate faculty. Please visit our departmental website
BArch Indian Inst. of Tech, MArch, MSc, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor http://www.mcs.uoguelph.ca/ for graduate faculty phone numbers and e-mail addresses.
and Graduate Coordinator
All applicants should have completed a minimum of one course in statistics as part of
Jane Londerville their undergraduate program. Applicants are also encouraged to have completed courses
MBA Harvard - Associate Professor and Interim Chair in areas such as marketing, consumer behaviour, marketing research, and related subjects.
Tanya Mark Students may be admitted to the graduate program despite deficiencies in certain academic
BA, PhD Western Ontario - Assistant Professor areas. Students admitted with deficiencies will likely be required to address academic
Brent McKenzie weaknesses by enrolling in one or more undergraduate courses at the University of Guelph.
BA, McMaster, MBA Dalhousie, PhD Griffith - Associate Professor Undergraduate courses do not count toward fulfillment of master of science graduation
Paulette S. Padanyi requirements.
BA Florida Presbyterian College, MBA Florida, PhD York - Associate Professor All applicants are required to submit GRE or GMAT scores. The deadline to apply for
Lefa Teng September admission to the masters of science program is April 1. The Department of
BEng Jiangsu, MSc Beijing, PhD Concordia - Associate Professor Marketing and Consumer Studies admits students to the graduate program only in
Anne Wilcock September.
BASc Guelph, MSc, PhD Purdue - Professor Degree Requirements
Sunghwan Yi The program normally consists of at least 6 half credit (3.0 full credits) graduate courses,
BBA, MBA Seoul National, PhD Pennsylvania State - Associate Professor enrolment in the marketing and consumer studies seminar (MCS*6950) for each semester
Jian Zhou of full-time graduate study, and a successfully defended thesis. Additional course credits
BA, MA Renmin, PhD Illinois (Chicago) - Assistant Professor may be required by the student's advisory committee depending upon the student's
MSc Program background preparation for his/her intended area of study and thesis research.

The MSc program draws on a variety of disciplines for theory, concepts, and research Graduate Diploma in Market Research
methods. Students are required to successfully complete five departmental core courses; The Graduate Diploma in Market Research serves two purposes:
consumption behaviour theory, marketing theory, and three graduate courses in 1. It serves as an early exit point for participants in the MSc in Marketing and Consumer
measurement and analysis. One elective course is selected by the student in conjunction Studies program. The Department periodically enrolls students in its MSc program
with the graduate coordinator and/or his/her advisory committee and is normally chosen who do well in their coursework but cannot complete their thesis research for a variety
to provide theoretical, conceptual, and/or methodological background for the thesis. Each of reasons (such as illness, spousal job relocation, or other personal concerns).
student is also required to attend the department’s graduate seminar for the duration of
2. It meets the needs of students who want to extend their knowledge of market research
his or her program.
beyond the level they obtained while taking their undergraduate degree, but either do
A significant number of graduate students in marketing and consumer studies direct their not want to undertake a thesis-based degree or do not believe that they have the
course work and thesis research toward applications related to marketing within private, capacity or resources to complete one.
public, and non-profit sector organizations. This particular focus is especially appropriate
for students with undergraduate preparation in business administration, commerce, Admission Requirements - Transfer from MSc Program
economics, or marketing who have career interests in research and analysis in marketing Students who wish to exit early from the MSc in Marketing and Consumer Studies program
management. The program also provides excellent training toward the pursuit of a PhD and receive the Graduate Diploma in Market Research will apply to the Department’s
in marketing or consumer behaviour or a related business discipline. Graduate Admissions Committee for admission into the Diploma program. The Committee
will make their decision based on reviewing the applicant’s grades and performance in
Departmental Core Courses the MSc in Marketing and Consumer Studies program and discussing his or her potential
The departmental core is required of all graduate students in the Department of Marketing as a market research practitioner with the Department’s graduate faculty.
and Consumer Studies. It contains a minimum of 6 half credits (3.0 full credits) in total,

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Marketing and Consumer Studies 119

Admission Requirements – Direct Entry MCS*6060 Multivariate Research Methods W [0.50]

Students who wish to enter directly into the Graduate Diploma in Market Research program A review of selected multivariate analysis techniques as applied to marketing and
will apply to the Department’s Graduate Admissions Committee through the normal consumer research. Topics include regression, anova, principal components, factor and
University application process. The Committee will make their decision on essentially discriminant analysis, nonmetric scaling and trade-off analysis. The course uses a hands-on
the same bases as they do for the MSc program (applicant’s undergraduate background, approach with small sample databases available for required computer-program analysis.
undergraduate grades, and GRE or GMAT scores). However, in lieu of the research Prerequisite(s): MCS*6050 or consent of instructor
interests discussion paper required of MSc applicants, Graduate Diploma applicants will
submit a discussion paper indicating why they are interested in the market research field. MCS*6070 Introduction to Structural Equation Modeling F [0.50]
Other than the orientation of the discussion paper, the admission requirements for the This course introduces students to the theory, concepts and application of structural
Graduate Diploma in Market Research will be the same as those for the MSc in Marketing equation modeling. Topics covered include path analysis, confirmatory factor analysis
and Consumer Studies program. This will ensure that students who enter directly into the and measurement models, latent variable modeling, multi-group modeling, and
Graduate Diploma program can consider switching into the MSc program. measurement invariance testing. Emphasis is placed on applying the principles of SEM
Thus, candidates for both the proposed Graduate Diploma and for the already-existing to the creation and testing of theoretically driven models using both categorical and
MSc will generally be graduates of a four-year honours degree program (or equivalent) continuous data.
who maintained at least a B average in the final two years of their undergraduate program. Prerequisite(s): MCS*6050 (or equivalent) and MCS*6060 (or equivalent)
They will have an academic background in consumer studies, the social sciences or MCS*6080 Qualitative Research Methods W [0.50]
humanities, or professional or business programs such as marketing, finance, or real estate,
and they will have acceptable GRE or GMAT scores. A review of the nature, importance and validity issues associated with qualitative research.
Topics include theory and tactics in design, interpersonal dynamics, analysis of interaction
Alternatively, they may be exceptional applicants, such as those with considerable
and transcripts.
experience in a business or management role, who meet the minimum grade requirements
but are lacking in the required academic areas. If so, their full acceptance into the program Prerequisite(s): MCS*6050 or consent of instructor
may be conditional upon successfully completing one or more recommended undergraduate MCS*6090 Special Topics in Consumer Research and Analysis U [0.50]
courses in order to comply with program standards.
As the Chair of the Department’s Graduate Admissions Committee, the Graduate MCS*6100 Marketing Theory F [0.50]
Coordinator will be responsible for notifying Graduate Studies of the Committee’s A theoretical understanding of marketing, including philosophy of science and marketing,
admission decisions. The Graduate Coordinator will also act as the primary advisor for a history of marketing thought, market orientation, marketing strategy theory, modeling,
all direct entry Diploma students until they either graduate or switch into the MSc program. social marketing, and ethical issues in marketing.
Degree Requirements Restriction(s): Signature required for non-MCS students.
Students who are awarded the Graduate Diploma in Market Research will have taken MCS*6120 Marketing Management U [0.50]
courses for at least two semesters. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma, students will
This course is designed to increase depth of knowledge of marketing by helping the
have successfully completed the following five courses, plus they will have regularly
student understand how marketing theory can directly affect marketing practice and firm
attended the Department’s 0.0 credit pass/fail weekly seminar class (MCS*6950) during
performance. As this is an MSc course and NOT an MBA course, there is an expectation
both semesters:
that the level of critical thinking and knowledge growth falls within the realm of the
Fall Semester: science of marketing and/or the empirical nature of marketing research and is no simply
MCS*6000 [0.50] Consumption Behaviour Theory I about marketing practice.
MCS*6050 [0.50] Research Methods in Marketing and Consumer Studies Prerequisite(s): MCS*6100
MCS*6100 [0.50] Marketing Theory
MCS*6950 [0.00] Marketing & Consumer Studies Seminar MCS*6260 Special Topics in Food Marketing U [0.50]
Winter Semester: MCS*6300 Special Topics in Consumer Studies U [0.50]
MCS*6080 [0.50] Qualitative Research Methods
MCS*6060 [0.50] Multivariate Research Methods MCS*6350 Consumer, Business and Government Relations F,W [0.25]
MCS*6950 [0.00] Marketing & Consumer Studies Seminar The development of an original and critical perspective to major issue development and
Courses macro-level-policy formation processes concerned with business and government
For courses without a semester designation the student should consult the graduate interfaces, business and consumer interfaces, and Canadian and international
coordinator. product/service standards, which provide structure for issue management and policy
development.
MCS*6000 Consumption Behaviour Theory I F [0.50]
MCS*6370 Consumer Economics U [0.50]
A review of the nature and scope of consumption behaviour and the approaches to studying
the role of human consumption using the major theoretical perspectives. An applied economics course focusing on aggregate consumption at the
domestic/international level; financial and time allocation at the individual/household
MCS*6010 Consumption Behaviour Theory II W [0.50] level; theoretical, mathematical and econometric analysis of consumption; applications
Consumption behaviour is an interdisciplinary field of study which applies theories from to contemporary consumption issues and problems.
multiple disciplines to the activities and processes people engage in when choosing, using
MCS*6500 Global Business Today U [0.50]
and disposing of goods and services. The purpose of this course is to provide a basic
review of the theoretical foundations of aspects of consumption and consumer behaviour This course will survey the key issues related to doing business internationally including
and to demonstrate their applicability to marketing management. The course is designed the cultural context for global business, cross border trade and investment, ethics, the
to allow participants to bring their own background and interests to bear on the review global monetary system, foreign exchange challenges and effectively competing in the
and application of the theories underlying consumer behaviour. global environment.
Prerequisite(s): MCS*6000 or consent of instructor Restriction(s): Non MBA/MA Leadership students only by permission of Executive
Programs Office.
MCS*6020 Marketing Strategy & Decision Support Systems U [0.50]
MCS*6700 Special Topics in International Marketing U [0.50]
The application of knowledge about consumer behaviour, markets, research,
problem-solving approaches, and concepts and principles of marketing to the analysis MCS*6710 Special Topics in Marketing U [0.50]
of marketing situations and problems, and the formulation of marketing strategy and
policy. Includes the use of marketing-decision support systems, simulations and models MCS*6720 Special Topics in Housing and Real Estate U [0.50]
for strategy formulation and decision making for product development, test marketing,
and marketing-mix decisions. MCS*6950 Marketing & Consumer Studies Seminar F,W [0.00]
MCS*6050 Research Methods in Marketing and Consumer Studies F [0.50]
A comprehensive review of measurement theory, including issues such as construct
definition, scale development, validity and reliability. Applicants of measurement
principles will be demonstrated, particularly as they relate to experimental and survey
research design.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

120 IX. Graduate Programs, Mathematics and Statistics

Mathematics and Statistics Jack Weiner

BMath, MMath Waterloo, BEdu Queen's - Professor
The objective of the graduate program is to offer opportunities for advanced studies and Allan Willms
research in the fields of applied mathematics and applied statistics, including the interface BMath, MMath Waterloo, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor
between the two. Although the two fields within the program have different requirements
Bei Zeng
in terms of specific courses and qualifying examination areas, there is a considerable
BSc, MSc Tsinghua, PhD M.I.T. - Assistant Professor
degree of interaction and commonality between them, from both philosophical and practical
viewpoints. Philosophically, this commonality relates to the methodology of constructing MSc Program
and validating models of specific real-world situations. The major areas of specialization The department offers an MSc degree with several options. Students choose between
in applied mathematics are dynamical systems, mathematical biology, numerical analysis either mathematics or statistics fields and complete their program either by thesis or
and operations research. Applied statistics encompasses the study and application of project. The two main program types are regular and interdisciplinary.
statistical procedures to data arising from real-world problems. Much of the emphasis in
Interdisciplinary programs involve faculty members of this and other university departments
this field concerns problems originally arising in a biological setting. The major areas of
and focus on problems of common interest to both departments. Examples include joint
specialization include linear and nonlinear models; bioassay; and survival analysis, life
studies in quantitative genetics involving faculty in the Department of Animal and Poultry
testing and reliability.
Science; studies of economic management of renewable resources involving faculty from
Administrative Staff the economics departments; modeling of physiological processes involving faculty from
Chair the Ontario Veterinary College or the College of Biological Science; toxicological modeling
David Kribbs (438 MacNaughton, Ext. 56556/52155) or risk assessment in collaboration with faculty involved in the Toxicology Research
[email protected] Centre.
Associate Chair and Graduate Coordinator Admission Requirements
Paul McNicholas (517 MacNaughton, Ext. 53136) For the MSc Degree Program, an honours degree with an equivalent to a major in the
[email protected] intended area of specialization is preferred. Applicants with an honours degree with the
Graduate Secretary equivalent of a minor in mathematics or in statistics as defined in the University of Guelph
Susan McCormick (440 MacNaughton, Ext. 56553/52155) Undergraduate Calendar will be considered.
[email protected] An applicant who does not meet the requirements must register as a nondegree
Graduate Faculty undergraduate student and take courses to achieve an equivalent to the above. Such students
are encouraged to consult the departmental graduate officers or the chair of the department.
R. Ayesha Ali The department's undergraduate diploma in applied statistics fulfils the requirement of a
BSc Western Ontario, MSc Toronto, PhD Washington - Assistant Professor minor equivalent in statistics.
O. Brian Allen
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Cornell - Professor and Chair
Degree Requirements
For both regular and interdisciplinary programs, the degree requirements may be met by
Daniel A. Ashlock
taking either:
BSc Kansas, PhD California Institute of Technology - Professor
• an MSc by thesis which requires at least 2.0 credits (four courses) plus a thesis; or
Chris Bauch
BSc Texas, PhD Warwick - Associate Professor • an MSc without thesis (by project) which requires at least six courses; i.e., 3.0 credits,
2.0 of which must be for graduate-level courses plus successful completion within
Edward M. Carter
two semesters:
BSc, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor
One of:
Monica Cojocaru
BA, MSc Bucharest, PhD Queen's - Associate Professor MATH*6998 [1.00] MSc Project in Mathematics
STAT*6998 [1.00] MSc Project in Statistics
Gerarda Darlington
All programs of study must include the appropriate core courses (see below). Students
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Waterloo - Professor
who have obtained prior credit for a core course or its equivalent will normally substitute
Robert Deardon a departmental graduate course at the same or higher level, with the approval of the
BSc Exeter, MSc Southampton, PhD Reading - Assistant Professor graduate coordinator. The remaining prescribed courses are to be selected from either
Anthony F. Desmond graduate courses or 400-level undergraduate courses. Courses taken outside of this
BSc, MSc National University of Ireland (U.C.C.), PhD Waterloo - Professor department must have the prior approval of the graduate program committee.
Hermann J. Eberl Mathematical Area of Emphasis
Dipl. Math (MSc), PhD Munich Univ. of Tech. - Professor
All candidates for the MSc by thesis with a mathematical area of emphasis are required
Zeny Feng
to include in their program of study at least two of the core courses. All candidates for
BSc York, MA, PhD Waterloo - Assistant Professor
the MSc without thesis (by project) with a statistical area of emphasis are required to
Marcus R. Garvie include in their program of study at least three of the core courses.
MS Sussex, MS Wales, MS Reading, PhD Durham - Assistant Professor
The core courses are:
Stephen Gismondi
MATH*6011 [0.50] Dynamical Systems I
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
MATH*6021 [0.50] Optimization I
Julie Horrocks MATH*6400 [0.50] Numerical Analysis I
BSc Mount Allison, BFA Nova Scotia College of Art & Design, MMath, PhD Waterloo MATH*6041 [0.50] Partial Differential Equations I
- Associate Professor
Statistical Area of Emphasis
Peter T. Kim
All candidates for the MSc by thesis with a statistical area of emphasis are required to
BA Toronto, MA Southern California, PhD California (San Diego) - Professor
include in their program of study at least two of the core courses. All candidates for the
David Kribs MSc without thesis (by project) with a statistical area of emphasis are required to include
BSc Western, MMath, PhD Waterloo - Professor in their program of study at least three of the core courses.
Herb Kunze The core courses are:
BA, MA, PhD Waterloo - Professor
STAT*6801 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis I
Anna T. Lawniczak STAT*6802 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis II
MSc Wroclaw, PhD Southern Illinois - Professor STAT*6841 [0.50] Statistical Inference
Paul McNicholas STAT*6860 [0.50] Linear Statistical Models
BA, MA, MSc, PhD Dublin (Ireland) - Associate Professor It is required that students take the undergraduate course Statistical Inference, STAT*4340,
Rajesh Pereira if this course or its equivalent has not previously been taken.
BSc,MSc McGill, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor Interdisciplinary Programs
Radhey S. Singh 1. The general course requirements, above, must be met.
BA, MA Banaras, MS, PhD Michigan State - Professor
2. The project or thesis of an interdisciplinary program must directly integrate the study
Gary J. Umphrey of mathematics or statistics with another discipline.
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Carleton - Associate Professor

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Mathematics and Statistics 121

PhD Program Interdepartmental Programs

Admission Requirements Biophysics MSc/PhD Program
A candidate for the PhD degree program must possess a recognized master's degree The Department of Mathematics and Statistics participates in the MSc/PhD programs in
obtained with high academic standing. Also, a member of the department's graduate faculty biophysics. Professors Bauch, Eberl, Langford, Lawniczak, and Willms are members of
must agree to act as an advisor to the student. the Biophysics Interdepartmental Group (BIG). These faculty members' research and
Degree Requirements teaching expertise includes aspects of biophysics. Professors Bauch, Eberl, Lawniczak,
and Willms may serve as advisors for MSc and PhD students in biophysics. Professor
The PhD degree is primarily a research degree. For that reason, course work commonly Langford may serve as co-advisor. Please consult the Biophysics listing for a detailed
comprises a smaller proportion of the student's effort than in the master's program. Course description of the graduate programs offered by the Biophysics Interdepartmental Group.
requirements are as follows:
Bioinformatics GDip/MBinf/MSc Programs
Applied Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics and Statistics participates in the GDip, MBinf and MSc
Students must successfully complete 2.0 graduate-course credits. Depending upon the
programs in Bioinformatics. Please consult the Bioinformatics listing for a detailed
student's academic background, further courses may be prescribed. The required four
description of these graduate programs and a list of the graduate faculty involved.
courses must include at least two core courses selected from:
MATH*6012 [0.50] Dynamical Systems II Courses
MATH*6022 [0.50] Optimization II Mathematics
MATH*6410 [0.50] Numerical Analysis II
MATH*6042 [0.50] Partial Differential Equations II MATH*6011 Dynamical Systems I U [0.50]
All courses are chosen in consultation with the advisory committee. Additional courses Basic theorems on existence, uniqueness and differentiability; phase space, flows,
may be required at the discretion of the advisory committee and/or the departmental dynamical systems; review of linear systems, Floquet theory; Hopf bifurcation;
graduate committee. With departmental approval, some courses given by other universities perturbation theory and structural stability; differential equations on manifolds.
may be taken for credit. Applications drawn from the biological, physical, and social sciences.
Applied Statistics MATH*6012 Dynamical Systems II U [0.50]
Students must successfully complete 2.0 graduate-course credits. Depending upon the The quantitative theory of dynamical systems defined by differential equations and
student's academic background, further courses may be prescribed. Students must take discrete maps, including: generic properties; bifurcation theory; the center manifold
the following courses as part of the four required courses (providing that these courses theorem; nonlinear oscillations, phase locking and period doubling; the Birkhoff-Smale
were not taken as part of the student's master's-degree program): homoclinic theorem; strange attractors and deterministic chaos.
STAT*6802 [0.50] Advanced Data Analysis II
STAT*6841 [0.50] Statistical Inference MATH*6021 Optimization I U [0.50]
STAT*6860 [0.50] Linear Statistical Models A study of the basic concepts in: linear programming, convex programming, non-convex
All courses are chosen in consultation with the student's advisory committee. Additional programming, geometric programming and related numerical methods.
courses may be required at the discretion of the advisory committee and/or the departmental
MATH*6022 Optimization II U [0.50]
graduate committee. With departmental approval, some courses given by other universities
may be taken for credit. A study of the basic concepts in: calculus of variations, optimal control theory, dynamic
programming and related numerical methods.
Graduate Diploma Applied Statistics
MATH*6031 Functional Analysis U [0.50]
This program is aimed at providing advanced training in applied statistics equivalent to
that obtained in a MSc, in selected areas of statistics judged to be most useful. It is ideal Review of metric, normed, and inner product spaces; Banach contraction principle; brief
for individuals who are already employed in positions requiring statistical analysis and introduction to measure and integration; elementary Fourier analysis; adjoint and compact
study design but who have had limited undergraduate training in statistics. Two core operators; nonlinear operators and the Frechet derivative; Baire category theorem; principle
hybrid courses combine distance education with intensive on-campus training at the of uniform boundedness; open mapping theorem; principle ot uniform boundedness;
beginning and end of each course. A substantive research project typically revolves around closed graph theorem.
an important problem from the student’s work environment. Modern statistical software MATH*6041 Partial Differential Equations I U [0.50]
is integrated into all aspects of the courses.
Classification of partial differential equations. The Hyperbolic type, the Cauchy problem,
The program will also appeal to students who have recently completed an undergraduate range of influence, well- and ill-posed problems, successive approximation, the Riemann
degree with concentration in statistics and who wish to advance their employment prospects function. The elliptic type: fundamental solutions, Dirichlet and Neumann problems. The
by further study in applied statistics. parabolic type: boundary conditions, Green's functions and separation of variables.
Admission Requirements Introduction to certain non-linear equations and transformations methods.
The minimum requirement for admission to the program is a baccalaureate, in an honours MATH*6042 Partial Differential Equations II U [0.50]
program or the equivalent, from a recognized university or college.
A continuation of some of the topics of Partial Differential Equations I. Also, systems
The applicant must have achieved an average standing of at least second-class honours of partial differential equations, equations of mixed type and non-linear equations.
('B-' standing) in the work of the last four semesters or the last two undergraduate years
(full-time equivalent). The honours program must have included 1.0 credit in mathematics MATH*6051 Mathematical Modelling U [0.50]
and 1.5 credits in statistics. 0.5 credits in matrix or linear algebra is recommended. The Selected advanced topics in mathematical modelling, possibly in conjunction with the
program directors may waive some requirements for students with substantive work departmental Mathematics and Statistics Clinic.
experience.
MATH*6071 Biomathematics U [0.50]
Diploma Requirements
The application of mathematics to model and analyze biological systems. Specific models
Course Requirements: to illustrate the different mathematical approaches employed when considering different
Students must successfully complete 2.0 credits, including: levels of biological function.
• STAT*6010 MATH*6091 Topics in Analysis U [0.50]
• STAT*6020
• STAT*6098 Selected topics from topology, real analysis, complex analysis, and functional analysis.
• 0.50 credits selected from 4th year or graduate STAT courses, excluding STAT*6950 MATH*6181 Topics in Applied Mathematics I U [0.50]
and STAT*6960. With departmental approval, this requirement may also be met by
This course provides graduate students, either individually or in groups, with the
taking a graduate course at another university.
opportunity to pursue topics in applied mathematics under the guidance of graduate
Project supervision: faculty. Course topics will normally be advertised by faculty in the semester prior to their
Upon admission, students will select or be assigned a faculty supervisor or a pair of offering. Courses may be offered in any of lecture, reading/seminar, or individual project
co-supervisors. The supervisors will be responsible to provide project guidance to the formats.
student for the project research and to grade the project.
Graduation Requirements:
Students must achieve a weighted (by credits) average of 70% in order to graduate.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

122 IX. Graduate Programs, Mathematics and Statistics

MATH*6182 Topics in Applied Mathematics II U [0.50] STAT*6801 Advanced Data Analysis I U [0.50]
This course provides graduate students, either individually or in groups, with the Residual analysis, deletion residuals, influential points,added variable plots, constructed
opportunity to pursue topics in applied mathematics under the guidance of graduate variables, families of transformations, jackknife and bootstrap methods, local linear
faculty. Course topics will normally be advertised by faculty in the semester prior to their regression, regression splines and cubic smoothing splines.
offering. Courses may be offered in any of lecture, reading/seminar, or individual project
STAT*6802 Advanced Data Analysis II U [0.50]
formats.
Generalized linear and generalized additive models, linear and nonlinear mixed effects
MATH*6400 Numerical Analysis I U [0.50] models, parameteric and semiparametric analysis of longitudinal and clustered data,
Topics selected from numerical problems in: matrix operations, interpolation, generalized estimating equations, applications to categorical and spatial data.
approximation theory, quadrature, ordinary differential equations, partial differential
STAT*6821 Multivariate Analysis U [0.50]
equations, integral equations, nonlinear algebraic and transcendental equations.
This is an advanced course in multivariate analysis and one of the primary emphases will
MATH*6410 Numerical Analysis II U [0.50] be on the derivation of some of the fundamental classical results of multivariate analysis.
One or more topics selected from those discussed in Numerical Analysis I, but in greater In addition, topics that are more current to the field will also be discussed such as:
depth. multivariate adaptive regression splines; projection pursuit regression; and wavelets.
MATH*6990 Mathematics Seminar U [0.00] STAT*6841 Statistical Inference U [0.50]
Students will review mathematical literature and present a published paper. Bayesian and likelihood methods, large sample theory, nuisance parameters, profile,
conditional and marginal likelihoods, EM algorithms and other optimization methods,
MATH*6998 MSc Project in Mathematics U [1.00]
estimating functions, MonteCarlo methods for exploring posterior distributions and
Statistics likelihoods, data augmentation, importance sampling and MCMC methods.

STAT*6010 Strategies for Study Design and Regression Analysis U [0.50] STAT*6850 Advanced Biometry U [0.50]
Exploratory data analysis and review of elementary statistical methods. Design and Topics on advanced techniques for analyzing data from biological systems. In particular,
analysis strategies for both randomized and observational studies. Sample size and power univariate discrete models, stochastic processes as it relates to population dynamics and
computations. Mixed models. Missing data techniques. Linear, logistic and Poisson growth models with time dependencies, generalized discrete models for spatial patterns
regression. The focus is on problem formulation and associated study designs and analyses in wildlife, the theoretical foundation and recent results in aquatic bioassays, and other
for real-world problems. Statistical software (R and SAS) is used throughout. topics relating to the student's research interest.
Prerequisite(s): Honours degree with 1.5 stat credits, 1 math credit, or relevant work STAT*6860 Linear Statistical Models U [0.50]
experience Generalized inverses of matrices; distribution of quadratic and linear forms; regression
Restriction(s): Students registered in the Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics. or full rank model; models not of full rank; hypothesis testing and estimation for full and
Cannot be used to satisfy departmental MSc/PhD requirements. non-full rank cases; estimability and testability; reduction sums of squares; balanced and
STAT*6020 Data Analysis and Statistical Inference U [0.50] unbalanced data; mixed models; components of variance.
Generalized linear and additive models, likelihood theory, Bayesian inference. Multilevel, STAT*6870 Experimental Design U [0.50]
longitudinal, and event history models. Methods for temporally and spatially correlated This is an advanced course in experimental design which emphasizes proofs of some of
data. Although secure statistical foundations are laid down, the emphasis is on applications the fundamental results in the topic. The topics will include: design principles; design
and experimental planning. Statistical software (R, SAS, BUGS) is used throughout. linear models; designs with several factors; confounding in symmetrical factorials;
Restriction(s): Students registered in the Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics. fractional factorials.
Cannot be used to satisfy departmental MSc/PhD requirements.
STAT*6880 Sampling Theory U [0.50]
STAT*6098 Graduate Diploma Project in Applied Statistics U [0.50]
Theory of equal and unequal probability sampling. Topics in: simple random, systematic,
A project leading to a technical report, which utilizes statistical principles and procedures and stratified sampling; ratio and regression estimates; cluster sampling and subsampling;
in the solution of a substantive research problem. Completion of this course requires a double sampling procedure and repetitive surveys; nonsampling errors.
formal presentation of the project to faculty and students.
STAT*6920 Topics in Statistics U [0.50]
Restriction(s): Students registered in the Graduate Diploma in Applied Statistics.
Cannot be used to satisfy departmental MSc/PhD requirements. STAT*6950 Statistical Methods for the Life Sciences F [0.50]
STAT*6550 Computational Statistics U [0.50] Analysis of variance, completely randomized, randomized complete block and latin
This course covers the implementation of a variety of computational statistics techniques. square designs; planned and unplanned treatment comparisons; random and fixed effects;
These include random number generation, Monte Carlo methods, non-parametric factorial treatment arrangements; simple and multiple linear regression; analysis of
techniques, Markov chain Monte Carlo methods, and the EM algorithm. A significant covariance with emphasis on the life sciences. STAT*6950 and STAT*6960 are intended
component of this course is the implementation of techniques. for graduate students of other departments and may not normally be taken for credit by
mathematics and statistics graduate students.
STAT*6700 Stochastic Processes U [0.50]
STAT*6960 Design of Experiments and Data Analysis for the Life Sciences W [0.50]
The content of this course is to introduce Brownian motion leading to the development
of stochastic integrals thus providing a stochastic calculus. The content of this course Principles of design; randomized complete block; latin square and extensions the split
will be delivered using concepts from measure theory and so familiarity with measures, plot and extension; incomplete block designs; confounding and fractional replication of
measurable spaces, etc., will be assumed. factorial arrangements; response surfaces the analysis of series of experiments; the general
linear model; multiple regression and data analytic techniques. STAT*6950 and
STAT*6721 Stochastic Modelling U [0.50] STAT*6960 are intended for graduate students of other departments and may not normally
Topics include the Poisson process, renewal theory, Markov chains, Martingales, random be taken for credit by mathematics and statistics graduate students.
walks, Brownian motion and other Markov processes. Methods will be applied to a variety
STAT*6970 Statistical Consulting Internship U [0.25]
of subject matter areas.
This course provides experience in statistical consulting in a laboratory and seminar
STAT*6741 Statistical Analysis for Reliability and Life Testing U [0.50] environment. The student will participate in providing statistical advice and/or statistical
Statistical failure models, order statistics, point and interval estimation procedures for analyses and participate in seminar discussions of problems arising from research projects
life time distributions, testing reliability hypotheses, Bayes methods in reliability, system in various disciplines.
reliability.
STAT*6990 Statistics Seminars by Graduate Students U [0.00]
STAT*6761 Survival Analysis U [0.50]
STAT*6998 MSc Project in Statistics U [1.00]
Kaplan-Meier estimation, life-table methods, the analysis of censored data, survival and
hazard functions, a comparison of parametric and semi-parametric methods, longitudinal
data analysis.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Molecular and Cellular Biology 123

Molecular and Cellular Biology Cezar Khursigara

BSc Ryerson, PhD McGill - Assistant Professor
The MCB graduate program offers opportunities for interdisciplinary studies in molecular Matthew S. Kimber
and cellular biology leading to the MSc and PhD degrees. The research groups directed BSc, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
by the faculty are engaged in the pursuit of fundamental and applied research questions
Peter J. Krell
involving diverse biological systems (plants, humans and other animals, prokaryotic and
BSc, MSc Carleton, PhD Dalhousie - Professor
eukaryotic microbes). In general, they follow lines of scientific enquiry at the level of
molecules to cells. The areas of emphasis and the faculty associated with those areas are: Joseph S.L. Lam
BSc, PhD Calgary - Professor
• Biochemistry (BCH) – Brauer, Clarke, Coppolino, Dawson, Emes, Graether, Harauz,
Jones, Josephy, Kimber, Khursigara, Lam, Mangroo, Merrill, Nazar, Seah, Sharom, Reggie Y.C. Lo
Tetlow, Van Raay, Whitfield, Wood, Yankulov BSc, PhD Alberta - Professor and Graduate Coordinator
• Cell Biology (CEB) – Bag, Bendall, Coppolino, Greenwood, Harauz, Jones, Lu, Ray Lu
Mangroo, Mathur, Mosser, Mullen, Nazar, Robb, van der Merwe, Van Raay, Whitfield, BSc Wuhan (China), MSc Beijing Medical, PhD Saskatchewan - Associate Professor
Wood Devakanand Mangroo
• Microbiology (MICR) – Allen-Vercoe, Clarke, Kaushik, Kimber, Khursigara, Krell, BSc, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor
Lam, Lo, Lu, Meng, Merrill, Mutharia, Seah, Stevenson, van der Merwe, Whitfield, Jaideep Mathur
Wood BSc, MSc Lucknow (India), PhD Gorakhpur (India) - Associate Professor
• Molecular Biology and Genetics (MBG) – Allen-Vercoe, Bag, Baker, Bendall, Baozhong Meng
Colasanti, Jones, Kaushik, Krell, Lo, Lu, Mathur, Meng, Mosser, Mutharia, Nassuth, BSc, MSc Hebei Agricultural Univ. (China) - Assistant Professor
Nazar, Robb, Rothstein, Van Raay, Yankulov Rod Merrill
• Plant Biology (PBIO) – Colasanti, Emes, Greenwood, Mathur, Meng, Mullen, BSc Lethbridge, PhD Ottawa - Professor
Nassuth, Nazar, Posluszny, Robb, Rothstein, Tetlow. Richard D. Mosser
Faculty in Molecular and Cellular Biology also participate in the interdepartmental BSc, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor
programs in Aquaculture, Bioinformatics, Biophysics and the collaborative programs in Robert T. Mullen
Neuroscience and Toxicology. BSc, PhD Alberta - Professor
Administrative Staff Lucy M. Mutharia
BSc, MSc Nairobi, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
Chair
Chris Whitfield (4477 Science Complex, Ext. 53362) Annette Nassuth
[email protected] BSc, MSc Free University, Amsterdam, PhD Leiden - Associate Professor
Graduate Coordinator Ross N. Nazar
Reggie Lo (3250 Science Complex, Ext. 53363) BSc, PhD Toronto - Professor
[email protected] Usher Posluszny
CBS Graduate Secretary BSc, PhD McGill - Professor
Carol V. Schlaht (3481 Science Complex, Ext. 53815) E. Jane Robb
[email protected] BSc York, PhD British Columbia - Professor
CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary Steven Rothstein
Karen White (3479 Science Complex, Ext. 52730) BA Swarthmore College, PhD Wisconsin - Professor
[email protected] Stephen Y.K. Seah
BSc, MSc National University of Singapore, PhD Sheffield - Associate Professor
Graduate Faculty
Frances Sharom
Emma Allen-Vercoe BSc Guelph, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
BSc London UK, PhD Open UK - Assistant Professor
Roselynn M.W. Stevenson
Jnanankur Bag BSc, PhD Manitoba - Associate Professor
BSc, MSc, PhD Calcutta - Professor
Ian Tetlow
Mark D. Baker BSc Newcastle (UK), PhD North Wales - Associate Professor
BSc Laurentian, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Professor
George van der Merwe
Andrew J. Bendall BSc, MSc, PhD Stellenbosch (South Africa) - Associate Professor
BSc, MSc Australian National, PhD Macquarie - Associate Professor
Terry Van Raay
Manfred Brauer BSc Windsor, MSc Guelph, PhD Utah - Assistant Professor
BSc Calgary, MSc, PhD Wisconsin - Associate Professor
Christopher Whitfield
Anthony J. Clarke BSc Newcastle, PhD Edinburgh - Professor and Chair
BSc, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Professor
Janet M. Wood
Joseph L. Colasanti BSc Victoria, PhD Edinburgh - Professor
BSc, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Krassimir (Joseph) Yankulov
Marc Coppolino BSc Sophia, PhD ICRF London - Associate Professor
BSc Waterloo, MSc, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
John Dawson MSc Program
BSc Wilfrid Laurier, PhD Alberta - Associate Professor The objective of the MCB MSc program is to provide graduate students with a high level
Michael J. Emes of relevant knowledge and expertise in contemporary molecular and cellular biology,
BSc, PhD Sheffield - Professor and Dean of the College of Biological Science including experimental techniques, library research, writing and communication skills.
Steffen P. Graether Graduates will have the knowledge and skills needed to carry out high quality scientific
BSc, MSc, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor research and will be prepared for employment in positions with some responsibility in
the research and teaching enterprises of academic institutions (as instructors and technical
John S. Greenwood
staff), in science-related positions in the broad biotechnology sector (e.g. food and beverage
BSc, MSc McMaster, PhD Calgary - Associate Professor
industries, pharmaceuticals, biomedical, and agriculture-related industries), or in
George Harauz government sector institutes and laboratories. They will be well prepared to continue their
BASc, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor graduate education at the PhD level. Alternatively they may opt to complete a professional
Nina Jones degree (such as law, medicine, or business) or a teaching certificate.
BSc Guelph, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Admission Requirements
David Josephy
To be considered, applicants must have completed a four-year honours undergraduate
BSc Toronto, PhD British Columbia - Professor
degree (or its equivalent) in a relevant discipline. Normally, the applicant must have
Azad Kaushik achieved a “B” (75%) average or higher during the last two years of full-time study. In
BVSc, MVSc Haryana, DSc Inst. Pasteur - Associate Professor

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

124 IX. Graduate Programs, Molecular and Cellular Biology

exceptional circumstances, students with a “B-minus” average (70%) will be considered The PhD thesis research must involve original enquiry into a well-defined question in the
provided there is strong supporting evidence of research aptitude and potential. molecular biosciences. It is expected to result in the publication of one or more papers in
Applicants must obtain the support of a faculty member willing to serve as their thesis high-quality peer-reviewed journals. The research must represent a significant contribution
advisor. to the relevant research field.
Applications for the program will be considered at any time and admission may be granted All students beyond year 1 in the program are required to participate annually in the CBS
for entry in January, May or September. Graduate Student Symposium by presenting a poster or giving a short talk describing their
research progress.
Admission Process
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled Courses
by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application, MCB*6100 Research Topics in Molecular and Cellular Biology U [0.50]
you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" webpage on the ADR Future
The development and refinement of the skills of scientific communication, emphasizing
Student's site. NOTE: The name of a potential advisor(s) is required in order to complete
writing skills, in the context of developing a thesis proposal. This course is mandatory
the submission summary.
for all students in the MCB graduate program and is normally completed within the first
On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Graduate two (2) semesters of the program, and must be taken with the accompanying course
Program Services webpage or in the .Graduate Calendar MCB*6200.
Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary.
MCB*6200 Scientific Communication in Molecular and Cell Biology U [0.50]
Degree Requirements
The development and refinement of the skills of scientific communication emphasizing
Students in the MSc program must complete a minimum of 3 courses (1.5 credits) at the oral presentation. Students will present a public seminar on a contemporary subject in
graduate level. Courses MCB*6100 Research Topics in Molecular & Cellular Biology the molecular biosciences culminating in a description of the proposed research. This
(0.5) and MCB*6200 Scientific Communication in Molecular & Cellular Biology (0.5) course is mandatory for all students in the MCB program and must be taken with the
are mandatory. Normally these two courses must be completed in the first year of study. accompanying course MCB*6100.
Senior undergraduate courses may be taken on the recommendation of the Advisory
Committee but these will not count towards the 1.5 credit requirement. An average of MCB*6310 Advanced Topics in Developmental and Cellular Biology U [0.50]
“B-minus” (70%) must be achieved in the prescribed courses. A study of selected topics in contemporary developmental and cellular biology. Students
The MSc thesis research must involve original enquiry into a well-defined question in the will review recent advances in these disciplines at the molecular and cellular level, in
molecular biosciences. It is expected that the research will not have been previously biological systems ranging from simple eukaryotes to plants and vertebrates.
reported in the literature and, wherever possible, the research should yield publishable MCB*6320 Advanced Topics in Microbiology U [0.50]
data.
A study of selected topics in contemporary microbiology. Students will review recent
All students beyond year 1 in the program are required to participate annually in the CBS
advances in microbial cell structure, physiology, interactions, gene expression and
Graduate Student Symposium by presenting a poster or giving a short talk describing their
virulence.
research progress.
PhD Program MCB*6330 Molecular Biology of Viruses U [0.50]
Replication strategies of virus genomes including prototypes of different animal, plant
The objective of the MCB PhD program is to develop independent and creative scientists
and (some) bacterial virus families; mechanism and control of viral gene expression;
specializing in molecular and cellular biology. Graduates will be prepared for positions
tumour virology; genetically engineered virus vaccines.
as scholars in academic institutions, as leaders in the research and development sector of
the biomedical and other industries or government agencies, and in social institutions. MCB*6340 Advanced Topics in Molecular Genetics U [0.50]
Admission Requirements A study of selected topics in contemporary molecular biology and molecular genetics.
To be considered, applicants must have completed a recognized Masters degree in a Students will review recent progress in gene expression and regulation in model organisms,
relevant discipline with a minimum academic standing of “A-minus” (80%). Students and the application of molecular biology tools to the study of cellular and organismal
may transfer from the MSc program to the PhD program with the approval of Graduate physiology.
Program Services. Transfers must be initiated with a request to the MCB Graduate Program MCB*6350 Advanced Topics in Plant Biology U [0.50]
Coordinator no earlier than the end of the second semester and no later than the end of
A study of selected contemporary topics in biochemistry and molecular biology. Proposed
the fourth semester. The transfer must be supported by the student’s Advisory Committee
course descriptions are considered by the Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology
and requires a minimum academic standing of “A-minus” (80%) in the graduate program,
on an ad hoc basis, and the course will be offered according to demand.
as well as strong supporting evidence of research aptitude and potential. Direct entry into
the PhD program from a four-year honours BSc program (or its equivalent) will be MCB*6360 Advanced Topics in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology U [0.50]
considered for students of exceptional promise. Normally, such students will have achieved A study of selected contemporary topics in biochemistry and molecular biology. Proposed
an “A-minus” (80%) average or higher during the last two years of full-time study and course descriptions are considered by the Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology
there must be strong supporting evidence of research aptitude and potential. on an ad hoc basis, and the course will be offered according to demand.
Applicants must obtain the support of a faculty member willing to serve as their thesis
advisor. MCB*6370 Protein Structural Biology and Bioinformatics U [0.50]
Applications for the program will be considered at any time and admission may be granted This course explores structural biology from three perspectives: 1) the fundamental
for entry in January, May or September. concepts in structural biology; 2) the methods used to determine structures (including
x-ray crystallography, NMR, electron microscopy, and computational modeling); 3) the
Admission Process bioinformatic concepts and tools used to compare, contrast and assign biochemical
Graduate student applications to programs in the College of Biological Science are handled function to protein structures and sequences. The course emphasizes building a conceptual
by the Office of the Associate Dean, Research (ADR). Before submitting an application, and practical skill set that will be applicable to any structure related problem.
you are strongly encouraged to view the "Before you Apply" webpage on the ADR Future
Student's site. NOTE: The name of a potential advisor(s) is required in order to complete MCB*6380 Structure and Function of Biological Membranes U [0.50]
the submission summary. This course covers multidisciplinary investigations of the basic structure and function of
On-line applications, required documents and instructions can be found on the Office of membranes in relation to cell biology. Topics will include structural biology of membrane
Graduate Studies webpage or in the Graduate Calendar. proteins, experimental approaches for studying membranes, membrane transport systems,
import-export systems and/or membrane trafficking.
Completed applications should be submitted to the CBS Graduate Admissions Secretary.
Degree Requirements
Students in the PhD program must complete two mandatory graduate level courses
MCB*6100 Research Topics in Molecular & Cellular Biology (0.5 credit) and MCB*6200
Scientific Communication in Molecular & Cellular Biology (0.5). Normally, these two
courses must be completed in the first year of study. Other courses may be taken on the
recommendation of the Advisory Committee. An average of “B-minus” (70%) must be
achieved in the prescribed courses. To be a candidate for the PhD degree, each student
must pass a PhD Qualifying Exam, normally held within the first 4 semesters in the
student’s program. In the case of a student transferring from the MSc program, the exam
will be held no later than one semester following the transfer.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Neuroscience 125

Neuroscience Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology

Boyer D. Winters
The Collaborative Neuroscience program provides a specialization for MA/MSc/PhD Assistant Professor, Psychology
students engaged in research in the rapidly expanding field of neuroscience, by permitting
John Zettel
students to combine their departmental degree program with multidisciplinary exposure
Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
to the field of neuroscience. This unique combination of multidisciplinary studies provides
students with the best possible foundation for academic careers in neuroscience and related As a practical matter, any faculty member who is approved by the Board of Graduate
areas. The program includes participation from core faculty in the following departments: Studies for graduate faculty status and is a member of a participating unit within the
Biomedical Science, Clinical Studies, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences, Integrative collaborative program will be able to advise a master’s or doctoral student.
Biology, Molecular and Cellular Biology, Psychology and Animal and Poultry Science. MA/MSc Program
Administrative Staff The Collaborative MA/MSc Program in Neuroscience enables students engaged in
Neil MacLusky neuroscience thesis research to combine their departmental degree program with a
Graduate Coordinator (Biomedical Science (OVCE 2633), Ext. 54700) multidisciplinary specialization in the field of neuroscience.
[email protected] Admission Requirements
Wendy Arthur MA/MSc students in the Collaborative Program in Neuroscience must meet the admission
Graduate Secretary (Biomedical Science, OVCE 2633, Ext. 54900) requirements of the participating department in which they are enrolled. The application
[email protected] process has two stages: first, application to the primary program of interest, identifying
Graduate Faculty interest in the Collaborative Program as a secondary focus. If the student is admitted to
the primary program, the second stage is then admission to the Collaborative Program.
Carol L. Armstrong
Assistant Professor, Biomedical Sciences Degree Requirements
Andrew J. Bendall In addition to coursework in their respective departments, students in the MA/MSc program
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology must complete NEUR*6000 as well as registering for NEUR*6100 each term that they
are in the program. In NEUR*6100, students and faculty will meet once a month to discuss
Leah R. Bent
issues/ hear talks/ present research in neuroscience.
Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Nicholas J. Bernier PhD Program
Associate Professor, Integrative Biology The Collaborative PhD Program in Neuroscience enables students engaged in neuroscience
Elena Choleris dissertation research to combine their departmental degree program with a multidisciplinary
Associate Professor, Psychology specialization in the field of neuroscience.
Donald Dedrick Admission Requirements
Associaet Professor, Philosophy/Psychology
PhD students in the Collaborative Program in Neuroscience must meet the PhD admission
Howard Dobson requirements for the participating department in which they are enrolled.
Professor, Clinical Studies
Degree Requirements
Mark J. Fenske
Assistant Professor, Psychology If a student enters the Collaborative PhD Program in Neuroscience at the doctoral level,
in addition, to coursework in their respective departments, students must complete
George Harauz
NEUR*6000, or show evidence of course equivalence in prior training. Students must be
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
engaged in neuroscience dissertation research. During each term of their program of
Andreas Hyland studies, doctoral students must enroll in NEUR*6100. The seminar will meet monthly.
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology Students must take their qualifying exams within five semesters of entering the program,
Nina Jones as required by University graduate policies. One member on the qualifying exam committee
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology must be a core member of the Collaborative Program in Neuroscience outside the student’s
Bettina E. Kalisch home department or a faculty member from another university approved by gradutate
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences studies. As well one member of the student’s advisory committee must be a core member
Frederic Laberge of the neuroscience collaborative program outside the student’s home department or a
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology faculty member from another university approved by graduate studies.
Francesco Leri Courses
Associate Professor, Psychology
NEUR*6000 Principles of Neuroscience U [0.50]
Ray Lu
Assistant Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology This course is designed to ensure that graduate students with diverse neuroscience
backgrounds registered in the Collaborative Program in Neuroscience are exposed to the
David W.L. Ma
fundamentals in all areas of neuroscience.
Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Science
Neil J. MacLusky NEUR*6100 Seminar in Neuroscience U [0.00]
Professor and Chair, Biomedical Sciences This course will expose graduate students to some of the major theories, issues and
Georgia Mason methodologies driving research in neuroscience. Students will learn to critically evaluate
Professor and Canada Research Chair, Animal and Poultry Science presentations by researchers in this field as well as to communicate the results of their
Robert L. McLaughlin own research.
Assistant Professor, Integrative Biology
Daniel V. Meegan
Associate Professor, Psychology
Linda A. Parker
Professor and Canada Research Chair, Psychology
Michael H. Peters
Professor, Psychology
Roberto Poma
Professor, Clinical Studies
Lana M. Trick
Associate Professor, Psychology
Patricia V. Turner
Associate Professor, Pathobiology
Lori A. Vallis
Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
Terry Van Raay
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
126 IX. Graduate Programs, Pathobiology

Pathobiology BVMS(Hons.), PhD, DVM Glasgow - Associate Professor

John F. Prescott
The Department of Pathobiology offers programs in Veterinary Pathology, Comparative MA, VetMB, PhD Cambridge - Professor
Pathology, Veterinary Infectious Diseases, and Immunology.
Shayan Sharif
The department offers programs of study leading to MSc and PhD degrees and a Graduate DVM Tehran, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
Diploma. The department also participates in the inter-departmental Doctor of Veterinary
Patricia E. Shewen
Science (DVSc) program.
BSc, DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor
Fields of Study Dale A. Smith
The Department of Pathobiology provides graduate programs in the following fields: DVM, DVSc Guelph - Professor
• Comparative Pathology Patricia V. Turner
Avian pathology: Hunter, Smith BSc McMaster, MSc Dalhousie, DVM, DVSc Guelph, Dipl ACLAM - Associate Professor
Fish pathology: Lumsden J. Scott Weese
DVM, DVSC Guelph, Dipl ACVIM - Associate Professor
Zoo animal/wildlife pathology: Barker, Hunter, Jardine, Smith
R. Darren Wood
Laboratory animal science: Turner
DVM Prince Edward Island, DVSc Guelph, Dipl ACVP - Associate Professor
• Immunology: Mallard, Sharif, Shewen
Geoffrey A. Wood
• Veterinary Infectious Diseases DVM Guelph, PhD Toronto, DVSc Guelph - Associate Professor
Veterinary bacteriology: Boerlin, MacInnes, Prescott, Weese Sarah Wootton
Veterinary parasitology: Barta, Peregrine BSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
Veterinary Virology: Nagy, Wootton MSc Program
• Veterinary Pathology
The primary objective of the MSc program is to provide students with training in conceptual
Anatomic pathology: Barker, Caswell, Foster, Hayes, Lillie, Wood G. and laboratory aspects of research, combined with advanced training in a field of knowledge
Clinical pathology: Bienzle, Jacobs, Wood D. relating to manifestations, basic mechanisms and host resistance to diseases of vertebrates.
The DVSc is offered in applied areas of microbiology, immunology and pathology. The DVM (or equivalent) graduates may obtain some of the practical experience required for
diploma program is offered in applied areas of pathology. specialty certification in various disciplines.
Administrative Staff Admission Requirements
Chair Applicants should have either a DVM (or equivalent) degree with at least a 'B' average
Robert Jacobs (2141 OVC Pathology, Ext. 54453) over the four years of the program, or an honours degree in biological sciences with at
[email protected] least a 'B' average during the final 2 years. In either case, performance in relevant
Graduate Coordinator biomedical science courses, (e.g. microbiology, immunology, biochemistry, molecular
Jeff Caswell (2121 O.V.C., Ext. 54555) biology, etc) at a level above the minimum `B' average is normally expected. Admission
[email protected] requires a statement of the applicant's interests and objectives and supportive letters of
reference. As well, an appropriate faculty advisor and potential sources of funds for
Graduate Secretary - Admissions
research and provision of a stipend for the student must be identified. Applications may
Donna Kangas (2144 O.V.C., Ext. 54725)
be submitted at any time. Initial enrolment can be in the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters,
[email protected]
with a preference for the Fall.
Graduate Faculty Degree Requirements
Ian K. Barker Students must complete at least 1.5 credits of prescribed courses with at least a 'B ' average,
DVM, MSc Guelph, PhD Melbourne - Professor and must satisfactorily write and defend a research thesis. Prescribed courses and additional
John R. Barta courses are selected by the student in consultation with the advisor and advisory committee
BSc, PhD Toronto - Professor based on the student's background and their research and career objectives. The
Dorothee Bienzle departmental Graduate Seminar course - PABI*6440 is prescribed for all MSc students.
DVM, MSc Guelph, PhD McMaster, Dipl ACVP - Professor The thesis research is planned by the student in consultation with the advisor. Research
Patrick Boerlin plans and progress must be approved by the advisory committee. The thesis defence
DVM, PhD Bern - Associate Professor includes a seminar presentation and a final oral examination by a committee of graduate
faculty members.
Jeff Caswell
DVM, DVSc Guelph, PhD Saskatchewan, Dipl ACVP - Associate Professor and Graduate See also the MSc Degree Regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
Coordinator PhD Program
Robert A. Foster The PhD program is designed primarily for students whose career aspirations are towards
BVSc Queensland, PhD James Cook Univ. of North Queensland, MRCVS, Dipl ACVP independent research on the manifestations, basic mechanisms and host resistance to
- Associate Professor diseases of vertebrates. The program provides advanced training in conceptual and
M. Anthony Hayes laboratory aspects of independent research, combined with advanced training in one or
BVSc Melbourne, PhD Saskatchewan, Dipl ACVP - Professor more fields of knowledge. The major emphasis is on the generation and critical evaluation
D. Bruce Hunter of scientific knowledge relating to the causes, mechanisms and/or consequences of diseases
DVM, MSc Saskatchewan - Professor affecting a particular species, organ system or biological process or to the understanding
Robert M. Jacobs of host resistance and basic mechanisms of health or disease in vertebrates. DVM (or
BSc Toronto, DVM, PhD Guelph, Dipl ACVP - Professor and Chair equivalent) graduates may obtain some of the practical experience required for specialty
certification in veterinary anatomic pathology, clinical pathology, microbiology or
Claire Jardine
parasitology.
BSc Guelph, MSc British Columbia, DVM Western College of Veterinary Medicine, PhD
Saskatchewan - Assistant Professor Admission Requirements
Brandon Lillie The usual requirement for admission to the PhD program is the completion of an approved
DVM, PhD Guelph, Dipl ACVP - Assistant Professor MSc degree with a minimum 'B+' average and strongly supportive letters from referees
John S. Lumsden familiar with the background of the applicant. Performance in relevant biomedical science
BSc, DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor courses, (e.g. microbiology, immunology, biochemistry, molecular biology, etc) at a level
Janet I. MacInnes above the 'B+' average is normally expected. Students may apply for admission into the
BSc Victoria, PhD Western Ontario - Professor PhD program before completing the MSc program, providing that they have a minimum
A average and a demonstrated capacity for independent research. Some students with
Bonnie A. Mallard
demonstrated potential for independent research and a superior academic record during
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor
their baccalaureate or DVM programs may be admitted directly into the PhD program.
Éva Nagy
Admission requires a statement of the applicant's interests and objectives and supportive
DVM, PhD, DSc Budapest - Professor
letters of reference. As well, an appropriate faculty advisor and potential sources of funds
Andrew S. Peregrine for research and provision of a stipend for the student must be identified. Applications
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Pathobiology 127

may be submitted at any time. Initial enrolment can be in the Fall, Winter or Summer Degree Requirements
semesters, with a preference for the Fall.
The diploma requires three semesters of full time study, and satisfactory completion of
Degree Requirements at least 1.5 credits in applied pathology courses and 0.5 credits in other graduate. The
Students must have successfully completed the department's graduate seminar course, remaining credits may be in the defined area of study, as prescribed by the faculty advisor.
PABI*6440, and have obtained at least a 'B ' average in all courses prescribed by the Diploma students must satisfactorily pass a final oral comprehensive examination on
advisory committee. There are no other specific course requirements. Prescribed courses general knowledge in the field of study. It will be conducted by faculty members in the
and additional courses are selected by the student in consultation with the advisor and Department of Pathobiology. There is no thesis, but students are required to write a paper
advisory committee based on the student's background, their research and career objectives. that the advisor considers ready for submission to a peer reviewed scientific journal.
Students are required to satisfactorily complete a qualifying examination before the end See also the Graduate Diploma Regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
of the fifth semester if they possess an MSc degree, or before the end of the seventh Courses
semester if they possess an honours baccalaureate or DVM degree. The qualifying
examination is conducted by a committee of graduate faculty members with expertise in General
the areas of study, and includes written and oral components. The qualifying examination PABI*6960 Special Topics in Pathobiology F,W,S [0.50]
covers a breadth of knowledge of topics related to the student's research area, and depth
In-depth independent study of subjects related to student's principal area of interest. Major
of knowledge within this research area. To successfully complete the examination, students
paper(s), laboratory studies, and/or written and oral examination, with or without seminar
must have a broad general understanding of one of the departmental fields of study, and
preparation.
a current and in depth understanding of one or two additional areas in their field of study.
The advisory committee identifies selected areas of study by the end of the second semester. PABI*6440 Graduate Seminar in Pathobiology S,F,W [0.50]
In addition, the advisory committee is required to confirm that the student has demonstrated Following discussions of approaches to scientific research and communication, students
both ability and promise in research. This is based on performance in the research project will submit a thorough written critical review of the literature on an agreed upon topic
and in courses and other academic activities. that leads to a detailed research proposal. This material will also be presented in the form
The thesis research is planned by the student in consultation with the advisor. The of a public seminar.
expectation is that all students will develop and defend their proposed thesis research as
part of the course PABI*6440 Graduate Seminar in Pathobiology. Research plans and Comparative Pathology
progress must be approved by the advisory committee. The program is completed with PABI*6050 Applied Avian Pathology I F [0.50]
the satisfactory presentation and defence of a thesis, which includes a seminar presentation Examination and interpretation of gross and microscopic lesions of domestic poultry.
and a final oral examination by a committee that includes an external examiner and several
members of the graduate faculty. PABI*6060 Applied Avian Pathology II W [0.50]
See also the PhD Degree Regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. A continuation of PABI*6050, emphasizing seasonal differences in diseases as well as
DVSc Program diseases more commonly associated with winter and early spring conditions.

The Department of Pathobiology participates in the DVSc program which provides a PABI*6070 Applied Avian Pathology III S [0.50]
balance of advanced training in a discipline in veterinary medicine, combined with a A continuation of PABI*6060, emphasizing seasonal differences in diseases as well as
thesis-research project. The program emphasizes diagnostic and health management diseases more commonly associated with late spring and summer conditions.
aspects of veterinary anatomic pathology, veterinary clinical pathology, veterinary clinical
PABI*6221 Comparative Veterinary Pathology I W [0.50]
microbiology, clinical immunology, laboratory animal science, wildlife and zoo animal
pathology, avian medicine and pathology, and fish pathology. The research project Pathological changes associated with diseases of amphibia, reptiles, wild and captive
addresses an applied aspect of a significant disease problem in vertebrates. The program non-domestic birds, and wild mammals including fur-bearers. (Even numbered years)
provides practical training towards specialty certification in veterinary anatomic pathology, PABI*6222 Comparative Veterinary Pathology II F [0.50]
clinical pathology, veterinary clinical microbiology or veterinary parasitology. Refer to
the Veterinary Science section of the calendar for more information. Pathological changes associated with diseases of poultry and pet birds, fish and various
laboratory animals. (Even numbered years)
Admission Requirements
PABI*6630 Applied Comparative Pathology I U [0.50]
Applicants require a DVM (or equivalent) degree with high academic standing from a
program that provides eligibility for the practice of veterinary medicine in Ontario. A study of problems in, as well as the examination of, lesions found in diseases of fish
Alternatively, applicants with a DVM (or equivalent) degree can be admitted after and wildlife, including amphibia and reptiles, drawn from naturally occurring cases
completion of an acceptable graduate diploma, MSc, or PhD degree with an upper 'B' assigned for detailed investigation. The student may be required to prepare a critical
average. Admission requires the identification of a faculty advisor and a source of personal review of a specific disease entity.
support for the student. If these have not been arranged by the applicant, a statement of PABI*6640 Applied Comparative Pathology II U [0.50]
the applicant's interests and objectives and supportive letters of reference are required to
assist with the identification of an appropriate faculty advisor and potential sources of A continuation of PABI*6630 emphasizing seasonal differences in diseases as well as
funds for research and student stipend. Several stipends for DVSc candidates are available diseases more commonly associated with winter and early spring conditions.
intermittently for training in some disciplines serving the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. PABI*6650 Applied Comparative Pathology III U [0.50]
As these funds become available, stipends are awarded to the most qualified applicant(s)
A continuation of PABI*6640 emphasizing seasonal difference in diseases as well as
based on completed applications for admission to the DVSc program. Applications may
diseases more commonly associated with late spring and summer conditions.
be submitted at any time. Initial enrolment can be in the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters.
Degree Requirements PABI*6700 Laboratory Animal Science U [0.50]
The degree requires a minimum of nine semesters of full-time study; completion of Basic information on various aspects of laboratory animal science, including IACUC
department's graduate seminar course, the completion of at least 2.5 credits in other courses function, regulatory oversight, ethics, historical review of animal research, animal models
prescribed by the student's advisory committee with an overall average of at least 'B-', and alternatives, experimental design and considerations, biology, management and uses
and satisfactory completion of a qualifying examination, thesis and final oral examination. of common species in research.
See also the DVSc Degree Regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. PABI*6710 Applied Laboratory Animal Science I U [0.50]
Graduate Diploma Program This course will emphasize practical aspects of laboratory animal science including
research protocol review, writing and reviewing standard operating procedures, animal
The objective of the diploma program is to provide advanced practical training in a field
monitoring, pathology procedures, and case management.
of veterinary pathology to veterinarians working in industry, government or in private
practice. The program emphasizes practical and course based applied training in anatomic PABI*6720 Applied Laboratory Animal Science II U [0.50]
pathology, clinical pathology, avian medicine and pathology, laboratory animal science, Continuation of I with emphasis on biohazard and personnel safety, monitoring for
or wildlife and zoo animal pathology. disease, quality control and diagnostic procedures.
Admission Requirements PABI*6730 Applied Laboratory Animal Science III U [0.50]
Applicants require a DVM (or equivalent) degree with acceptable academic standing.
Continuation of I and II, with emphasis on a comparison of programs and procedures in
Admission requires the prior identification of a faculty advisor and a source of personal
other facilities in Canada, nonhuman primate medicine, and surgical, clinical and necropsy
support for the student.
procedures.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

128 IX. Graduate Programs, Pathobiology

PABI*6740 Avian Diseases W [0.50] PABI*6130 Pathology II W [0.50]

Detailed study of recent concepts of preventive medicine, diagnosis and therapeutics as Disease processes of the alimentary, central-nervous, cardiovascular and muscular systems
applied to clinical recognition and control of avian diseases. and special senses. (Odd-numbered years)
Immunology PABI*6300 Clinical Pathology I W [0.50]
PABI*6100 Immunobiology F [0.50] A study of diagnostic hematology and cytology, with emphasis on the hematopoietic
system.
Major areas of immunology, including initiation, regulation, receptors, genetics, immune
system development and function. PABI*6320 Clinical Pathology II W [0.50]
PABI*6190 Topics in Immunology W [0.50] Clinical biochemistry of selected organ systems including the renal, hepatic, pancreatic
and endocrine organ systems.
Aspects of immune and non-specific host resistance, diagnostic immunology and
immune-mediated disease.
Veterinary Infectious Diseases
PABI*6000 Bacterial Pathogenesis F [0.50]
An overview of key concepts in bacterial pathogenesis with emphasis on veterinary and
zoonotic pathogens.
PABI*6180 Clinical Bacteriology U [0.50]
Current techniques and approaches in diagnostic bacteriology.
PABI*6330 Viral Diseases F [0.50]
A study of important viral diseases of animals, with emphasis on etiology, host responses,
diagnosis and control. (Odd numbered years)
PABI*6350 Molecular Epidemiology of Bacterial Diseases W [0.50]
This is a basic introduction to molecular epidemiology of bacterial diseases. It provides
an understanding of molecular epidemiology methodologies and of their use for improving
our understanding of infectious diseases epidemiology and control.
Prerequisite(s): STAT*2040 Statistics I
Restriction(s): Lab component: limited number of participants and WHIMIS certificate
compulsory.
PABI*6550 Epidemiology of Zoonoses W [0.50]
Characterization and distribution of diseases common to people and animals.
MCB*6330 [0.50] Molecular Biology of Viruses
Veterinary Pathology
PABI*6030 Applied Clinical Pathology I F,W,S [0.50]
Preparation and description of materials, and interpretation of data involved in hematology,
cytology, and clinical chemistry from clinical cases. (Intended for students majoring in
clinical pathology)
PABI*6040 Applied Clinical Pathology II U [0.50]
A continuation of PABI*6030 with greater depth in the interpretation of data involved
in hematology, cytology and clinical chemistry from clinical cases. (Intended for students
majoring in clinical pathology).
PABI*6041 Applied Clinical Pathology III U [0.50]
A continuation of PABI*6040 with greater depth in the interpretation of data involved
in hematology, cytology and clinical chemistry from clinical cases. (Intended for students
majoring in clinical pathology).
PABI*6080 Diagnostic Pathology I - Domestic Animals S,F,W [0.50]
An introducatory course of diagnostic pathology with emphasis on the common and
uncommon diseases of the whole body and respiratory, urinary, and digestive (including
liver and pancreas) systems.
PABI*6090 Diagnostic Pathology II - Domestic Animals S,F,W [0.50]
An intermediate course that builds on the skills acquired in PABI*6080 and further
enhances diagnostic veterinary pathology skills to include disease of the nervous,
endocrine and muscoloskeletal systems.
PABI*6091 Diagnostic Pathology III - Domestic Animals S,F,W [0.50]
An advanced course that builds on the skills acquired in PABI*6090 and further enhances
diagnostic beterinary patology skills to include diseases of all organ systems.
PABI*6104 Mechanisms of Disease F [0.50]
Molecular, cellular and tissue processes involved in the pathogenesis of adaptive,
degenerative, inflammatory, proliferative and neoplastic diseases. (Odd-numbered years)
PABI*6105 Integrative Pathology F [0.50]
Basic and interpretive tissue and biochemical concepts of disease in the liver, pancreas,
kidney, endocrine and hemiclymphatic systems. (Even-numbered years)
PABI*6110 Pathology I W [0.50]
Disease processes of the respiratory, integumentary, reproductive and skeletal systems.
(Disease processes of the respiratory, integumentary, reproductive and skeletal systems)

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Philosophy 129

Philosophy Degree Requirements

All students must take the MA Research Seminar (PHIL*6950) and complete either a
Administrative Staff thesis of between 20,000 and 30,000 words or a research project of between 10,000 and
Chair 15,000 words. Candidates by thesis must take at least three semester-long courses plus
Andrew Bailey (347 MacKinnon, Ext. 56389) the two-semester Research Seminar. Candidates by research project must take at least
[email protected] five semester-long courses plus the two-semester Research Seminar plus the Guided
Graduate Coordinator Research Project (PHIL*6990). Candidates with a degree other than philosophy will be
Karyn Freedman (354 MacKinnon, Ext. 53232) assigned courses in accordance with their needs and background up to a maximum of six
[email protected] additional semester courses. There are also several prerequisite courses required for the
MA. See http://www.uoguelph.ca/philosophy for details.
Graduate Secretary
Janet Thackray (348 MacKinnon, Ext. 56265) Regardless of the option chosen, the MA in Philosophy at Guelph is a research degree,
[email protected] in which the responsibility for study begins to shift from the faculty to the student. Students
in both streams are expected to develop their own topic for research. The Philosophy MA
Graduate Faculty can normally be completed in 4 semesters, whichever stream is chosen.
Andrew Bailey PhD Program
BA, MA Oxford, PhD Calgary - Associate Professor and Chair
The University of Guelph offers a program leading to a PhD in philosophy. The aim of
Donald Dedrick
the PhD program is to develop philosophers who are well rounded in the traditional areas
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
of study and who have achieved a high level of expertise in their special fields of research.
Peter Eardley
The program offers supervision in most of the traditional areas of philosophy but the
BA McGill, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
special strengths of the program are in: 1) Continental, Social and Political Philosophy;
Karyn L. Freedman (2) History of Western Philosophy; (3) Philosophy of Science, Mind and Language.
BA, MA Manitoba, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Maya Goldenberg
Admission Requirements
BA Toronto, MA McGill, PhD Michigan State - Assistant Professor Admission to the program is restricted to those who have an MA in philosophy, or an
John Hacker-Wright outstanding record in undergraduate studies in philosophy. .
BA Bradley, MA, PhD New York - Assistant Professor Degree Requirements
Jean Harvey Students are normally required to take between six and ten courses plus the PhD Research
BA Wales, MA Simon Fraser, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor Seminar (PHIL*6960). Students must also demonstrate knowledge in at least five
Karen L. Houle designated fields of study. This may be done by course work, by examination, by thesis
BSc, MA, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor or by a suitable combination of these. Students must pass an Oral Qualifying Examination
Jay Lampert by the end of their fifth semester in the program. Students in the program may be required
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor to demonstrate competence in one or more skills which their advisory committee decides,
in consultation with the program officer, is needed for their dissertation (e.g. a language
Stefan Linquist
other than English). PhD candidates must submit a thesis of not more than 75,000 words
BAH Simon Fraser, MSc New York, PhD Duke - Assistant Professor
(250 pages). More details are available at http://www.uoguelph.ca/philosophy.
Peter Loptson
BA York, MA, PhD Pittsburgh - Professor Courses
Mark McCullagh Except where specified, the courses listed below may be offered in any semester, subject
BA Toronto, PhD Pittsburgh - Associate Professor to student demand and the availability of an instructor.
Jeffrey A. Mitscherling PHIL*6000 Value Theory U [0.50]
BA California (Santa Barbara), MA McMaster, PhD Guelph - Professor A critical examination of some selected contemporary works in value theory or aesthetics.
Omid Payrow Shabani
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Ottawa - Associate Professor PHIL*6060 Logic U [0.50]
John Russon A course designed to bring the individual student to the level of competence in logical
BA Regina, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor techniques and theory required for graduate studies.
Patricia Sheridan PHIL*6110 Philosophy of Religion U [0.50]
BA McGill, MA Concordia, PhD Western - Associate Professor
A critical examination of some selected major works or central problems in the philosophy
Andrew Wayne of religion.
BSc Toronto, MA, PhD California (San Diego) - Associate Professor
Karen Wendling PHIL*6120 Philosophy of Mind U [0.50]
BA Michigan State, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor A study of contemporary theories of mind and philosophies of psychology.
MA Program PHIL*6140 Contemporary European Philosophy I U [0.50]
The Philosophy Department includes a wide range of expertise which allows students A study of the historical and contemporary origins of existentialism, phenomenology
accepted into the MA program to both extend their philosophical background at the and post-modernism, concentrating on one or several of the classic texts.
graduate level and to concentrate their research project in any of a number of different PHIL*6150 Contemporary European Philosophy II U [0.50]
areas such as the history of philosophy, ethics, social and political philosophy, feminist
philosophy, philosophy of religion, epistemology, philosophy of mind, metaphysics, A study of the historical and contemporary origins of existentialism, phenomenology
philosophy of science. There is also a diversity of approaches within the department. and post-modernism, concentrating on texts not covered in PHIL*6140 in the same year.
There is faculty expertise in Continental, analytic, and other philosophical traditions and PHIL*6200 Problems of Contemporary Philosophy U [0.50]
approaches. It is primarily a research degree and the program will involve either an MA
A study of a particular set of problems in contemporary philosophy.
thesis or the smaller Guided Research Project (together with a few more courses than with
the thesis option. PHIL*6210 Metaphysics U [0.50]
Admission Requirements A critical examination of some selected major works or central problems in metaphysics.
A four-year bachelor's degree from a recognized university. Normally this will include PHIL*6220 Epistemology U [0.50]
at least a major in philosophy, although the program is also open to students who may
A critical examination of some selected major works or central problems in epistemology.
not have had a substantial number of philosophy undergraduate courses but who provide
evidence of philosophical ability. In all cases, in order to be considered for admission to PHIL*6230 Ethics U [0.50]
the MA program, the department requires that the average grade over the last 10.00 credits A critical examination of some selected contemporary works or problems in ethical
of studies (i.e., a normal two years of full-time studies on the University of Guelph system) theory.
be at least 75%. All applicants are required to submit a sample of writing. Further details
can be found on the Philosophy Department website http://www.uoguelph.ca/philosophy). PHIL*6240 Biomedical Ethics U [0.50]
A critical examination of some selected contemporary works or of problems in biomedical
ethics.
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
130 IX. Graduate Programs, Philosophy

PHIL*6310 Plato U [0.50]

A study of some of the major works of Plato.
PHIL*6311 Aristotle U [0.50]
A study of some of the major works of Aristotle.
PHIL*6320 Medieval Philosophy U [0.50]
A close examination of particular problems and texts of the medieval period
PHIL*6340 Modern Philosophy U [0.50]
An examination of major texts, from Descartes to Mill.
PHIL*6500 John Locke U [0.50]
A critical examination of the works of John Locke.
PHIL*6530 Kant U [0.50]
A critical examination of the works of Immanuel Kant.
PHIL*6600 Social and Political Philosophy U [0.50]
A critical examination of some selected contemporary works or central problems in the
field of social philosophy.
PHIL*6700 Survey of Ancient Philosophy U [0.50]
A survey of ancient philosophy.
PHIL*6710 Survey of Early Modern Philosophy U [0.50]
A survey of modern philosophy from Hobbes to Hume.
PHIL*6720 History of the Philosophy of Science U [0.50]
A survey of the history of the philosophy of science from the Presocratics to the Positivists.
PHIL*6730 Contemporary Philosophy of Science U [0.50]
An examination of the contemporary discipline of the philosophy of science.
PHIL*6740 Philosophy of Biology U [0.50]
A general introduction to the history and philosophy of biology.
PHIL*6750 Philosophy of Social Science U [0.50]
A critical examination of issues in the philosophy of social science
PHIL*6760 Science and Ethics U [0.50]
A consideration of the problems which arise in the conjunction of science and ethics.
PHIL*6770 Special Research Paper I U [0.50]
A research course in a topic of the student's choice, guided by an individual faculty
member.
PHIL*6780 Special Research Paper II U [0.50]
A research course in a topic of the student's choice, guided by an individual faculty
member.
PHIL*6810 Survey of Late Modern Philosophy U [0.50]
A survey of modern philosophy from Kant to the late 19th century.
PHIL*6900 Reading Course U [0.50]

PHIL*6930 Selected Topics I U [0.50]

Topics in this course will vary from offering to offering.
PHIL*6940 Selected Topics II U [0.50]
Topics in this course will vary from offering to offering.
PHIL*6950 MA Seminar U [0.50]
A seminar course in which students work on developing research papers in topics of their
own choice. This course must be taken by all MA students. Students must register for
this course in both Fall and Winter semesters.
PHIL*6960 PhD Graduate Seminar U [0.50]
A seminar course in which students work on developing research papers in topics of their
own choice. Students must register for this course in both Fall and Winter semesters.
PhD students must do at least one and may do two graduate seminar courses during their
programs.
PHIL*6990 Guided Research Project U [1.00]
A guided research project undertaken by students doing an MA by course work, under
the supervision of a faculty member.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Physics 131

Physics BSc McGill, PhD M.I.T. - Professor

Carl E. Svensson
The Departments of Physics at the Universities of Guelph and Waterloo offer a joint BSc, PhD McMaster - Professor
program leading to MSc and PhD degrees. The Guelph-Waterloo Physics Institute consists
Robert Wickham
of members from both university departments and is administered by a joint co-ordinating
BSc Toronto, PhD Chicago - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator
committee. Students interested in graduate work in physics at either university should
consult the application requirements and the on-line application procedures available from Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo
the web-site http://gwp.on.ca. Students are ultimately registered at the university at which Niayesh Afshordi
their advisor is located. A student comes under the general regulations of the university BA Iran, BSc Providence, PhD Princeton - Assistant Professor
at which he or she is registered, and the degree is granted by that university.
Michael Balogh
Administrative Staff BSc McMaster, PhD Victoria - Associate Professor
Graduate teaching and research in physics at the University of Guelph are operated through Jonathan Baugh
the Guelph-Waterloo Physics Institute. BS Tennesee, PhD North Carolina - Assistant Professor
Director of the Institute Peter F. Bernath
Brian McNamara (Waterloo, Ext. (519) 888-4567, Ext. 38170) BSc Waterloo, PhD M.I.T. - Professor
[email protected] Kostadinka Bizheva
Associate Director of the Institute BS, MS Plovdiv, MS, PhD Tufts - Assistant Professor
Paul Garrett (Guelph, 220 MacNaughton, Ext. Ext. 52192) Anton Burkov
[email protected] BS, MS Plovdiv, MS, PhD Tufts - Assistant Professor
Assistant to the Director Melanie C. Campbell
Linda Stadig (Waterloo (519) 888-4567, Ext. 37598, Ext. Guelph (519) 824-4120 Ext. BSc Toronto, MSc Waterloo, PhD Australian National, FAAO - Professor
52263) Z.Y. 'Jeff' Chen
[email protected] BSc Fuden, PhD Maryland - Professor and Chair of the Department of Physics and
Chair Astronomy
Eric Poisson (452 MacNaughton, Ext. 53949) Andrew M. Childs
[email protected] BS Cal Tech, PhD MIT - Assistant Professor
Graduate Coordinator Walter W. Duley
Robert Wickham (448 MacNaughton, Ext. 53704) BEng McGill, DIC, PhD Imperial College, DSc London - Professor
[email protected]
Joseph Emerson
Graduate Secretary MSc, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor
Reggi Vallillee (209 MacNaughton, Ext. 52262)
Michael Fich
[email protected]
BSc Waterloo, MSc, PhD California - Professor
Graduate Faculty James Forrest
Leonid S. Brown BSc Simon Fraser, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor and Associate Dean of Research, Faculty
MSc, PhD Moscow State - Associate Professor of Science
James H. Davis Michel Gingras
BS, BA Moorehead State College, PhD Manitoba - Professor BSc, MSc Laval, PhD British Columbia - Professor
Diane G. de Kerckhove Bae-Yeun Ha
BSc McGill, PhD Oxford - Assistant Professor BSc, MS Korea, PhD Maryland - Associate Professor
John R. Dutcher Gretchen L. Harris
BSc Dalhousie, MSc British Columbia, PhD Simon Fraser - Professor BA Mount Holyoke College, MA Wesleyan, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Paul E. Garrett David G. Hawthorn
BSc Queen's, MSc, PhD McMaster - Professor and Associate Director GWPI BSc McMaster, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
Ralf Gellert Thorsten Hesjedal
Dipl Phys, PhD Darmstadt - Assistant Professor BSc Universitat Stuttgart, MSc Eberhard-Karls-Universitaet Tuebingen, PhD Humboldt
De-Tong Jiang Universitaet - Associate Professor
BSc Jilin, PhD Simon Fraser - Assistant Professor Robert Hill
David Kribs BSc, PhD Bristol - Assistant Professor
BSc Western, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Assistant Professor Michael Hudson
Stefan W. Kycia BSc Montreal, PhD Cambridge - Associate Professor and Associate Dean of Science
BSc McGill; MS Pennsylvania; PhD Iowa - Associate Professor (Computing), Faculty of Science
Vladimir Ladizhansky Stefan H.J. Idziak
BS Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology; MS, PhD Weizmann Institute of Science BSc McGill, PhD Pennsylvania - Associate Professor
(Rehovot, Israel) - Associate Professor Thomas Jennewein
Anna T. Lawniczak MSc Innsbruck, PhD Vienna - Associate Professor
MSc Wroclaw, PhD Southern Illinois - Professor Lyndon Jones
Luis Lehner BSc Cardiff, PhD Birmingham - Associate Professor
Licenciado en Fiscia Cordoba, PhD Pittsburg - Associate Professor Achim Kempf
Jacek Lipkowski BSc Heidelberg, PhD Munich - Associate Professor
MSc, PhD, DSc Warsaw - Professor Holger Kleinke
Alejandro Marangoni BSc, MSc Münster, PhD Mainz - Professor
BSc McGill, PhD Guelph - Professor Jan Kycia
Elisabeth J. Nicol BSc McGill, MSc Pennsylvania, PhD Northwestern - Associate Professor
BSc Mount Allison, MSc, PhD McMaster - Professor Raymond Laflamme
Joanne M. O'Meara BSc Laval, PhD Cambridge - Professor
BSc, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor Yuri Leonenko
Eric Poisson MSc Novosibirsk, PhD Russia - Assistant Professor
BSc Laval, MSc, PhD Alberta - Professor and Chair Zoya Leonenko
Xiao-Rong Qin MSc, PhD Novosibirsk - Associate Professor
BSc, MSc Tsinghua (Beijing), PhD Simon Fraser - Associate Professor Tong K. Leung
Donald E. Sullivan BSc, PhD British Columbia - Associate Professor
Wing-Ki Liu
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
132 IX. Graduate Programs, Physics

BSc, MSc, PhD Illinois - Professor • Proof of competency in English (for applicants whose prior education was in a
Qing-Bin Lu language other than English). See the University regulations on English Language
BSc, MSc Fuzhou, China, PhD Newcastle - Associate Professor Proficiency Certification.
Adrian Lupascu • GRE Physics Subject Test score for all applicants who have completed their
BSc, MSc Bucharest (Romania), PhD Netherlands - Assistant Professor post-secondary education outside of Canada.
Norbert L Lütkenhaus Successful applicants are encouraged to start their graduate studies in May or September,
MSc München, PhD Scotland, Habilitation Germany - Associate Professor but a January starting date is possible. Academic transcripts and other supporting
Brian McNamara documents should be forwarded as soon as they become available. Admission to the
BS Villanova, MA, PhD Virginia - Professor and Director of the Institute program cannot be granted until all requirements have been met and all documents
submitted.
Robert B. Mann
BSc McMaster, MSc, PhD Toronto - Professor Applications are considered by the Admissions Committee. It should be noted that students
will normally be admitted only if an advisor can be found to oversee their research. Since
James Martin
there are a limited number of openings each year, applicants are advised to state alternative
BSc, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor
areas of research on the preference form supplied (see web-site http://gwp.on.ca/).
F.R.W. McCourt
MSc Co-operative Option
BSc, PhD British Columbia, PhD Alberta - Professor
In addition to the admission requirements described above, admission to the co-op option
Roger Melko
is restricted to Canadian citizens and permanent residents.
BSc, MSc Waterloo, MA, PhD UC Santa Barbara - Assistant Professor
Michele Mosca Degree Requirements
BMath Waterloo, MSc, DPhil Oxford - Professor Research-Based MSc Option
Linda F. Nazar Four one-term courses (at least 2.0 course credits) acceptable for graduate credit and a
BSc British Columbia, PhD Toronto - Professor thesis based on original research are required. The subject of research must be approved
Hartwig Peemoeller by the candidate's advisory committee and the thesis must be read and approved by the
BSc Winnipeg, MSc Victoria, PhD Waterloo - Professor advisory committee. One of the four courses may be an undergraduate course approved
Kevin Resch by the student's advisory committee and the graduate coordinator. If it is a physics course,
BSc Queen's, MSc, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor it must be at the fourth-year level.
Joseph Sanderson For all students one of the courses must include at least one of Quantum Mechanics 1
BSc, PhD London - Assistant Professor (PHYS*7010), Introduction to Quantum Field Theory (PHYS*7030), Statistical Physics
1 (PHYS*7040), Electromagnetic Theory (PHYS*7060), and Fundamentals of Astrophysics
Guenter A. Scholz
(PHYS*7810). An MSc student in this program who shows a particular aptitude for
BSc Simon Fraser, MSc McMaster, PhD Simon Fraser - Associate Professor
research and has a superior record in fourth-year undergraduate and three one-term graduate
James J. Sloan courses may be permitted, upon recommendation of the advisor and with the approval of
BSc, PhD Queen's - Professor the co-ordinating committee, to transfer into the PhD program without completing an
Donna Strickland MSc thesis.
BEng McMaster, PhD Rochester - Associate Professor and Associate Chair An average of at least 70% must be obtained in the required courses. A minimum grade
James Taylor of 60% is required for a pass in each course. No more than two courses, of the first four
BSc, MSc Toronto, PhD Victoria - Assistant Professor taken, can have a grade of less than 70%. If a student does not meet these minimum grade
Russell Thompson requirements, or receives a failing grade in any course, he/she may be required to withdraw
BSc Ottawa, MSc Regina, PhD Western Ontario - Assistant Professor from the program.
Gregor Weihs MSc Co-operative Option
MSc Innsbruck, PhD Vienna - Associate Professor Students enter the co-op MSc program in September. The first term of the program is
Paul S. Wesson spent taking two courses (for all except those in biophysics **, one of these courses must
BSc London, PhD Cambridge, FRAS London - Professor be chosen from PHYS*7010, PHYS*7030, PHYS*7040, PHYS*7060, PHYS*7670, and
Frank Wilhelm-Mauch PHYS*7810) and performing the duties of a regular teaching assistant. During this term,
BSc Vordiplom, MSc (Dipl.-Phys.), PhD Karlsruhe (Germany) - Associate Professor and the student will discuss work-term prospects with the Guelph and Waterloo personnel
Graduate Officer responsible for co-op activities and conduct interviews with potential employers.
David Yevick Satisfactory performance in this phase of the program allows the student to spend the next
AB Harvard, MA, PhD Princeton, Docuent Lund - Professor two terms working in an industrial or government laboratory. Upon completion of the
work terms, the student must submit a work report as discussed below.
MSc Program The student must complete a minimum of two additional graduate courses and complete
The MSc programs provide for emphasis on astrophysics and gravitation, atomic, molecular a research project under the supervision of a faculty member in accordance with the regular
and optical physics, biophysics, chemical physics, condensed matter and material physics, thesis requirements of the MSc degree program, as outlined by the Faculty of Graduate
industrial and applied physics, subatomic physics, and quantum computing. Studies.
Three options are available for the MSc degree: **Exception: In place of the core physics course biophysics students may choose any
• A research-based option in which the student is required to complete four one-semester course approved by the student's advisory committee and the graduate coordinator.
courses (at least 2.0 course credits) and a thesis. Course-Based MSc Option
• A course-work option in which the student is required to complete eight one-semester Eight one-term courses (0.50 unit weight) acceptable for graduate credit,including a project
courses (at least 4.0 course credits), one of which must be a research project course course summarized in a report, are required. The project must be approved by the
that includes a report. candidate's advisor and the report read and approved by the advisor and one other faculty
• A co-operative option in which the student spends two semesters working in a member. [Exception: biophysics students taking the course-based MSc option are required
government or industrial laboratory. The student is required to complete four to take only one of the core courses PHYS*7010, PHYS*7030, PHYS*7040, PHYS*7060,
one-semester courses (at least 2.0 course credits) and a thesis. PHYS*7670, and PHYS*7810]. Two of the courses may be undergraduate courses
Admission Requirements approved by the advisor and the Graduate Advisory Committee. If they are Physics courses,
they must be at the fourth year level. This program is recommended for those planning
Application for admission should be made as early as possible using on-line application
careers requiring a broad non-specialized knowledge of physics (for example, high school
methods described on the web-site http://gwp.on.ca/application/index.html. Successful
teaching).
applicants are encouraged to start their graduate studies in May or September, but a January
starting date is possible. Applications will be accepted at any time, but full consideration PhD Program
for entrance awards and choice of supervisor will be given to applications received by Two options are available for the PhD degree:
March 1st.
• A research-based option in which the student is required to complete four one-semester
The admission requirements are as follows: courses (2.0 credits) and a thesis.
• An honours BSc degree in physics (or equivalent) with at least a B standing (75%) • A co-operative option in which the student spends two semesters working in a
from a recognized university. government or industrial laboratory. The student is required to complete four
• Three letters of reference, two of which normally are from academic sources. one-semester courses (2.0 credits) and a thesis.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Physics 133

Admission Requirements Perimeter Scholars' Institute Courses

A MSc degree in physics from an approved university or college with at least a B standing PHYS*6010 PSI Quantum Field Theory I U [0.50]
(75%) is normally required for entrance into the PhD program. Other requirements are
Canonical quantization of fields, perturbation theory, derivation of Feynman diagrams,
the same as those described above for the MSc program (see web-site http://gwp.on.ca/).
applications in particle and condensed matter theory, renormalization in phi^4.
PhD Co-operative Option
PHYS*6020 PSI Statistical Physics U [0.50]
In addition to the admission requirements described above, admisison to the co-op option
is restricted to Canadian citizens or permanent residents. A brief review of ensembles and quantum gases, lsing model, landau theory of phase
transititions, order parameters, topology, classical solutions.
Degree Requirements
Four one-term courses not including any already taken for MSc credit are required; courses PHYS*6030 PSI Quantum Field Theory II U [0.50]
taken during the MSc program and in excess of those required will, however, be allowed Feynman Path Integral, abelian and nonabelian guage theories and their quantization,
for PhD credit. The extra courses must be identified prior to admission. The core courses spontaneous symmetry breaking, nonperturbative techniques: lattice field theory,
for the program are Quantum Mechanics 1 (PHYS*7010), Introduction to Quantum Field Wilsonian renormalization.
Theory (PHYS*7030), Statistical Physics 1 (PHYS*7040), Electromagnetic Theory
PHYS*6040 PSI Relativity U [0.50]
(PHYS*7060), Introduction to Quantum Information Processing (PHYS*7670), and
Fundamentals of Astrophysics (PHYS*7810).By the end of the first year of the program, Special relativity, foundations of general relativity, Riemannain geometry, Einstein's
three of the core courses, including one of Quantum Mechanics 1 (PHYS*7010), Statistical equations, FRW and Schwarzschild geometries and their properties.
Physics 1 (PHYS*7040) and Electromagnetic Theory (PHYS*7060) or their equivalent PHYS*6050 PSI Quantum Theory U [0.50]
should be completed. (Exception: Biophysics students must have taken at least one of
Schrodinger equation: free particle, harmonic oscillator, simple time-dependent problems,
Quantum Mechanics 1 (PHYS*7010), Statistical Physics 1 (PHYS*7040), and
Heisenberg picture and connection with classical physics. Entanglement and non-locality.
Electromagnetic Theory (PHYS*7060) by the completion of the first year of the PhD
Pure and mixed states, quantum correlators, measurement theory and interpretation.
program.) One of the required courses may be an undergraduate course outside the student's
main field of study and must be approved by the student's advisory committee and the PHYS*6060 PSI Information and Data Analysis U [0.50]
graduate coordinator. No undergraduate course in physics may be taken for credit. Probability, entropy, Bayesian inference and information theory. Maximum likelihood
An average of at least 70% must be obtained in the required courses. A minimum grade methods, common probability distributions, applications to real data including Monte
of 60% is required for a pass in each course. No more than two courses, of the first four Carlo methods.
taken, can have a grade of less than 70%. If a student does not meet these minimum grade
requirements, or receives a failing grade in any course, he/she may be required to withdraw PHYS*6070 PSI Dynamical Systems U [0.50]
from the program. Maps, flows, stability, fixed points, attractors, chaos, bifurcations, ergodicity, approach
PhD candidates are required to pass a Qualifying Examination normally during the first to chaos. Hamiltonian systems, Liouville, measure, Poincare theorem, integrable systems
year of the program; in any case, it must be passed no later than the fifth semester in which with examples.
he/she is enrolled. This is an oral examination of approximately two hours' duration before PHYS*6080 PSI Computation U [0.50]
a committee that includes representation from the student's advisory committee. It is
designed to test the student's knowledge of the fundamentals and applications of physics Common algorithms for ode and pde solving, with numerical analysis. Common tasks
closely related to the thesis topic. An assessment of the student's ability in research will in linear algebra. Focus on how to write a good code, test it, and obtain a reliable result.
be a factor in determining the examination result. If a student has not passed the Qualifying Parallel programing.
Examination by the end of the fifth semester in which they are enrolled, he/she may be PHYS*6210 PSI Cosmology U [0.25]
required to withdraw from the program.
FRW metic, Hubble expansion, dark energy, dark matter, CMB, Thermodynamic history
PhD students must meet their advisory committee members at least once a year to present of early universe. Growth of perturbations, CDM model of structure formation and
a written and oral report on their progress. Candidates must present a thesis embodying comparison to observations, cosmic microwave background anisopropies, inlation and
the results of original research conducted by them on an advanced topic. The thesis is observational tests.
defended before a committee which may also examine the student's knowledge of related
material. PHYS*6220 PSI Standard Model U [0.25]
PhD Co-operative Option Application of Yan-Mills theory to particle physics, QCd and its tests in the perturbative
regime, theory of weak interactions, precisions tests of electroweak theory, CKD matrix
Students normally enter the co-op PhD program in September, following completion of
and flavour physics, open questions.
their MSc degree. The student first spends one or two academic terms on campus, taking
a minimum of two courses per term and performing the regular duties of a teaching PHYS*6230 PSI String Theory U [0.25]
assistant. During this time, the student will discuss work term prospects with the Guelph Superstring spectrum in 10d Minkowski, as well as simple toroidal and orbifold
and Waterloo personnel responsible for co-op activities and conduct interviews with compactifications. T-duality, D-branes, tree amplitudes. Construct some simple unified
potential employers. After satisfactory performance in the academic term(s), the student models of particle physics. Motivate the 10- 11-dimensional supergravities. Simple
spends a full year in an industrial or government laboratory. supergravity solutions and use these to explore some aspects of adS/CFT duality.
Students must complete all three of the core courses including one of PHYS*7010,
PHYS*7040 and PHYS*7060 by the end of their first two academic terms in the program. PHYS*6240 PSI Mathematical Physics Topics U [0.25]
(Exception: Biophysics students must take at least one of the three core courses.) A total Differential forms, de Rham cohomology, differential topology and characteristic classes,
of four graduate courses (2.0 credits) are required (excluding those already taken for MSc monopoles and instantons, Kahler manifolds, Dirac equations, zero modes and index
credit). theorems.
The student is required to pass a Qualifying Examination and complete, under the PHYS*6350 PSI Quantum Information Review U [0.25]
supervision of a faculty member, a research project on an advanced topic. A thesis
embodying the results of original research conducted by the student must be presented Review of selected topics in Quantum Information.
and defended before a committee. PHYS*6360 PSI Gravitational Physics Review U [0.25]
Interdepartmental Programs Review of selected topics in Gravitational Physics.
Biophysics Interdepartmental Group PHYS*6370 PSI Condensed Matter Theory U [0.25]
The Department of Physics participates in the MSc/PhD programs in biophysics. Professors Review of selected topics in Condensed Matter Theory.
Brown, Davis, Dutcher, Gray, Jeffrey, Kycia and Ladizhansky are members of the
PHYS*6380 PSI Quantum Gravity U [0.25]
Biophysics Interdepartmental Group (BIG). These faculty members' research and teaching
expertise includes aspects of biophysics; they may serve as advisors for MSc and PhD Review of selected topics in Quantum Grativity.
students in biophysics. Please consult the Biophysics listing for a detailed description of PHYS*6390 PSI Foundations of Quantum Theory U [0.25]
the graduate programs offered by the Biophysics Interdepartmental Group.
Review of selected topics in Foundations of Quantum Theory.
Courses
PHYS*6410 PSI Explorations in Quantum Information U [0.25]
* Courses offered annually. Other courses are offered on an alternate year basis and as
requested. Review of selected topics in Quantum Information.
PHYS*6420 PSI Explorations in Gravitational Physics U [0.25]
Review of selected topics in Gravitational Physics.
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
134 IX. Graduate Programs, Physics

PHYS*6430 PSI Exploration in Condensed Matter Theory U [0.25] PHYS*7170 Intermediate and High Energy Physics U [0.50]
Review of selected topics in Condensed Matter Theory. Strong, electromagnetic and weak interactions. Isospin, strangeness, conservation laws
and symmetry principles. Leptons, hadrons, quarks and their classification, formation,
PHYS*6440 PSI Exploration in Quantum Gravity U [0.25]
interactions and decay.
Review of selected topics in Quantum Gravity.
PHYS*7670 Introduction to Quantum Information Processing F [0.50]
PHYS*6450 PSI Explorations in Foundations of Quantum Theory U [0.25]
Quantum superposition, interference, and entanglement. Postulates of Quantum Mechanics.
Review of selected topics in Foundations of Quantum Theory. Quantum computational complexity. Quantum Algorithms. Quantum communication
PHYS*6460 PSI Explorations in Particle Physics U [0.25] and cryptography. Quantum error correction. Implementations.
Review of selected topics in Particle Physics. Astronomy and Astrophysics
PHYS*6470 PSI Explorations in String Theory U [0.25] PHYS*7800 Galactic Structure U [0.50]
Review of selected topics in String Theory. Introduction to statistical theory and distribution laws. Statistical theory of the galactic
system. Stellar motions in the solar vicinity. Galactic rotation. Space distribution of stars
PHYS*6480 PSI Explorations in Complex Systems U [0.25] and their relation to the galaxy. Distribution of various galactic objects. Application to
Review of selected topics in Complex Systems. extra-galactic systems.
PHYS*6490 PSI Explorations in Cosmology U [0.25] PHYS*7810 Fundamentals of Astrophysics U [0.50]
Review of selected topics in Cosmology. The fundamental astronomical data: techniques to obtain it and the shortcomings present.
The classification systems. Wide- and narrow-band photometric systems. The intrinsic
Basic Group properties of stars: colours, luminosities, masses, radii, temperatures. Variable stars.
PHYS*7010 Quantum Mechanics I * U [0.50] Distance indicators. Interstellar reddening. Related topics.
Review of formalism of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics including symmetries and PHYS*7840 Advanced General Relativity W [0.50]
invariance. Approximation methods and scattering theory. Elementary quantum theory
Review of elementary general relativity. Timelike and null geodesic congruences.
of radiation. Introduction to one-particle relativistic wave equations.
Hypersurfaces and junction conditions. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of
PHYS*7020 Quantum Mechanics II U [0.50] general relativity. Mass and angular momentum of a gravitating body. The laws of
Concepts of relativistic quantum mechanics, elementary quantum field theory, and black-hole mechanics.
Feynman diagrams. Application to many-particle systems. PHYS*7850 Quantum Field Theory for Cosmology U [0.50]
Prerequisite(s): PHYS*7010 or equivalent Introduction to scalar field theory and its canonical quantization in flat and curved
PHYS*7040 Statistical Physics I* U [0.50] spacetimes. The flat space effects of Casimir and Unruh. Quantum fluctuations of scalar
fields and of the metric on curved space-times and application to inflationary cosmology.
Statistical basis of thermodynamics; microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical
Hawking radiation.
ensembles; quantum statistical mechanics, theory of the density matrix; fluctuations,
noise, irreversible thermodynamics; transport theory; application to gases, liquids, solids. Prerequisite(s): PHYS*7010
PHYS*7050 Statistical Physics II U [0.50] PHYS*7860 General Relativity for Cosmology U [0.50]
Phase transitions. Fluctuation phenomena. Kubo's theory of time correlation functions Introduction to the differential geometry of Lorentzian manifolds. The principles of
for transport and spectral properties; applications selected from a variety of topics general relativity. Causal structure and cosmological singularities. Cosmological
including linearized hydrodynamics of normal and superfluids, molecular liquids, liquid space-times with Killing vector fields. Friedmann-Lemaitre cosmologies, scalar vector
crystals, surface phenomena, theory of the dielectric constant, etc. and tensor perturbations in the linear and nonlinear regimes. De Sitter space-times and
inflationary models.
Prerequisite(s): PHYS*7040 or equivalent.
PHYS*7870 Cosmology U [0.50]
PHYS*7060 Electromagnetic Theory * U [0.50]
Friedmann-Robertson-Walker metric and dynamics; big bang thermodynamics;
Solutions to Maxwell's equations; radiation theory, normal modes; multipole expansion;
nucelosynthesis; recombination; perturbation theory and structure formation; anisotropies
Kirchhoff's diffraction theory; radiating point charge; optical theorem. Special relativity;
in the Cosmic Microwave Background; statistics of cosmological density and velocity
transformation laws for the electromagnetic field; line broadening. Dispersion;
fields; galaxy formation; inflation.
Kramers-Kronig relations. Magnetohydrodynamics and plasmas.
PHYS*7880 Special Topics in Astronomy U [0.50]
PHYS*7080 Applications of Group Theory U [0.50]
Offered on demand
Introduction to group theory; symmetry, the group concept, representation theory, character
theory. Applications to molecular vibrations, the solid state, quantum mechanics and PHYS*7890 Special Topics in Astrophysics U [0.25]
crystal field theory. Offered on demand
PHYS*7110 Scattering Theory U [0.50] PHYS*7900 Special Topics in Gravitation and Cosmology U [0.50]
Review of potential theory of scattering. Applications chosen from elastic- and
inelastic-neutron X-ray, light, charged-particle, and atomic and molecular beam scattering. PHYS*7910 Special Topics in Gravitation and Cosmology U [0.25]
Subatomic and Nuclear Atomic and Molecular
PHYS*7030 Quantum Field Theory U [0.50] PHYS*7100 Atomic Physics U [0.50]
Review of relativistic quantum mechanics and classical field theory. Quantization of free Emphasis on atomic structure and spectroscopy. Review of angular momentum, rotations,
quantum fields (the particle interpretation of field quants). Canonical quantization of Wigner-Eckart theorem, n-j symbols. Energy levels in complex atoms, Hartree-Fock
interacting fields (Feynman rules). Application of the formalism of interacting quantum theory, radiative-transitions and inner-shell processes. Further topics selected with class
fields to lowest-order quantum electrodynamic processes. Radiative corrections and interest in mind, at least one of which is to be taken from current literature.
renormalization.
PHYS*7130 Molecular Physics U [0.50]
Prerequisite(s): PHYS*7010 or equivalent.
Angular momentum and the rotation of molecules; introduction to group theory with
PHYS*7090 Green's Function Method U [0.50] application to molecular vibrations; principles of molecular spectroscopy; spectra of
Review of essential quantum field theory. Zero and finite temperature. Green's functions. isolated molecules; intermolecular interactions and their effects on molecular spectra;
Applications. selected additional topics (e.g., electronic structure of molecules, experimental
spectroscopic techniques, neutron scattering, correlation functions, collision induced
PHYS*7150 Nuclear Physics U [0.50]
absorption, extension of group theory to molecular crystals, normal co-ordinate analysis,
Static properties of nuclei; alpha, beta, gamma decay; two-body systems; nuclear forces; etc.).
nuclear reactions; single-particle models for spherical and deformed nuclei; shell,
collective, interacting boson models.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Physics 135

Condensed Matter PHYS*7140 Nonlinear Optics U [0.50]

PHYS*7300 Liquid State Physics U [0.50] Classical and Quantum Mechanical descriptions of nonlinear susceptibility, nonlinear
wave propogation, nonlinear effects such as Peckel's and Kerr effects, harmonic
Physical properties of atomic liquids; distribution functions and equilibrium properties,
generation, phase conjugation and stimulated scattering processes.
elementary perturbation theories and integral equation theories; simple metals, simple
computer simulation; viral expansions and thermodynamic derivatives of g(r); PHYS*7450 Special Topics in Experimental Physics * U [0.50]
experimental determination of g(r). A modular course in which each module deals with an established technique of
PHYS*7310 Solid State Physics I U [0.50] experimental physics. Four modules will be offered during the Winter and Spring
semesters, but registration and credit will be in the spring semester. Typical topics are
Phonons, electron states, electron-electron interaction, electron-ion interaction, static
neutron diffraction, light scattering, acoustics, molecular beams, NMR, surface analysis,
properties of solids.
etc.
PHYS*7320 Solid State Physics II U [0.50]
PHYS*7470 Optical Electronics U [0.50]
Transport properties; optical properties; magnetism; superconductivity; disordered
Optoelectronic component fabrication, light propogation in linear and nonlinear media,
systems.
optical fiber properties, electro-optic and acousto-optic modulation, spontaneous and
PHYS*7330 Special Topics in Theoretical Condensed Matter Physics U [0.50] stimulated emission, semiconductor lasers and detectors, nose effects in fiber systems.

PHYS*7350 Photoconductivity and Luminescence U [0.50] PHYS*7480 Microprocessors in the Physics Laboratory U [0.50]
Electron processes in crystals, photoconductive processes. Electrode effects, imperfection Interfacing and programming of microprocessors for applications in physics, including
and energy band transitions, scattering traps and trapping effects. Recombination kinetics, signal averaging, auto- and cross-correlation analysis, multichannel spectrum analysis,
luminescence. Experimental methods and analysis. and Fourier transformation. Consideration of hardware versus software methods for
optimization of speed and system size.
PHYS*7360 Optical Properties of Semiconductors U [0.50]
Special Courses (offered on demand only)
Reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves at dielectric and conducting interfaces.
Dispersion, absorption processes, photo effects, magneto-optical effects, emission of PHYS*7120 Special Topics in Theoretical Physics U [0.50]
radiation.
PHYS*7710 Special Lecture and Reading Course U [0.50]
PHYS*7370 Special Topics in Surface Physics U [0.50]
PHYS*7720 Selected Seminar and Module Course (for inter-departmental students)
Biophysics U [0.50]
PHYS*7510 Cellular Biophysics U [0.50]
PHYS*7730 Special Topics in Physics U [0.50]
The physics of cellular structure and function; membrane theories, diffusion and active
transport, bioelectric phenomena; intracellular motion, thermodynamics; selected topics PHYS*7750 Interinstitution Exchange U [0.50]
of current interest and seminar. At the director's discretion, a PhD student may receive course credit for a term of
PHYS*7520 Molecular Biophysics U [0.50] specialized studies at another institution. Formal evaluation is required.
Physical methods of determining macromolecular structure: energetics, intramolecular PHYS*7970 MSc Project U [1.00]
and intermolecular forces, with application to lamellar structures, information storage, Study of a selected topic in physics presented in the form of a written report. For students
DNA and RNA, recognition and rejection of foreign molecules. whose MSc program consists entirely of courses
PHYS*7530 Radiation Biophysics U [0.50]
Physical properties and biological effects of different kinds of radiation: action of radiation
on various cellular constituents: target theory, genetic effects, repair of radiation damage,
physics of radiology and radiotherapy, isotropic tracers.
PHYS*7540 Special Topics in Biophysics U [0.50]
Offered on demand
PHYS*7550 Biophysics of Organ Systems U [0.50]
Specialized cells and organs; the nerve impulse and its propagation, muscle contraction,
sensory transducers, the central nervous system; haemodynamics, the red-blood corpuscle,
homeostasis; selected topics of current interest, and seminar.
PHYS*7570 Special Topics in Biophysics U [0.25]
Offered on demand
PHYS*8900 Interuniversity Graduate Course in Biophysics U [0.50]
This graduate course is offered using the combined biophysical resources of the
Universities of Brock, Guelph, McMaster and Waterloo. Three topics constitute the
equivalent of a one-semester 3 hr./week graduate course. Information about the course
and the selection of individual topics can be obtained from the departmental course
co-ordinator. Registration and credit will occur in the semester of the last module.
Applied Physics (including Technical Methods)
PHYS*7410 Electron Microscopy and Electron Diffraction U [0.50]
Introduction to electron optics and the electron microscope; kinematical and dynamical
theories of electron diffraction by perfect crystals and by crystals containing lattice
imperfections, limited-area electron diffraction, dark- field microscopy, interpretation of
electron-diffraction patterns and diffraction-contrast effects in electron microscope images,
selected experimental methods in electron microscopy.
PHYS*7420 Basic Theory of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance * U [0.50]
Quantum mechanics of spins in magnetic field; Bloch equations; NMR apparatus; the
various nuclear-spin interactions; spin temperature; density matrix; spin-lattice relaxation;
double resonance.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

136 IX. Graduate Programs, Plant Agriculture

Plant Agriculture Alan W. McKeown

BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Michigan - Associate Professor
The MSc and PhD programs in the Department of Plant Agriculture offer specialization Barry Micallef
in three broad fields of the Plant Sciences: 1) plant genetics and breeding; 2) plant BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Wisconsin-Madison - Associate Professor
physiology and biochemistry; and 3) crop production systems.
Amar K. Mohanty
• Plant Genetics and Breeding has long been a key focus of our faculty and students. BSc, MSc, PhD Utkal - Professor
Through breeding and biotechnology, Guelph researchers have helped society by
Gopi Paliyath
developing new field-crop, fruit, ornamental and vegetable cultivars that are grown
BScEd Mysore, MSc Calicut, PhD Indian Institute of Science - Professor
in Canada and worldwide. In addition to developing new plant cultivars, Plant
Agriculture faculty and students seek to understand the fundamental mechanisms that K. Peter Pauls
enable plant improvements and to discover novel methodologies and technologies BSc, MSc, PhD Waterloo - Professor
that will be the foundation for future advances. Manish Raizada
• Plant Physiology and Biochemistry is a broad discipline. Faculty and students in BSc Western, PhD Stanford - Associate Professor
this area study the response of plants to environmental change and plant development Istvan Rajcan
at the ecosystem, whole plant, and molecular levels. Students in this area investigate BSc Novi Sad, Yugoslavia, PhD Guelph - Professor
ecologically friendly management strategies, studying the underlying molecular and Darren E. Robinson
biochemical mechanisms that regulate plant development, and investigate how plant BSc Winnipeg, MSc Manitoba, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor
performance can be optimized in the field or enclosed environments. Praveen K. Saxena
• Crop Production Systems research develops agricultural management strategies. BSc Meerut, MSc Lucknow, PhD Delhi - Professor
Production systems research includes yield improvements and development of Arthur W. Schaafsma
economically and environmentally sound production practices in field and horticultural BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor
crops such as ornamentals and turf. Faculty and students in this area assist producers
Barry J. Shelp
and industry in the control of weeds, insects and plant diseases, and investigate new
BSc, MSc Brock, PhD Queen's - Professor
management protocols for production of high quality crops.
Peter Sikkema
Administrative Staff BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
Acting Chair Jayasankar Subramanian
David Wolyn (314 Crop Science Building, Ext. 53386) BSc, MSc TamilNadu Agricultural (India), PhD Florida - Associate Professor
[email protected] J. Alan Sullivan
Graduate Coordinator BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor
Barry J. Shelp (4237 Bovey Building, Ext. 53089) Clarence J. Swanton
[email protected] BSc Toronto, MSc Guelph, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
Associate Graduate Coordinator Francois Tardif
Istvan Rajcan (221 Crop Science Building, Ext. 53564) BSc, MSc, PhD Laval - Associate Professor
[email protected] Rene C. Van Acker
Graduate Secretary BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Reading - Professor and Associate Dean, OAC
Jean G. Wolting (1105 Bovey Building, Ext. 56077) David J. Wolyn
[email protected] BS Rutgers, MS, PhD Wisconsin - Professor and Acting Chair
Graduate Faculty MSc Program
Theo Blom The Department of Plant Agriculture offers a MSc program in three broad fields of the
BSc Wageningen, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Plant Sciences: 1) plant genetics and breeding; 2) plant physiology and biochemistry; and
Stephen R. Bowley 3) crop production systems. Students conduct basic and/or applied research on topics
BS, MSc Guelph, PhD Kentucky - Associate Professor within these fields.
Gale G. Bozzo Admission Requirements
BSc, MSc York, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor
Applicants should have a baccalaureate degree in an honours plant science/biology
E. Ann Clark
program, or the equivalent, from a recognized university or college with an average
BS, MS California, PhD Iowa State - Associate Professor
academic standing of at least 'B' during the last two years of full-time study (or equivalent).
John Cline To assist in identifying a suitable thesis advisor(s), applicants should submit a short
BSc Guelph, MSc Michigan State, PhD London UK - Associate Professor statement of research interests. Supportive letters of reference are essential and should
Adam Dale outline the applicant's strengths and weaknesses. Students may be admitted in the Fall,
BSc, PhD Sheffield - Professor Winter or Summer semesters. The University of Guelph requires that applicants from
William Deen some foreign institutions have a MSc (or equivalent) degree before they are considered
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor for admission to the University of Guelph's MSc program.
Hugh J. Earl Degree Requirements
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor A program of prescribed courses (at least 1.5 credits of 6000 level courses) and additional
Larry R. Erickson courses is established with the student's advisory committee. All MSc candidates must
BA Western Ontario, BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor complete a thesis and present a seminar in conjunction with the final oral examination.
Duane E. Falk Students are required to participate in the Seminar PLNT*6400 and in a Departmental
BSc, MSc Montana State, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor Colloquium course dealing with current topics. Students are expected to participate in
K. Helen Fisher Departmental events, with particular emphasis on the seminar series and poster day.
BSc, MSc Guelph, PhD Cornell - Associate Professor PhD Program
Bernard Grodzinski The Department of Plant Agriculture offers a PhD program in three broad fields of the
BSc Toronto, MSc, PhD York, MA Cambridge - Professor and Graduate Co-ordinator Plant Sciences: 1) plant genetics and breeding; 2) plant physiology and biochemistry; and
Katerina S. Jordan 3) crop production systems. Students conduct research on topics within these fields.
BS, MS Maryland, PhD Rhode Island - Assistant Professor
Admission Requirements
Elizabeth A. Lee
BSc Minnesota, MSc Iowa State, PhD Missouri - Professor The usual requirement for admission into the PhD program is a MSc degree by thesis in
a field appropriate to their proposed area of specialization with a minimum 'B' average
Lewis Lukens
and supportive letters of reference. Direct admission to the PhD program is permitted to
BSc Carleton College, PhD Minnesota - Associate Professor
applicants holding an honours baccalaureate degree and demonstrating extraordinary
Eric M. Lyons academic and research capabilities. It is also possible for a student to transfer from the
BSc Northern Iowa, PhD Pennsylvania State - Assistant Professor MSc without completing the requirements for that degree if the student has an excellent
Mary Ruth McDonald academic record and has strong research progress that can be expanded to the doctoral
BSc, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor level. The request for transfer must be initiated by the student and must be done no earlier
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Plant Agriculture 137

than the end of the second semester and no later than the end of the fourth semester. PLNT*6500 Applied Bioinformatics W [0.50]
Applicants should submit a statement of research interests, background experiences, and
The goal of this course is to provide an introductory understanding of the databases and
career goals to assist in the identification of an appropriate faculty adviser with the
methods used in computational molecular biology research. Topics covered will include:
resources necessary to support the thesis research. Students may be admitted in the Fall,
reviewing major molecular databases and their structures, constructing sequence
Winter or Spring semesters. In some instances, applicants who already hold a MSc may
alignments, constructing phylogenics, and finding motifs and genes in biological
be required to initially register in the MSc program.
sequences. Lab sessions will include an introduction to Unix and Perl for the biologist
Degree Requirements and hands-on use of several molecular data analysis programs.
The major emphasis in the PhD program is on research and the preparation and defense Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate level statistics class (such as STAT*2040 or
of an acceptable thesis. All PhD candidates must complete a thesis and present a seminar STAT*2100) and undergraduate level molecular biology class (such
-in conjunction with the final oral examination. Students are required to participate in the as MBG*2020).
Seminar PLNT*6400 and in a Departmental Colloquium course dealing with current
topics. There are no other specific course requirements. It is usual for most students, in
Plant Physiology and Biochemistry
consultation with their advisory committee, to select some appropriate courses in PLNT*6010 Physiology of Crop Yield W [0.50]
preparation for the qualifying examination and thesis research. The qualifying examination Physiological and environmental principles as they relate to the growth of crop plants
is in two parts (written and oral) and evaluates the student's knowledge of their field of and communities. Plant and environmental characteristics determining transpiration,
specialization and related topics. The qualifying examination is taken no later than the photosynthesis, leaf growth and reproductive growth and development. Simulation of
fifth semester. For students who have transferred from the MSc program or have been plant growth.
admitted directly to the PhD program from a BSc, the qualifying examination is taken no
External Course Code(s): Offered in even years.
later than the seventh semester. The advisory committee is required to submit a written
evaluation of the student's performance in research and the student's potential as a PLNT*6110 Postharvest Physiology W [0.50]
researcher. Upon completion of the qualifying examination, the student becomes a Discussion of the physiological effects of controlled and supplemental environments or
candidate for the PhD degree. treatments on horticultural crops. Emphasis is on current problems and research.
All students are expected to participate in Departmental events, with particular emphasis External Course Code(s): Offered in odd years.
on the seminar series and poster day.
PLNT*6220 Advanced Studies in Pomology W [0.50]
Collaborative Programs
Discussion of current problems and research on fruit crop production and physiology.
Toxicology MSc/PhD External Course Code(s): Offered in even years
The Department of Plant Agriculture participates in the MSc/PhD program in toxicology.
PLNT*6230 Colloquium in Plant Physiology and Biochemistry U [0.25]
Please consult the Toxicology listing for a detailed description of the MSc/PhD
collaborative program. An open discussion course designed to review and critically analyze contemporary issues
in plant physiology and biochemistry.
Courses
PLNT*6290 Physiological Genetics of Higher Plants F [0.50]
Plant Genetics and Breeding
A lecture and discussion course examining classical and molecular genetic investigations
PLNT*6100 Advanced Crop Breeding F [0.50] for understanding the genetic basis and regulation of physiological processes in plants.
The practical consideration of genetic theory and biological limitations to improving External Course Code(s): Offered in odd years.
plant populations and developing cultivars will be discussed. Current and emerging
breeding methodologies and sources of variation used to achieve plant breeding goals PLNT*6320 Metabolic Processes in Crop Plants F [0.50]
will be examined through lectures, paper discussion, site visits and invited talks. A comprehensive examination of the metabolic mechanisms and versatility whereby
autotrophic organisms sustain themselves. Emphasis will be placed on our current
PLNT*6130 Corn Breeding W [0.25] understanding of the regulation and integration of metabolic processes in plants and their
Principles of corn breeding with emphasis on germplasm enhancement and methods of physiological and agricultural significance including available research methodologies.
improving breeding populations as sources of inbred lines for hybrid programs and for
Prerequisite(s): one undergraduate course in biochemistry
direct use as improved varieties.
Restriction(s): no auditing without permission of Instuctor
External Course Code(s): Offered in even years
Crop Production Systems
PLNT*6150 Plant Breeding -The Profession W [0.25]
PLNT*6240 Colloquium in Crop Production and Management U [0.25]
The course will address professional aspects of plant breeding including: legal/regulatory
An open discussion course designed to review and critically analyze contemporary issues
issues, ethical issues related to germplasm, and rights and responsibilities related to
in crop production and management.
intellectual property under UPOV and World Patent Organization conventions.
External Course Code(s): Offered in odd years General
PLNT*6160 Quantitative Genetic Variation in Crop Populations W [0.25] PLNT*6050 Principles and Application of Plant Tissue Culture F [0.50]
Fundamentals of quantitative genetics. Topics will include gene and genotype frequencies, The course involves lecture and discussions of fundamental and applied aspects of plant
forces affecting equilibrium, small population size, inbreeding, means, variances, tissue culture. Topics will include the role of tissue culture in understanding plant
covariances and resemblance among relatives. Lecture topics will be expanded through development, physiology and genetics, and its commercial applications in horticulture
discussion of classic and current papers. and forestry.
External Course Code(s): Offered in even years External Course Code(s): Offered in odd years.
PLNT*6250 Colloquium in Plant Genetics and Breeding U [0.25] PLNT*6080 Plant Disease Epidemiology and Management F [0.50]
An open discussion course designed to review and critically analyse contemporary issues Epidemiology and management of plant diseases caused by fungi, viruses, and bacteria.
in plant genetics and breeding. (Offered in alternate years.)

PLNT*6260 Advanced Crop Genetics W [0.50] PLNT*6170 Statistics in Plant Agriculture W [0.50]
A lecture and discussion course on some of the recent advances in genetics as they pertain The application of statistical techniques to research in plant agriculture. SAS will be the
to crop improvement. Topics will include: the molecular basis of selected agronomic software used to perform data analysis. Emphasis will be placed on statistical principles,
traits, molecular marker assisted selection, isolation of plant genes and plant transformation the design of experiments, the testing of hypotheses, and communication of findings to
systems. other scientists.
PLNT*6400 Seminar F,W [0.25]
All graduate students present a departmental seminar on their research proposal no later
than the second semester. Each student is expected to participate in the seminars of
colleagues and faculty.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

138 IX. Graduate Programs, Plant Agriculture

PLNT*6450 Plant Agriculture International Field Tour U [0.25]

A field course designed to increase student's knowledge of primary field and animal
agricultural production systems. To explore the environmental and political issues related
to international agriculture and to understand the role of agri-business in the rural
economy.
Restriction(s): CROP*4260 if PLNT*6450 is field tour to mid-west USA

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Political Science 139

Political Science topic, preferably a specific research question and the problem this question addresses
within the academic literature
Administrative Staff NOTE: This is a self-administered application process. Please have all materials (reference
Acting Chair letters, transcripts, application form, statement of research) returned to you and send
Candace Johnson (511 MacKinnon, Ext. 52179) materials in one envelope to the Graduate Secretary, Department of Political Science.
[email protected] Admission Requirements
Acting Graduate Coordinator The department requires an Honours BA degree (4 years) in political science (or its
Craig Johnson (514 MacKinnon, Ext. 53531) equivalent) with at least a 'B' average (second-class standing) for consideration for
[email protected] admission to the program. A methodology course equivalent to The Systematic Study of
Graduate Secretary Politics, POLS*3650, in the Department of Political Science undergraduate program, is
Renee Tavascia (527 MacKinnon, Ext. 56973) necessary for admission to the graduate program. Students not satisfying this requirement
[email protected] may be admitted with the provision that it be satisfied by completing the requisite extra
course.
Graduate Faculty
Dennis Baker
Degree Requirements
BA McMaster, LLB Toronto, PhD Calgary - Assistant Professor Departmental Program - Guelph MA Program in Political Science
Janine Clark The University of Guelph’s Department of Political Science has a large, academically
BES Waterloo, MA Carleton, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor diverse research-oriented faculty. We offer strong scholarly representation in two main
Carol L. Dauda fields: Governance and Public Policy; and Comparative Politics. Within these two fields,
BA McMaster, MA Guelph, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor the faculty’s research and supervisory expertise further is concentrated in, but not limited
to, the following thematic areas: Social Policy; Environmental Policy; International Trade
Jordi Diez
Policy; Criminal Justice Policy; Politics of Development; and Women, Gender and Politics.
BA Toronto, MA Essex, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
The program’s structure and the diverse interests of its members have resulted in a very
Fred Eidlin broad range of course offerings. Graduates of the General MA in Political Science are
BA Dartmouth, MA Indiana, PhD Toronto - Professor engaged in a wide range of careers in academia, government and industry.
Melissa Gabler In order to fulfill the requirements of the General MA Political Science, students must
BA, MA Guelph, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor complete the requirements of either the thesis or the major paper options.
Candace Johnson Thesis Option
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Dalhousie - Associate Professor and Acting Chair
In order to satisfy the degree requirements, the student will complete five courses plus a
Craig A. Johnson Pro-Seminar and a thesis, as described below for a total of 2.75 credits.
BA Queen's, MA Toronto, PhD London School of Economics - Associate Professor and
One professional development and orientation course:
Acting Graduate Co-ordinator
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar
Theresa M.L. Lee One methodology course:
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Princeton - Associate Professor POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods
David MacDonald or an appropriate equivalent from another department.
BA Carleton, MA Ottawa, PhD London School of Business - Associate Professor One core course:
Maureen Mancuso POLS*6000 [0.50] Comparative Approaches to Political Science
BA McMaster, MA Carleton, DPhil Oxford - Professor, Provost and Vice-President Three departmental courses or, in consultation with the graduate advisor, courses outside
Academic the department.
Tim A. Mau With the permission of the Graduate Coordinator, complete and successfully defend a
BA, MA Guelph, PhD Oxford - Associate Professor thesis of no more than 20,000 words.
Major Research Paper Option
Judith McKenzie
BES Waterloo, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor In order to satisfy the degree requirements, the student will complete six courses plus a
Pro-Seminar and two course equivalents of major paper research, as described below, for
Troy Riddell
a total of 4.25 credits.
BA, MA Calgary, PhD McGill - Associate Professor
One professional development and orientation course:
Byron M. Sheldrick
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar
BA Carleton, LLB Toronto, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor
One methodology course:
Julie Simmons POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods
BA British Columbia, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor or an approved equivalent from another department.
Ian S. Spears One core course:
BA Toronto, MA Queen's, PhD McGill - Associate Professor POLS*6000 [0.50] Comparative Approaches to Political Science
Adam Sneyd Four departmental courses or, in consultation with the graduate advisor, courses outside
BA Queen's, MA York, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor the department. .
R. Brian Woodrow With the permission of the Graduate Coordinator, graduate students complete and
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor successfully defend a Major Research Paper of approximately 10,000 words.
POLS*6970 [1.00] Major Paper
MA Program Interuniversity MA Program - Guelph-McMaster Collaborative MA
The Department of Political Science offers three programs of study leading to the MA Program in Public Policy and Administration
degree. Graduate students in the Department of Political Science are accepted into one of
The collaborative program in public policy and administration is an initiative on the part
the following programs: 1) the General MA in Political Science; 2) the Collaborative MA
of the Departments of Political Science at the University of Guelph and McMaster
Program in International Development Studies (CIDS); or 3) the Guelph-McMaster
University to co-ordinate their involvement in this particular field.
Collaborative MA Program in Public Policy and Administration (The G-M Program).
Each of these MA programs has separate course requirements. Students in the General The program successfully melds policy studies and administrative studies into a unique
MA and Collaborative MA Program in International Development Studies may pursue a program of study in Canada. Students can avail themselves of core courses that may be
thesis option or a major research paper option, both of which are research-based. Students offered at either institution. Up to 50% of courses can be taken at each university. The
in the Guelph-McMaster program are required to undertake a major research paper. The program term is one year. All the courses are grounded within the discipline of political
MA program can be completed in three semesters. science, while giving attention and regard to the contribution of related disciplines - such
as economics, law and sociology.
Application Procedure Graduates enjoy successful careers in the public services of Canada, Ontario and other
All students must apply directly to the Department of Political Science. Graduate students provinces, as well as local governments, and pursue careers in the private sector as well
are admitted each Fall semester. The deadline for all applications is February 1 each year. as the non-profit sector. A number of graduates have pursued PhDs and now teach in
All applications must be submitted on-line. Complete instructions can be found at universities and colleges.
http://www.uoguelph.ca/registrar/graduatestudies/index.cfm?apply
A Statement of Interest forms a vital component of the application package (see website
above). A Statement of Interest should include a clear delineation of the student’s research
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
140 IX. Graduate Programs, Political Science

Course of Study Application Procedure

The Fall and Winter semesters are devoted to completing the course requirements: four All students must apply directly to the Department of Political Science. Graduate students
core courses and 2 specialized electives. The Summer semester differs for students who are admitted each Fall semester. The deadline for all applications is February 1 each year.
are formally enrolled at Guelph and those formally enrolled at McMaster. All applications must be submitted on-line. Complete instructions can be found at
Degree Requirements http://www.uoguelph.ca/registrar/graduatestudies/index.cfm?apply
In order to satisfy the degree requirements, the student will complete six courses plus a A Statement of Interest forms a vital component of the application package (see website
Pro-Seminar and two course equivalents of major paper research as described below for above). A Statement of Interest should include a clear delineation of the student’s research
a total of 4.25 credits. topic, preferably a specific research question and the problem this question addresses
One professional development and orientation course: within the academic literature.
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar NOTE: This is a self-administered application process. Please have all materials (reference
One methodology course: letters, transcripts, application form, statement of research) returned to you and send
POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods materials in one envelope to the Graduate Secretary, Department of Political Science.
Three core courses: Admission Requirements
POLS*6950 [0.50] Specialized Topics in Political Studies
Students are expected to have a completed a MA in Political Science with at least an A-
POLS*6630 [0.50] Approaches to Public Policy
average for consideration for admission to the program. Students are also required to have
POLS*6640 [0.50] Canadian Public Administration: Public Sector
successfully completed a graduate course in quantitative and qualitative Political Science
Management
methods. Students not satisfying this requirement may be admitted with the provision that
Two departmental courses offered at the University of Guelph or McMaster University.
it be satisfied by completing the requisite extra course. Students with a MA in a Social
With the permission of the Graduate Committee, graduate students complete and
Science other than Political Science, are encouraged to apply on the condition that they
successfully defend a Major Research Paper of approximately 10,000 words:
take additional courses upon their entry into the program.
POLS*6970 [1.00] Major Paper
Interdepartmental MA Programs - Collaborative International Development Degree Requirements
Studies MA/MSc Program Students will be required to successfully complete:a minimum of four graduate courses:
The Department of Political Science participates in the MA Collaborative International • Two PhD core courses (see Department’s Graduate Handbook in the student’s major
Development Studies (CIDS) program. Please consult the International Development field and minor field (selected in consultation with the student’s Advisor)
Studies listing for a detailed description of the MA collaborative program including the • Two of the following courses as electives:
special additional requirements for each of the participating departments. i. One or two of the other existing graduate courses offered in the Department
CIDS graduates hold positions in government in Canada and abroad with NGOs, ii. A graduate course offered in another department at the University of Guelph
international organizations and private consultancies. Many also enter PhD programs. (selected in consultation with the student’s Advisor).
Degree Requirements • A written qualifying exam and an oral qualifying exam.
In order to fulfill the requirements of the CIDS MA, students must complete the The qualifying examination will take the form of a written take-home examination
requirements of either the thesis or the major research paper options. followed by an oral examination and will be based on the reading lists for the core
Thesis Option courses in the major and minor field. Normally the examination will involve three
In order to satisfy the degree requirements, the student will complete seven courses plus questions based on the major field of study and two questions from the minor field.
a Pro-Seminar and a thesis, as described below for a total of 3.75 credits. • A thesis
One professional development and orientation course: Each candidate will be required to write and submit a thesis on the research carried
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar out by the candidate on a topic approved by the Advisory Committee. The thesis is
One methodology course: expected to be a significant contribution to knowledge in its field and the candidate
POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods must indicate in what ways it is a contribution. A thesis is expected to be no less then
or an appropriate equivalent from another department. 200 pages in length. The thesis must demonstrate mature scholarship and critical
One core course: judgement on the part of the candidate, and it must indicate an ability to express
POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment oneself in a satisfactory literary style. Approval of the thesis is taken to imply that it
Five CIDS core courses 2.50 See the Collaborative International Development Program is judged to be sufficiently meritorious to warrant publication in reputable scholarly
entry in this calendar. POLS*6730 will count as both a Political Science requirement and media in the field.
a CIDS requirement. With the permission of the Graduate Committee, graduate students
complete and successfully defend a thesis of no more than 20,000 words.
Interdepartmental Programs
Major Research Paper Option International Development Studies MA Program
In order to satisfy the degree requirements, the student will complete eight courses plus The Department of Political Science participates in the collaborative MA in International
Pro-Seminar and two course equivalents of major paper research as described below for Development Studies (IDS) program. Please consult the International Development Studies
a total of 5.25 credits. listing for a detailed description of the collaborative MA program including the special
One professional development and orientation course: additional requirements for each of the participating departments.
POLS*6900 [0.25] Pro-Seminar IDS graduates hold positions in government in Canada and abroad with NGOs, international
One methodology course: organizations and private consultancies. Many also enter PhD programs.
POLS*6940 [0.50] Qualitative Research Design and Methods
or an approved equivalent from another department.
International Development Studies PhD Program
One core course: The Department of Political Science participates in the collaborative PhD in International
POLS*6730 [0.50] The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment Development Studies (IDS), which provides an opportunity to engage in interdisciplinary
One department course 0.5 study of international development issues. Applications are part of the general PhD
Five CIDS core courses 2.50 See the Collaborative International Development Program application, and go directly to the Political Science Department. In addition to the Political
entry in this calendar. POLS*6730 will count as both a Political Science requirement and Science PhD requirements, IDS applicants are expected to have a strong background in
a CIDS requirement. the social sciences, a demonstrable track record of experience in the course-based study
With the permission of the Graduate Committee, graduate students complete and of development issues, development research and/or development practice and a stated
successfully defend a Major Research Paper of approximately 10,000 words. research interest relating to international development. The IDS designation also requires
POLS*6970 [1.00] Major Paper two core courses in international development theory and research methods. More
information about the requirements and expectations of the IDS PhD program please
PhD Program consult the International Development Studies listing.
The PhD program offers students the opportunity to pursue studies in two fields:
Comparative Politics, and Public Policy and Governance. Students are required to major
Rural Studies PhD Program
in one field and minor in the other. Within Comparative Politics, students can focus their The Department of Political Science is a participant in the PhD program in Rural Studies
studies thematically or regionally. The department has expertise in developing, transitional, in the field of sustainable rural communities. Included in the graduate faculty for this
and advanced-industrial countries. Within the field of Public Policy and Governance program are J. Clark, C. Dauda, J. Diez, Craig Johnson, and I. Spears. PhD students will
students can pursue studies in a wide range of areas, including health care, law, criminal enroll in the interdepartmental rural studies program; those with advisors in the Department
justice, environmental policy, social policy, security policy, trade policy, federalism and of Political Science will have access to departmental facilities. Please consult the Rural
intergovernmental relations, and multilevel governance. Studies listing for a detailed description of this program.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Political Science 141

Courses POLS*6800 Public Policy and Governance - Selected Topics F [0.50]

POLS*6000 Comparative Approaches to Political Science U [0.50] This course explores concepts, theories and methods of public policy analysis and
governance practices and questions; the factors that influence a state's ability to design,
In this course, the students examine the main theoretical frameworks and debates in coordinate, implement and learn from policy interventions; the intellectual forces and
political science and the ways in which these conceptual approaches guide empirical conceptual-theoretical frameworks that underpin the literature.
analysis and explain political behaviour. Examples include neo-institutionalism, political
culture, Marxism, feminist and identity based approaches. Restriction(s): Doctoral students only.
POLS*6810 Core Seminar in Comparative Politics W [0.50]
POLS*6050 Gender and Politics U [0.50]
This PhD seminar course will familiarize students with themes and theorists in comparative
This course will survey theoretical approaches to gender, primarily feminist analysis.
politics.
Through selected readings, students will be introduced to gender as an approach to
examining current political problems such as social policy, security or development. Restriction(s): Doctoral students only.
POLS*6210 Conceptions of Canada U [0.50] POLS*6900 Pro-Seminar U [0.25]
This course will explore evolving conceptions of Canadian identity and nationalism This course is a 0.25 credit course introducing students to graduate studies in the
through consideration of political culture, institutions and constitutional arrangements. department and to the profession of political science. It includes information on the
Possible topics include: multiculturalism, aboriginal identity and community, Quebec following: formation of a student's faculty advisory committee; preparation of research
nationalism, social citizenship, rights and representation, as well as Canada's global role proposals for thesis and major papers; library orientation; research using the WWW and
and significance. computers; and discussion of faculty research. All graduate students are required to take
this course. The course is graded satisfactory (SAT) or unsatisfactory (UNS).
POLS*6250 Comparative Governments in the Americas U [0.50]
POLS*6940 Qualitative Research Design and Methods U [0.50]
This course provides the theoretical and methodological foundation for the analysis of
Canada, the United States, and Latin America and the Caribbean. Methodological issues This course focuses on the elements of designing and writing a research question and
in the analysis of constitutional regimes and theoretical frameworks for the comparative proposal. It further examines a variety of research methods, such as the case study,
analysis of political institutions are examined. comparative and survey methods. Data collection techniques also are examined.

POLS*6290 The American Political System U [0.50] POLS*6950 Specialized Topics in Political Studies U [0.50]
This course examines the institutions, processes and policies of the government and This course is intended to be an elective course for students wishing to pursue an area
politics of the United States. Seminar discussion focuses on evaluating approaches to the of investigation not covered in the other courses offered by the department. This course
study of the American system. Topics to be covered include Congress, interest groups, may also be chosen by students who want to further pursue a subject area to which they
executive-legislative relations and reinventing government. were introduced in a previous course.

POLS*6370 Latin America and the Caribbean U [0.50] POLS*6960 Directed Readings U [0.50]
The analysis of the political development of Latin America and the Caribbean looking This is an elective course for students wishing to pursue an area of investigation not
at the context, ideologies, structures, processes and effects of policy formulation and covered in other courses offered by the department. This course may also be chosen by
implementation. students who want to further pursue a subject area to which they were introduced in a
previous course.
POLS*6390 Environmental Politics and Policy U [0.50]
POLS*6970 Major Paper U [1.00]
This course analyses environmental actors, movements, institutions, processes and policies
across national, sub-national regional and/or global levels of governance utilizing a range The major paper is an extensive research paper for those who do not elect to complete a
of environmental perspectives and theories. Depending on the instructor(s), different thesis. It may be taken over two semesters. The length of the major paper is not to exceed
case studies of critical and contemporary environmental policy issues will be explored. 10,000 words.
Students should also consult the fourth year undergraduate course selection. Graduate
POLS*6400 Comparative Social Policy U [0.50]
students, with the approval of the instructor and the Graduate Coordinator, may take a
In this course, students will study social policy in comparative perspective. Theoretical fourth year undergraduate course in the Political Science Department. This course is taken
models and various policy fields will be examined in order to understand welfare state as POLS*6950 Specialized Topics. Course requirements are modified so that they are
development and retrenchment. Policy fields may include immigration, health, child care comparable to other courses offered at the graduate level.
and income.
Courses at McMaster University available to students in the
POLS*6450 International Political Economy U [0.50] collaborative MA program
The course relies on theoretical approaches in IPE to examine the relationships between Descriptions of all McMaster University Graduate courses may be found at
politics and economics across national and regional levels. The evolution of the global http://www.mcmaster.ca/graduate/calendar.html
political economy and its globalization and state and non-state actors' responses. Issue
areas may include: money and power, technology, trade, development and the
environment.
POLS*6630 Approaches to Public Policy U [0.50]
This course introduces students to the main theoretical approaches utilized in
understanding public policy making and outcomes. Throughout the course, particular
attention is paid to varying conceptions of institutions, ideas and interest and the role of
these conceptions in various explanations of policy change and stasis.
POLS*6640 Canadian Public Administration: Public Sector Management U [0.50]
This course examines the growth of the administrative state in Canada, especially in the
post World War II period. It critically reviews issues such as the concept of public sector
management, the delegation of authority, personnel management, accountability and the
ethics of ministers and officials to Parliament and the public.
POLS*6730 The Politics of Development and Underdevelopment U [0.50]
This course, for MA students specializing in international and comparative development,
has a primarily theoretical orientation, focusing on the main paradigms that have evolved
to explain central problems and issues of development and underdevelopment, particularly
modernization theory, dependency theory, world-systems theory and Marxist state- theory.
POLS*6750 Development in Practice U [0.50]
This course examines the politics of international development policy and practice.
Drawing upon theories of development and underdevelopment, it examines the role of
transnational regimes, international institutions, national governments, and NGOs in the
provision of international development assistance.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

142 IX. Graduate Programs, Population Medicine

Population Medicine Jan Sargeant

DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor and Director - Centre for Public Health and Zoonoses
The Department of Population Medicine is an international leader in promoting the optimal David Waltner-Toews
health and productivity of animal populations, ensuring the safety of foods of animal BA Goshen College (Indiana), DVM Saskatchewan, PhD Guelph - Professor
origin and preventing animal-related disease in humans.
Our research mission is to discover and disseminate knowledge regarding the management
MSc Program
of health and productivity of animal populations, and the interrelationships of animals The department offers research-based MSc programs in epidemiology, theriogenology,
with humans and the environment. In support of this mission we rely principally on our health management and a course work-based MSc program in epidemiology.
expertise in field-based quantitative observational studies and clinical trials. Admission Requirements
Our teaching/learning mission is to guide students as they obtain an essential knowledge When reviewing transcripts, the department focuses on the applicant's performance in
base and develop the necessary communicative, quantitative and problem-solving skills undergraduate and graduate-level courses relevant to the applicant's proposed area of
to integrate and apply this knowledge; and to instill the appropriate attitudes and abilities specialization. Students admitted must have an honours or DVM degree (or its equivalent).
required for life-long learning. In addition, the department considers the applicant's special circumstances and the referees'
The department offers programs leading to MSc, Master's in Public Health (MPH), PhD comments. Since the core of the course work MSc program builds on analytic skills,
and DVSc degrees. students entering the program should possess knowledge of basic statistical methods and
Administrative Staff their application.
All applicants should submit a one-page statement of research interests and career goals
Chair
to assist in the identification of a faculty advisor who has the funding necessary to support
Catherine E. Dewey (2509 OVC, Ext. 54746)
the research. Students may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters.
[email protected]
Graduate Coordinator, Admissions and Administration Degree Requirements
David Kelton (Stewart Bldg. 2537 OVC, Ext. 54808) MSc by Thesis
[email protected] The prescribed studies for our research-based MSc are a minimum of four courses (at
Graduate Coordinator, Exams least 2.0 course credits) appropriate to the discipline. Epidemiology I (POPM*6200) is a
Olaf Berke (Stewart Bldg. 2505B OVC, Ext. 58924) required course for students in epidemiology; students in health management and
[email protected] theriogenology must take either Epidemiology I (POPM*6200) or Applied Clinical
Graduate Secretary Research (POPM*6230). A minimum of 'B-' average is required in the prescribed studies.
Mary Elliott (CLRE 102 OVC, Ext. 54780) The department seminar course, POPM*6100, is also required but does not count as one
[email protected] of the four courses. A thesis must be completed and successfully defended.
Graduate Faculty MSc in Epidemiology by Courses
Kenneth G. Bateman For the MSc in Epidemiology by course work and project, no fewer than eight courses
DVM, MSc Guelph - Associate Professor (at least 4.0 course credits) will be taken. These must be approved by the departmental
graduate studies committee and the Dean of Graduate Studies. Each student in the program
Olaf Berke
will take three prescribed courses (including the Project in Epidemiology course,
Dipl. Statistics, PhD Dortmund Germany - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator,
POPM*6250, which is equivalent to two courses), and at least four additional courses.
Exams
The department seminar course, POPM*6100, is also required but does not count as one
Tracey S. Chenier of the eight courses. Normally, the prescribed courses for the MSc in Epidemiology by
DVM, DVSc Guelph, Dip ACT - Assistant Professor course work will include:
Jason Coe Prescribed Courses:
DVM, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor
POPM*6210 [0.50] Epidemiology II
Catherine E. Dewey POPM*6250 [1.00] Project in Epidemiology
DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Professor and Chair Additional Courses
Todd F. Duffield The four courses selected in this category will depend upon the student's background,
DVM, DVSc Guelph - Professor specialty, interest and area of research.
Robert M. Friendship Examples of courses suitable for inclusion in the student's program include:
DVM, MSc Guelph, Dip ABVP - Professor
PABI*6550 [0.50] Epidemiology of Zoonoses
Cathy J. Gartley POPM*6230 [0.50] Applied Clinical Research
BSc New Brunswick, DVM, DVSc Guelph, Dip ACT - Assistant Professor POPM*6290 [0.50] Statistics for the Health Sciences
Michele Guerin POPM*6350 [0.50] Safety of Foods of Animal Origins
DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor POPM*6950 [0.50] Studies in Population Medicine
Derek Haley STAT*6920 [0.50] Topics in Statistics
BHK Windsor, MSc Guelph, PhD Saskatchewan - Assistant Professor POPM*6520 [0.50] Introduction to Epidemiological and Statistical Methods
Andria Jones POPM*6700 [0.50] Swine Health Management *
DVM, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor POPM*6400 [0.50] Dairy Health Management *
STAT*6960 [0.50] Design of Experiments and Data Analysis for the Life
David F. Kelton
Sciences
DVM, MSc, PhD Guelph, Dip ABVP - Professor and Graduate Coordinator, Admissions
Additional courses other than those listed above may be deemed suitable for the student's
and Administration
program by the Departmental Graduate Coordinator after recommendations are received
Stephen LeBlanc from the Advisory Committee.
BSc McGill, DVM, DVSc Guelph - Associate Professor
At least three semesters of full-time study will be required for completion of the course
Kenneth E. Leslie work MSc program; two of these semesters must be at the University of Guelph. Normally,
DVM, MSc Guelph - Professor however, students take 4-5 semesters to complete the program.
Kerry D. Lissemore
BSc Toronto, DVM, DVSc Guelph - Associate Professor and Associate Dean, Academic
PhD Program
Scott A. McEwen Admission Requirements
DVM, DVSc Guelph, Dip. ACVP - Professor A PhD program is available in epidemiology. Admission into this program is usually
Paula I. Menzies granted to holders of an MSc degree who have demonstrated superior performance, or to
DVM Guelph, MPVM California - Associate Professor MSc students who have not completed their thesis but have performed exceptionally well
David Pearl in courses, shown exceptional aptitude and skill in research, and whose thesis research is
BSc McGill, MSc York, DVM, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor suitable for expansion to the doctoral level. For direct transfer, a thesis proposal and
Peter W. Physick-Sheard strongly supportive letters of reference are required. Infrequently, well qualified DVM
BVSc Bristol, Dip Vet Surg, MSc Guelph, FRCVS (UK) - Associate Professor or honours degree holders may be accepted directly into the PhD program.
Zvonimir Poljak All applicants should submit a one-page statement of research interests and career goals
DVM Croatia, MSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor to assist in the identification of a faculty advisor who has the funding necessary to support
the thesis research. Students may be admitted into the Fall, Winter or Summer semesters.
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Population Medicine 143

Degree Requirements Collaborative Programs

The major emphasis in the PhD program is on the preparation of an acceptable thesis. International Development Studies MSc
There are no specific course requirements other than the Seminar, POPM*6100, which
must be completed twice. However, students are expected to have taken POPM*6200 The Department of Population Medicine participates in the International Development
Epidemiology I (F) and POPM*6210 Epidemiology II, or their equivalent, in their MSc Studies MSc program. Those faculty members whose research and teaching expertise
program. It is usual for students, in consultation with their advisory committee, to select includes aspects of international studies may serve as advisors for MSc in International
a suitable program of prescribed studies and additional courses. Course selection takes Development Studies students. Please consult the International Development Studies
into account the student's background, research area, career aspirations, and need to prepare listing for a detailed description of the collaborative program.
for the qualifying examination. Courses
Courses should normally be completed before the qualifying exam is attempted. The *Given in alternate years.
written component of the examination is followed by an oral component (two to four
hours), usually one week later. MSc holders must complete the qualifying examination Epidemiology
by the end of the fifth semester. Students transferring from the MSc program and those POPM*6200 Epidemiology I F [0.50]
who enter the program directly after their honours or DVM degrees (or their equivalents) This course covers concepts, principles and methods of basic and applied epidemiology,
must complete the examination by the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the advisory including the following topics: sampling, measuring disease frequency, clinical
committee is required to confirm that the student has demonstrated ability and promise epidemiology, descriptive epidemiology, causal reasoning and design, interpretation and
in research. The PhD program is completed by the successful defence of a thesis. critical appraisal of surveys, observational studies, field trials and critical appraisal.
DVSc Program POPM*6210 Epidemiology II W [0.50]
The Department of Population Medicine participates in the DVSc program with recognized Advanced study design and analytic methods for the analysis of data from observational
fields in health management and theriogenology. The normal basis for admission to DVSc studies and surveys.
studies as a regular or a provisional student is a DVM or equivalent degree which would
allow the applicant to be eligible for licence to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario. POPM*6220 Analytical Epidemiology S [0.50]
The applicant must have achieved high academic standing as set out in the Admission This course focuses on the advanced analysis of epidemiologic studies. Case control,
Requirements in the DVSc program cohort and survival studies are analysed within the generalized linear-model framework.
Health Management Links between study objectives, study design and data analysis will be emphasized
throughout. Special problems, such as the analysis of correlated data arising from cluster
Candidates must have a DVM or equivalent degree, appropriate clinical experience,
sampling of individuals, are discussed.
cumulative average of at least second-class honours (“B” standing), and be licensed or
eligible for licensing to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario. One position in ruminant Prerequisite(s): POPM*6210 and POPM*6290
health management and one position in swine health management are available during POPM*6230 Applied Clinical Research F [0.50]
most academic years, and they normally start in May or September. It is a three-year
This course is designed to help clinical researchers design, fund, and analyze their clinical
program, which will provide training and experience in applied health management and
research. Emphasis is placed upon planning a well-designed clinical trial and writing a
clinical research. Approximately one-third of the time will involve clinical training,
well-organized grant proposal.
teaching final year veterinary students and service duties (including on-call), one-third
course work and one-third research. Service duties in ruminant health management are POPM*6250 Project in Epidemiology S [1.00]
with the Ruminant Field Service clinic of the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. In swine Collection and analysis of field data and the preparation of a written report suitable for
health management, clinical experience and advanced academic activities will be publication, and oral presentation of the findings to the graduate faculty. This course is
appropriate for a candidate preparing for board certification in Swine Health Management part of the MSc program by course work in epidemiology.
by the American Board of Veterinary Practitioners. The candidate will be required to
complete a substantive thesis research project, related to an applied aspect of production POPM*6290 Statistics for the Health Sciences F [0.50]
medicine. The DVSc degree requirements include successful completion of 2.5 credits This course gives an overview of advanced methods for the analysis of data of
of prescribed graduate level courses, a qualifying examination in the student's discipline clustered/correlated data. Special emphasis is on spatial, longitudinal and survival data.
area, and a successful defence of a thesis. A faculty member(s) in the Department of
Prerequisite(s): POPM*6210 (or equivalent graduate course from another university)
Population Medicine will supervise each candidate for the Health Management DVSc
position. POPM*6520 Introduction to Epidemiological and Statistical Methods F [0.50]
Theriogenology This is a 0.5 credit introductory graduate course for MPH students and students interested
in epidemiology. The course will provide an introduction to research design, grant proposal
The Department of Population Medicine offers the Doctor of Veterinary Science (DVSc)
writing, and critical appraisal, as well as survey (questionnaire) design and basic statistical
degree in the field of Theriogenology. Prerequisites include a DVM or equivalent degree,
methods for epidemiological studies.
one or two years of practice experience/internship, cumulative average of at least
second-class honours (“B” standing), and eligibility for licensure to practice veterinary Co-requisite(s): POPM*6200
medicine in Ontario. The DVSc program provides rigorous advanced academic preparation Health Management
in the discipline of Theriogenology with a view to preparation for Board Certification by
the American College of Theriogenologists. The Theriogenology field at the Ontario POPM*6400 Dairy Health Management * S [0.50]
Veterinary College is multi-species, with emphasis placed on a candidate’s specific areas This course stresses a population-based, herd-level approach to dairy herd health
of interest. The DVSc differs from PhD training by emphasizing the development of both management, in which optimizing the efficiency of the dairy enterprise is the overall
research and applied clinical skills. It is a three-year program, with approximately one-third goal. The biological and economic impacts of disease and management deficiencies on
of the time involving clinical duties within the Veterinary Teaching Hospital, including herd performance will be discussed as they relate to design and implementation of herd
assisting in teaching of final year veterinary students. The remainder of effort is directed health programs. The course will emphasize the critical role of record keeping, data
towards a substantive thesis research project in Theriogenology and coursework. The analysis and monitoring on program success.
DVSc degree requirements include successful completion of 2.5 credits of prescribed
POPM*6700 Swine Health Management * U [0.50]
graduate level courses, a qualifying examination and successful defense of a thesis. A
faculty member(s) in the Department of Population Medicine will supervise each candidate Diseases of swine are studied with particular emphasis on preventive medicine and
for the Theriogenology DVSc position. herd-health management.
Interdepartmental Programs Theriogenology
Food Safety and Quality Assurance MSc POPM*6610 Theriogenology of Cattle * U [0.50]
The Department of Population Medicine participates in the MSc program in food safety A lecture/seminar course emphasizing the relationship of nutritional, genetic, endocrine,
and quality assurance. Those faculty members whose research and teaching expertise anatomic, and environmental factors with the reproductive health of cattle. Application
includes aspects of food safety and quality assurance may serve as advisors for MSc of reproductive technologies will also be covered.
students. Please consult the Food Safety and Quality Assurance listing for a detailed POPM*6630 Theriogenology of Horses * U [0.50]
description of the MSc program.
A lecture/seminar course covering the genetic, endocrine, anatomic and environmental
factors that affect reproductive performance and health of horses. Breeding management,
including recent technologies, and management of the infertile animal will be included.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

144 IX. Graduate Programs, Population Medicine

POPM*6650 Theriogenology of Dogs and Cats * U [0.50]

A seminar/lecture series that includes the theory and management of clinical reproduction
for the dog and cat, including use of developing technologies.
POPM*6670 Theriogenology of Small Ruminants * U [0.50]
A seminar/laboratory course emphasizing advanced reproductive management of sheep,
goats and farmed deer/elk, with the emphasis on a sheep production model. New
reproductive technologies will be included.
Other
POPM*6100 Seminar F [0.00]
A practical course that utilizes tutorials, workshops, self and peer reviewed assessment
to help participants develop skills in public speaking and presentation of scientific data.
Each student presents at least one seminar on an approved subject during the departmental
seminar series.
POPM*6950 Studies in Population Medicine U [0.50]
Assigned reading and/or special projects selected to provide in-depth study of topics
appropriate to the specialized interests of individual students. Courses offered under this
title have included Special Topics in Public Health; Ecology and Health; Systems
Approaches; and Animal Welfare. Different offerings are assigned different section
numbers.
Public Health
POPM*6350 Safety of Foods of Animal Origins F [0.50]
The detection, epidemiology, human health risk, and control of hazards in food of animal
origin.
Restriction(s): Offered by distance education only.
POPM*6510 Community Health Promotion F [0.50]
The objective of this course is to provide students with an understanding of public health,
population health and health promotion. Topics will include perspectives on health and
illness, injury prevention, determinants of health, population diversity and the role of
evidence in public health decision-making.
POPM*6530 Communication and Leadership I W [0.50]
This course fosters development of several written and oral communication skills,
including conflict resolution. It introduces a number of theories of leadership, emphasizes
the components of effective leadership and describes the practical role of the leader.
Restriction(s): MPH students. All others must obtain instructor's signature.
POPM*6540 Concepts in Environmental Public Health W [0.50]
This course covers the main concepts of environmental public health including basic
elements of environmental toxicology, risk analysis, air and water quality, food safety,
waste managment, occupational health and eco health.
POPM*6550 Public Health Policy and Systems W [0.50]
This course covers concepts and principles of public health policy and systems including:
public health systems, their structure, funding and governance and their integration into
the healthcare system; evolution of public health policy; models of policy development
and analysis; stakeholder analysis; and, public health ethics.
POPM*6560 Public Health Practicum S [1.00]
In this 1.0 credit course, students will synthesize theoretical concepts, learned via prior
coursework, with public health practice. Students will work in a host public health agency
for a 12-to 16-week period, focusing on a major project of significance to the host
organization.
Prerequisite(s): POPM*6200, POPM*6510, POPM*6520, POPM*6530, POPM*6540,
and POPM*6550
Restriction(s): MPH students only
POPM*6570 Communication and Leadership II W [0.50]
This course develops advanced communication skills, including scientific communications
and media relations, and addresses leadership topics relevant to public health practitioners.
Students will integrate prior project material into this course, producing a major paper
that will be presented orally at the Public Health Forum Day.
Prerequisite(s): POPM*6560 or instructor's signature required
POPM*6580 Public Health Administration F [0.50]
This course will teach students to develop, implement and evaluate public health programs.
Knowing an organization’s mission and priorities, developing strategic plans and
conducting a cost-benefit analysis is critical for an effective administrator. Furthermore,
conducting a program evaluation, understanding the role of advocacy is vital.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Psychology 145

Psychology Linda A. Parker

BA, MA California State, PhD Memorial - Professor, Canada Research Chair
The Department of Psychology offers two graduate programs. The first is a Master of Michael H. Peters
Arts (MA) in four areas of study: Applied Social Psychology, Clinical Psychology: Applied BSc Alberta, MSc Calgary, PhD Western Ontario - Professor
Developmental Emphasis, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, and Neuroscience &
Deborah Powell
Applied Cognitive Science. The second program is a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in the
BA Queen's, MA, PhD Western - Assistant Professor
same four areas of study. These areas of study, which are described below, provide training
in both research and professional skills, as well as a firm grounding in theory and research Saba F. Safdar
in relevant content areas. See the department website at http://www.psychology.uoguelph.ca BA McMaster, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor
for additional information. Leanne S.M. Son Hing
BA Queen's, MA, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor
Administrative Staff
David Stanley
Chair BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Harvey Marmurek (4013 MacKinnon, Ext. 53673)
Lana M. Trick
[email protected]
BSc Calgary, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Graduate Coordinator
Andrew S. Winston
Ian Newby-Clark (3006 MacKinnon, Ext. 53517)
BA Northwestern, MA, PhD Illinois - Professor
[email protected]
Boyer D. Winters
Graduate Secretary
BA Dalhousie, PhD Cambridge - Associate Professor
Robin Fraser (4014 MacKinnon, Ext. 53508)
[email protected] Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science
Graduate Faculty http://www.uoguelph.ca/nacs
Heidi N. Bailey The Masters and PhD programs in the areas of Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive
BA British Columbia, PhD Western - Assistant Professor Science provides training for students interested in the integrative functioning of the brain.
This program encompasses: basic cognitive processes, behavioural neuroscience, cognitive
Paula Barata
ergonomics, cognitive neuroscience, developmental and life-span cognition, and
BA British Columbia, MA, PhD Windsor - Assistant Professor
foundations of cognitive science. Students in these disciplines have the opportunity to
Pat Barclay learn about the interdisciplinary work of other students, faculty and outside researchers
BSc, PhD Guelph - Assistant Professor in the weekly research seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science.
Roderick W. Barron Additionally, students take courses specific to their research. A unique feature of this area
BA Occidental, MA, PhD Ohio State - Professor of study is the practicum that provides students with additional specific training in a
Elena Choleris research laboratory, hospital, government agency, or non-government agency.
BSc, PhD Parma (Italy) - Associate Professor The program involves three components.
Donald Dedrick 1. Preparatory Course Work
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor, (cross-appointed with Department Students will acquire knowledge and skills necessary to carry our Neuroscience and
of Philosophy) Cognitive Science research in academic and/or applied settings. At the Masters level, this
Serge Desmarais will involve a course in Research Design and Statistics, a course in Research Ethics
BA, MA, PhD Waterloo - Professor, Canada Research Chair, Associate Vice-President (Animal research ethics or Human research ethics), at least one elective in their specific
(Academic) field of research and the Research Seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science.
Mary Ann Evans PhD students take Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science, Research Seminar
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Waterloo - Professor in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science, at least two electives and must pass a
Mark J. Fenske qualifying exam.
BSc Lethbridge, MA, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor 2. Practicum
Harjinder Gill One of the unique features of University of Guelph's Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive
BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Assistant Professor Science masters program is the practicum. Students will complete a practicum in a variety
Gloria Gonzalez-Morales of research settings, including government agencies, hospitals, businesses, and other
BA La Laguna, DIPL, PhD Valencia - Assistant Professor research laboratories. The practicum may involve learning a new technique in a laboratory
other than that of the advisor. Practicum experiences will be tailored to the student's
Benjamin H. Gottlieb
interests, and will enable student to acquire and refine skills and develop professional
AB, MSW, PhD Michigan - Professor
contacts.
Michael P. Grand
3. Thesis research
BA Toronto, PhD SUNY at Stony Brook - Professor
Students will carry out an independent research project under the supervision of a faculty
Peter A. Hausdorf
supervisor. This will involve a thesis for the Masters program and a Dissertation for the
BSc McMaster, MA Guelph, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor
PhD.
Karl H. Hennig
BEd, MA, PhD British Columbia - Assistant Professor Applied Social Psychology
Francesco Leri Applied Social Psychology is based on the investigation of social processes and problems
BA, MA, PhD McGill - Associate Professor of significance to the general community and to specific groups, for example, in the areas
Stephen Lewis of aging, health, law, equity, community services, and gender. The area of Applied Social
BSc, PhD Dalhousie - Assistant Professor Psychology has two primary components: first, the pursuit of advanced research, and
second, the design and evaluation of interventions and programs that aim to reduce social
Ian R. Lubek
problems and promote human welfare. The Researcher/Practitioner Course Set emphasizes
BA Toronto, PhD SUNY at Stony Brook - Professor
field research, practicum training, and consulting in community settings. It is designed
Margaret N. Lumley for students who wish to pursue either an academic/researcher or a practitioner career
BA Waterloo, MA, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor path (e.g. to work primarily in government, consulting firms, community agencies,
Harvey H.C. Marmurek foundations, and hospitals). The Researcher Course Set involves training in advanced
BA Toronto, MA, PhD Ohio State - Professor and Chair methodological and analytic techniques and emphasizes involvement in the ongoing
Michael L. Matthews research projects of the faculty. This course set is designed for students interested in an
BA, PhD Nottingham - Professor academic/research career path.
Daniel V. Meegan Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis
BA SUNY at Albany, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor
The area of Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis concentrates on
Barbara A. Morrongiello
understanding the development and treatment of psychological disorders experienced by
BA Douglass College (Rutgers), MS, PhD Massachusetts - Professor
children, youth and families. This includes a focus on the social, emotional, cognitive,
Ian R. Newby-Clark and neurobiological features of normal and atypical development; risk and protective
BSc Toronto, PhD Waterloo - Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator factors that influence the nature and progression of atypical development and response
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
146 IX. Graduate Programs, Psychology

to treatment; and approaches to assessment, psychodiagnosis, and intervention. Also PSYC*6471 [0.50] Practicum I
considered is the developmental impact of stressful life events such as divorce, illness, and one elective course to be determined in consultation with the student's MA Advisory
poverty, adoption, and death. Training in this field follows an integrated series of courses Committee,
and practica which contributes to and mutually supports the students' acquisition of and MA Thesis.
competence as both practitioners and researchers. Students participate in our on-campus Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis
clinic, the Centre for Psychological Services, and complete off campus practica in hospitals,
PSYC*6060 [0.50] Research Design and Statistics
schools and mental health settings under the supervision of registered psychologists. This
PSYC*6630 [0.50] Developmental Psychology
training allows students to enter careers involving clinical and/or research positions in
PSYC*6000 [0.50] Developmental Psychopathology: Etiology and Assessment
mental health centres, hospitals, schools, and the private sector, as well as careers involving
PSYC*6580 [0.50] Models of Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
teaching and research in university settings. It also prepares students for registration as
PSYC*6690 [0.50] Cognitive Assessment of Children and Adolescents
psychologists with provincial licensing boards.
PSYC*6700 [0.50] Personality and Social Assessment of Children and
Industrial/Organizational Psychology Adolescents
The objective of study in the area of Industrial/Organizational Psychology is to train future PSYC*6010 [0.50] Learning Disorders: Research and Clinical Practice
professionals in the area of Industrial/Organizational Psychology following the guidelines PSYC*6471 [0.50] Practicum I
established by the Canadian Society for Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Graduate PSYC*6473 [0.25] Practicum III
students are expected to obtain a high level of proficiency in both research skills and PSYC*6880 [0.25] Ethical Issues in Psychology
practice in the core areas of Industrial/Organizational Psychology including personnel and MA Thesis.
selection, organizational behaviour, work attitudes, performance appraisal, and Industrial/Organizational Psychology
measurement of individual differences. Graduates from this field of study will be in a PSYC*7010 [0.50] Recruitment and Selection: Methods and Outcomes
position to enter careers in a wide range of private and public sector organizations, PSYC*7030 [0.50] Work Attitudes and Behaviour
including universities, consulting firms, industries, and government agencies. PSYC*6060 [0.50] Research Design and Statistics
General Admission and Program Requirements PSYC*6670 [0.50] Research Methods
PSYC*7020 [0.50] Employee Performance
To apply for admission, applicants must view "How to Apply" in the section Prospective PSYC*7070 [0.50] Psychological Measurement
Students... Graduate, in the Psychology Department website PSYC*6880 [0.25] Ethical Issues in Psychology
http://www.psychology.uoguelph.ca. This is a self-administered application. First, students PSYC*6380 [0.50] Psychological Applications of Multivariate Analysis
apply online through the Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) and pay an PSYC*7040 [0.50] Social Processes in the Workplace
application fee. Second, they assemble the application information described in the PSYC*6471 [0.50] Practicum I
psychology website consisting of Letter of Reference forms, all post secondary transcripts, PSYC*7160 [0.50] Employee Development: Methods and Outcomes
a Departmental Questionnaire, and a copy of the online OUAC application form and PSYC*7080 [0.50] Organizational Interventions
forward the complete package to the Graduate Secretary, Department of Psychology, PSYC*6840 [0.50] Program Evaluation
University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario Canada N1G 2W1. Graduate Record Examination and MA Thesis.
(GRE) General is required for all applicants for MA and PhD programs. Additionally, the
Subject (Psychology) test scores are required of all applicants (except in the Neuroscience PhD Program
and Applied Cognitive Science area) for MA and PhD programs. Applicants should request Admission Requirements PhD Program
that their GRE scores be sent directly to the Department of Psychology before the Students must have completed MA requirements in the appropriate field of study
departmental application deadline (Dec. 15). Contact the Graduate Secretary, Department (Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science; Applied Social Psychology; Clinical
of Psychology, at [email protected] for additional information. Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis; Industrial/Organizational Psychology)
MA Program with a minimum 'A-' standing to be eligible for admission to the PhD program. These MA
requirements are normally met within the department in a two-year course of studies
Admission Requirements MA Program
comprising specified course work and a thesis. Students admitted to the PhD program
Consideration for admission to the MA program will be given to students with an honours who have completed MA or MSc degrees in other fields of study and/or from other
BA or BSc (or its equivalent) in Psychology or a related field of study (e.g. Computer universities may be required to take MA level courses to ensure adequate background
science, neuroscience) and a minimum of a 'B+' standing. Students are normally expected preparation for PhD work.
to have taken courses across the breadth of psychology with some courses in the area to
which they are applying. A strong background in methodology and statistics is expected. Degree Requirements PhD Program
As well, applicants must have undertaken an Honours thesis research project or senior Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science
research project equivalent. Students are admitted to the MA program with the PSYC*6900 [0.50] Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science
understanding that they intend to proceed to the PhD program. PSYC*6760 [0.00] Research Seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive
Degree Requirements MA Program Science B
Two elective courses
Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science
The option of taking:
PSYC*6060 [0.50] Research Design and Statistics
PSYC*6740 [0.50] Research Seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive PSYC*6472 [1.00] Practicum II
Science A Qualifying Examination
PSYC*6880 [0.25] Ethical Issues in Psychology and PhD Thesis.
OR Applied Social Psychology
UNIV*6600 [0.00] Animal Care Short Course PSYC*6900 [0.50] Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science
PSYC*6471 [0.50] Practicum I PSYC*6380 [0.50] Psychological Applications of Multivariate Analysis
At least one of the following electives: PSYC*6522 [0.50] Research Seminar II
PSYC*6780 [0.50] Foundations of Cognitive Science PSYC*6471 [0.50] Practicum I
PSYC*6790 [0.50] Memory and Cognition One of:
PSYC*6800 [0.50] Neurobiology of Learning PSYC*6270 [0.50] Issues in Family-Related Social Policy
PSYC*6810 [0.50] Neuropsychology 1 elective to be determined in consultation with the student's PhD Advisory Committee;
PSYC*6870 [0.50] Human Factors Qualifying Exam;
and MA Thesis. and PhD Thesis.
Applied Social Psychology Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis
PSYC*6640 [0.50] Foundations of Applied Social Psychology PSYC*6670 [0.50] Research Methods
PSYC*6830 [0.50] Applied Social Psychology PSYC*6900 [0.50] Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science
PSYC*6590 [0.50] Social and Community Intervention PSYC*6380 [0.50] Psychological Applications of Multivariate Analysis
PSYC*6522 [0.50] Research Seminar II PSYC*6472 [1.00] Practicum II
PSYC*6840 [0.50] Program Evaluation PSYC*6810 [0.50] Neuropsychology
PSYC*6522 [0.50] Research Seminar II PSYC*7070 [0.50] Psychological Measurement
PSYC*6880 [0.25] Ethical Issues in Psychology PSYC*6840 [0.50] Program Evaluation
PSYC*6060 [0.50] Research Design and Statistics PSYC*6610 [0.50] Advanced Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
PSYC*6670 [0.50] Research Methods PSYC*6890 [0.25] Legislation and Professional Practice

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Psychology 147

PSYC*6020 [0.50] Clinical and Diagnostic Interviewing Skills PSYC*6521 Research Seminar I U [0.25]
One of the following three courses for students without 2 senior level undergraduate
An in-depth review of current theoretical and empirical developments in topic areas
courses in social psychology:
related to the student's area of specialization.
PSYC*6590 [0.50] Social and Community Intervention
PSYC*6640 [0.50] Foundations of Applied Social Psychology PSYC*6522 Research Seminar II U [0.50]
PSYC*6830 [0.50] Applied Social Psychology An in-depth review of current theoretical and empirical developments in topic areas
Qualifying Exam; related to the student's area of specialization. The course requirements may include the
PSYC*8000 [0.00] Clinical Internship completion of an empirical research project.
and PhD Thesis. PSYC*6670 Research Methods U [0.50]
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
This course emphasizes those techniques most frequently used in applied and field settings.
PSYC*7130 [0.50] Introduction to Industrial/Organizational Psychology These include: quasi-experimental designs, survey research, interviewing, questionnaire
PSYC*6900 [0.50] Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science design, observational techniques, and other more qualitative methods.
PSYC*7140 [0.50] Industrial/Organizational Psychology Special Topic
Doctoral Research Seminar PSYC*6880 Ethical Issues in Psychology U [0.25]
one elective from Relevant issues in the application of professional ethical standards to the practice of
PSYC*6840 [0.50] Program Evaluation psychology, including consultation, field research, intervention, and decision-making
PSYC*7080 [0.50] Organizational Interventions models are discussed in this half course. Depending on the particular faculty and students
PSYC*7170 [0.50] Industrial/Organizational Psychology Doctoral Research involved, discussion emphasizes specific applications to either I/O or applied
Internship I developmental/social psychology.
PSYC*7180 [0.50] Industrial/Organizational Psychology Doctoral Research
PSYC*6890 Legislation and Professional Practice U [0.25]
Internship II
Qualifying Exam; This companion course to PSYC*6880, Ethics in Psychology, provides an introduction
to the Provincial and Federal legislation governing the practice of psychology. Students
and PhD Thesis.
will become familiar with legislation relevant to professional practice with children and
Collaborative Program adults in hospital, educational, community, and other settings.
The Department of Psychology participates in the Neuroscience collaborative program. Co-requisite(s): PSYC*6880
Courses PSYC*6900 Philosophy and History of Psychology as a Science U [0.50]
Restriction: All courses restricted to Psychology graduate students; all others by This doctoral course examines the philosophical and metatheoretical issues involved in
permission only. the scientific analysis of human experience. Both the historical context of these issues
Departmental Core Courses and the status of current metatheoretical debates are covered.

PSYC*6060 Research Design and Statistics U [0.50] PSYC*7070 Psychological Measurement U [0.50]
This course covers non-parametric and parametric hypothesis testing and estimation, Concepts and applications of classical measurement theory, especially reliability and
analysis of variance and covariance, and multiple correlation and multiple regression. validity of tests and measurements used in applied psychology. Principles of test
Current controversial issues are presented. construction, standardization, norming, administration, and interpretation are discussed,
as well as integration of test information and its use in decision making.
PSYC*6190 Research Project U [1.00]
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required
This course is an option for students in the applied streams of MA studies who do not
plan on proceeding to a PhD program. Under the supervision of a faculty member, students Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science
will design and conduct an empirical investigation in their area of emphasis. PSYC*6740 Research Seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science A U
[0.50]
PSYC*6380 Psychological Applications of Multivariate Analysis U [0.50]
This course will expose graduate students to some of the major theories, issues and
This course emphasizes the use of multivariate techniques in psychological research.
methodologies driving research in the broad field of Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive
Both predictive (e.g., regression, canonical correlation, discriminant analysis, MANOVA)
Science. Students will learn to critically evaluate presentations by researchers as well as
and reduction (e.g., factor analysis, multidimensional scaling, cluster analysis) techniques
to communicate the results of their own research, in both a written and oral format. All
are considered in addition to the use of both observed and latent variable structural models.
first year master's students in NACS are required to enroll in this course.
PSYC*6401 Reading Course I U [0.25]
PSYC*6750 Applications of Cognitive Science W [0.50]
An independent in-depth study of current theoretical and empirical issues in the student's
This course surveys applications of cognitive science to the problem of optimizing human
area of specialization.
performance. Topics of discussion will include human-system interactions (including
PSYC*6402 Reading Course II U [0.50] Human-Computer and Human-Vehicle), education, and cognitive rehabilitation.
An independent in-depth study of current theoretical and empirical issues in the student's PSYC*6760 Research Seminar in Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive Science B U
area of specialization. [0.00]
PSYC*6411 Special Problems in Psychology I U [0.25] This course will expose graduate students to some of the major theories, issues and
A critical examination of current problems relating to conceptual and methodological methodologies driving research broad field of Neuroscience and Applied Cognitive
developments in an area of psychology. Science. Students will learn to critically evaluate presentations by researchers in this field
as well as to communicate the results of their own research, in both a written and oral
PSYC*6412 Special Problems in Psychology II U [0.50] format. All second year master's and doctoral students in NACS are required to enroll in
A critical examination of current problems relating to conceptual and methodological this course each year of their graduate program.
developments in an area of psychology. PSYC*6770 Modelling Mental Processes W [0.50]
PSYC*6471 Practicum I U [0.50] This is a course in the nature of models of cognitive phenomena, with emphasis on the
Students will gain 2-3 days per week of supervised experience in a setting related to their evaluation of computational and connectionist models for perception, memory, cognition,
field of specialization. and action. It involves practical work: the construction and testing of models using
software designed for that purpose.
PSYC*6472 Practicum II U [1.00]
Prerequisite(s): PSYC*6780
See PSYC*6471 . Students work four to five days a week in the selected setting.
PSYC*6780 Foundations of Cognitive Science F [0.50]
PSYC*6473 Practicum III U [0.25]
Cognitive Science is an inter-disciplinary field that encompasses cognitive psychology,
See PSYC*6471. This course is intended for students who wish to gain additional neuroscience, philosophy, and computer science. The foundational issues and basic
practicum experience after completing the requirements for PSYC*6471/PSYC*6472. methodologies that define cognitive science will be discussed, with specific examples
Students work one day a week in the selected setting. from perception, learning, memory, language, decision-making, and problem solving.
Restriction(s): Restricted to Psychology graduate students; all others by permission
only

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

148 IX. Graduate Programs, Psychology

PSYC*6790 Memory and Cognition U [0.50] PSYC*6610 Advanced Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy U [0.50]
This course reviews the major theories, issues and methodologies guiding contemporary This course will consider newly emerging developments in child and adolescent
research in human memory and related aspects of human cognition. Topics include the psychotherapy. In addition, issues of power relationships, cultural sensitivity and empirical
encoding and retrieval of information, the nature of representations in memory, support will be addressed
classifications of memory, and applications to reading and eyewitness testimony. Prerequisite(s): PSYC*6580 and PSYC*6472 (may be taken concurrently).
PSYC*6800 Neurobiology of Learning U [0.50] Restriction(s): This course is open only to graduate students in the CP:ADE field.
This course reviews the major theories, issues, and methodologies guiding contemporary PSYC*6630 Developmental Psychology U [0.50]
research in the neurobiology of learning. This course examines issues in the areas of cognitive, social, and emotional development.
PSYC*6810 Neuropsychology U [0.50] Specific research topics and theoretical issues concerning the nature of development are
discussed.
This course focuses on current developments in neuropsychology. Particular emphasis
is placed on the aphasias, apraxias, memory disorders, and disorders of movement. PSYC*6690 Cognitive Assessment of Children and Adolescents U [0.50]
PSYC*6870 Human Factors U [0.50] This course considers standards, ethics, uses and interpretation of selected intelligence
and other cognitive tests. Students administer tests, score, interpret and write reports
This course provides an overview of contemporary theory and research in human under supervision. As a prerequisite for PSYC*6471, a passing grade and a satisfactory
factors/ergonomics. Topics may include visual performance, information processing, rating on the practical component must be achieved.
human error, decision-making, mental workload, process control and automation, attention
and time sharing, human factors in specific occupational environments, monitoring and Restriction(s): This course is open only to graduate students in the CP:ADE field.
supervisory control. PSYC*6700 Personality and Social Assessment of Children and Adolescents U [0.50]
Applied Social Psychology This course considers projectives, questionnaires, observations and interviews for assessing
children's personality and behaviour. Students administer tests, score, interpret and write
PSYC*6270 Issues in Family-Related Social Policy U [0.50] reports under supervision. As a prerequisite for PSYC*6471, a passing grade and a
This doctoral course examines historical developments and selected contemporary policy satisfactory rating on the practical component must be achieved.
domains in Canada. Topics may include policies affecting children, families, the elderly,
Restriction(s): This course is open only to graduate students in the CP:ADE field.
First Nations people, the mentally and physically disabled, and one parent families. The
course also addresses the interplay between social and psychological research and policy PSYC*8000 Clinical Internship U [0.00]
formation, as well as the use of social policy as an instrument of social change. A mark of satisfactory (SAT) in this course indicates that a student in the Clinical
PSYC*6590 Social and Community Intervention U [0.50] Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis (CP:ADE) field has successfully completed
a full year (1800-2000 hour) internship in an accredited clinical setting (e.g., CPA or
A highly applied course that focuses on the epidemiology of mental disorders, the design APA) approved by the Director of Clinical Training for CP:ADE.
and implementation of preventive interventions with children, youth, and adults in the
community, as well as stress and coping theory and practice. Prerequisite(s): Completion of all course work in the CP:ADE field, the PhD qualifying
examination, and the PhD Thesis proposal at the time of application,
PSYC*6640 Foundations of Applied Social Psychology U [0.50] one year in advance of beginning the clinical internship.
This course examines theory and research in social psychology, particularly in those Industrial/Organizational Psychology
areas most relevant to applied concerns. Topics may include attribution, attitudes, social
relationships, language and communication, and self and identity. PSYC*7010 Recruitment and Selection: Methods and Outcomes U [0.50]
The course explores organizational issues in the recruitment and selection of new
PSYC*6830 Applied Social Psychology U [0.50] employees. Topics may include: individual differences, human rights, survey-based job
This course reviews selected theories, methods and problem areas in applied social analysis, recruitment methods and outcomes, selection methods and outcomes, hiring,
psychology. Issues involved in the conduct and application of social research, as well as decision making and employee placement/classification.
alternative paradigms for such research, are discussed.
PSYC*7020 Employee Performance U [0.50]
PSYC*6840 Program Evaluation U [0.50] This course focuses on issues that relate to employee performance. Individuals and
This course provides an introduction to a variety of methods of social program evaluation organizations are interested in maximizing the contributions of employees at work. This
and to the process of consultation with program staff. course focuses on performance-based job analysis, criterion theory, performance
Prerequisite(s): PSYC*6670 Research Methods (may also be taken concurrently). management/appraisal, employee socialization, compensation, benefits, technology, and
labour relations.
Clinical Psychology: Applied Developmental Emphasis
PSYC*7030 Work Attitudes and Behaviour U [0.50]
PSYC*6000 Developmental Psychopathology: Etiology and Assessment U [0.50]
This course examines micro-level influences on organizational behaviour. Topics may
The interaction of neurobiological, physiological, familial and social factors to an
include: organizational commitment, job satisfaction, emotions, other work attitudes and
understanding of developmental psychopathology is the focus of this course. Emphasis
attitude change, organizational citizenship behaviours, withdrawal behaviours, employee
is given to etiology and clinical assessment issues.
well-being, deviance, and work-life integration.
PSYC*6010 Learning Disorders: Research and Clinical Practice U [0.50]
PSYC*7040 Social Processes in the Workplace U [0.50]
This course examines various cognitive, social, and educational components of learning
This course examines social processes in the workplace. Topics may include: groups,
and language disorders and accompanying clinical methods of diagnosis and remediation.
teams, and intergroup processes; justice; diversity in the workplace; prejudice and
PSYC*6020 Clinical and Diagnostic Interviewing Skills S [0.50] discrimination; harassment and unethical behaviour; climate, culture change; and,
This course provides practical training in clinical and diagnostic interviewing. Through organizational development.
role-play, direct observation, and in-vivo practice, students will learn how to conduct PSYC*7050 Research Seminar in Industrial/Organizational Psychology U [0.00]
assessment and diagnostic interviews, and clinical dialogues with children and adults.
This course will expose graduate students to some of the major theories, issues, and
This course is open only to graduate students in the CP:ADE field.
methodologies driving research in the field of Industrial/Organizational psychology.
Prerequisite(s): Completion of all MA level course work except for the thesis Students will learn to critically evaluate presentations by researchers in this field, as well
Restriction(s): Open only to graduate students in the Clinical Psychology: Applied as to communicate the results of their own research, in both written and an oral format.
Developmental Emphasis (CP:ADE) field All students are required to enroll in this course.
PSYC*6270 Issues in Family-Related Social Policy U [0.50] Restriction(s): Psychology students only.
This doctoral course examines historical developments and selected contemporary policy PSYC*7060 Organization Development Consulting U [0.50]
domains in Canada. Topics may include policies affecting children, families, the elderly,
An introduction to the theories and consultation techniques for improving organizational
First Nations people, the mentally and physically disabled, and one parent families. The
effectiveness.
course also addresses the interplay between social and psychological research and policy
formation, as well as the use of social policy as an instrument of social change.
PSYC*6580 Models of Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy U [0.50]
This course introduces a variety of therapeutic models for addressing problems of atypical
development.
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Psychology 149

PSYC*7080 Organizational Interventions U [0.50]

This course examines various modes of organizational intervention from the standpoint
of both theory and practice. Areas typically covered include training and development,
organizational development and change, individual coaching, and consulting skills
development.
Prerequisite(s): Registration in the graduate IO psychology program and permission
of the Instructor.
PSYC*7130 Introduction to Industrial/Organizational Psychology U [0.50]
This course introduces graduate students to a broad range of topics in
Industrial/Organizational psychology. It emphasizes researcher-practitioner issues,
consumer behaviour, professionalism, ethics, and theory building. As well, graduate
students will learn about contemporary issues in I-O Psychology.
PSYC*7140 Industrial/Organizational Psychology Special Topic Doctoral Research
Seminar U [0.50]
Participants investigate a specific area of Industrial/Organizational psychology. They
critically review past and current research, including theory development and empirical
findings. Participants work together to integrate past theory and findings, to note
inconsistencies in the literature, and to identify promising areas for future investigations.
Prerequisite(s): PSYC*7130
PSYC*7160 Employee Development: Methods and Outcomes U [0.50]
This course explores development in an organization context. Employee learning and
development is a key focus for employees and organizations. This course covers functional
job analysis, career development, succession management, multi-source feedback, training,
coaching/mentoring and employee counseling.
PSYC*7170 Industrial/Organizational Psychology Doctoral Research Internship I
U [0.50]
Participants work with an Industrial Organizatonal faculty member to conduct research
on a topic of mutual interest (other than their doctoral research). They collect and/or
analyze data and write up results with the goal of producing a conference presentation
and/or a quality publication manuscript.
Prerequisite(s): PSYC*7130
Co-requisite(s): PSYC*7140
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required
PSYC*7180 Industrial/Organizational Psychology Doctoral Research Internship II
U [0.50]
Participants work with an Industrial Organizatonal faculty member to conduct research
on a topic of mutual interest (other than their doctoral research). They collect and/or
analyze data and write up results with the goal of producing a conference presentation
and/or a quality publication manuscript.
Prerequisite(s): PSYC*7130, PSYC*7140, PSYC*7170
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required
PSYC*7190 Work Motivation and Leadership U [0.50]
This course examines theories, research, and application of work motivation and leadership
within an organizational context. The course will include a description of classic and
contemporary theories of work motivation and leadership, a critical evaluation of the
research findings, and a discussion of the application of the research findings to the work
environment.
Restriction(s): Psychology students only.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

150 IX. Graduate Programs, Public Health

Public Health BSc degree or at least a B- average in a professional degree (e.g., BScN, DVM, or MD).All
applicants should submit a one-page statement of interest and career goals in public health.
The Master of Public Health (MPH) program is a 5-semester professional degree with Students will normally be admitted into the Fall semester.
concentration in epidemiology, environmental public health, infectious diseases, and
zoonotic, foodborne and waterborne diseases. This program is of interest to individuals
Degree Requirements
holding an undergraduate degree in science or applied science seeking for a career in The MPH program at the Ontario Veterinary College will typically consist of 5 consecutive
public health or to public health professionals wishing to upgrade their skills. A Graduate semesters of full-time study. Full-time students will take three semester-length courses
Diploma is also offered for those individuals with public health-related experience that for four semesters (total 12 courses) and a 12 to 16-week practicum in a public health
wish to increase their knowledge or acquire focused learning. practice setting. Normally, students will begin their program in September. Students can
complete the program in 4 semesters if they choose to add one additional elective to their
Administrative Staff course load during each of the Fall and Winter first-year and Fall second-year semesters
Chair (four courses / semester).
Catherine E. Dewey (2509 OVC, Ext. 54746) Students will complete at least six (0.5 credit) courses before they begin the practicum
[email protected] (between May and August inclusive), which will provide the opportunity to add function
Graduate Coordinator to the knowledge base achieved during the didactic portion of the program. A paper and
Scott McEwen (CLRE 201 OVC, Ext. 54751) seminar developed from data gathered during the practicum will illustrate the cumulative
[email protected] experience. This is a residency program as core courses and most electives are not offered
Graduate Secretary through distance education. Students may enroll part-time while they continue to work
Mary Elliott (CLRE 102 OVC, Ext. 54780) in their public health or regulatory careers. Part-time students will normally take one or
[email protected] two courses per semester.

Graduate Faculty Graduate Diploma

Ian Barker This stand-alone diploma consists of four courses, including Research Projects in Public
Professor, Pathobiology Health, and at least two other required courses. Students may request a transfer from the
Graduate Diploma into the MPH and if accepted, will receive credit for the courses taken
Olaf Berke
(except for the Research Projects in Public Health course). Students interested in this
Associate Professor, Population Medicine
option must apply to the MPH prior to initiating graduation procedures from the Graduate
Patrick Boerlin Diploma.
Associate Professor, Pathobiology
Catherine Dewey
Admission Requirements
Professor, Population Medicine Eligible applicants include those with DVM, BScN or MD professional degrees (or
Robert Friendship equivalents) and honours BSc in Biomedical Sciences, Biological Sciences, or Occupational
Professor, Population Medicine and Public Health. Students with an honours BSc without a biological focus will be
required to complete the distance education BSc course Principles of Disease prior to
Bruce Hunter
enrolling in the degree program. Candidates should have earned a B+ average in an honours
Associate Professor, Pathobiology
BSc degree or at least a B- average in a professional degree (e.g., BScN, DVM, or MD).
Claire Jardine
Assistant Professor, Pathobiology Diploma Requirements
Andria Jones The Graduate Diploma program at the Ontario Veterinary College will typically consist
Associate Professor, Population Medicine of four courses, including Research Projects in Public Health, and at least two required
courses.
Scott A. McEwen
Professor and Graduate Co-ordinator, Population Medicine Courses
Paula I. Menzies Required Courses
Associate Professor, Population Medicine
PABI*6500 [0.50] Infectious Diseases and Public Health
Eva Nagy POPM*6200 [0.50] Epidemiology I
Professor, Pathobiology POPM*6510 [0.50] Community Health Promotion
David Pearl POPM*6520 [0.50] Introduction to Epidemiological and Statistical Methods
Associate Professor, Population Medicine POPM*6530 [0.50] Communication and Leadership I
Andrew Peregrine POPM*6540 [0.50] Concepts in Environmental Public Health
Associate Professor, Pathobiology POPM*6550 [0.50] Public Health Policy and Systems
John Prescott POPM*6560 [1.00] Public Health Practicum
Professor, Pathobiology POPM*6570 [0.50] Communication and Leadership II
Jan Sargeant POPM*6580 [0.50] Public Health Administration
Professor, Population Medicine Electives
Elizabeth Stone POPM*6210 [0.50] Epidemiology II
Professor and Dean, Ontario Veterinary College POPM*6290 [0.50] Statistics for the Health Sciences
David Waltner-Toews POPM*6350 [0.50] Safety of Foods of Animal Origins
Professor, Population Medicine PABI*6350 [0.50] Molecular Epidemiology of Bacterial Diseases
PABI*6550 [0.50] Epidemiology of Zoonoses
Scott Weese
Associate Professor, Pathobiology
MPH Program
The objective of the MPH program is to prepare students for careers in public health. The
curriculum is based on the core competencies for public health in Canada. Required
courses will provide students with skills in all aspects of public health practice. Additional
elective courses will provide students with the opportunity to develop added strength in
specific areas, namely epidemiology, environmental public health, infectious disease, and
zoonotic, foodborne, and water-borne diseases. Courses will incorporate case-based
material to provide students with the opportunity to use a variety of problem-solving and
communication skills.
Admission Requirements
Eligible applicants include those with DVM, BScN or MD professional degrees (or
equivalents) and honours BSc in Biomedical Sciences, Biological Sciences, or Occupational
and Public Health. Students with an honours BSc without a biological focus will be
required to complete the distance education BSc course Principles of Disease prior to
enrolling in the degree program. Candidates should have earned a B+ average in an honours
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Public Issues Anthropology 151

Public Issues Anthropology for a detailed description of the MA collaborative program and the special additional
requirements for each of the participating departments.
The Departments of Sociology and Anthropology at the University of Guelph and
Anthropology at Waterloo offer a joint program leading to an MA in Public Issues
Courses
Anthropology. This MA program consists of members from both university departments Core courses
and is administered by a joint co-ordinating committee. Students interested in graduate
ANTH*6140 Qualitative Research Methods W [0.50]
work in Public Issues Anthropology can send applications for admission to either
university. Students are ultimately registered at the university at which their advisor is An examination of the methods of qualitative research, including participant observation
located. A student comes under the general regulations of the university at which he or and unstructured interviews, as well as the ethical considerations of fieldwork. Other
she is registered, and the degree is granted by that university. topics, such as comparative and historical methods, may be included.
Administrative Staff ANTH*6080 Anthropological Theory F [0.50]
Director of the Guelph-Waterloo MA in Public Issues Anthropology An examination of classical and contemporary anthropological theory, including an
Jasmin Habib (University of Waterloo, PAS Building Room 2015, Ext. 32603) emphasis on the most recent directions in the discipline.
[email protected] ANTH*6000 Public Issues Anthropology F [0.50]
Departmental Graduate Coordinator (PIA)
This course will examine the interface between anthropological and public understandings
Elizabeth Finnis (609 MacKinnon, Ext. 53234)
of public issues, with sensitivity to the presence or absence of anthropological insights.
[email protected]
The course will assure that students become well versed in how to synthesize the resources
Graduate Secretary of various branches of the discipline.
Shelagh Daly (624 MacKinnon, Ext. 53895)
Restriction(s): Restricted to incoming students in the program.
[email protected]
Graduate Faculty Elective courses (at Guelph)
Elizabeth Finnis ANTH*6270 Diversity and Social Equality U [0.50]
BA McMaster, MA Western, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor This course will examine a range of approaches used in the study of intergroup relations,
Edward J. Hedican with special emphasis on struggles over influence and power. Students will acquire a
BA Lakehead, MA McMaster, PhD McGill - Professor deeper understanding of the complex intersection, as well as the overlap among forms
of identity and group mobilization based on ethnic, linguistic, regional, class, gender,
Satsuki Kawano
racial and other forms of social division. The course may also cover native issues and
BA Keio, MA Minnesota, PhD Pittsburgh - Associate Professor
policies related to multiculturalism, equity and local or regional autonomy.
Belinda Leach
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor ANTH*6420 Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change U [0.50]
Marta Rohatynskyj This course will reflect recent sociological interests in food studies and global agro-food
AB Wayne State, BA Carleton, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor systems, resources and the environment, community sustainability, rural-urban linkages,
Renée Sylvain the transnationalization of labour regimes, and social movements in the rural context.
BA Wilfrid Laurier, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor The course will encourage students to take a comparative and historical approach,
focussing on cross-national and inter-regional studies where possible, and to examine
Graduate Faculty from the University of Waterloo how class, gender, race and ethnicity play out in each particular substantive topic
Nancy Barrickman comprising the rural field.
BA Duke, MA Colorado State, MS Colorado State
ANTH*6460 Gender and Development F [0.50]
Jasmin Habib
Cross-cultural and historical changes in gender relations and the roles/positions of women
BA Trent, MA Notre Dame, PhD McMaster
brought about by industrialization and the development of the world system. Critical
Maria Liston examination of the predominant theories of gender relations, in so far as these inform
BA Tennessee, MA Indiana, PhD Tennessee development research and action in societies with different socio-economic systems.
Robert W. Park Introduction to the latest theories and research in the area of women and development,
BA Toronto, MA McMaster, PhD Alberta as well as with social and political actions undertaken by women themselves. This is one
MA Program of the two alternative core courses for the Collaborative International Development
Studies program.
Admission Requirements
ANTH*6480 Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context U [0.50]
Applicants must possess an Honours BA (4 years) degree or its equivalent with at least a
'B+ average in the final two undergraduate years. Students who do not meet departmental This course will consider some of the theoretical frameworks available for examining
requirements, e.g., students whose undergraduate degree does not include basic courses work, workers and work places in the context of globalization, economic restructuring,
in sociology and/or anthropology, may be admitted provisionally. and shifts in public policy. Using case studies of particular work worlds, the course may
include topics such as changing patterns of work and employment in comparative contexts,
Degree Requirements labour regimes, industrial and organizational change, organizations and protest, education
Students must either complete a minimum of 2.0 credits and write a thesis or complete a for work, and the regulation of work. The course will focus on the dialectical relationship
minimum of 4.0 credits (including 1.0 credit in the Major Paper course) and write a major between the configurations of gender, class, race and ethnicity and the transformation of
paper. All students are required to attend a Public Issues Anthropology seminar work.
(ANTH*6000) in their first semester. They must also master basic theory and
methodological skills. This is normally fulfilled through the successful completion of the ANTH*6550 Selected Topics in Theory and Research U [0.50]
courses ANTH*6080 and ANTH*6140. Students typically begin their studies in the Fall This course will be offered with varying content focusing on theory or research.
semester. You will be assigned an interim advisor who is a likely candidate to be your
ANTH*6600 Reading Course U [0.50]
advisor, given your stated area of interest. When you arrive, the graduate coordinator will
inform you as to which faculty members, on the basis of their areas of specialization, are A program of directed reading, complemented with the writing of papers or participation
likely candidates for membership on your advisory committee. Until you have formed in research. Reading courses are arranged by students through their advisors or advisory
your advisory committee, your interim advisor will fill out your evaluation reports. It is committees and must be approved by the chair of the department. This course may be
strongly recommended, that you choose your permanent advisor and committee by the repeated provided different content is involved.
end of February in your second semester. ANTH*6660 Major Paper U [1.00]
Interdepartmental Program The major paper is an extensive research paper for those who do not elect to complete a
International Development Studies Collaborative MA Program thesis. It may be taken over two semesters.

The Department of Sociology and Anthropology participates in the MA program in

collaborative international development studies (IDS). Students in this option register in
an MA program in the department and IDS. Those faculty members whose research and
teaching expertise includes aspects of international development studies may serve as
advisors for MA students. Please consult the International Development Studies listing

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

152 IX. Graduate Programs, Rural Planning and Development

Rural Planning and Development RPD*6240 [0.50] Planning and Development Theory
RPD*6260 [0.50] Land Use Planning Law
Rural Planning and Development has a four-part mission of teaching, research, training RPD*6280 [0.50] Rural Planning Methods
and outreach. RPD*6250 [0.50] Public Administration in Rural Communities
Administrative Staff In addition, students are required to complete a minimum of six courses (electives) plus
the Major Research Paper or four courses (electives) plus the Thesis.
Director
Students may develop an area of specialization with their advisory committees through
Maurice Nelischer (101 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 52191)
course work, selection of elective courses, and student research leading to the major
[email protected]
research paper or thesis, and in many cases, an internship. The program makes available
Graduate Coordinator a set of options to assist in developing the area of emphasis.
Harry Cummings (102B Landscape Architecture, Ext. 53637)
In the delivery of the Canadian rural planning and development field, the program draws
[email protected]
on courses and faculty from other units on campus as well as on the resources of the
Graduate Secretary school. The field of rural planning and development (Canadian) is formally recognized
Sue Hall (100 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 56780) by the Canadian Institute of Planners, and three faculty within the program along with
[email protected] two faculty from programs within the School of Environmental Design and Rural
Graduate Faculty Development who are Registered Professional Planners.
Wayne J. Caldwell MSc (Planning) in Rural Development Planning (International)
BA, MA Western Ontario, PhD Waterloo - Professor This field prepares students for research and practice in international rural planning and
F. Harry Cummings development. Students may choose either the course work and major research paper
BA Western Ontario, MA, PhD Clark - Professor option, or the course work and thesis option. An internship is not a field requirement but
John F. Devlin is strongly recommended.
BA Dalhousie, MA Calgary, MA Carleton, PhD Guelph - Associate Professor All students enrolled in this field are required to complete a set of core courses that provide
John E. FitzGibbon a foundation for international rural planning and development research and practice.
BA McMaster, MSc Wales, PhD McGill - Professor For the Major Research Paper Option, these consist of:
John FitzSimons RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
BA Wales, MA McMaster, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
Stewart G. Hilts and Development
BA Western Ontario, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor RPD*6240 [0.50] Planning and Development Theory
RPD*6030 [0.50] International Rural Development Planning: Principles and
Nonita T. Yap
Practices
BSc San Carlos (Philippines), MES Dalhousie, PhD Alberta - Professor
RPD*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development
MSc (Planning) Program RPD*6360 [1.00] Major Research Paper
Rural Planning and Development provides the opportunity for graduate study, research For the Thesis Option, these consist of:
and professional development in rural planning and development in either Canadian or RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
international development contexts. The program leads to an MSc (Planning) degree. It RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
is a professionally accredited (Canadian Institute of Planners) program that requires and Development
substantial commitment to professional performance and ethics. RPD*6240 [0.50] Planning and Development Theory
Graduate students in Rural Planning and Development find employment in rural planning RPD*6030 [0.50] International Rural Development Planning: Principles and
departments, governments, non-governmental organizations, and private consulting firms Practices
in Canada and overseas. Graduates are prepared for both local development and planning RPD*6290 [0.50] Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development
as well as national-level research and policy planning in international and Canadian In addition, students are required to complete a minimum of seven courses (electives)
contexts. plus the Major Research Paper or five courses (electives) plus the Thesis.
The program goal is to ensure that students have the knowledge and skill to conduct Students may develop an area of specialization with their advisory committees through
interdisciplinary research and, in a professional capacity, guide processes of change in course work, selection of elective courses, student research leading to the major research
rural planning and development. paper or thesis and, in many cases, an internship. The program makes available a set of
options to assist in developing the area of emphasis.
Where appropriate, faculty from other academic units participate in an advisory capacity
in students' research programs. In the delivery of the International rural planning and development field, the program
draws on courses and faculty from other units on campus as well as on the resources of
Admission Requirements the School. The field of rural planning and development (International) is formally
The program is open to qualified graduates from all disciplines including geography, recognized by the Canadian Institute of Planners, and three faculty within the program
international development, sociology, agriculture, environmental studies, landscape along with two faculty from programs within the School of Environmental Design and
architecture, economics and planning. Applicants are required to demonstrate their specific Rural Development who are Registered Professional Planners.
interest in the program and relevant work experience in rural planning and development.
MPLAN Program
A four-year honours degree with a B- average is considered the normal basis for admission.
Rural Planning and Development provides the opportunity for graduate study, applied
Degree Requirements research and professional development in Rural Planning and Development in either
MSc (Planning) in Rural Planning and Development (Canadian) Canadian or International development contexts. The program leads to a Master of Planning
This field offers both major research paper and thesis options. Both of these options are (MPLAN) degree.
aimed at providing substantive professional, contextual and specialized knowledge and This 1 year program is geared towards more experienced graduates working for an agency
skill in the domestic rural planning and development context. or non governmental organization abroad or in Canada; or for mature Canadian planners
All students enrolled in this field are required to complete a set of core courses that provide working in a municipal planning environment, for other levels of government, in
a foundation for rural planning and development research and practice. professional consulting, non governmental organizations or other contexts or for graduates
For the Major Paper Option, these consist of: of related professional programs. It is explicitly designed for individuals wishing to upgrade
their professional training to the Masters level without necessarily withdrawing from the
RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
work force for an extended period of time.
RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
and Development Admission Requirements
RPD*6240 [0.50] Planning and Development Theory The program is open to:
RPD*6260 [0.50] Land Use Planning Law 1. Qualified graduates from relevant disciplines (minimum B- average) with 4-5 years
RPD*6280 [0.50] Rural Planning Methods of relevant experience. Relevant experience is determined by the admissions
RPD*6250 [0.50] Public Administration in Rural Communities committee.
RPD*6360 [1.00] Major Research Paper
2. Graduates from a professional program in Planning, Landscape Architecture,
For the Thesis Option, these consist of:
Architecture or Engineering (minimum B+ average).
RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
All applicants are required to demonstrate their specific interest in the program and their
RPD*6380 [0.50] Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning
work and educational experience relating to rural planning and development.
and Development
2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010
IX. Graduate Programs, Rural Planning and Development 153

Degree Requirements Elective Courses

• Four courses from the MSc (Planning) course list related to their research interest, Students are to select their electives from the following knowledge and skills courses.
chosen with the advice of their Advisory Committee. This list of electives is modified from time to time by the RPD Program Committee, and
• Senior Planning and Development Seminar (listed as RPD*6290) the student should contact the Program for the current list of available electives. An RPD
• A free elective. core course from outside your required program can also be taken as an elective. Two
electives may be selected from other courses offered within SEDRD (e.g. CDE or LARC)
• Course selection will emphasize either the International field or the Canadian field.
or by other University departments and not included below.
• The candidate will also complete a Major Research Paper.
EDRD*6000 [0.50] Qualitative Analysis in Rural Development
Interdepartmental Programs EDRD*6050 [0.50] Farming Systems Analysis and Development
EDRD*6100 [0.50] Disaster Planning and Management
Rural Studies PhD Program EDRD*6150 [0.50] Economic Development Policy and Practice for Rural and
Rural Planning and Development participates in the PhD program in rural studies in the Smaller Communities
field of sustainable rural communities. Those faculty members whose research and teaching EDRD*6630 [0.50] Regional Planning
expertise includes aspects of rural studies may serve as advisors for PhD students. For EDRD*6690 [0.50] Program Evaluation
further information consult the Rural Studies listing in this calendar. RPD*6050 Professional Practice Course in Development and Planning W [0.50]
Courses This course offers a planned but flexible program for developing skills that are relevant
Core Courses to professional practice in the rural planning and development field. It also fills the skill
knowledge gaps for students who cannot take full courses. Students, in consultation with
RPD*6030 International Rural Development Planning: Principles and Practices U his/her Academic Advisor, assess their knowledge and skills need and acquire them
[0.50] through selected 'modules'.
This course presents the scope and nature of international development planning and
RPD*6070 Project Development: Principles, Procedures, and Selected Methods U
alternative roles for development planners; has a rural emphasis; reviews the evolution
[0.50]
of development planning from macroeconomic beginnings to more integrated local
planning approaches; examines the development planning process and its organizational This course introduces students to the principles, procedures and methods in developing
and spatial dimensions; compares policy, program, project, sectoral and integrated area a project. It examines the project cycle: identification, preparation, appraisal,
planning; and compares rural development planning in market, mixed and state-driven implementation/supervision, monitoring and evaluation. It gives an understanding of the
societies. major methods involved and teaches selected methods. The focus is on the international,
rural context and on small non-farm projects: small industries, small physical infrastructure
RPD*6170 Rural Research Methods U [0.50] and social projects.
The course provides rural planning and development professionals with a number of
RPD*6080 Environment and Development: Biophysical Resources and Sustainable
theoretical frameworks and practical approaches to problem solving in rural Canadian
Development in Rural Environments U [0.50]
and international contexts. The course content provides an introduction to hypothesis
development, data collection, analytical frameworks, research management, and This course will examine the problems and potential for ecologically sustainable
information synthesis and presentation methodologies that are appropriate to the practicing development in the context of rural development planning particularly in the Third World
rural planner and developer. It views the roles of the researcher and research as environments. The course critically examines the strategic planning approaches and
interventionist and intervention in the rural community. Research methods are discussed methods which involve the interaction between social systems and natural ecosystems
as an integral and supporting part of the planning and development process. in the context of planned intervention and change in rural environments.

RPD*6240 Planning and Development Theory U [0.50] RPD*6220 Planning and Development Policy Analysis U [0.50]
Examines basic concepts, theories and perspectives in rural planning and development. Planning and development policy has experienced a significant evolution. This course
A conceptual examination of 'rural', 'planning' and 'development' precedes an examination examines the history of policy, and the theory, methods and processes of policy
of how rural planning and development is viewed from alternative, often conflicting development and governance in planning and management of environment and resources.
theories of rural change and planned intervention. The implications for practice are RPD*6290 Special Topics in Rural Planning and Development U [0.50]
discussed.
Selected study topics focus on the nature of rural planning and development issues and/or
RPD*6250 Public Administration in Rural Communities U [0.50] practices in Canadian and/or International small communities and rural environments.
An introduction to the nature and problems of government and administration in the small Among the topics which may be addressed are: rural land use planning, ecological
municipality (less than 25,000). Major topics include: municipal law, capital budget and restoration, gender analysis in development planning, GIS in agricultural development,
implementation, public services and infrastructure, personnel management. micro-credit, physical/site planning and design, project management and development
administration.
RPD*6260 Land Use Planning Law U [0.50]
RPD*6310 Environmental Impact Assessment U [0.50]
An introduction to the legal tools used to regulate the use of land and other resources.
Zoning, subdivision controls, development control, land banking, expropriation, planning This course deals with the role of environmental impact assessments and statements in
appeals, official maps, etc. An intensive study of the Ontario Planning Act and related the planning, development and operation of resource projects. Topics discussed include
legislation. the philosophical and institutional basis for environmental impact assessments, methods
used and the effects of such assessments on resource development projects.
RPD*6280 Rural Planning Methods U [0.50]
RPD*6320 Water Resource Management U [0.50]
Basics of rural planning practice, including communications, graphics, group dynamics,
interviews and community surveys, questionnaire design and non-parametric statistics The course provides an assessment of the processes and principles which underlie
and role of citizen participation. comprehensive water resource planning and integrated basin management. It also
undertakes to evaluate current practice in the context of integrated planning. There is
RPD*6360 Major Research Paper U [1.00] extensive use of Canadian and international practice.
Students not pursuing the thesis route must satisfactorily complete a Major Research
RPD*6370 Economic Development Planning and Management for Rural
Paper. The paper will be supervised by a faculty committee. Content of the paper will
Communities U [0.50]
generally focus on the placement of a problem in rural planning and development practice
using appropriate methodological and analytical procedures. Note:This is a one semester Theories and perspectives of local economic development, particularly community-based
course and must be completed in the semester of registration. Instructor's signature planning for rural economic development. Economic development within a community
required. development framework, and challenges of sustainable development. Interdisciplinary
perspectives and alternative approaches to professional planning practice, strategic
Restriction(s): For Major Paper option only
planning, management and organizational design/development issues. Alternative
RPD*6380 Application of Quantitative Techniques in Rural Planning and economic concepts and perspectives are critically examined. Includes international case
Development U [0.50] studies.
Analysis and application of standard quantitative, statistical and computer-based RPD*6390 Rural Social Planning U [0.50]
techniques utilized in rural planning and development. Problems of data collection,
This course will provide students who have an interest in social development with an
analysis and interpretation.
avenue for linking that interest to the policy, planning and intervention process.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

154 IX. Graduate Programs, Rural Planning and Development

RPD*6410 Readings in Rural Planning U [0.50]

A program of supervised independent study related to the student's area of concentration.
Nature and content of the readings course are agreed upon between the student and the
instructor, and are subject to the approval of the student's advisory committee and graduate
committee.
Restriction(s): Instructor's signature required.
RPD*6450 Recreation and Tourism Planning and Development U [0.50]
This course is intended to instruct the student in the principles of planning for recreation
and tourism development. Emphasis is placed on the economic and social benefits and
costs that accrue from tourism and recreation development. Planning principles are applied
to this context.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Rural Studies 155

Rural Studies range of humanities, social-science and applied-science disciplines are eligible for
consideration for admission. As examples, master's graduates in geography, sociology,
Administrative Staff planning, landscape architecture, environmental science, capacity development and
extension, and international development may be particularly suitable. Applicants who
Graduate Coordinator
have not completed courses relevant to rural studies or gained experience in rural
John FitzGibbon (119 Johnston Hall, Ext. 56784)
communities may be required to do so prior to admission or as part of initial phases of
[email protected]
the PhD program.
PhD in Rural Studies Secretary
The program's admission policy is governed by the availability of graduate advisors and
Joanne Gillis (109 Landscape Architecture, Ext. 58901)
other resources and by the need to admit applicants from a variety of disciplines and
[email protected]
backgrounds. The interaction of students with diverse backgrounds will greatly enhance
Graduate Faculty the multidisciplinary approaches in the program. The program also seeks to achieve the
Robert D. Brown significant participation of women and aboriginal people from North America and
Professor, SEDRD international students. The co-ordinator of the program receives applications directly from
prospective students or through prospective advisors and ensures that application files are
Wayne Caldwell
complete for review by the admission committee. The committee then consults with
Professor, SEDRD
prospective advisors and recommends applicants for admission to the Office of Graduate
Robert Corry Studies. Applicants should consult the program for the deadline for admission.
Associate Professor, SEDRD
F. Harry Cummings
Degree Requirements
Professor, SEDRD Advisory Committee
John Devlin Each doctoral student has an advisory committee composed of faculty members from a
Associate Professor, SEDRD range of disciplines pertinent to the field, specialization and research topic. Each committee
Glen C. Filson consists of at least three members. Committees are broadly based with at least two major
Professor, SEDRD disciplines represented by its members. The advisor and the advisory committee provide
guidance to allow for the student's intellectual growth in the program
John FitzGibbon
Professor, SEDRD The advisory committee assesses and approves the thesis-research proposal which is to
be prepared by the student by the end of the second year, concurrent with preparation for
John FitzSimons
the qualifying examination.
Associate Professor, SEDRD
Helen Hambly-Odame Course Requirements
Associate Professor, SEDRD The minimum course and credit requirements for the PhD in rural studies consist of a
Larry Harder common 2.0 -credit core of two integrative 1.0 -credit courses (Sustainable Rural Systems,
Associate Professor, SEDRD and Integrative Research Methods), a 0.25-credit research seminar, and one elective
graduate 0.5-credit course or the RST*6500 Special Topics course. Additional courses
Stewart Hilts
may be required by the student's advisory committee. Make-up courses may be required
Professor, LRS/SEDRD
prior to admission to the PhD program or early in the program. All courses will normally
Karen Landman be completed prior to the qualifying examination. All or most of the courses should be
Associate Professor, SEDRD taken in the first year of study.
Allan C. Lauzon To foster the interdisciplinary nature of the program, some courses are team taught.
Associate Professor, SEDRD Attention is also paid to the sequencing of courses to promote interdisciplinarity.
Jim Mahone Qualifying Examination
Associate Professor, SEDRD
The qualifying examination for the PhD program in rural studies assesses the acceptability
Cecelia Paine of the intellectual capability and research potential of students. The examination committee
Professor, SEDRD is constituted to represent a range of disciplines pertinent to the field.
Nathan H. Perkins The qualifying examination is used to determine if the student has an advanced level of
Associate Professor, SEDRD knowledge and competence in the area(s) of specialization related to their research. The
Nonita T. Yap areas of specialization typically focus on one of the program fields, however, it is
Professor, SEDRD acceptable to have an area of specialization outside of these fields as long as it is agreed
PhD Program upon by the graduate student, Program Co-ordinator, and the Advisory Committee. The
qualifying examination has both written and oral components. The written component is
Rural Studies core faculty are from within the School of Environmental Design & Rural based on the common core subject area of the field and the student's selected sector. The
Development (Capacity Development and Extension, Landscape Architecture, Rural oral examination is devoted to discussion of the written materials. The examination
Planning and Development), and draw associated faculty from units across the university, evaluates the student's ability to integrate disciplinary knowledge within the field and to
including Food, Agricultural and Resource Economics, Geography, Political Science, and undertake interdisciplinary research. The qualifying examination must be completed by
Sociology and Anthropology. the end of semester five.
The program focuses on two fields: sustainable rural communities and sustainable
landscape systems. Sustainable rural communities are characterized by long-term Courses
well-being based on the integration of economic, social and environmental factors in their Common Core Courses
planning and activities. Four sectors of sustainable rural communities have been designated:
environment and sustainability, social structure and processes, human resource RST*6000 Sustainable Rural Systems F-W [1.00]
development, and sustainable rural economic development. The sustainable landscape Sustainable development theory in the rural communities and environment context.
systems field examines structure, process, and change in the rural landscape through RST*6100 Integrative Research Methods F-W [1.00]
research on bio-physical and socio-cultural sectors. A number of different disciplines are
represented and an interdisciplinary approach is taken to integrate across subject areas. Research design and evaluation with a focus on measures of sustainability and on
Students may choose among fields and choose a sector within the field for relatively interdisciplinary applications.
more-intensive study.a single field, sustainable rural communities. RST*6300 Research Seminar U [0.25]
The objective of the PhD program in Rural Studies is to provide opportunities for advanced
studies and research on the integration of socio-cultural and bio-physical components for Sector Core Courses
capacity development, design, or planning of landscape systems and rural communities. RST*6500 Special Topics U [0.50]
Graduates are prepared to become leading specialists in addressing sustainable landscapes
and rural communities issues. Interdisciplinary research is emphasized, building on the RPD*6170 [0.50] Rural Research Methods
disciplines of capacity development and extension, landscape architecture, and rural CDE*6260 [0.50] Research Design
planning and development within SEDRD. LARC*6380 [0.25] Research Seminar
Admission Requirements
To be considered for admission, an applicant must have a master's degree (or the
equivalent) from a recognized university in a relevant discipline. Master's graduates in a
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
156 IX. Graduate Programs, Sociology

Sociology Carolyn Yule

BA UBC, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
The Department of Sociology and Anthropology offers programs of study leading to the
degrees of MA and PhD in Sociology. See the Department website at
MA Program
http://www.sociology.uoguelph.ca/ for additional information. The MA program permits students to become actively involved in research, teaching and
professional practice. The objective of the program is to offer opportunities for advanced
Administrative Staff studies and research in Sociology.
Interim Chair The Master of Arts program in Sociology covers the following:
Joseph Tinsdale (626 MacKinnon, Ext. 56527)
• Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change
[email protected]
• Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context
Graduate Coordinator
Vivian Shalla (608 MacKinnon, Ext. 52195) • Criminology and Criminal Justice
[email protected] Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change
Graduate Secretary This area includes rural sociology and rural development (Canada and international),
Shelagh Daly (624 MacKinnon, Ext. 53895) women and gender relations in development, anthropology of development, sociology of
[email protected] agriculture and of the rural community, community development, political economy of
Graduate Faculty rural agricultural systems and the like, agro-food systems, environment, subsistence and
commodification.
J.I. (Hans) Bakker
BA South Alabama, MA Colorado State, PhD Toronto - Professor Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context
Myrna Dawson This area incorporates sociology of work, the workplace, political economy, labour
BA York, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor markets, transition from school to work, skills and lifelong learning, technological change,
women and work, work and economic restructuring, the labour movement, labour process
Frederick T. Evers
and social policy.
BS Cornell, MS, PhD Iowa State - Professor
Elizabeth Finnis Criminology and Criminal Justice
BA McMaster, MA Western, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor This area covers sociology of policing, corrections and penology, violent crime, sociology
Cecil A. Foster of law, governance and control, crime prevention, risk, criminological theory, critical
BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor criminology, street youth, young offenders, gender and offending, and criminal justice
Linda M. Gerber theory.
BScN, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor Application Procedure
Andrew Hathaway Graduate students are admitted each Fall semester (approximately 15 - 17 students).
BA, MA Calgary, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor February 1 is the deadline for application to the MA in Sociology program or the MA in
Edward J. Hedican Sociology with collaborative International Development program. Graduate students are
BA Lakehead, MA McMaster, PhD McGill - Professor admitted into the program in the Fall semester only. The on-line application and application
Sally Humphries i n f o r m a t i o n c a n b e f o u n d a t
BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor http://www.uoguelph.ca/registrar/graduatestudies/index.cfm?apply
Linda Hunter Admission Requirements
BA, MA Guelph, PhD York - Assistant Professor Applicants must possess an Honours BA (4 years) degree or its equivalent with at least a
Satsuki Kawano B+ average in the final two undergraduate years. Students who do not meet departmental
BA Keio, MA Minnesota, PhD Pittsburgh - Associate Professor requirements, e.g., students whose undergraduate degree does not include basic courses
Lisa Kowalchuk in Sociology, may be admitted provisionally and required to complete appropriate make-up
BA McMaster, MA McGill, PhD York - Associate Professor courses from offerings in the undergraduate program.
Belinda Leach Degree Requirements
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor Students must either complete a minimum of 2.0 credits and write a thesis or complete a
Madonna R. Maidment minimum of 4.0 credits (including 1.0 credit in the Major Paper course) and write a major
BA, MA Memorial, PhD Carleton - Assistant Professor paper. All students are required to master basic theory and methodological skills. This is
Kenneth S. Menzies fulfilled through the successful completion of the courses SOC*6140 and SOC*6070 in
BA Queen's, MSc London, PhD Essex - Professor the Fall semester and SOC*6130 in the Winter semester.
Mavis Morton Students typically begin their studies in the Fall semester. You will be assigned an interim
BA Carleton, MA, PhD York - Assistant Professor advisor who may be a likely candidate to be your advisor, given your stated area of interest.
William O'Grady When you arrive, the graduate coordinator will inform you as to which faculty members,
BA, MA Carleton, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor on the basis of their areas of specialization, are likely candidates for membership on your
advisory committee. Until you have formed your advisory committee, your interim advisor
Patrick Parnaby
will fill out your evaluation reports. It is strongly recommended, that you choose your
BA, MA Queen's, PhD McMaster - Assistant Professor
permanent advisor and your committee by the end of February in your second semester.
Kerry L. Preibisch
All students are required to pass SOC*6700, Pro-Seminar. This is a two semester course
BA, MA Simon Fraser, PhD Reading - Associate Professor
(Fall and Winter) and is graded as SAT/UNSAT. This course is intended to introduce
Marta Rohatynskyj students to the department, the university, and the profession of Sociology.
AB Wayne State, BA Carleton, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Vivian Shalla
PhD Program
BA Laurentian, MSc Montreal, PhD Carleton - Associate Professor The doctoral program comprises two fields within the discipline of Sociology that build
Ron Stansfield on current faculty strengths. These fields are:
BSc McMaster, BA, MA Toronto, PhD York - Associate Professor • Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change
Renée Sylvain • Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context
BA Wilfrid Laurier, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change
Terisa Turner This field reflects recent sociological interests in food studies and global agro-food systems,
HBA York (U.K.), MA Oberlin College Ohio, PhD London - Associate Professor resources and the environment, community sustainability, rural-urban linkages, the
Jeji Varghese transnationalization of labour regimes and social movements in the rural context. Students
BSc, MA, PhD Alberta - Assistant Professor specializing in this field will be encouraged to take a comparative and historical approach,
David Walters focusing on cross-national and inter-regional studies where possible, and to examine how
BA, MA Western, PhD McMaster - Associate Professor class, gender, race and ethnicity play out in each particular substantive topic comprising
Anthony R. Winson the rural field.
BA Western, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Sociology 157

Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change
This field reflects recent sociological interests in changing patterns of work and SOC*6420 Global Agro-Food Systems, Communities and Rural Change U [0.50]
employment in comparative contexts, labour regimes, industrial and organizational change,
This course will reflect recent sociological interests in food studies and global agro-food
organizations and protest, education for work and the regulation of work. These trends
systems, resources and the environment, community sustainability, rural-urban linkages,
are located in the broader processes of globalization, economic restructuring and
the transnationalization of labour regimes, and social movements in the rural context.
fundamental shifts in public policy. Students specializing in this field will be encouraged
The course will encourage students to take a comparative and historical approach, focusing
to focus on the dialectical relationship between the configurations of gender, class, race
on cross-national and inter-regional studies where possible, and to examine how class,
and ethnicity, and the transformation of work.
gender, race and ethnicity play out in each particular substantive topic comprising the
Degree Requirements rural field.
All students in the PhD program are required to successfully complete four courses during Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context
the first two semesters of study. Students must also successfully complete two qualifying
examinations and a research proposal, and produce and orally defend a dissertation on a SOC*6480 Work, Gender and Change in a Global Context U [0.50]
topic that has been approved by the advisory committee. This course will consider some of the theoretical frameworks available for examining
Admission Requirements work, workers and work places in the context of globalization, economic restructuring,
and shifts in public policy. Using case studies of particular work worlds, the course may
Normally, only applicants with a recognized MA degree in Sociology and with high
include topics such as changing patterns of work and employment in comparative contexts,
academic standing (80% or higher) in their graduate-level studies will be admitted into
labour regimes, industrial and organizational change, organizations and protest, education
the program.
for work, and the regulation of work. The course will focus on the dialectical relationship
Students are expected to have successfully completed Master’s-level courses in sociological between the configurations of gender, class, race and ethnicity and the transformation of
theory as well as Master’s-level qualitative and quantitative methodology courses in work.
Sociology. It is also expected that students will have taken courses across the breadth of
Sociology. Criminology and Criminal Justice
Admission Procedure SOC*6350 Society, Crime and Control U [0.50]
Graduate students are admitted into the program in the Fall semester only. The application This seminar course surveys classical theoretical perspectives and more recent theoretical
deadline is February 1. The on-line application and application information can be found developments in the sociology of crime. It will examine the assumptions and logical
at http://www.uoguelph.ca/registrar/graduatestudies/index.cfm?apply structure of each perspective and justifications of particular criminal justice/public policy
responses. The course will also critically assess recent empirical research relevant to each
Interdepartmental Program perspective.
International Development Studies Collaborative MA Program Other
The Department of Sociology and Anthropology participates in the MA program in
collaborative international development studies (IDS). Students in this option register in SOC*6270 Diversity and Social Equality U [0.50]
both the department and IDS. Those faculty members whose research and teaching This course will examine a range of approaches used in the study of intergroup relations,
expertise includes aspects of international development studies may serve as advisors for with special emphasis on struggles over influence and power. Students will acquire a
MA students. Please consult the International Development Studies listing deeper understanding of the complex intersection, as well as the overlap among forms
http://www.uoguelph.ca/cids/ for a detailed description of the MA collaborative program of identity and group mobilization based on ethnic, linguistic, regional, class, gender,
and the special additional requirements for each of the participating departments. racial and other forms of social division. The course may also cover native issues and
policies related to multiculturalism, equity and local or regional autonomy.
Courses
SOC*6460 Gender and Development F [0.50]
General
Cross-cultural and historical changes in gender relations and the roles/positions of women
SOC*6700 Pro-seminar F-W [0.00] brought about by industrialization and the development of the world system. Critical
The pro-seminar concerns matters involved in graduate studies and later work as a examination of the predominant theories of gender relations, in so far as these inform
professional sociologist or anthropologist, including how to form a graduate advisory development research and action in societies with different socio-economic systems.
committee, assistantship responsibilities, presentation skills, exploration of careers in Introduction to the latest theories and research in the area of women and development,
sociology and anthropology, writing grant proposals, reports and articles, and teaching. as well as with social and political actions undertaken by women themselves. This is one
In the first semester students will begin to prepare research proposals for theses and major of the two alternative core courses for the collaborative International Development Studies
papers. program.
Restriction(s): Students in the MA program in Sociology only SOC*6500 Social Movements in Latin America W [0.50]
SOC*6800 Advanced Topics in Sociology F [0.00] Students will critically review the major theoretical perspectives on social movements
This course will focus on the foundations of sociological theories and the broader and consider their relevance in understanding the timing, tactics, and impact of movements
philosophical context of inquiry in sociological research. Students will develop an in Latin America. Movements to be examined may include labour, peasant, armed
advanced understanding of the research process through study, analysis and critical insurgent, indigenous, feminist, gay rights, and anti-globalization struggles.
assessment of a range of theoretical and methodological approaches and issues. SOC*6550 Selected Topics in Theory and Research U [0.50]
Prerequisite(s): MA in Sociology This course will be offered with varying content focusing on theory or research.
Restriction(s): Students in the PhD program in Sociology only
SOC*6600 Reading Course U [0.50]
SOC*6070 Sociological Theory F [0.50]
A program of directed reading, complemented with the writing of papers or participation
Classical and contemporary theoretical perspectives and their inter-relationships. A central
in research. Reading courses are arranged by students through their advisors or advisory
concern will be to develop the student's ability to assess theory critically and to understand
committees and must be approved by the chair of the department. This course may be
how theory and research relate to each other.
repeated provided different content is involved.
SOC*6140 Qualitative Research Methods F [0.50]
SOC*6660 Major Paper U [1.00]
An examination of the methods of qualitative research, including participant observation
The major paper is an extensive research paper for those who do not elect to complete a
and unstructured interviews, as well as the ethical considerations of fieldwork. Other
thesis. It may be taken over two semesters.
topics, such as comparative and historical methods, may be included.
SOC*6810 Reading Course U [0.50]
SOC*6130 Quantitative Research Methods W [0.50]
A program of supervised independent reading, complemented with the writing of papers
The application of multiple regression to data generated by non-experimental research,
or participation in research. Reading courses are arranged by students in consultation
e.g., survey data and data from other sources (census, archival). In large part a course in
with their advisor or advisory committee and must be approved by the chair of the
theory construction, a thorough grounding in the mechanics and statistical assumptions
department.
of multiple regression is followed by its application to the construction of structural
equation (or causal) models representing substantive theories in sociology and related Restriction(s): Students in the PhD program in Sociology only
disciplines.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

158 IX. Graduate Programs, Sociology

SOC*6820 Directed Readings U [0.50]

A program of directed readings related to the student's field of specialization. The nature
and content of the course are agreed upon by the student and instructor in consultation
with the student's advisor or advisory committee. The course must be approved by the
chair of the department.
Restriction(s): Students in the PhD program in Sociology only

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Studio Art 159

Studio Art and divergent approaches to the making of visual art, the MFA program provides an
individually oriented education that is primarily concerned with the development of
Administrative Staff independent studio work while encouraging a critical awareness of the cultural context
and its ideological complexities.
Director
John D. Kissick (203 Zavitz Hall, Ext. 56930) In addition to their intense involvement with studio practice, students will be required to
[email protected] demonstrate their pertinent knowledge and judgment about the visual arts in presentations,
discussions, and written papers within the required course work.
Graduate Co-coordinator
Kim Kozzi (FASTWÜRMS) (415 Zavitz Hall, Ext. 56686) Admission Requirements
[email protected] Admission to the master of fine arts program in studio art may be granted on the
Graduate Secretary recommendation of the School of Fine Art and Music to:
Barb Merrill (201 Zavitz Hall, Ext. 54671) 1. the holder of a BFA degree (honours equivalent), or an honours BA (or its equivalent
[email protected] in fine or visual arts); or
Graduate Co-coordinator 2. in exceptional cases, the holder of a degree in another field who has completed a
Dai Skuse (FASTWÜRMS) (415 Zavitz Hall, Ext. 56686) minimum of six one-semester courses in fine or visual art; or
[email protected] 3. a student who has satisfied the requirements for transfer from the provisional-student
Graduate Faculty category.
Diane Borsato Specific Application Materials for Admission. Each applicant must submit the following:
BFA York, MFA Concordia - Assistant Professor 1. Documentation of artwork: 20 digital images or 10 minutes DVD. (For formatting
James Carl information please see the 'GRADUATE STUDIES' section of the School of Fine
BFA Victoria, BA McGill, MFA Rutgers - Associate Professor Art and Music website.)
Susan Dobson 2. A single-page statement that outlines the applicant's career objectives and reasons for
International BA Lester B. Pearson College of the Pacific, BAA Ryerson, MFA Guelph wishing to study in the University of Guelph's master of fine arts program in studio
- Assistant Professor art.
Robert Enright 3. Letters of reference from two studio professors. The applicant must have taken a
BA Saskatchewan - Professor significant proportion of course work from at least one of the professors. An acceptable
alternative to one such letter may be from the department chair on behalf of the
Christian Giroux
department in which the applicant has studied, or from a professional in the field who
BFA Victoria, MFA Nova Scotia College of Art and Design - Assistant Professor
is familiar with the applicant's abilities.
Will Gorlitz
It is highly recommended that applicants complete at least eight semesters of courses in
BFA Nova Scotia College of Art & Design - Professor
art history, cultural studies, or related areas prior to applying. Serious interest in, and
John D. Kissick substantial familiarity with contemporary issues in the visual arts is expected.
BFA Queen's, MFA Cornell, MDP Harvard Graduate School of Education - Professor
and Director Degree Requirements
Kim Kozzi (FASTWÜRMS) The MFA degree at the University of Guelph requires the attainment of a professional
AOCA Ontario College of Art - Associate Professor level of studio practice, and a sophisticated awareness of contemporary discourse in visual
arts as well as a detailed knowledge of the selected field of specialization. Each degree
Jean Maddison
candidate will complete a thesis. The MFA thesis consists of an exhibition, a brief
Dip. AD Coventry College of Art England, MFA Royal College of Art - Associate
supporting paper, and an oral examination.
Professor
The following are some of the specific degree requirements for the MFA degree in studio
Martin Pearce
art (the complete MFA degree regulations are to be found in the Degree Regulations
BFA, MFA Royal College of Art England - Assistant Professor
section of this calendar):
Sandra Rechico
BEd Alberta - Assistant Professor Minimum Duration
Arthur Renwick The minimum duration is at least four semesters of full-time study.
MFA Concordia - Assistant Professor Prescribed Studies
Dai Skuse (FASTWÜRMS) A total of 10.0 credits is required for the completion of this program. In addition to
BFA Queen's - Associate Professor individually oriented studio courses, students are required to complete four MFA seminars;
Monica Tap two graduate courses in art theory and criticism courses; and two teaching practicum
BFA, MFA Nova Scotia College of Art and Design - Associate Professor courses.
Laurel Woodcock A maximum of two courses outside the School of Fine Art and Music may be substituted
BFA Concordia, MFA Nova Scotia College of Art and Design - Assistant Professor for courses in art history, theory and criticism. The courses selected must be acceptable
to the school and the Dean of Graduate Studies for graduate credit. All 12 "substantive"
Additional Faculty in the School of Fine Art and Music courses comprise the candidate's prescribed studies, in which the student must obtain an
Susan Douglas overall average grade of at least 'B-' standing.
BA Western, MA Carleton, PhD Concordia - Assistant Professor Additional Courses
James Harley In addition to the prescribed studies, the student may undertake to achieve satisfactory
BMus Western Washington, DMus McGill - Assistant Professor standings in ancillary courses supportive of the special discipline. These courses may be
Sally A. Hickson at either the undergraduate or the graduate level.
BA Carleton, MA, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor Exhibition/Paper
Dominic Marner
Each degree candidate must present an exhibition, performance, or showing of their studio
BA Regina, MA Victoria, PhD East Anglia, Norwich UK - Associate Professor
work, as well as a critical paper of approximately 4,000 - 5,000 words that articulates the
John Potvin aesthetic, historical, theoretical and technical issues pertinent to their artwork. The
BA Alberta, MA Carleton, PhD Queen's - Assistant Professor submitted studio work must demonstrate a professional level of competence and a
Ellen Waterman significant aesthetic investigation, as approved by the candidate's master's examination
BMus Manitoba, MA, PhD California (San Diego) - Assistant Professor committee.
MFA Program The Master's Examination
The MFA program in the field of studio art offers specializations in drawing, painting, At the time of the exhibition, the MFA candidate will be expected to successfully complete
printmaking, sculpture, and alternative practices. Though emphasizing studio practice, a final oral examination devoted chiefly to the MFA exhibition with reference to the
the program includes courses in art theory, criticism, history and pedagogy. A thesis supporting critical paper. This is a school examination identified as the master's
exhibition is also required. The objective of the program is to prepare students as examination.
professional artists and artist-teachers. School Regulations
The MFA is intended to represent a high level of professional competence and personal In addition to meeting the university's MFA regulations regarding thesis format, the
originality in the informed practice of a studio discipline. In response to the numerous candidate must submit appropriate visual documentation of the MFA exhibition as well
October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar
160 IX. Graduate Programs, Studio Art

as the supporting critical paper to the director of the School of Fine Art and Music for FINA*6650 Individual Study in Art History U [0.50]
inclusion in the school's archives.
Students will pursue special study under the guidance of a faculty member with appropriate
Courses expertise
FINA*6510 Introduction to Graduate Studio F [1.50] Prerequisite(s): Approval of the co-ordinator of the MFA program.
A qualifying open-studio course to determine the student's interests and level of FINA*6651 Individual Study in Contemporary Art U [0.50]
performance. The student will come in contact with a variety of faculty and may choose Students will pursue special study under the guidance of a faculty member with appropriate
to work in a number of areas during this period. expertise
FINA*6515 MFA Studio I W [1.50] Prerequisite(s): Approval of the co-ordinator of the MFA program.
Sustained work at an independent level under the supervision of the chair of the student's
advisory committee.
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6510
FINA*6530 MFA Teaching Practicum I F [0.50]
This course will give the MFA student supervised teaching experience in a studio
discipline. In addition, a seminar component will consider theoretical and practical issues
relevant to the teaching of studio art. Prerequisite: admission to the MFA program.
FINA*6531 MFA Teaching Practicum II F [0.50]
Continuation of teaching practicum under the guidance of a faculty member. The practicum
seminar will consider theoretical and practical issues relevant to the teaching of studio
art such as educational goals, course and curriculum planning, academic evaluation,
health and safety policies, and appropriate materials and equipment.
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6530
FINA*6540 MFA Seminar I F [0.50]
Examination of critical issues in the visual arts relevant to studio practice
FINA*6545 MFA Seminar II W [0.50]
Continuation of issues examined in FINA*6540
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6540
FINA*6551 Seminar in Art Theory and Criticism I W [0.50]
Selected topics in art theory and criticism with particular relevance to studio practice.
Prerequisite(s): Admission to MFA program or permission of instructor.
FINA*6610 MFA Studio II F [1.50]
Continuation of FINA*6515
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6515
FINA*6615 MFA Studio III W [1.50]
Continuation of FINA*6610
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6610
FINA*6640 MFA Seminar III F [0.50]
Continuation of FINA*6545
Prerequisite(s): FINA*6545
FINA*6641 MFA Seminar IV W [0.50]
Continuation of FINA*6640
FINA*6652 Individual Study in Art Theory and Criticism W [0.50]
Students will pursue special study under the guidance of a faculty member with appropriate
expertise.
Prerequisite(s): Approval of the co-ordinator of the MFA program.
Additional and Elective Courses
FINA*6550 Selected Topics in Fine Art U [0.50]
Seminar in a fine art topic in a subject to be specified by the instructor.
Prerequisite(s): Admission to the MFA program.
FINA*6552 Seminar in Canadian Art U [0.50]
Selected topics in Canadian Art
Prerequisite(s): Admission to the MFA program and permission of instructor.
FINA*6554 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Art U [0.50]
Selected topics of the period.
Prerequisite(s): Admission to the MFA program and permission of instructor.
FINA*6555 Seminar in Twentieth Century Art U [0.50]
Selected topics of the period.
Prerequisite(s): Admission to MFA program and permission of instructor.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Theatre Studies 161

Theatre Studies Degree Requirements

All entering MA students will register for THST*6220 and THST*6150. These courses
Administrative Staff will be taken upon entrance, in the student’s first semester. Students may choose between
Director two options for completion of degree requirements:
Mark Fortier (425 MacKinnon, Ext. 53881) 1. Course Work Option: the required THST*6220 and THST*6150 plus three Theatre
[email protected] Studies elective courses, plus either THST*6500 (approx. 7,500 words) or THST*6280.
Graduate Coordinator It is strongly recommended that at least two of the three electives come from Theatre
Alan Filewod (MASS 204, Ext. 52932) Studies courses offered in the Winter Semester.
[email protected] 2. Thesis Option: the required THST*6220 and THST*6150, plus one Theatre Studies
Graduate Secretary elective course plus an original research-based thesis (approx. 20,000 to 25,000 words)
TBA (427 MacKinnon, Ext. 56315) Both the thesis and the research paper may, with approval, and contingent upon faculty
Graduate Faculty availability, be completed as exercises in creative writing accompanied by critical and
theoretical commentary.
Alan D. Filewod
BA York, MA Alberta, PhD Toronto - Professor Internship Opportunities
Daniel Fischlin All students may apply to the Graduate Studies Committee to include an internship as
BFA, MA Concordia, PhD York - Professor and University Reasearch Chair part of their program as a course, or as a component of the Major Research Paper or thesis.
Internships are not guaranteed, and it is the responsibility of students to make arrangements
Patricia Flood
with their hosts and submit a thorough application including a clear statement of how the
BFA Alberta - Assistant Professor
internship articulates and supports their program of research.
Mark Fortier
BA Windsor, MA Toronto, PhD York, LLB Toronto - Professor and Director Library Resources
Sky Gilbert The University of Guelph’s library resources are remarkable for all aspects of the study
BFA York, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor and University Research Chair of drama and theatre, and particularly for archival and special collections in Canadian
Michael H. Keefer Theatre, theatre and performance history, theatre festivals, and individual authors.
BA Royal Military Collage, MA Toronto, DPhil Sussex - Professor Applicants who wish to work with these collections are especially welcome.
Richard P. Knowles Courses
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Professor THST*6150 Theatre Historiography F [0.50]
Mark Lipton
This variable content course introduces students to the theory and practice of theatre
BA Concordia, MA, PhD New York - Associate Professor
historical analysis. The course is required of all students in the Theatre Studies MA
Paul A. Mulholland Program.
BA, MA Toronto, PhD Birmingham - Associate Professor
Paul W. Salmon THST*6210 Devising W [0.50]
BA Western, MA Toronto, PhD Western - Assistant Professor This variable-content course addresses creative practice in the theatre as a site for the
Jerrard Smith production of knowledge. It examines the theoretical and social issues of contemporary
Associate Ontario College of Art - Professor theatre practice.
Judith Thompson THST*6220 Theatre Theory F [0.50]
BA, Queen's, Cert. National Theatre School - Professor This variable content course introduces students to a range of theoretical approaches and
Ann Wilson to advanced issues and methods within the fields of drama, theatre, and performance
BA, MA, PhD York - Associate Professor studies. The course is required for all students in the Theatre Studies MA Program.
MA Program THST*6230 Performance and Difference W [0.50]
The Masters of Arts Degree in Theatre Studies is a research-based degree that offers This variable-content course introduces students to the most recent theoretical and critical
students the opportunity of working with award winning theatre scholars and practitioners. international developments in the field of Theatre Studies and investigates sites of cultural
The program applies several dynamic approaches to theatre studies that merge theory and diversity and difference. It provides opportunities for culturally specific studies of dramatic
practice. Students take five courses, including two mandatory courses and three elective literature and performance.
courses. The required courses include i) THST*6220, which provides a context for the
discipline and establishes a consistent discourse for students working in the program; and THST*6250 Bodies and Space in Performance W [0.50]
ii) THST*6150, which introduces students to the theory and practice of theatre-historical This variable-content course introduces students to the social, ethical, phenomenological
analysis, and situates selected aspects of theatre history as a practice and an institution. and environmental dimensions of the interaction of bodies and space in theatre practice
The degree provides opportunities for students to pursue in depth an area of specialized and research. It provides a theorized context in which students may address questions of
research. acting, directing, and design as research processes.
Elective courses are subject to the special interests of faculty research and practice; these THST*6280 Independent Reading Course U [1.00]
courses will rotate regularly among core faculty. For their electives students may take
any graduate course offered in English or Theatre Studies, or may apply to take graduate Independent Reading Course
courses in other programs, however, it is strongly recommended that at least two of the THST*6500 Research Paper U [1.00]
three electives come from the Theatre Studies course offerings in the Winter Semester.
Admission Requirements THST*6801 Reading Course I U [0.50]
In addition to the minimum requirements stated elsewhere in the Graduate Calendar, An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
applicants to the MA Program in Theatre Studies would normally be expected to have a the individual and the person offering the course. Subject to the approval of the student's
baccalaureate degree in an honours program (or equivalent) in drama or literature from a advisory committee and the graduate committee.
recognized post-secondary institution with at least a high second-class standing (78% or THST*6802 Reading Course II U [0.50]
higher) in the last two years of study. Students with degrees with excellent academic
An independent study course, the nature and content of which is agreed upon between
records in other related disciplines will also be considered. In very exceptional
the individual and the person offering the course. Subject to the approval of the student's
circumstances, an applicant may lack the required Honours degree but may be assessed
advisory committee and the graduate committee.
as qualified to undertake the MA program in Theatre Studies on the basis of other
experience and practice. For details, contact the Graduate Coordinator.
Applicants are not required to write the Graduate Record Examination. Successful
applicants will be admitted in the Fall Semester, the Program’s only entry point. Completed
applications should arrive in the School of English and Theatre Studies by February 1 of
the year in which the applicant wishes to begin study.
Applicants whose first language is not English are required to submit documentation of
English language proficiency at the time of application.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

162 IX. Graduate Programs, Toxicology

Toxicology Degree Requirements

MSc students in the collaborative program in toxicology must complete a minimum of
The interdepartmental collaborative program is the focal point for graduate teaching and
1.5 graduate credits, which must include the toxicology courses TOX*6000 and TOX*6200
research in toxicology. Students wishing to undertake graduate studies at the MSc or PhD
and courses required by the participating department in which they are enrolled. TOX*6000
level with emphasis on toxicology will be admitted by a participating department and will
may be waived for students whose undergraduate degree included significant training in
register in both the participating department and in the collaborative program. The
toxicology.
participating academic units include the Departments of Animal and Poultry Science,
Biomedical Sciences, Chemistry, Environmental Biology, Human Health and Nutritional PhD Program
Sciences, Integrative Biology, Land Resource Science, Mathematics and Statistics,
Molecular and Cellular Biology, Pathobiology, and Plant Agriculture (Horticulture
Admission Requirements
division). PhD students in the collaborative program in toxicology must meet the PhD admission
requirements of the participating department in which they are enrolled.
Administrative Staff
Degree Requirements
Director and Graduate Coordinator
Dr. Richard Manderville (SCIE 3243, Ext. 53963) PhD students in the collaborative program in toxicology must meet all the academic
[email protected] requirements specified by the participating department in which they are enrolled. They
must also complete the courses TOX*6000 and TOX*6200 if they, or equivalent courses,
Graduate Secretary
were not taken as part of an MSc program.
Karen Ferraro (SCIE 2513, Ext. 53044)
[email protected] Courses
Graduate Faculty TOX*6000 Advanced Principles of Toxicology S [0.50]
Herman J. Boermans An intensive course in the principles of modern aspects of toxicology, taught in a
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences lecture/case study format.
Manfred Brauer TOX*6200 Advanced Topics in Toxicology W [0.50]
Associate Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Advanced topics in toxicology will include oral presentations by students, faculty
Elena Choleris members, and guest lecturers. The emphasis will be on advanced concepts and techniques
Associate Professor, Psychology in toxicology research with particular relevance to mechanistic, molecular and interpretive
Beverley Hale toxicology.
Associate Professor, Land Resource Science
TOX*6530 Toxicological Risk Characterization W [0.50]
Christopher J. Hall
Professor, Environmental Biology A biologically based advanced course that will give students working knowledge of
current procedures and techniques for toxicological risk characterization. The course
M. Anthony Hayes
material will cover the topics: problem definition, concentration-response characterization,
Professor, Pathobiology
exposure characterization, and risk assessment and risk-management decision making.
Ronald Johnson Department of Environmental Biology.
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences
Restriction(s): Credit may be obtained for only one of TOX*6530, ENVB*6530,
P. David Josephy
ENVB*4550 and TOX*4550
Professor, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Bettina E. Kalisch TOX*6590 Biochemical Toxicology F [0.50]
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences The molecular mechanisms of action of carcinogens and other toxic compounds. Enzymes
Niel A. Karrow of biotransformation, including a detailed study of cytochrome P-450. Interactions of
Assistant Professor, Animal and Poultry Science reactive species with DNA and other macromolecules. (Credit may be obtained for only
Gordon M. Kirby one of TOX*4590 and 9406590.) Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
Assistant Professor, Biomedical Sciences Other courses
James B. Kirkland
BIOM*6440 [0.50] Biomedical Toxicology
Assistant Professor, Human Health and Nutritional Sciences
BIOM*6480 [0.50] Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics
Hung Lee BIOM*6721 [0.25] Special Topics in Pharmacology-Toxicology
Professor, School of Environmental Sciences BIOM*6722 [0.50] Special Topics in Biomedical Pharmacology-Toxicology
Francesco Leri ENVB*6180 [0.50] Physiology and Biochemistry of Herbicides
Assistant Professor, Psychology ENVB*6530 [0.50] Toxicological Risk Characterization
Richard A. Manderville CHEM*7310 [0.50] Selected Topics in Biochemistry
Associate Professor, Chemistry CHEM*7600 [0.50] Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry
Linda A. Parker
Professor, Psychology and Canada Research Chair
Leonard Ritter
Professor, School of Environmental Sciences
Cynthia Scott-Dupree
Associate Professor, School of Environmental Sciences
Paul K. Sibley
Assistant Professor, School of Environmental Sciences
Trevor K. Smith
Professor, Animal and Poultry Science
E. James Squires
Professor, Animal and Poultry Science
Jack T. Trevors
Professor, School of Environmental Sciences
Glen J. Van Der Kraak
Professor, Integrative Biology and Associate Dean, Research, CBS
MSc Program
Admission Requirements
MSc students in the collaborative program in toxicology must meet the MSc admission
requirements of the participating department in which they are enrolled.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010

IX. Graduate Programs, Veterinary Science 163

Veterinary Science
The Interdepartmental Group in Veterinary Science consists of members of the graduate
faculty in the Ontario Veterinary College who are involved in the doctor of veterinary
science (DVSc) program. Specific functions of the group are discharged by the
Interdepartmental DVSc Program Committee, which is involved with the admission,
progress, and certification for graduation of students enrolled in the DVSc program.
Administrative Staff
Chair
Robert Jacobs (2151 OVC, Ext. 54667)
[email protected]
Graduate Secretary
Barbara Gaudette (2653 OVC, Ext. 54406)
[email protected]
Program Committee
David Kelton
Professor, Population Medicine
Michael R. O'Grady
Associate Professor, Clinical Studies
Jeff Caswell
Associate Professor, Pathobiology
Roger Moorehead
Associate Professor, Biomedical Sciences
DVSc Program
The DVSc is a unique post-professional degree. The DVSc program provides advanced
discipline training and research at the doctoral level. It involves course and investigational
work on an applied problem, together with advanced discipline training. Students enrolled
in the program select one of the sixteen specializations (listed below) and register in the
appropriate department. The departments and specializations are:
• Biomedical Sciences
• Clinical pharmacology
• Clinical Studies
• Comparative medicine
(small animal medicine, small animal surgery, large animal medicine, large animal
surgery, emergency medicine and critical care, anesthesiology, opthalmology,
cardiology and neurology)
• Pathobiology
Clinical pathology, anatomic pathology, laboratory-animal science, and comparative
pathology
• Population Medicine
Clinical epidemiology, ruminant health management, swine health management and
theriogenology
Admission Requirements
The normal basis for admission to DVSc studies is a DVM or equivalent degree that would
allow the applicant to be eligible for licence to practice veterinary medicine in Ontario.
The applicant must have achieved high academic standing according to the standards of
the University of Guelph.
Students who meet the aforementioned requirements and possess either an acceptable
graduate diploma, MSc degree, or PhD degree with 'B+' average standing may be admitted
and granted credit for two semesters in the DVSc program.
A student enrolled in the graduate diploma program who achieves a superior record and
shows a particular aptitude for applied studies may be authorized by the Board of Graduate
Studies, on recommendation of the Interdepartmental DVSc Program Committee, to
transfer to the DVSc program without completing the graduate diploma program. This
authorization must be granted no later than the end of the second semester of study. The
transfer will be effective the following semester.
Degree Requirements
A minimum of 2.5 course credits is required. A qualifying examination must be taken
prior to the end of the sixth semester to assess the student's knowledge of the selected
area of specialization and the basic sciences supporting this area. Candidates are required
to develop investigational skills in their distinctive area of specialization by carrying out
an original study, generally related to animal health. The research must make a significant
contribution to the area of specialization, be written up as a thesis, and defended.
At least nine semesters of full-time study must be devoted to the DVSc program. Additional
information on the DVSc program may be found in the calendar description of each
participating department.

October 2, 2010 2010-2011 Graduate Calendar

164 IX. Graduate Programs, Other Departments

Other Departments
School of Languages and Literatures
Director:
Daniel Chouinard, 265 MacKinnon, ext.54891/53883
The School offers the following undergraduate programs:
DÉPARTEMENT D'ÉTUDES FRANÇAISES
Head : Dr. Frédérique Arroyas, 278 MacKinnon, ext.52885/53884
CLASSICS
Head: Dr. Padraig O'Cleirigh, 244 MacKinnon, ext.53156/53883
EUROPEAN STUDIES
Coordinator: Dr. Dorothy Odartey-Wellington, 276 MacKinnon, ext. 53179/53883
GERMAN STUDIES
Head: Dr. Paola Mayer, 255 MacKinnon, ext.58562/53883
ITALIAN STUDIES
Head: Dr. Mary DeCoste, 284 MacKinnon, ext.53187/53883
SPANISH STUDIES
Head: Dr. Stephen Henighan, 274 MacKinnon, ext.54489/53884
The School of Languages and Literatures presently offers a program in french for graduate
students. Graduate students who are required by their departments to fulfil a language
requirement other than french,should consult the Undergraduate Calendar. Classes in
German, Greek, Italian, Latin and Spanish are all available. Any graduate student who
considers their language ability sufficient to meet departmental requirements may submit
to a test, in the first week of the Fall or the Winter semester. Requests should reach the
Head of the program involved at least two weeks before the test. In the case of a pass, the
School will report to the Dean of Graduate Studies that the student has successfully passed
a reading test in the language, and the student's record is annotated to that effect. Grades
are not shown.
Examinations are offered in French, German, Greek, Italian, Latin or Spanish, and others
may be considered. Several members of the faculty in the School are members of the
graduate faculty of other departments and participate in their graduate programs as follows:
Frederique Arroyas
BA, MA, PhD Western Ontario - Associate Professor
Daniel Chouinard
BaSp, MA, PhD (Montréal) for SLAPSIE (MA in English/SETS) - Assistant Professor
Dawn M. Cornelio
BA, MA, PhD Connecticut - Associate Professor
Stephen Henighan
BA (Swarthmore), MA (C'DIA), PhD (Oxford) (MA in English/SETS) - Associate
Professor
Margot Irvine
BA, MA, PhD Toronto - Assistant Professor
Padraig O'Cleirigh
BA, MA National Univ. of Ireland, PhD (Cornell) (MA/PhD in History) - Associate
Professor
Dana Paramskas
BSL, MSL (Georgetown), PhD (Laval) (MA in English and Drama/SETS) - Professor
Joubert Satyre
BA State University Haiti, MEd, PhD Montreal - Associate Professor
Alain Thomas
BA York, MA, PhD Toronto - Associate Professor
Music
Director of the School of Fine Art and Music
John D. Kissick (Zavitz 203, Ext. 56930)
The Music program does not presently offer programs for graduate students.

2010-2011 Graduate Calendar October 2, 2010